NBAvijiyawada PDF

Self Assessment Report (SAR)
For Accreditation of Undergraduate

Engineering Programme (TIER I)
B.Tech
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
PART- A & PART B
Submitted by
DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Velagapudi Ramakrishna
SIDDHARTHA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
(AUTONOMOUS)
VIJAYAWADA-520 007 (A.P)
March, 2013
To
NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDATION (NBA)
New Delhi 110 003, India
(January 2013 format)
Table of Contents
Part A ........................................................................................................ 13
1. Institutional Information ..................................................................... 13
1.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university: .................... 13
1.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the
contact person for the NBA: .................................................................................... 13
1.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and
number of seats of various programs of study along with the NBA
accreditation, if any) in a tabular form: ................................................................... 13
1.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society
(Govt./NGO/private) / private/ other: ...................................................................... 15
1.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:........................................................... 15
1.6. Organisational Structure: .............................................................................. 16
1.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants-in-aid / not-for-profit /
private self-financing / other: .................................................................................. 16
1.8. Nature of the trust/society: ............................................................................ 16
1.9. External sources of funds: ............................................................................. 17
1.10. Internally acquired funds: ............................................................................. 18
1.11. Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students? .......... 18
1.12. Basis/criterion for admission to the institution: ............................................ 19
1.13. Total number of engineering students:.......................................................... 19
1.14. Total number of employees ........................................................................... 20
2. Departmental Information ................................................................... 22
2.1. Name and address of the department : ......................................................... 22
2.2. Name, designation, telephone numbers, and e-mail address of the
contact person for interaction with NBA ................................................................ 22
2.3. History of the department including ate of introduction and number of
seats of various programs of study along with the NBA accreditation ,if any ....... 22
2.4. Mission and Vision of the Department ......................................................... 22
2.5. List of the programs/ departments which share human resources and/or
the facilities of this department/program (in %) ..................................................... 23
2.6. Total number of students: 493..................................................................... 23
2.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and
two previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department ........... 23
2.8. Summary of budget for the Current Financial Year (CFY) and the
actual expenditures incurred in the CFYm1and CFYm2 (for the Department) ...... 23
3. Program Specific information ............................................................. 25
3.1. Name of the Program : .................................................................................. 25
January 2013 Format, March 2013 Department of IT, V R Siddhartha Engineering College 2
3.2. Title of the Degree : ..................................................................................... 25
3.3. Name, designation, telephone numbers, and e-mail address of the
Program coordinator for the NBA .......................................................................... 25
3.4. History of the program along with the NBA accreditation, if any ............... 25
3.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations ................ 25
3.6. Total number of students in the program : 421 ............................................ 25
3.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and three
previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the program ............................ 25
3.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditures incurred
in the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (exclusively for this program in the department) ....... 26
PART B ..................................................................................................... 27
1. Vision, Mission and Program Educational Objectives (100) ..................... 27
1.1. Mission and Vision (5) .................................................................................... 27
1.1.1. State the Vision and Mission of the institute and department (1) ..............................27
1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Vision and Mission are published and disseminated (2) ........28
1.1.3. Mention the process for defining Vision and Mission of the department (2) ....................28
1.2. Program Educational Objectives (15) ............................................................... 29
1.2.1. Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2) ...................................29
1.2.2. State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2) .........................29
1.2.3. List Stakeholders of the Program (1) .........................................................................29
1.2.4. State the process for establishing PEOs (5) ...............................................................30
1.2.5. Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission (5) .......................................................31
1.3. Attainment of Program Educational Objectives (30) ......................................... 33
1.3.1. Justify the contributions of the Programme Curriculum towards attainment of
PEOs (15) ...................................................................................................................................33
1.3.2. Explain how administrative system helps in ensuring the attainment of PEOs (15) .37
1.4. Assessment of the attainment of Programme Educational Objectives (40) .......... 39
1.4.1. Indicate tools and processes used in assessment of the attainment of PEOs (10) .....39
1.4.2. Give evidences for the attainment of PEOs (30) ......................................................41
1.5. Indicate how results of the assessment of achievement of PEOs have been
used for redefining PEOs (10) .................................................................................... 49
2. Program Outcomes (225) ....................................................................... 51
2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes)
(30) ....................................................................................................................... 51
2.1.1. List the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs) (2) ........................51
2.1.2. State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3) ............................60
2.1.3. Indicate processes employed for defining of POs (5) ................................................60
2.1.4. Indicate how defined POs aligned to Graduate Attributes prescribed by NBA (10) .61
2.1.5. Establish the correlation between POs and PEOs (10) ..............................................62
2.2. Attainment of Program Outcomes (40) ............................................................. 63
2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to POs (10) .............................................63
2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in attainment of POs (10) ..............71
2.2.3. Indicate how assessment tools used to assess the impact of delivery of
course/course content contribute towards the attainment of course outcomes/programme
outcomes (10).............................................................................................................................74
2.2.4. Indicate up to what extent the laboratory and project course work are contributing
towards attainment of POs (10) .................................................................................................76
2.3. Assessment of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (125) ............................ 83
2.3.1. Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the attainment of each
(25) ....................................................................................................................................83
2.3.2. Indicate results of assessment of each PO (100) ........................................................94
2.4. Use of assessment results towards improvement of programme (30) ............... 135
2.4.1. Indicate how results of assessment used for curricular improvements (5) ..............135
2.4.2. Indicate how results of assessment used for improvement of course delivery and
assessment (10) .......................................................................................................................135
2.4.3. State the process used for revising/redefining the POs (15) ....................................136
3. Program Curriculum(125) .................................................................... 137
3.1. Curriculum(20).............................................................................................. 137
3.1.1. Describe the Structure of the Curriculum (5) ..........................................................137
3.1.2. Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses Prerequisite flow chart (5) ..................139
3.1.3. Justify how the program curriculum satisfies the program specific criteria (10) ....142
3.2. State components of Curriculum and their relevance to POs and PEOs (15) ..... 145
1. Mathematics and Basic sciences ..............................................................................147
3.3. State Core Engineering subjects and their relevance to Program Outcomes
including design experience ..................................................................................... 147
3.4. Industry interaction/internship (10) ................................................................ 153
3.5. Curriculum Development (15)........................................................................ 153
3.5.1. State the process for designing the program curriculum (5) ....................................153
3.5.2. Illustrate processes to improve courses and curriculum (10)...................................154
3.6. Course Syllabi(5)........................................................................................... 155
4. Students Performance in the Programme (75) ................................. 156
4.1. Success Rate (20) ........................................................................................ 156
4.2. Academic Performance (20) ....................................................................... 157
4.3. Placement and Higher Studies (20) ............................................................. 158
4.4. Professional Activities (15) ......................................................................... 160
4.4.1. Professional societies/ chapters and organizing engineering events (3) ..................160
4.4.2. Organization of paper contests, design contests etc. and their achievements (3) ....161
4.4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters etc. (3) .........................................163
4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs, innovations (3) ................................163
4.4.5. Publications and awards in inter institute events by students of the programme of
study (3) ..................................................................................................................................164
5. Faculty Contributions (175) ................................................................. 168
5.1. Student-Teacher Ratio (STR) (20) .................................................................. 171
5.2. Faculty Cadre Ratio (20) ............................................................................. 171
5.3. Faculty Qualifications (30) ......................................................................... 172
5.4. Faculty Competencies correlation to Program Specific Criteria (15) ................ 172
5.5. Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty development/training
activities (15) ........................................................................................................... 176
5.6. Faculty Retention (15) ................................................................................... 177
5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20) ...................................................... 178
5.8. Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) (10) ............................................. 179
5.9. Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC) Work (20) ..................... 180
5.10. Faculty Interactions with Outside World (10) ................................................. 181
6. Facilities and Technical Support (75) ............................................... 183
6.1. Class rooms in the Department (20) ........................................................... 184
6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/electives), seminars, tutorials, etc for
the program (10) ......................................................................................................................184
6.1.2. Teaching aids multimedia projectors, etc. (5) .......................................................184
6.1.3. Acoustics, class room size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting,
exits, ambiance, and such other amenities/facilities (5) ..........................................................184
6.2. Faculty Rooms in the Department (15) ....................................................... 185
6.2.1. Availability of individual faculty rooms (5) ............................................................185
6.2.2. Room equipped with white/black board, computer, Internet, and such other
amenities/facilities (5) ..............................................................................................................185
6.2.3. Usage of room for discussion/counseling with students (5) ....................................185
6.3. Laboratories in the Department to meet the Curriculum Requirements
and the Pos (25) ..................................................................................................... 186
6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements and the
POs (10) ..................................................................................................................................186
6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities in the department (5).......................................186
6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working
hours (5) ..................................................................................................................................187
6.3.4. Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, Number of students per
experimental set up, Size of the laboratories, overall ambience etc. (5) .................................187
6.4. Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15) ............................... 187
6.4.1. Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for program
specific laboratories (10)..........................................................................................................187
6.4.2. Incentives, skill-up gradation and professional advancement (5) ............................188
7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process (75) ............... 189
7.1. Academic Support Units (35) ......................................................................... 192
7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10) .............................192
7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses (15) .193
7.1.3. Basic science/engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of students per
batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments, laboratory manuals, list of
experiments) (8) .......................................................................................................................193
7.1.4. Language laboratory (2) ...........................................................................................197
7.2. Teaching Learning Process (40) .................................................................. 197
7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours per
subject in timetable (5).............................................................................................................197
7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5) ...................................................199
7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5) ....................202
7.2.4. Scope for self learning (5)........................................................................................203
7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning
beyond syllabus (5) ..................................................................................................................204
7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5) ..................205
7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (5) ....................................................210
7.2.8. Games and Sports facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5).............................221
8. Governance, Institutional support and financial resources (75) ............... 228
8.1. Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10) .......................................................... 228
8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4) .......................................228
8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2) ..............................231
8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4) .........231
8.2. Organization, Governance, and Transparency (10) .......................................... 233
8.2.1. Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2) ...........233
8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2) .............236
8.2.3. Decentralization in working including delegation of financial power and grievance
redressal system (3)..................................................................................................................237
8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information (3) .................241
8.3. Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10) ............................ 242
8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4)...........................................................................243
8.3.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5) .............................................................................243
8.3.3. Availability of the audited statements on institutes Web site (1) ...........................244
8.4. Program Specific Budget Allocation, Utilization (10) ..................................... 244
8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5) ...........................................................................244
8.4.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5) .............................................................................244
8.5. Library (20) ................................................................................................... 245
8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified
librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking, etc. (5) ...................245
8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4) ................................................................................246
8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription (3) ............................................................................246
8.5.4. Digital Library (3) ....................................................................................................246
8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous contents (5)247
8.6. Internet (5) .................................................................................................... 247
8.7. Safety Norms and Checks (5) ......................................................................... 248
8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1) ............248
Fire-fighting measurements: Effective safety arrangements with emergency / multiple exits
and ventilation/exhausts in auditoriums and large classrooms/labs, fire-fighting equipment
and training, availability of water, and such other facilities (1) ..............................................250
8.7.2. Safety of civil structure (1) ......................................................................................251
8.7.3. Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other activities (2) ...............................251
8.8. Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and First-aid (5) ............................. 252
9. Continuous improvements ................................................................ 255
9.1. Improvement in Success Index of Students (5) ................................................ 255
9.2. Improvement in Academic Performance Index of Students (5) ........................ 255
9.3. Improvement in Student-Teacher Ratio (5) ..................................................... 255
9.4. Enhancement of Faculty Qualification Index (5) ............................................. 255
9.5. Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and
Consultancy Work (10) ............................................................................................ 256
9.6. Continuing Education (10) ............................................................................. 256
9.7. New Facility Created (15) .............................................................................. 257
9.8. Overall Improvements since Last Accreditation, if any, Otherwise, since the
Start of the Program (20) .......................................................................................... 258
Declaration 260
APPENDIX I ............................................................................................................................... 261

APPENDIX II .............................................................................................................................. 266
APPENDIX III ............................................................................................................................. 279
APPENDIX IV............................................................................................................................. 294
APPENDIX V .............................................................................................................................. 307
APPENDIX VI............................................................................................................................. 309
APPENDIX VII ........................................................................................................................... 311
APPENDIX VIII .......................................................................................................................... 464
APPENDIX IX.474
APPENDIX X .510
List of Figures
Figure I.1:Organisational chart showing the hierarchy of academics & administration .............. 16
Figure 1.1: Process for defining Vision and Mission of the Department ...................................... 28
Figure 1.2: Process for establishing PEOs ..................................................................................... 31
Figure 1.3: Contribution of courses with PEOs of the Department ............................................... 33
Figure 1.4: Graduates placement information for last three years ................................................. 42
Figure 1.5: Graduates satisfaction in Training.............................................................................. 42
Figure 1.6: Graduates employment progress ................................................................................ 42
Figure 1.7: Graduate results for last three years ........................................................................... 43
Figure 1.8: Graduates performance and higher education interest ............................................... 44
Figure 1.9: Graduates in higher education .................................................................................... 44
Figure 1.10: Graduates projects handling in profession ............................................................... 45
Figure 1.11: Graduates expertise in profession............................................................................. 45
Figure 1.12: Graduates participation in teams .............................................................................. 46
Figure 1.13: Graduates pursuing diploma courses ........................................................................ 46
Figure 1.14: Redefining PEOs process ......................................................................................... 50
Figure 2.1: Process for defining POs ............................................................................................. 61
Figure 2.2: Pass Percentage of Principles of Operating Systems .................................................. 72
Figure 2.3 : Pass Percentage of Discrete Mathematical Structures .............................................. 73
Figure 2.4: Pass Percentage of Middleware Technologies ............................................................ 73
Figure 2.5: Pass Percentage of Network Security ......................................................................... 74
Figure 2.6: Mapping of theory and practical courses .................................................................... 77
Figure 2.7: Program Outcome Assessment process ....................................................................... 84
Figure 2.8: Direct assessment analysis for IT 3004 ....................................................................... 96
Figure 2.9: Home Assignment analysis for IT 3004 ...................................................................... 96
Figure 2.10: Analysis of IT 3004..................................................................................................... 100
Figure 2.13: Analysis of IT 5001, IT 5003 and IT 6005 .................................................................... 105
Figure 2.14: Analysis of IT 3051 based on student capability of doing experiment ............................ 109
Figure 2.15: Analysis for guidance required for new tool ........................................................... 112
Figure 2.16 :Performance analysis based on selection of tools ................................................... 113
Figure 2.17: Tools used by students in developing mini projects................................................ 113
Figure 2.18: Performance analysis based on selection of tools ................................................... 113
Figure 2.19 : Tools used by students in developing major projects............................................. 114
Figure 2.20 : Result analysis in IT5002 and IT6002 ................................................................... 116
Figure 2.21: Result analysis in Mini, Major projects and Term paper ........................................ 116
Figure 2.22: Analysis for curriculum aspect of knowledge in contemporary issues ................... 119
Figure 2.23: Analysis for questionnaire for assessing knowledge in contemporary issues ......... 119
Figure 2.24: Analysis for co-curricular aspects of knowledge in contemporary issues .............. 119
Figure 2.25 : Result analysis of FY 1006 and IT 8002 ................................................................ 121
Figure 2.26 :Aanalysis of IT 8052 based on rubric ..................................................................... 121
Figure 2.27: Workshops and seminars conducted in program..................................................... 122
Figure 2.27: Analysis of IT6051 and 6052 courses ..................................................................... 124
Figure 2.28: Analysis for individual and team work ................................................................... 124
Figure 2.29. Assessment for Technical English and Communication Skills Courses ................. 126
Figure 2.30: Assessment for Term Paper ..................................................................................... 126
Figure 2.31: Assessment for IT 7052 ........................................................................................... 127
Figure 2.32: Assessment analysis for IT 8052 ............................................................................. 127
Figure 2.33: Student participation in various activities ............................................................... 128
Figure 2.34: Student participation in entrance examinations....................................................... 128
Figure 2.35: Analysis of term paper course IT 6054 ................................................................... 131
Figure 2.36: Analysis of Mini project course IT 7053................................................................. 131
Figure 2.37: Analysis of Major project course IT 8052............................................................... 132
Figure 2.38: Indirect assessment analysis with Program Level Statistics ................................... 132
Figure 2.39: Assessment of IT 7053 and IT8052 with Rubrics ................................................... 134
Figure 2.40: Process for Revising/Redefining POs ..................................................................... 136
Figure 3.1: Contact hour allocation of the curriculum ................................................................. 139
Figure 3.2 Prerequisite chart ........................................................................................................ 141
Figure 3.3 : Course content distribution of VRSEC-IT compared with well reputed national level
institutions .................................................................................................................................... 146
Figure 3.4: Curriculum development process ................................................................................... 154
Figure 3.5: Process involved in improving the curriculum ......................................................... 155
Figure 4.1: Success chart of students ........................................................................................... 157
Figure 4.2: Improvement in Academic performance ................................................................... 158
Figure 4.3: Progress of Placements and Higher Studies for last 3 years ..................................... 159
Figure 5.1: Faculty retention rate ................................................................................................. 178
Figure 8.1: Internal Organization Structure ................................................................................. 234
List of Tables
Table I.1: History of the Institution ............................................................................................... 15
Table I.2: Institutes in Siddhartha Academy.................................................................................. 17
Table I.3: External Source of Funds .............................................................................................. 18
Table I.4:Internal Funds ................................................................................................................. 18
Table I.5: Engineering Students ..................................................................................................... 19
Table I.6: Non Engineering Students ............................................................................................. 20
Table I.7: Teaching and Supporting Staff ...................................................................................... 21
Table I.8: Contract Staff ................................................................................................................ 21
Table II.1: Department History ...................................................................................................... 22
Table II.2: Department Human Resources..................................................................................... 23
Table II.3: Total number of students in department ...................................................................... 23
Table II.4: Department Staff .......................................................................................................... 23
Table II.5: Department Budget details ........................................................................................... 24
Table III.1: Staff details ................................................................................................................. 25
Table III.2 Program Budget Details ............................................................................................... 26
Table 1.1: PEOs consistency with Mission of the Department ..................................................... 32
Table 1.2: Course Component distribution of credits and PEOs of the Department .................... 33
Table 1.3: Curriculum mapping with PEOs of the Department.................................................... 37
Table 1.4: Assessment of PEOs of the program ............................................................................ 41
Table 2.1: Outcomes of courses in curriculum .............................................................................. 60
Table 2.2: Alignment of Program Outcomes to Graduate Attributes ............................................ 62
Table 2.3: Mapping between Program Outcomes to Program Educational Objectives ................ 63
Table 2.4: Impact of Program Courses on Program Outcomes ..................................................... 71
Table 2.5: Generalized mapping of course delivery methods to the program outcomes ............... 72
Table 2.6: Effectiveness of course delivery methods for the attainment of POs ........................... 73
Table 2.7: Program outcomes assessment tools ............................................................................. 76
Table 2.8: Laboratory tasks............................................................................................................ 81
Table 2.9: Best and Average Project.............................................................................................. 82
Table 2.10: Step-by-step process for assessing Program Outcomes............................................. 83
Table 2.11: Assessment process of all program outcomes ............................................................ 94
Table 2.12: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 1 .................................. 97
Table 2.13:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 1 ........................................ 98
Table 2.14: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 2 ................................ 103
Table 2.15:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 2 ...................................... 103
Table 2.20 :Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 5 ..................................... 114
Table 2.22: Student performance in contemporary issues questionnaire .................................... 118
Table 2.26:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 10 .................................... 129
Table 2.27:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 11 .....Error! Bookmark not
defined.
Table 3.1: Curriculum Structure .................................................................................................. 139
Table 3.2 Distribution of curriculum ........................................................................................... 145
Table 3.3 Distribution of curriculum under different components .............................................. 146
Table 4.1: Program Admission details ......................................................................................... 156
Table 4.2: Students success rate of recent four years of the program.......................................... 156
Table 4.3: Student success index showing students successfully completed graduation in 4 years
...................................................................................................................................................... 157
Table 4.4: Student Academic Performance ................................................................................. 158
Table 4.5: Details of students placed and opted for higher studies ............................................. 159
Table 4.6: Technical and Cultural events details ......................................................................... 162
Table 4.7: Entrepreneurship initiative details .............................................................................. 164
Table 5.1: Faculty allotted to program details ............................................................................. 171
Table 5.2: Student-Teacher Ratio ................................................................................................ 171
Table 5.3: Faculty Cadre Ratio .................................................................................................... 172
Table 5.4: Faculty Qualification Index details .................................................................................. 172
Table 5.5: Faculty Development activities Assessment Details .................................................. 177
Table 5.6. Faculty Retention details ............................................................................................ 178
Table 5.7: Faculty Research Publications Quality assessment details ......................................... 179
Table 5.8: Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) details.................................................... 180
Table 5.9: R&D and Consultancy work assessment details ............................................................... 181
Table 5.10: Faculty interaction with outside world assessment details ....................................... 182
Table 6.1: Department Facilities and Technical Support............................................................. 184
Table 6.2: Laboratory Facility details .......................................................................................... 186
Table 6.3: Technical Manpower Support details ......................................................................... 187
Table 7.1 Academic Intake Details .............................................................................................. 189
Table 7.2: Seat Allotment Details ................................................................................................ 189
Table 7.3: First Year Faculty Details ........................................................................................... 192
Table 7.4: First Year Student Teacher Ratio .................................................................................... 192
Table 7.5: First Year Faculty Qualification Details ..................................................................... 193
Table 7.6: Laboratory Equipment Details .................................................................................... 196
Table 7.7: Language Laboratory Details ..................................................................................... 197
Table 7.8: Details of Courses with Tutorial hours ....................................................................... 199
Table 7.9: Mentoring System Details .......................................................................................... 202
Table 7.10: Facilities for Student self-learning............................................................................ 205
Table 7.11: Student Training facilities for placement details ...................................................... 206
Table 7.12: Outsource training details for students ..................................................................... 208
Table 7.13: Student Training by experts details .......................................................................... 210
Table 7.14: Extra-curricular activities(Summit) details............................................................... 213
Table 7.15: NSS Activity Details................................................................................................. 215
Table 7.17: NCC Activity details................................................................................................. 221
Table 7.18: Physical Department Details..................................................................................... 222
Table 7.19: Gymnasium Equipment Details ................................................................................ 222
Table 7.20: Physical Department Equipment Details .................................................................. 222
Table 8.1: Academic Infrastructure & Facilities Maintenance details ........................................ 229
Table 8.2: Hostel Details.............................................................................................................. 231
Table 8.3: Transportation Details ................................................................................................ 231
Table 8.4: Canteen Details ........................................................................................................... 231
Table 8.5: Water Plant Equipment details ................................................................................... 233
Table 8.6: List of faulty with Academic responsibilities ............................................................. 239
Table 8.7: Budget Report ............................................................................................................. 243
Table 8.8: Fund Utilization report ............................................................................................... 243
Table 8.9: Details of Audited Statements .................................................................................... 244
Table 8.10: Program Budget Details ............................................................................................ 244
Table 8.11: Fund Utilizations report ........................................................................................... 245
Table 8.12: Details of Library ...................................................................................................... 246
Table 8.13: Details of Titles and Volumes in Library ................................................................. 246
Table 8.14: Scholarly journal subscription details ....................................................................... 246
Table 8.15: Digital Library Details .............................................................................................. 247
Table 8.16: Library Budget Details ............................................................................................. 247
Table 8.17: Internet Facility Details ............................................................................................ 248
Table 8.18: Safety Norms and checks details .............................................................................. 249
Table 8.19: Fire-Fighting equipment details................................................................................ 250
Table 9.1: Success Index of Students .......................................................................................... 255
Table 9.2: Academic Performance Index of Students ................................................................. 255
Table 9.3: Student-Teacher Ratio ................................................................................................ 255
Table 9.4: Faculty Qualification Index ........................................................................................ 255
Table 9.5: Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy ................................... 256
Table 9.6: List of Workshops, short term courses for continuing education ............................... 257
Table 9.7: List of facilities for strengthening curriculum ............................................................ 258
Table 9.8: Improvements since last accreditation ........................................................................ 259
Part A
1. Institutional Information
1.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university:
(Instruction: The name, address of the institution, and the name of the university,
which has given affiliation to this institution, are to be listed here.)
1.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the contact
person for the NBA:
VELAGAPUDI RAMAKRISHNA SIDDHARTHA ENGGINEERING COLLEGE

Kanuru,Vijayawada-520 007,
Andhra Pradesh, India.
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY KAKINADA

Kakinada- 533 003
East Godavari District
Andhra Pradesh,
India.
(Instruction: The name of the contact person, with other details, has to be
listed here.)
Name : Dr. G. Sambasiva Rao

Designation : Principal
Telephone No. : 0866-2582 333, 2584930
Fax No. : 0866-2582 672
E-mail .Id : principal@vrsiddhartha.ac.in
info@vrsiddhartha.ac.in
gutta39@yahoo.com
1.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and number of
seats of various programs of study along with the NBA accreditation, if
any) in a tabular form:
(Instruction: History of the institution and its chronological development along with
the past accreditation records need to be listed here.)
Year Description
1977 College /Institution started with the following programmes and with
an intake Strength of 180
CIVIL ENGINEERING ---- 60
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING--- 40
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING --- 20
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING --- 60
1985 New Programme : Computer Science & Engineering was Started
with an intake strength 20
1995 New Programme : Instrumentation Engineering was Started with
an intake strength 60
1998 The college was accredited by NBA (from 11-12-1998 to 10-12-2001)
for the following Programmes :
ECE, EEE , and CIVIL-w.e.f 11-12-1998
ME-w.e.f 12-05-1999.
New Programme : M.Tech Structural Engineering(CE) was started
with an intake strength-10.
2000 New Programme : Information Technology was started with an
intake strength 60
2003 Nomenclature of Instrumentation Engineering is changed to
Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering.
2004 The strength of the Existing Programmes: Computer Science
& Engineering and Electronics & Communication Engineering
were increased to 120.
New Programme : MCA was started with an intake strength-60.
2005 The college was accredited by NBA, Second Time (from 15-02-2005 to
14-02-2009) for the following Programmes :
EEE, ME, CIVIL, and CSE w.e.f15-02-2005
ECE w.e.f 31-03-2006
2006 Increase in intake of the Existing Programmes: Civil Engineering and
Mechanical Engineering were increased to 120.
2007 Increase in intake of the Existing Programmes: Information
Technology, Electrical & Electronics Engineering, Electronics &
Instrumentation Engineering were increased to 120.
New Programme: MBA was started with an intake strength-60.
New Programmes in M.Tech -Communication Engineering and Signal
processing (ECE), Power Systems Engineering (EEE), CAD-CAM (ME)
and Computer Science & Engineering (CSE) were started with an
intake strength of 18 each.
2009 The college has been accredited by NBA, Third Time(from 16-04-2009
to 15-04-2012) for the following Programmes :-
EC, EEE, CIVIL, ME, CSE, EIE, and IT.
2010 New Programmes in M.Tech -Thermal Engineering(ME) and
Telematics(ECE) were started with an intake strength of 18 each.
2011 Increase in intake of the Existing Programmes: Civil Engineering,
Electronics & Communication Engineering and Computer Science &
Engineering were increased to 180.
Increase in intake of the Existing Programme:M.Tech(CSE) was
increasesd to 36.
New Programme in M.Tech Computer Science & Technology (IT) was
started with an intake strength -36.
2012 New Programme in M.Tech VLSI Design & Embedded Systems
sanctioned by AICTE with an intake strength 18
Increase in intake of existing programme : M.Tech (CE) Structural
Engineering was increased to 18
Increase in intake of the Existing Programmes:
Electronics & Communication Engineering was increased to 240 &
Mechanical Engineering was increased to 180.
Table I.1: History of the Institution
1.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society

(Govt./NGO/private) / private/ other:
(Instruction: Ownership status of the institute has to be listed here.)

Private Self Financing College run by Siddhartha Academy of General and Technical
Education, a Society registered under Societies Registration Act 1860.
1.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:

(The institution needs to specify its Mission and Vision).
MISSION
To impart high quality technical education in order to mould the learners into globally
competitive technocrats who are professionally deft, intellectually adept and socially responsible.
The institution strives to make the learners inculcate and imbibe pragmatic perception and pro-
active nature so as to enable them to acquire a vision for exploration and an insight for advanced
enquiry.
VISION
To nurture excellence in various fields of engineering by imparting timeless core values to

the learners and to mould the institution into a centre of academic excellence and advanced
research.
1.6. Organisational Structure:
Figure I.1:Organisational chart showing the hierarchy of academics &

administration
1.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants-in-aid / not-for-profit /

private self-financing / other:
(Instruction: Financial status of the institute has to be mentioned here.)
Private Self Financing
1.8. Nature of the trust/society:
Also list other institutions/colleges run by the trust/society

(Instruction: Way of functioning and activities of the trust/society have to be
listed here.)
Siddhartha Academy of General and Technical Education had been formed in 1975 by a team
of 250 philanthropists with a vision for future to setup and promote such educational
institutions of excellence that would reorient general, technical and professional education
with a holistic approach. Assimilating the advances made in various areas of activity and
considering the educational needs of the region, many institutions dealing with various
academic disciplines have been started.
S.No Name Year of Establishment

1 Parvathaneni Brahmayya Siddhartha College of 1975
arts and Science Post Graduated Center
established
2 Veeramachaneni Paddayya Siddhartha Public 1977
School
3 Velagapudi RamaKrishna Siddhartha Engineering 1977
College
4 Sri Durga Malleswara Siddhartha Mahila Kalasala 1982
5 Y.V.Rao Siddhartha College of Education 1984
6 Smt Velagapudi Durgamba Siddhartha Law 1987
College
7 KCP Siddhartha Adarsh Residential Public School 1991
8 Kommareddy Venkata sadasiva Rao Siddhartha 1994
College of Pharmaceutical Sciences
9 Prasad V Potluri Siddhartha Institute of 1998
Technology
10 A.G & S.G Siddhartha Arts & Sciences 1975
11 Siddhartha institute of Hotel Management & 2001
Catering Technology
12 Dr.Pinnamaneni Siddhartha Institute of Medicsl 2003
Sciences & Research Foundation
13 Siddhartha School of Nursing 2003
14 Dr.Sudha & Nageswara Rao Siddhartha Institute 2005
of Dental Sciences
15 Dr.C.Sobhanadri Siddhartha College of Nursing 2008
Table I.2: Institutes in Siddhartha Academy
Besides the mentioned above educational institutions, the Academy established Siddhartha
Kala Peetham in 1989 for the promotion of Indian arts and Culture. Further, Siddhartha
Foundation, a charitable society, was also sponsored by the Academy to grant scholarships
to the poor students irrespective of caste, creed, color, race or religion.
1.9. External sources of funds:
(Instruction: The different sources of the external funds over the last three financial
years are to be listed here.)
Amt. in Rs. Lakhs
Name of the External Source 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
(upto 31/12/2012) (Upto
31/03/2012)
Research Grants 142.30 30.00 17.46
From the Society(SAGTE) --- --- ---
Others --- --- ---
Table I.3: External Source of Funds
1.10. Internally acquired funds:
(Instruction: The different sources of the internal funds over the last three financial
years are to be listed here.)
Amt. in Rs. Lakhs
Name of the External 2012 13 2011-12 2010-11
Source (upto
31/12/12)
Students Fee 2145.93 2026.83 1699.68

Other Receipts 97.91 166.86 106.91
Interest on Bank Deposits 40.98 69.59 32.33
Consultancy Income 102.99 142.30 196.37
Examinations(Autonomous) 102.14 245.98 93.01
receipts
Total 2489.95 2651.56 2128.30
Table I.4:Internal Funds
1.11. Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students?
(Instruction: If any scholarship or financial assistance is provided to the students

then the details of these assistances over the last three financial years have to be
listed here. Also mention the basis for the award of such scholarship).
(a).SC/ST/BC/EBC Scholarships from A.P.State Government:
Number of Assistance 2442 Amount Rs. 188.90 lakhs in 2012-13(upto 7/3/13)

Number of Assistance 2016 Amount Rs. 691 lakhs in 2011-12
As per AP state Government norms Parental Income must be below

Rs.1,00,000/- for sanction of scholarship to BC,EBC category students and
Rs.2,00,000/- for sanction of scholarship to SC and ST category students.
(b).Scholarships from Society & Alumni:
Number of Assistance 96 Amount Rs. 12.70 Lakhs in 2012-13

Based on State wide entrance examination rank and the parental annual income
is below Rs.1, 00,000/-
(c).Scholarships from other organizations:
Number of Assistance 3 Amount Rs.0.34 lakhs in 2012-13

Based on highest percentage of marks and also student should not get any
other scholarship and parental income is below Rs.1,00,000/-
1.12. Basis/criterion for admission to the institution:
All India entrance / state-level entrance / university entrance / 12th

standard mark sheet / others:
(Instruction: The basis/criterion for student intake has to be listed here.)

Manual for Accreditation of Undergraduate Engineering Programs 19
70% of Seats are filled by APSCHE based on a state level Entrance EAMCET
30% of Seats are filled under Management quota as per APSCHE guidelines.
*APSCHE Andhra Pradesh State Council for Higher Education.

EAMCET- Engineering, Agriculture And Medical Common Entrance Test
1.13. Total number of engineering students:

Engineering 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 2009-10
Total No. of Boys UG 2569 2404 2273 2144

PG 214 172 126 96
Total No. of Girls UG 1729 1498 1334 1259
PG 143 107 74 56
Total No. of UG 4298 3902 3607 3403
Students
PG 357 279 200 152
Table I.5: Engineering Students
Total number of other students, if any
(Instruction: Total number of engineering students, both boys and girls, has to be
listed here. The data may be categorized in a tabular form as under graduate or post
graduate engineering, or other program, if applicable.)
2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 2009-10
MBA(Boys) PG 73 75 74 75
MBA(Girls) PG 45 46 44 44
Total No. of PG 118 121 118 119
students in MBA
MCA(Boys) PG 105 107 110 113
MCA(Girls) PG 70 66 65 67
Total No. of PG 175 173 175 180
students in MCA
Table I.6: Non Engineering Students
1.14. Total number of employees
(Instruction: Total number of employees, both men and women, has to be listed
here. The data may be categorized in a tabular form as teaching and supporting
staff.)
Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll in the engineering institution, during the
CAY and the previous CAYs (1st July to 30th June):
A. Regular Staff
CAY CAYm1 CAYm2

2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
M 133 157 137 148 109 126
Teaching staff in
engineering
F 56 88 74 79 56 59
Teaching staff in M 21 24 20 20 21 20
science &
humanities F 17 16 16 17 11 13
M 92 89 87 94 89 89
Non-teaching
F 28 26 22 25 25 23
staff
MBA M 3 3 3 3 3 3
F 5 5 5 4 4 5
MCA M 9 9 9 9 9 9
F 4 3 3 3 3 3
TOTAL 368 420 376 402 330 350
Table I.7: Teaching and Supporting Staff
(Instruction: Staff strength, both teaching and non-teaching, over the last three
academic years has to be listed here.)
B. Contract Staff : NIL
Items CAY CAYm1 CAYm2

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Teaching staff in M
engineering F
Teaching staff in M
science & F
humanities
Non-teaching M
staff MF
Table I.8: Contract Staff
2. Departmental Information
2.1. Name and address of the department :
Department of Information Technology,
V.R. Siddhartha Engineering College,
Kanuru,
Vijayawada-07
2.2. Name, designation, telephone numbers, and e-mail address of the contact
person for interaction with NBA
Dr. Koteswara Rao Anne
Professor & HOD
Dept. of Information Technology
Phone : +91 866 2582333,2584930
Fax : +91 866 2582672
Mobile : +919494533809
Email : raoanne@gmail.com
2.3. History of the department including ate of introduction and number of

seats of various programs of study along with the NBA accreditation ,if
any
Programme of Study Description

B.Tech. in Information Technology Started with 60 seats in the year
2000
Enhanced to 120 in the year 2007
Accredited by NBA During 2008-09
M.Tech in Computer Science and Started with 36 seats in the year
Technology 2011
Table II.1: Department History
2.4. Mission and Vision of the Department
Mission
To offer high quality graduate and post graduate programs in information
technology and computer science education and to prepare students for
professional career or higher studies. The department promotes excellence in
teaching, research, collaborative activities and positive contributions to
society
Vision
To provide excellent information technology and computer science education
by building strong teaching and research environment
2.5. List of the programs/ departments which share human resources and/or
the facilities of this department/program (in %)
Program CAY CAYm1 CAYm2

I Year UG 12% 10% 10%
UG 77% 84% 90%
M.Tech CST 12% 6% -
Table II.2: Department Human Resources
2.6. Total number of students: 493
B.Tech 421
M.Tech 72
Table II.3: Total number of students in department
2.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and
two previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department
Academic Year Maximum No of staff Minimum No of

Staff
2012-13 35 29
2011-12 33 28
2010-11 28 20
Table II.4: Department Staff
2.8. Summary of budget for the Current Financial Year (CFY) and the actual
expenditures incurred in the CFYm1and CFYm2 (for the Department)
Items Budgeted in Actual Budgeted Actual Budgeted in Actual
CFY expenses in in CFYm1 Expenses CFYm2 Expenses
2012-13 CFY (till 2011-12 in CFYm1 2010-11 in CFYm2
March 15th
2013)
Laboratory
24,35,000 13,50,000 15,00,000 13,50,000 10,66,000 8,76,800
equipments
Software
7,00,000 3,06,720 - -
purchase
R&D - - - - - -
Laboratory
- - 3,50,000 2,40,670 2,60,000 2,55,926
consumables
Maintenance
4,50,000 80,135 50,000 4950 50,000 4,000
and spares
Travel - - - - - -
Miscellaneou
s expenses
3,50,000 - 1,10,000 24,274 50,000 32,472
for academic
activities
Total 39,35,000 17,36,855 20,10,000 16,19,894 14,26,000 11,69,198
Table II.5: Department Budget details
3. Program Specific information
3.1. Name of the Program : UG
3.2. Title of the Degree : INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
3.3. Name, designation, telephone numbers, and e-mail address of the Program
coordinator for the NBA
Dr. Koteswara Rao Anne

Professor & HOD
Dept. of Information Technology
Phone : +91 866 2582333,2584930
Fax : +91 866 2582672
Mobile : +919494533809
Email : raoanne@gmail.com
3.4. History of the program along with the NBA accreditation, if any
Under Graduate Program
B.Tech (Information Technology)
Started with 60 seats in the year 2000
Enhanced to 120 seats in the year2007
Accredited by NBA during 2008-09
3.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations

Faculty qualifications are poor
Need Improvement in Research & Publications
Inadequate building space for running the program
3.6. Total number of students in the program : 421

3.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and three
previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the program
Academic Year Maximum No of staff Minimum No of staff
2012-13 27 25
2011-12 27 24
2010-11 26 21
Table III.1: Staff details
3.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditures incurred in
the CFYm1 and CFYm2 (exclusively for this program in the department)
Items Budgeted Actual Budgeted Actual Budgeted Actual

in CFY expenses in CFYm1 Expenses in CFYm2 Expenses in
2012-13 in CFY (till 2011-12 in CFYm1 2010-11 CFYm2
March
15th
2013)
Laboratory
24,35,000 13,50,000 15,00,000 13,50,000 10,66,000 8,76,800
equipments
3,06,720
Software purchase 7,00,000 - -
R&D - - - - - -
Laboratory
- - 3,50,000 2,40,670 2,60,000 2,55,926
consumables
Maintenance and
4,50,000 80,135 50,000 4950 50,000 4,000
spares
Travel - - - - - -
Miscellaneous
expenses for 3,50,000 - 1,10,000 24,274 50,000 32,472
academic activities
Total 39,35,000 17,36,855 20,10,000 16,19,894 14,26,000 11,69,198
Table III.2 Program Budget Details
PART B
1. Vision, Mission and Program Educational Objectives (100)
1.1. Mission and Vision (5)
1.1.1. State the Vision and Mission of the institute and department (1)
(List and articulate the vision and mission statements of the institute and department)
Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College (VRSEC) established in the year
1977, is the first private engineering college in the state of Andhra Pradesh, It is a self
financing institution founded by Siddhartha Academy of General and Technical
Education, Vijayawada.
The vision of the VRSEC is:
To nurture excellence in various fields of engineering by imparting timeless core values to the
learners and to mould the institution into a center of academic excellence and advanced
research
Institute Mission in pursuance of its vision is:

To impart high quality technical education in order to mould the learners into globally
competitive technocrats who are professionally deft, intellectually adept and socially
responsible. The institution strives to make the learners inculcate and imbibe perception and
pro-active nature so as to enable them to acquire a vision for exploration and an insight for
advanced enquiry
Towards the accomplishment of its vision, at present the institute offers 7 UG programs
(all accredited by NBA) and 9 PG Programs. In addition to these engineering programs,
institute also offers computer application and business administration at master level. In
recognition of its academic excellence, the institute was granted autonomous status by
UGC in the year 2006 and further extended for 6 years in 2012. The institute is
permanently affiliated to Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University Kakinada (JNTUK),
Kakinada Andhra Pradesh. The institute is scaling up its post graduate education and
research through TEQIP Sc 1.2.
Department of Information Technology (IT) is established in the year 2000 to meet the
requirements of the emerging IT industry/discipline after the consultation with various
stakeholders. The Vision of the department is:
To provide excellent information technology and computer science education by building
strong teaching and research environment
The mission of the IT department is:

To offer high quality graduate and post graduate programs in information technology and
computer science education and to prepare students for professional career or higher
studies. The department promotes excellence in teaching, research, collaborative activities
and positive contributions to society
The department started with an initial intake of 60 students in UG Program in IT and
the intake is enhanced to 120 in the year 2007. In 2011, the department started a PG
Program in Computer Science and Technology (CST) with an intake of 36 students.
1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Vision and Mission are published and disseminated (2)
(Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula books) the vision and mission are published
and how these are disseminated to stakeholders)
The Mission and Vision are published at

Department website http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it/
College website http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/
Curriculum books
Notice boards
Apart from this, Mission and Vision is disseminated to all the stakeholders of the
programs through faculty meetings, student awareness workshops, student induction
programs, and parent meetings.
1.1.3. Mention the process for defining Vision and Mission of the department (2)
(Articulate the process involved in defining the vision and mission of the department from the
vision and mission of the institute.)
The department established the vision and mission through a consultative process
involving the stakeholders of the department, the future scope of the department and
the societal requirements as shown in Figure 1.1. In establishing the vision and mission
of the department, the following steps were followed:
Step 1: Vision and Mission of the institute are taken as basis.
Step 2: Views are taken from stakeholders of the Department such as industry,
management, parents and professional bodies
Step 3 : The accepted views are analyzed and reviewed to check the consistency with the
vision and mission of the institute.
Figure 1.1: Process for defining Vision and Mission of the Department
1.2. Program Educational Objectives (15)
1.2.1. Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2)
(List and articulate the program educational objectives of the program under accreditation)
Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) of the UG in IT are established through a
consultation process as described in Sec.1.2.4 and these address the following broad
aspects.
What our graduates could do best

How our graduates would approach problem solving, using what skills
What values our graduates should have
Program Educational Objectives of the UG Information Technology are:
PEO 1. Excel in professional career and/or higher education by acquiring knowledge in

mathematical, computing and engineering principles
PEO 2. Analyze real life problems, design computing systems appropriate to its solutions
that are technically sound, economically feasible and socially acceptable
PEO 3. Exhibit professionalism, ethical attitude, communication skills, team work in their
profession and adapt to current trends by engaging in life long learning
1.2.2. State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2)
(Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula books) the PEOs are published and how
these are disseminated to stakeholders)
The PEOs are published at
Department website http://vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it/
College website http://vrsiddhartha.ac.in/
Curricula books
Notice boards
Additionally, the dissemination of PEOs to all the stakeholders of the program is done
through student awareness programs, student induction programs and faculty meetings.
1.2.3. List Stakeholders of the Program (1)

(List stakeholders of the program under consideration for accreditation and articulate their
relevance)
Our program has identified the following constituencies as Student, Alumni, Industry,
Faculty, Employer and Parents.
Student
Most prominent role in the program.

Students feedback is considered to introduce innovative teaching and learning
methodologies
Students input will help in program to introduce the elective courses to meet
current trends.
Faculty
Involve a vital role in working of the program.

Faculty involves in various committees to check the consistency of the program.
Faculty provides inputs for designing the program, PEOs/POs establishment,
Course Objectives and assessment.
Alumni
Focus group because they are a measure of the long-term success of our
program.
Alumni feedback helps in curriculum design to meet recent trends in
engineering.
Recollect their existence during their program study and advise the department
with necessary inputs in point of student career.
Employer
Represents the major end users of our graduates.

Gives higher focus to the program on future data to create awareness with
current industry
Gives inputs which overcome the gap between program and industry.
Parents
Expects their wards in good professional career and higher education.
1.2.4. State the process for establishing PEOs (5)

(Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the PEOs are based
on the needs of the programs various stakeholders.)
The Program Educational Objectives are established through a consultation process

involving the core constituents such as: Students, Alumni, Industry, Faculty and
Employer. The PEOs are established through the following process steps:
Step 1: Vision and Mission of the Department are taken as a basis to interact with
various stake holders and graduate attributes defined by NBA are also kept in view.
Step 2: Program Coordinator consults the key constituents and collects their views and
submits the views to Program Assessment Committee.
Step 3: Program Assessment Committee summarizes the collected views and expresses
its opinion on the views and forwards the same to Department Advisory Board.
Step 4: Department Advisory Board deliberates on the views expressed by the Program
Assessment Committee and formulate the accepted views based on which PEOs are to be
established
Figure 1.2 illustrates the process for establishing PEOs.
Figure 1.2: Process for establishing PEOs
1.2.5. Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission (5)

(Describe how the Programme Educational Objectives are consistent with the Mission of the
department.)
Table 1.1 indicates the consistency of PEOs with the Mission of the department.
Key components
From Department PEO 1 PEO 2 PEO 3
Mission
To offer high quality Excel in Analyze real life Exhibit
graduate and post professional career problems, design professionalism,
graduate programs and/or higher computing systems ethical attitude,
in information education by appropriate to its communication
technology and acquiring solutions that are skills, team work
computer science knowledge in technically sound, in their
education and to mathematical, economically profession and
prepare students computing and feasible and socially adapt to current
for professional engineering acceptable. trends by
career or higher principles. engaging in life
studies. The long learning.
department
promotes
excellence in
teaching, research,
collaborative
activities and
positive
contributions to
society
Quality education
Professional career
Higher education
Socially responsible
Research
Table 1.1: PEOs consistency with Mission of the Department
The mission of the program is to offer high quality UG and PG education such that the
students prosper in their career or pursue the higher education to further enhance the
knowledge. The first program educational objective of the UG program aims at attaining this
by providing the sound fundamental knowledge.
The second program educational objective strongly addresses the mission component of
positive contribution to the society. The graduates of the program are expected to provide
computing solutions which are economically feasible to real world problems to carter the
needs of society.
The third program educational objective what values our graduates will have positively aims at
contributing to the society.
Furthermore, social, scientific, and technological development is mentioned in the
department mission, which is referred to by PEO 3 through considering social and ethical
dimensions.
1.3. Attainment of Program Educational Objectives (30)

1.3.1. Justify the contributions of the Programme Curriculum towards attainment
of PEOs (15)
(Describe the broad curricular components that contribute towards the attainment of the
Program Educational Objectives.)
The curriculum is one of the main tools to prepare students in achieving PEOs.
Therefore, the relevance of the courses in the program specific curriculum to PEO needs
be quantified in order to establish their level of support to PEO. The description of IT
Program broad curricular components relevant to PEOs is shown in Table 1.2 and Figure
1.3. The curriculum mapping with PEOs of the program is shown in Table 1.3.
Course Component PEOs Curriculum Content

(% of total number of credits of
the program )
Mathematics and Basic PEO 1 & PEO 2 14
Sciences
Basic Engineering courses PEO 1 & PEO 2 16
HSS PEO 3 7
Professional core PEO 1, PEO 2, & 56
PEO 3
Electives PEO 1 & PEO 2 7
Table 1.2: Course Component distribution of credits and PEOs of the

Department
90.60%
59.30%
23.40%
PEO1 PEO 2 PEO 3
Figure 1.3: Contribution of courses with PEOs of the Department
Observaiion: In program curriculum, nearly 90% of the courses address PEO 1 and 60% of
courses address PEO 2 and 23% of courses contributing towards PEO 3. However, to attain
PEO2 and PEO 3, the department provides the necessary educational eco system through
guest lectures, industry visits, workshops and professional associations.
PEO1 PEO2 PEO3

Excel in Analyze Exhibit
profession real life profession
al career problems, alism,
and/or design ethical
higher computing attitude,
education systems communic
Course Component
by appropriat ation
Semester
acquiring e to its skills,
Course
Code
S.No
knowledge solutions team

in that are work in
mathemati technically their
cal, sound, profession
computing economica and adapt
and lly feasible to current
engineerin and trends by
g socially engaging
principles. acceptable in life long
. learning.
1 FY 1001 Engineering 1
Mathematics I
2 FY Engineering Chemistry 1
Mathematics and Basic Sciences
1002C
3 FY Engineering Chemistry 1
1051C Lab
4 FY 2001 Engineering 2
Mathematics II
5 FY Engineering Physics 2
2002P
6 FY Engineering Physics Lab 2
2051P
7 IT 3001 Engineering 3
Mathematics III
8 IT 3003 Discrete Mathematical 3
Structures
9 IT 4001 Probability and Statistics 4
1 FY Mechanics for Engineers 1
1004M
2 FY Basics of Civil and 1
1003B Mechanical Engineering
Basic Engineering courses
3 FY 1005 Introduction to 1
Computing
4 FY 1052 Basic Computing Lab 1
5 FY 1053 Workshop Practice 1
6 FY 2005 Programming in C 2
7 FY Engineering Graphics 2
2006G
8 FY Programming Lab 2
2052C
9 IT 3002 Basic Electrical 3
Engineering
10 IT 4005 Basic Electronics 4
1 FY 1006 Professional Ethics 1

HSS (Humanity & Social
2 FY 2003E Technical English and 2

Communication Skills
3 FY2004E Environmental Science 2
N
4 IT 3052 Communication Skills 3
Lab
Sciences)
5 IT 6003 Engineering Economics 6

and Management
6 IT 7001 Operations Research 7
1 IT 3004 Data Structures 3

2 IT 3005 Computer Organization 3
3 IT 3006 Principles of Operating 3
System
4 IT 3051 Data structures Lab 3
Professional core
5 IT 4002 Data Base Management 4

Systems
6 IT 4003 Operating System: Use 4
and Configuration
7 IT 4004 Object Oriented 4
Programming
8 IT 4051 Data Base Management 4
Systems Lab
9 IT 4052 Object Oriented 4
Programming Lab
10 IT 4053 Operating Systems Lab 4
11 IT 5001 Software Engineering 5
12 IT 5002 Advanced Data Base 5
Management System
13 IT 5003 Design And Analysis of 5
Algorithms
14 IT 5004 Java Programming 5
15 IT 5005 Computer Networks 5
16 IT 5006 Distributed Systems 5
17 IT 5051 Java Programming Lab 5
18 IT 5052 Networking Lab 5
19 IT 6001 Fundamentals Of 6
Computer Vision
20 IT 6002 Data Warehousing 6
21 IT 6004 Network Security 6
22 IT 6005 Web Programming and 6
development
23 IT 6051 Computer Vision Lab 6
24 IT 6052 Data Warehousing Lab 6
25 IT 6053 Web Technologies Lab 6
26 IT 6054 Term Paper 6
27 IT 7002 Data Mining 7
28 IT 7003 Object Oriented Analysis 7
and Design
29 IT 7004 Wireless Networks 7
30 IT 7051 Data Mining Lab 7
31 IT 7052 Wireless Networks Lab 7
32 IT 7053 Mini Project 7
33 IT 8001 Software Testing 8
Methodologies
34 IT 8051 Software Testing Tools 8
Lab
35 IT 8052 Major Project 8
1 IT 7005 Elective I 7
IT 7005A Industry Need Based
Elective
IT 7005B Virtual Reality
Electives
IT 7005C Software Project

Management
IT 7005D Grid Computing
IT 7005E Network Management
Systems
2 IT 7006 Elective II 7
IT 7006A Industry Based Elective
IT 7006B Real Time Systems
IT 7006C Design Patterns
IT 7006D Introduction To Main-
Frame Systems
IT 7006E Artificial Intelligence
3 IT 8002 Elective III 8
IT 8002A Industry Based Elective
IT 8002B Information Retrieval
Systems
IT 8002C Bioinformatics
IT 8002D E-Commerce
IT 8002E Advanced Computer
Architecture
4 IT 8003 Elective IV 8
IT 8003A Soft Computing
IT 8003B Business Intelligence And
Its Application
IT 8003C Principles Of TCP/IP
IT 8003D Pattern Recognition
IT 8003E Middleware
Technologies
Total number of courses for each PEO 58 38 15

Percentage of contribution of courses for each PEO 90% 59.6% 23.4%
Table 1.3: Curriculum mapping with PEOs of the Department
1.3.2. Explain how administrative system helps in ensuring the attainment of

PEOs (15)
(Describe the committees and their functions, working process and related regulations.)
The following administrative setup is put in place to ensure the attainment of PEOs and
Pos
Program Coordinator
Module Coordinator
Program Assessment Committee
Department Advisory Board
Program Coordinator
Interacts and maintains liaison with key stake holders, students, faculty,
Department Head and employer.
Monitor and reviews the activities of each year in program (II/IV,III/IV&
IV/IV ) independently with course coordinators
Schedules program work plan in accordance with specifications of
program objectives and outcomes
Oversees daily operations and coordinates activities of program with
interrelated activities of other programs, departments or staff to ensure
optimum efficiency and compliance with appropriate policies, procedures
and specifications given by HOD.
Conducts and interprets various surveys required to assess POs and PEOs
Module Coordinator
Coordinates and supervise the faculty teaching the particular course in
the module
Responsible for assessment of the course objectives and outcomes
Recommend and facilitate workshops, faculty development programs,
meetings or conferences to meet the course outcomes
Analyzes results of particular course and recommends the Program
coordinator and/or Head of the Department to take appropriate action
Liaise with students, faculty, program coordinator and Head of the
Department to determine priorities and policies
Program Assessment Committee

Program Assessment Committee consists of Program Coordinator,
Module Coordinator and faculty representatives
Chaired by Program Coordinator, the committee monitors the attainment
of PO and PEOs.
Evaluates program effectiveness and proposes necessary changes
Prepares periodic reports records on program activities, progress, status

or other special reports for management key stake holders.
Motivates the faculty and students towards attending workshops,
developing projects, working models, paper publications and research
Interact with students, faculty, Program Coordinators, Module
Coordinator and outside/community agencies (through their
representation)in facilitating program educational objectives
PAC meets atleast once in 6 months to review the program and submits
report to Department Advisory Board.
Department Advisory Board(DAB)

DAB consists of head of the department, program coordinators, and the
representatives of key stake holders
DAB chaired by head of the department, receives the report of the
Program Assessment Committee and monitors the progress of the
program
DAB on current and future issues related to programs
Develops and recommends new or revised program goals and objectives
PAC meets atleast once in a year to review the programs
1.4. Assessment of the attainment of Programme Educational Objectives (40)

1.4.1. Indicate tools and processes used in assessment of the attainment of PEOs
(10)
Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to
which the Programme Educational Objectives are attained. Also include information on:
a) A listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which
the evaluation of each programme educational objective is based. Examples of data collection
processes may include, but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus
groups, industrial advisory committee meetings, or other processes that are relevant and
appropriate to the programme;
b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out;
PEOs (Program Educational Objectives) relate to the career and professional

accomplishments of students after they graduate from the program. Consequently,
assessment and evaluation of the objectives requires assessment tools that can be
applied after graduation. The PEOs assessment process and methods are tabulated in
Table 1.4.
However, keeping the significance of contribution of the curriculum and the assessment
opportunities such as placement data and higher education entrance performance,
these assessments are taken as supplementary evidence.
.
In order to assess the attainment of PEOs, each PEO is further subdivided as follows:
PEO 1 : Excel in professional career and/or higher education by acquiring knowledge in
mathematical, computing and engineering principles
PEO 1.1. Progress in professional career

PEO 1.2. Higher education
PEO 2 : Analyze real life problems, design computing systems appropriate to its solutions
that are technically sound, economically feasible and socially acceptable
PEO 2.1. Analyse real life problem

PEO 2.2. Design and develop economically feasible and socially acceptable
Computing Solutions
PEO 3 : Exhibit professionalism, ethical attitude, communication skills, team work in their
profession and adapt to current trends by engaging in life long learning.
PEO 3.1. Professional conduct and interpersonal skills

PEO 3.2. Adapting to current trends in technology
PEOs Assessment Process and Methods PEO

PEO Assessment Assessment Criteria Data Faculty Goal
Tool Collection Responsible
PEO PEO Placement Number of students Once in Program 70-
1 1.1 record placed in campus year Assessment 80%
interview (during Committee
graduation)
Number of students Once inProgram 15-
placed after graduation yearAssessment 20%
Committee
Employer How satisfied are you with After 3,4, Department 50-
survey the performance of our 5 years of Advisory 60%
graduates graduation Committee
Alumni How comfortable were After 3, 4, Program 70-
survey you in the training/initial 5 years of Assessment 80%
months in your first graduation Committee
employment
What is your progress in After 3, 4, Program 70-
the employment 5 years of Assessment 80%
graduation Committee
PEO Performance How many students Once in Program 70-
1.2 in the passed with year Assessment 80%
program distinction/First class Committee
Entrance test GATE/GRE/TOEFL/CAT Once in Program 50-
year Assessment 60%
Committee
Alumni Have you pursued any Once in Program 50-
survey higher education year Assessment 60%
Committee
Alumni What is your masters Once in Program 50-
survey degree that you had year Assessment 60%
pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech / Committee
MBA / Any
other )
PEO PEO Employer Do our graduates have After 3 Department 30-
2 2.1 survey inclination to identify years of Advisory 40%
problems in society graduation Committee
Alumni What is the nature of After 3 Program 50-
survey projects you handled after years of Assessment 60%
your graduation (either in graduation Committee
employment or
individually)
PEO Alumni To meet the current job After 3 Program 50-
2.2 survey requirements, please years of Assessment 60%
specify the graduation Committee
tools/technologies you
used other than what you
have learnt during the
program
PEO PEO Alumni What is the size of your After 3 Program 50-
3 3.1 Survey team in profession when years of Assessment 60%
working in teams graduation Committee
Employer How do you rate our After 3 Department 30-
survey graduates written and years of Advisory 40%
oral communication graduation Committee
abilities
PEO Alumni How have taken any After 3 Program 50-
3.2 Survey Diploma courses years of Assessment 60%
minimum 6 months graduation Committee
duration since graduation
Table 1.4: Assessment of PEOs of the program
1.4.2. Give evidences for the attainment of PEOs (30)

a) The expected level of attainment for each of the program educational objectives;
b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent
to which each of the programme educational objectives is being attained; and
c) How the results are documented and maintained.
The Program assessment Committee and Program Coordinator measure the level to which our
program has met each of the PEOs independently as explained. The collected evidences are
depicted below.
PEO 1.1. Progress in professional career Target : 70-80%
Supplementary Evidences from the above tools
Placement -> Number of Students placed in campus interview

90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
2006-07 2007-08 2008-09
In campus 47% 82% 71%
Off campus 26% 10% 13%
Figure 1.4: Graduates placement information for last three years
From the figure 1.4 the placement data (both during campus interviews and after graduation)
indicates that atleast around 70% of graduates are places before one year after the graduation.
Confirmed Evidences for PEO 1.1
Alumni Survey -> How comfortable were you in the training/initial months in your
first employment?
Figure 1.5: Graduates satisfaction in Training
From Figure 1 .5, observed that most of our alumni of (years) (87%) expressed
that they were satisfied during their training period of their first employment
indicates their understanding of the fundamentals required for professison.
Alumni Survey -> What is your progress in the employment?
40%
30%
15%
5% 5% 5%
Trainees Consultants Sofware/Systems

Engineers
Initial Position Current Position
Figure 1.6: Graduates employment progress
Data is received from 50% of our alumni of (years). From these responses, from Figure 1.6 it is
identified that nearly 40% of them were Trainees as their initial position in profession and
about 10% of them were directly designated as Software Engineers in their first employment
itself. After two years in profession, majority of them are progressed in their profession as
Software Engineers.
PEO 1.2. Higher education Target : 20-30%
Supplementary Evidences from the above tools
Performance in the program-> Results
83% 77%
60%
2006-07 2007-08 2008-09
Figure 1.7: Graduate results for last three years
From the Figure 1.7 graduate results of the past before three years are
75% which indicates the performance level is at Satisfactory Level.
Performance in the program ->How many students passed with distinction/First

class and How many graduates showed interest in higher education
70%
60%
50%
40%
30% 2006-07
20% 2007-08
10% 2008-09
0%
Passed in Appeared Qualifies in Pursued
Distinction for Entrance entrance Higher
exams exams Education
Figure 1.8: Graduates performance and higher education interest
From Figure 1.8, it is observed that nearly 55-65% of our graduates passed with Distinction and
among these 55% of them showed interest towards pursuing higher studies. In order to get the
eligibility for higher studies either locally or abroad, our students appeared for entrance tests like
GATE, GRE, etc & nearly most of our graduates could achieve qualified, out of which 15% of
them succeeded in higher education
Alumni Survey-> What is your masters degree that you had pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech
/ MBA / Any other )
4%
3%
Masters degree
pursued
1%
M.S M.Tech MBA
Figure 1.9: Graduates in higher education
From Figure 1.9, about 8-10% of our graduates were successful in pursuing their Higher
education.
PEO 2.1. Societal problem analysis and development of feasible and acceptable
solutions Target : 40-50%

Alumni Survey -> What is the nature of projects you handled after your graduation
(either in employment or individually)
Figure 1.10: Graduates projects handling in profession
Figure 1.10 indicates, 60% of graduates are in Application Development to obtain

engineering solutions that are globally acceptable. About 18-20% of our graduates were
handling projects in Testing, Information Security and E-Governance projects.
PEO 2.2. Design and develop technically sound Computing Solutions Target : 50-60%

Alumni Survey -> To meet the current job requirements, please specify the
tools/technologies you used other than what you have learnt during the program
Figure 1.11: Graduates expertise in profession
From Figure 1.11, it is observed that our graduates are adopting to new technologies to
develop technically sound computing solution for their problems. used their skill set in new
ways in realizing and handling societal problems with feasible solutions.
PEO 3.1. Professional conduct and interpersonal skills Target : 50-60%

Alumni Survey -> What is the size of your team in profession when working in teams
Figure 1.12: Graduates participation in teams
From Figure 1. 12, It is observed all of our graduates are working in large teams. This
created an evidence of Interpersonal skills of graduates in their profession.
PEO 3.2. Adapting to current trends in technology Target : 50-60%
Alumni Survey -> Have you taken any diploma courses (minimum 6 months duration)
since graduation? If yes, specify below
Figure 1.13: Graduates pursuing diploma courses
Figure 1.13 evidences about 13% of our graduates could obtain diploma courses with a minimum of
6months duration that include Jaffagrophy, Testing, SAP, Web Development and IOS Development
courses This is an indication that our graduates participate in lifelong learning.
PEOs Attainment Rubric

Level of PEOs Attainment
PEO Assessment Methods with Satisfactory (5) Moderate (3) Unsatisfactory (1)
weightage
PEO 70-80% of 50-70% of Less than 50% of
1 students placed students placed students placed
Placement
in campus in campus and either in campus
record (15%)
10-20% placed or out
out
Performance 60-75% with 55-65% with Below 55% with
in the distinctions distinctions distinctions
Supplementar
program (7%)
y
50% students Out of 60% Only 30%
Evidence
appear for appeared, 40% qualified in
(30%)
Entrance test qualifying qualified in competitive
(3%) exams and competitive exams
atleast 20% exams
qualify.
Above 20% of 10-20% of Below 10% of
Higher
graduates graduates graduates
education
pursue higher successful successful
(5%)
education completion completion
80% or above 70-75% satisfied 65-70% satisfied
completed their training their training
training
successfully
Alumni
survey (45%)
Confirmed
50% graduates 30-50% 30% graduates
Evidence
upgraded in graduates upgraded in
(70%)
profession upgraded in profession
profession
Highly satisfied Satisfied Below 60%
Employer graduates graduates satisfied
survey (25%) performance performance graduates
performance
PEO Confirmed Above 60% 40-60% Belo 40%
2 Evidence graduates are in graduates are in graduates are in
(100%) Application Application Application
Alumni
development. development. development.
survey (80%)
85% graduates . .
handled societal
problems.
Above 60% of 40-60% of Below 40% of
graduates were graduates were graduates were
Employer
able to analyze able to analyze able to analyze
survey (20%)
societal societal real time
problems. problems. problems.
PEO Confirmed Above 80% 50-80% Below 60%
3 Evidence graduates graduates graduates
(100%) working in large working in large working in large
teams. teams. teams.
Alumni
survey (80%)
50% pursue self 30-50% obtained Less than 30%
learning or diploma courses. obtained diploma
diploma courses
courses.
Above 60% of 50- 60% of Below 40% of
graduates graduates posses graduates posses
Employer
posses good good good
survey (20%)
communication communication communication
abilities abilities abilities
Scoring Function :
(Assessment Tool weightage*actual rubric level)/Maximum rubric value
PEO 1 Scoring 87.2%
Supplementary Evidences (30%)
[(Placement record(15%)*Satisfactory(5)+ (Performance in the program(7%)* Moderate (3)) +

(Entrance test(3%) * Satisfactory(5)) + Higher education(5%) * Moderate(3)]/5 ->
25.2%
Confirmed Evidence (70%)
[Alumni survey(50%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Moderate(3)]/5 ->

62%
PEO 2 Scoring 84%

[Alumni survey(80%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Unsatisfactory(1)]/5 ->
84%
PEO 3 Scoring 87.2%

[Alumni survey(80%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Unsatisfactory(1)]/5 ->
84%
PEOs Attainment Summary:
PEO1 is said to be reached 87.2% of attainment in terms of professional career. This attainment level can
be improved further with more emphasis of graduates in Higher Education.
PEO2 is attained in the level of 84% with respect to graduate participation in handling societal problem
with sound computing solutions.
PEO3 assessment evidences that 84% graduates exhibit professionalism in team work and engage in
continuous education.
Evidences:
Results analysis and placement data files are placed in department office.
Competitive entrance exams data files are placed in department office.
Alumni Survey data is collected through Web Survey Master and 50% of alumni were
responded. The template is enclosed in APPENDIX I. The results are archived in
www.websurveymaster.com.
Employer Survey is done through email and documents files are available in the
department office.
1.5. Indicate how results of the assessment of achievement of PEOs have been used
for redefining PEOs (10)
(Articulate with rationale how the results of the evaluation of PEOs have been used to
review/redefine the PEOs)
Figure 1.14 illustrates the process of redefining the existing PEOs.
The process is initiated by Department Advisory Board during PEOs assessment
and attainment process.
To redefine, the existing PEOs assessment data is gathered through direct and
indirect assessment methods.
To improve the program performance, the collected data is analyzed to identify
the need for redefining PEOs.
Based on identified changes in terms of curriculum, regulations and PEOs, the
administrative system like BOS, Academic Council and Program Assessment
Committee involve appropriate actions.
Figure 1.14: Redefining PEOs process
2. Program Outcomes (225)
2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes) (30)
2.1.1. List the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs) (2)
(List the course outcomes of the courses in program curriculum and program outcomes of the program
under accreditation)
Program Outcomes
POs describe what students are expected to know or be able to do by the time of
graduation from the program. Program Outcomes are established as per the process
described in 2.1.3. The Program Outcomes of UG in Information Technology are:
1. An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics, science and

engineering fundamentals appropriate to the discipline.
2. An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the computing
requirements appropriate to its solution.
3. An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system,
process, component, or program to meet desired needs with appropriate
consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal and
environmental considerations.
4. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data.
5. An ability to use current techniques, skills, and modern tools necessary for
computing practice.
6. An ability to analyze the local and global impact of computing on individuals,
organizations, and society.
7. Knowledge of contemporary issues.
8. An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and social issues and
responsibilities.
9. An ability to function effectively individually and on teams, including diverse
and multidisciplinary, to accomplish a common goal.
10. An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences.
11. Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing
professional development.
12. An understanding of engineering and management principles and apply these
to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects.
Course Outcomes:
On completion of these courses, the students will be able to:
Course Course Outcomes

CO1: Explain the Knowledge of solving System of equations, Eigen value
problems.
CO2: Identify the shape of the geometrical figures from the study of quadratic
forms
FY1001-Engineering CO3: Discuss the convergence and Divergence of infinite series it is useful in the
Mathematics study of communication systems.
CO4: Determine the solutions for differential equations which are useful in the
Study of Circuit theory and oscillatory systems.
CO5: Apply partial differential equations for Electro- magnetic theory,
Transmission lines and Vibrating membranes.
CO1: Understand various water treatment methods, boiler troubles understand
conduction mechanism in conducting polymers.
FY1002 C-
CO2: Understand construction and the working principle of different electrodes
Engineering
batteries/ sensors and their applicability.
Chemistry
CO3: Understand the types of corrosion and protection methods.
CO4: Understand the instrumental mechanism and its applicability
CO1: Gain fundamental knowledge about the basics of manufacturing methods.
FY1003 B-Basic of CO2: Understand the principle of operation of different I. C. engines.
Civil and Mechanical CO3: Describe the performance of different types of refrigeration systems.
Engineering CO4: Learn about gear nomenclature, and the simple calculations in transmission
of Power
CO1: Construct free body diagrams and calculate the reactions necessary to ensure
static equilibrium.
CO2:Understand internal forces in members.
FY1004M-Mechanics CO3:Locate centroids and determine moment of inertia for composite areas.
for Engineers CO4:Analyze the systems with frictional forces.
CO5:Determine the mass moment of inertia of rigid bodies
CO6:Apply Newtons second law of motion and dynamic equilibrium to particle
motion.
CO1:Explain the changes in hardware and software components
CO2:Explain the history and classifications of the computers
CO3:Explain Internal and External data representation
CO4:Explain Input and output devices, Different types of memories
FY1005-Introduction CO5:Know the introduction to Programming Languages
to Computing CO6:Develop algorithms and prepare flow charts to simple mathematical and
logical problems
CO7:Classify different functions of the operating system and the types of OS
CO8: Know the introduction to Computer Networks and classify the types of
networks.
CO1: Understand the Human and Moral values of people in the society.
CO2: Understand the Codes of Ethics, rules and regulations of professional
FY1006PE-
bodies.
Professional Ethics
CO3: Develop knowledge about ethics and apply in real life and professional
services.
CO1: Perform the analytical experiments; improve analytical skills and attitude
which help them to apply these skills in their field of engineering.
FY1051C-Engineering CO2: Understand the handling maintenance and performance of analytical
Chemistry Lab instruments.
CO3: Understand the practical knowledge of various chemical phenomena by
demonstration of experiments.
CO1: Apply MS Office tools
FY1052-Basic CO2: Design & develop basic softwares (Application and System software)
Computing Lab CO3: Attain basic knowledge on hardware (I/O devices, Mother board, processor
etc...)
CO1: Model and design various basic prototypes in the carpentry trade such as
Lap joint, Lap Tee joint, Dove tail joint, Mortise & Tenon joint, Cross-Lap joint
CO2: Design and model various basic prototypes in the trade of Welding such as
Lap joint, Lap Tee joint, Edge joint, Butt joint and Corner joint.
FY1053W-Workshop CO3: Make various basic prototypes in the trade of Tin smithy such as plain
Practice Cylindrical pipe, Cylindrical pipe one end inclined, Cylindrical pipe both ends
inclined, Hexagonal pipe one end inclined, and funnel preparations.
CO4: Perform various basic House Wiring techniques such as connecting one
lamp with one switch, connecting two lamps with one switch, connecting a
fluorescent tube, Series wiring, Go down wiring
CO1: State Mean value theorems & apply it in communication systems,
equilibrium states of physical systems
CO2: State generalized mean value theorems to express any differentiable
function in Power series in signals and systems.
FY2001-Engineering
CO3: Simplify the complicated integrals by changing variables
Mathematics
CO4: Interpret the divergence (physically), Grad and Curl in electromagnetic
fields.
CO5: Provide interpolation techniques which are useful in analyzing the data that
is in the form of unknown function
CO1: Analyse and understand the basics of electricity and how these basic ideas
are used to enhance our current prosperity.
CO2: Understand the differences between classical and quantum mechanics and
learn about semiconductor technology.
FY2002P-Enginnering CO3: Analyse and learn about how materials behave at low temperature, causes
Physics for their behaviour and applications.
CO4: Analyse and understand various types of lasers and optical fibers and their
applications.
CO5: Understand the fabrication of nanomaterials, carbon nanotubes and their
applications in various fields.
CO1: aware of the elements of functional English in order to make them authentic
users of language in any given academic and/or professional situation
FY2003E-Technical CO2: proficient in making academic presentations
English and CO3: exposed to the real-time career oriented environment
Communication Skills CO4: Develop felicity of expression and familiarity with technology enabled
communication
CO5: exposed to the corporate etiquette and rhetoric
CO1: Understand the importance of environment
CO2: Identify the environmental problems and issues on local, regional and global
FY2004EN- scale
Environmental CO3: Identify problems due to human interactions with the environment
Science CO4: Get encouragement to contribute solutions for the existing environmental
issues
CO5: Understand the enforcement of environmental acts in our constitution
CO1: Recognize the changes in hardware and software technologies with respect
to the evolution of computers and describe the function of system softwares
(operating Systems) and application softwares
CO2: Illustrate the flowchart and inscribe an algorithm for a given problem
FY2005-Programming Inscribe C programs using operators
in C CO3: Develop conditional and iterative statements to write C programs
CO4: Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems
CO5: Inscribe C programs that use Pointers to access arrays, strings and functions.
CO6: Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve
problems
CO7: Inscribe C programs using pointers and to allocate memory using dynamic
memory management functions.
CO8: Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C
CO1: Representing various conics and curves.
CO2: Perform dimensioning to a given drawing.
CO3: Construction of Plain and Diagonal scales.
FY2006G-Engineering CO4: Orthographic projections of Lines, Planes, and Solids.
Graphics CO5: Construction of Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections and Views.
CO6: Sectioning of various Solids and their representation.
CO7: Understand Development of surfaces and their representation.
CO8: Conversion of Pictorial views to Orthographic Projections
CO1: Elucidate the concepts of physics through involvement in the experiment by
applying theoretical knowledge
FY2051P-Engineering CO2: Illustrate the basics of electro magnetism, optics, mechanics, semi-
Physics Lab conductors & quantum theory
CO3: Develop an ability to apply the knowledge of physics experiments in the
later studies
CO1: Illustrate flowchart and algorithm for a given problem
CO2: Understand basic Structure of the C-PROGRAMMING, declaration and
usage of variables
CO3: Inscribe C programs using operators
CO4: Exercise conditional and iterative statements to inscribe C programs
FY2052-C CO5: Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems
Programming Lab CO6: Inscribe C programs using Pointers to access arrays, strings and functions.
CO7: Inscribe C programs using pointers and allocate memory using dynamic
CO8: Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve
problems.
CO9: Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C.
CO1: Provide the Knowledge of solving linear differential equations with constant
coefficients.
CO2: Analyze general periodic functions in the form of an infinite convergent
series of sine and cosines useful in digital signal processing.
CO3: Exercise Fourier transforms in designing the computer storage devices in
IT3001-Engineering
Circuit theory.
Mathematics
CO4: Apply the numerical methods for transitioning a mathematical model of a
problem to an programmable algorithm obtaining solution numerically or
graphically
CO5: Afford Mathematical devices through which solutions of numerous
boundary value problems of engineering can be obtained
IT3002-Basic CO1: Identify the basic elements of the electrical engineering
Electrical CO2: To write the programs for controlling electrical elements
Engineering CO3: The significance of electrical engineering for software fields
CO1: Interpret statements presented in disjunctive normal form and determine
their validity by applying the rules and methods of propositional calculus
CO2: Reformulate statements from common language to formal logic using the
rules of propositional and predicate calculus, and assess the validity of arguments
CO3: Apply basic counting principles including the pigeonhole principle and rules
IT3003-Discrete
for counting permutations and combinations.
Mathematical
CO4: Determine when a relation is reflexive, symmetric, anti-symmetric or
Structures
transitive, apply the properties of equivalence relations and partial orderings, and
explain the connection between equivalence relations and partitioning a set.
CO5: Explain basic definitions and properties associated with simple planar
graphs, including isomorphism, connectivity, and Euler's formula, and describe the
difference between Euclidian and Hamiltonian graphs..
CO 1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the
consumption of resources (time/space).
CO 2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the memory
using static and dynamic allocations.
CO 3: Implement binary search tree to design applications like expression trees.
IT3004-Data
CO 4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest
Structures
path and MST using graph theory.
CO 5: Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting
algorithms.
CO 6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual
problem and develop in C.
CO1: Analyse the designing process of combinational and sequential circuits
CO2: Express arithmetic logic and shift micro operations in symbolic form at a
register transfer level.
IT3005-Computer
CO3: Identify the addressing modes used in macro instructions.
Organization
CO4: Apply algorithms for arithmetic operations and implementation for ALU
design
CO5: Develop micro code for typical instructions in symbolic form
CO1: Analyze the concepts of Operating System and process.
CO2: Illustrate the Scheduling of a processor for a given problem instance.
IT3006-Principles of CO3: Identify the dead lock situation and provide appropriate solution.
Operating Systems CO4:Analyze memory management techniques and implement page replacement
Algorithm.
CO5: Understand the implementation of file systems and directories.
CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the
CO2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the memory
using static and dynamic allocations
CO3: Implement binary search tree to design applications like expression trees
IT3051-Data
CO4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest
Structures Lab
CO5: Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting
algorithms.
CO6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual
problem and develop in C
CO1: Analyse the designing process of combinational and sequential circuits
CO2: Express arithmetic logic and shift micro operations in symbolic form at a
IT3052- register transfer level.
Communication Skills CO3: Identify the addressing modes used in macro instructions.
Lab CO4: Apply algorithms for arithmetic operations and implementation for ALU
design
CO5: Develop micro code for typical instructions in symbolic form
CO1: Analyze the concepts of Operating System and process.
IT4001-Probability CO3: Identify the dead lock situation and provide appropriate solution.
and Statistics CO4:Analyze memory management techniques and implement page replacement
Algorithm.
CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts and architecture associated with DBMS
CO 2 : Apply normalization steps in database design and removal of data
IT4002-Data Base anomalies
Management Systems CO 3 : Describe the characteristics of database transactions and how they affect
database integrity and consistency.
CO 4 : Create, maintain and manipulate a relational database using SQL
CO 5: Employ the conceptual and relational models to design large database
systems
CO 1: Analyze basic system information, perform troubleshooting and optimize
the system performance.
CO 2: Configure a Linux distribution to perform common system administrator
tasks.
IT4003-Operating
CO 3: Develop shell scripts and programming and employ these principles in
System: Use and
solving technical problems.
Configuration
CO 4: Examine the differences and similarities of Linux GUIs and select the
appropriate Linux GUI.
CO 5: Generate local or domain users accounts and implement security policies.
CO 6: Design FTP servers and Web servers to deploy services for the clients.
CO1: Familiar to map real world problems into the Programming language.
IT4004-Object CO2: Can solve the problems in systematic way
Oriented CO3: Efficiently implement linear, nonlinear data structures and various searching
Programming and sorting techniques
CO1: It is expected that the course would refurbish and fortify the linguistic
abilities of the 4 learners
IT4005-Basic CO2: It is expected that the learners would develop familiarity with different
Electronics
linguistic patterns including forms of writing
CO3: It is expected that the aplomb of learners would develop by multifold
CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts and architecture associated with DBMS
anomalies
IT4051-
CO 3 : Describe the characteristics of database transactions and how they affect
DataBaseManagement
Systems
systems
CO1:Analyze basic system information, perform troubleshooting and
optimize the system performance.
CO2: Configure a Linux distribution to perform common system administrator
tasks.
IT4052-Object
CO3: Develop shell scripts and programming and employ these principles in
Oriented
solving technical problems.
Programming
CO4: Examine the differences and similarities of Linux GUIs and select the
appropriate Linux GUI.
CO5: Generate local or domain users accounts and implement security policies.
CO6: Design FTP servers and Web servers to deploy services for the clients.
CO 1: Distinguish Oops features with procedural Oriented and analyse these
features to a real world object.
CO2: Analyse and implement memory allocation at run-time through Late-
Binding.
IT4053- Operating CO 3: Analyse generic data type for the data type independent programming
Systems Lab which relate it to reusability.
CO 4: Interpret and implement the Exception Handling Techniques for resolving
run-time errors.
CO 5: Design, develop and implement programs using file operations for the large
data.
CO1: Identify and build an appropriate process model for a given project
CO2: Analyze the principles at various phases of software development.
IT5001-Software CO3: Translate a specification into a design, and identify the components to build
Engineering the architecture for a given problem, all using an appropriate software engineering
methodology
CO4: Define a Project Management Plan and tabulate appropriate Testing Plans at
different levels during the development of the software
CO5: Understand the software project estimation models and estimate the work to
be done, resources required and the schedule for a software project
CO1: Select appropriate technique implemented over disks and files to allocate
relations and conclude the best among.
CO2: Develop a good query evaluation plan for evaluating user query, an access
path and produce the tuples satisfying the constraints.
IT5002-Advanced
CO3: Examine the generic architecture of Parallel and Distributed database
Data Base
systems, differentiate the properties for concurrent execution of transactions.
Management System
CO4: Illustrate the concepts of Object Database systems and explore the features
of R DBMS and ODBMS.
CO5: Analyze access control over the Database system and implement internet
applications using scripting languages.
CO1: Understand asymptotic notations to analyze the performance of algorithms
CO2: Identify the differences in design techniques and apply to solve optimization
problems.
IT5003-Design and
CO3: Apply algorithms for performing operations on graphs and trees.
Analysis of
CO4: Solve novel problems, by choosing the appropriate algorithm design
Algorithms
technique for their solution and justify their selection
CO5: Analyze deterministic and nondeterministic algorithms to solve complex
problems
CO1: Implement object oriented principles for reusability
CO2: Assign priorities and resolve run-time errors with Multithreading and
IT5004-Java Exception Handling techniques
Programming CO3: Interpret Events handling techniques for interaction of the user with GUI
CO4: Analyze JDBC drivers to connect Java applications with relational databases
CO5: Develop client/server applications using socket programming
CO 1: Analyse the concepts of networks, types and architectures
CO 2: Identify error free transmission of data and analyse data collision with
various protocols.
IT5005-Computer
CO 3: Apply various routing algorithms over a network to provide optimal path.
Networks
CO 4: Illustrate the real time applications of networks
CO 5: Examine the addressing entities of a network with implementation of TCP,
UDP protocols.
CO1: Gain knowledge in issues for constructing the distributed systems
CO2: Examine how the message oriented communication can be done in a
Distributed system to achieve the synchronous and asynchronous communication
CO3: Implement the suitable clock Synchronization algorithms to manage the
IT5006-Distributed
resources in a distributed operating system environment.
systems
CO4: Compare the client and data centric consistency models to improve
performance and scalability in terms of memory.
CO5: Analyze issues dealing with recovery failure and able to implement
Distributed file system in Network file system
CO1: Implement Object Oriented Programming Concepts.
CO2: Use and create packages and interfaces in a Java program
CO3: Use graphical user interface in Java programs
IT5051-Java CO4: Create Applets
Programming Lab CO5: Implement exception handling in Java.
CO6: Implement Multithreading.
CO7: Use Input/output Streams.
CO8: Handle security implementations in Java
CO1: Demonstrate techniques to correct and detect errors during transmission.
IT5052-Networking CO2: Demonstrate understanding of how computers communicate with each other
Lab and the routing algorithms employed to assure that the communication is reliable
CO3: Implementation of client server applications with protocols TCP and UDP.
CO1: Calibrate a geometric camera by using mathematical model of image
formation process.
CO2: Implement algorithms to segment, label, and compute the position and
orientation of a set of objects in an image.
IT6001-Fundamentals
CO3: Implement the main gradient based edge detection operations and apply
of Computer Vision
techniques to extract useful features from an image
CO4: Analyze the suitable Expectation-Maximization algorithm for missing data
problems of image and camera models.
CO5: Exemplify the aspect graphs for object recognition
CO1: Describe the differences between OLTP systems and data warehouses, the
need for data warehousing
CO2: Summarise the dominant data warehousing architectures and their support
for quality attributes.
IT6002-Data
CO3: Assess the data quality in terms of accuracy, completeness and consistency.
Warehousing
CO4: Explore the real world applications of data warehousing using OLAP
technologies
CO5: Extract, transform, and load data from an operational data source to a data
warehouse
CO1: Understand Henri Fayols principles of management,
CO2: Appreciate the functions of a Personnel Department and evaluate a job for
wage determination.
CO3: Apply Law of diminishing Utility and Law of equimarginal utility for any
market condition
IT6003-Engineering CO4: Understand Factors influencing demand, and Elasticity of demand ,the
Economics and relations between ATC and MC and relations between AC and MC.
Management CO5: Understand how to maximize profit under competition.
CO6: Apply various work study techniques to reduce work content and ineffective
time
CO7: Familiarize with various functions of marketing and market research.
CO8: Choose the best alternative from various options and calculate depreciation
using different methods.
CO1: Analyze the basic concepts of network security to predict and classify
attacks on a network
CO2 : Illustrate the process for hiding the information with cryptographic
algorithms
IT6004-Newtwork
CO3 : Apply authentication techniques to provide secure communication
Security
CO4 : Analyze public cryptosystems and disseminate from conventional systems
for the quality of security
CO5 : Understand the security implementations in real time applications of OSI &
TCP/IP models
CO1: Compare and Contrast HTML, DHTML, CSS, JavaScript, XML and other
Web technologies.
CO2: Implement JavaScript Language to perform functionalities at client side
application areas which include Banking.
IT6005-Web CO3: Develop Graphical User Interface applications in Java by importing Applets
Programming and and AWT.
Development CO4: Assess and evaluate the role of WEBSERVERS for the management and
delivery of electronic information.
CO5: Design well formed JSP and Servlets Documents.
CO6: Develop Web based applications by Servlets and JSP to have
an interactive applications such as Client Server Architecture.
CO1: Capture digital images, and master low-level, mid-level and high-level
IT6051-computer computer vision techniques, such as noise cleaning, feature extraction, object
Vision Lab recognition
CO2: Become proficient with computer skills for the analysis of digital Images.
CO1: Design and implement a simple data warehouse.
CO2: Design a data warehouse or data mart to present information needed by
Management in a form that is usable for management clients.
IT6052-Data CO3: Implement a high quality data warehouse or data mart
Warehousing Lab CO4: Effectively administer a corporate data resource in such a way that it Will
truly meet managements needs
CO5: Evaluate standards and new technologies to determine their potential impact
on your information resource
CO1: To study hypertext markup language, specialized commands and tags for
WWW documents that allow one to specify hyperlinks , lists, paragraph and
IT6053-Web
attributes
Technologies Lab
CO2: design web pages for applications such as railway ticket reservation, hotel
management etc.
CO1: Identification of real world problems
IT6054-Term Paper CO2: Awareness of current trends in specific area of interest
CO3: Technical report writing
CO1: Understand the usage Linear programming for the optimal allocation of
limited resources such as men, machine, material and money
CO2: Solve transportation problems to minimize cost and understand the
principles of assignment of jobs
IT7001-Operational CO3: Solve problems of Scheduling and sequencing of production runs.
Research CO4: Use Game theory to identify the optimal strategies for the players
CO5: Use Queuing theory to solve problems of traffic congestion, counters in
banks, railway bookings etc
CO6: Use PERT/CPM: (Project scheduling and allocation of resources) to
schedule and control construction of dams, bridges, roads etc. in an optimal way.
CO1: Characterize a data mining system to examine the given database with an
architecture.
CO2: Improve the data quality by performing data preprocessing routines.
CO3: conclude patterns, associations and correlations among real world data
IT7002-Data Mining
instances.
CO4: design classifier models to predict future trends.
CO5: Compute dissimilarities between objects by describing types of variables.
CO6: Detect fraudulent activity by observing abnormal deviations in the data
CO1: Develop the skills to determine which processes and OOAD techniques
should be applied to a given project
CO2: Build use case diagrams by identifying use cases, actors and their
relationships for a given application.
IT7003-Object
CO3: Differentiate Sequence & Collaboration diagrams and generate interaction
Oriented analysis and
overview diagrams working out the exact time constraints for behaviour of the
Design
system.
CO4: Construct State diagrams and Implementation diagrams for a given problem
CO5: Identify classes, class protocols, stereotypes, relationships among the classes
and construct class diagrams for a given real time application.
CO1: Analyze the technology trends for next generation wireless networks with
various multiple access techniques
CO2: Exemplify and implement how the IEEE 802.1X standards can be used to
build an authentication
IT7004-Wirless
CO3: Understands the advancements in wireless LAN standards and assess its
Networks
performance in communication
CO4: Implement an algorithm to connect nearby Blue tooth devices and predict
their activity required for transmission of data.
CO5: Examine and Analyze how CDMA offers increased capacity and improved
performance
CO1: different methods of pre-processing data.
IT7051-Data Mining
CO2: Understands the main concepts of data mining.
Lab
CO3: Applying data mining on various applications.
IT7052-Wireless CO1: Applications for various mobile technologies.
Networks Lab CO2: Applications for Bluetooth and Wi-Fi Technologies.
CO2: Awareness of design methodologies & its implementation
IT7053-Mini Project
CO3: Advanced programming techniques
CO1: Identify the reasons for bugs and analyse the principles in software testing to
prevent and remove bugs.
CO2: Implement various test processes for quality improvement
IT8001-Software CO3: Apply the software testing techniques in commercial environments
Testing Methodologies CO4: Provides practical knowledge of a variety of ways to test software and an
understanding of some of the trade-offs between testing techniques.
CO5: Familiar with the industry-standard testing tools such as JUnit, Win-runner,
and IBM Rational Functional Tester
CO1: Writing test plans for different application programs
IT8051-Software
CO2: Test different applications manually and by automation using different test
Testing Tools Lab
tools
CO2: Awareness of design methodologies & its implementation
IT8052-Major Project
CO3: Advanced programming techniques
Table 2.1: Outcomes of courses in curriculum
2.1.2. State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3)
(Describe in which media (e.g. websites, curricula books) the POs are published and how these are
disseminated to stakeholders)
The Program Outcomes are published at
Department website http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it/

College website http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/
Curriculum books
Notice boards
Apart from this, Program outcomes are made reachable to all the stakeholders of the
program through education, faculty workshops, student awareness workshops,
programs, student induction programs and faculty meetings.
2.1.3. Indicate processes employed for defining of POs (5)

(Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates that the POs are defined in
alignment with the graduate attributes prescribed by NBA.)
Program Outcomes are established through the consultation process with stake holders keeping
the Graduate Attributes defined by NBA as basis. Department Vision, Mission and Program
Educational Objectives are also kept in view. The professional society namely ACM guidelines on
curriculum and graduate outcomes are also considered in The detailed establishment process is
depicted in Figure 2.1.
Figure 2.1: Process for defining POs
2.1.4. Indicate how defined POs aligned to Graduate Attributes prescribed by

NBA (10)
(Indicate how the POs defined for the program are aligned with the Graduate Attributes of NBA as
articulated in accreditation manual.)
The Graduate Attributes of NBA and the Program Outcomes defined for the program are
aligned to each other as shown in Table 2.2.
Graduate Attributes prescribed by NBA:

i. Engineering Knowledge
ii. Problem Analysis
iii. Design & Development of Solutions
iv. Investigation of Complex Problem
v. Modern Tools Usage
vi. Engineer and Society
vii. Environment & Sustainability
viii. Ethics
ix. Individual & Team work
x. Communication
xi. Lifelong Learning
xii. Project management & Finance
PO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1 PO11 PO1
GA 0 2
I X
Ii X
Iii X
Iv X
V X
Vi X
Vii X
Viii X
Ix X
X X
Xi X
Xii X
Table 2.2: Alignment of Program Outcomes to Graduate Attributes
2.1.5. Establish the correlation between POs and PEOs (10)

(Explain how the defined POs of the program correlate with the PEOs)
As the outcomes are expected to attain by the prime of graduate and PEOs are expected
to attain few years after graduation, they have as many contributions as shown in Table
2.3. Each PEO is contributed to at most 6-7 Program Outcomes and each program
outcomes are in contributing to one or more PEOs as shown in Table 2.3. In this table
the letters L and H indicate low and high correlations of the outcome with the PEO
and a blank indicates absence of correlation.
PO
PEO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PEO1 PEO 1.1: Progress in

L L H H H H
professional career
PEO 1.2: Higher

L L H H H
education
PEO2 PEO2.1: Societal

problem analysis and
development of feasible L L H H H H
and acceptable
solutions
PEO2.2: Design and

develop technically L L H H H
sound Computing
Solutions
PEO3 PEO3.1:Professional
conduct and H H L L L L H H
interpersonal skills
PEO3.2: Adapting to H L H L H L L H
current trends in
technology
Table 2.3: Mapping between Program Outcomes to Program Educational Objectives
2.2. Attainment of Program Outcomes (40)

2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to POs (10)
(Provide the correlation between the course outcomes and the program outcomes. The strength of the
correlation may also be indicated)
The program outcomes are achieved through curriculum that offers a number of
mandatory courses as well as elective courses. Each course has defined course
outcomes that are mapped to the program outcomes and a set of performance criteria
that are used to provide quantitative measurement of how well course outcomes are
achieved.
The linkage among program outcomes and course outcomes is shown in Table 2.4. The
course outcomes are thus directly and quantitatively assessed, and are tied to the
program outcomes as shown in the course syllabi. Therefore if the course outcomes are
met, the program outcomes are met.
The course outcomes of each core course are mapped to the Program Outcomes with a
level of emphasis being either strongly correlated (2) and moderately correlated (1). The
level of emphasis of a program outcome is determined by the weight used for assessing
the outcome in each course. The level of emphasis for an outcome is determined by the
weight as follows:
When the course outcome weightage is < 40%, it will be given as moderately correlated
(1).
When the course outcome weightage is >40%, it will be given as strongly correlated (2).
Courses Program Outcomes

Program
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Specific Criteria
C Programming 1 2 2 2 2
CO1: Recognize the changes in hardware and

software technologies with respect to the
evolution of computers and describe the 1 2
function of system softwares (operating
Systems) and application softwares
CO2: Illustrate the flowchart and inscribe an

2 2
algorithm for a given problem
CO3: Develop conditional and iterative

statements to write C programs. Exercise user 2 2
defined functions to solve real time problems
Programming
CO4: Exercise user defined functions to solve
1 1 2 2 2
real time problems
CO5: Inscribe C programs using pointers and

to allocate memory using dynamic memory 2 2 2 2
management functions.
CO6:Exercise files concept to show input and

1 1 1 2 2
output of files in C
Data Structures 1 1 2 2 2 2
CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic

notations of an algorithm to analyze the 2 2 1 1
CO2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue

and list ADT to manage the memory using 2 2
static and dynamic allocations
CO3: Implement binary search tree to design

Programming
2 2 2
applications like expression trees
CO4: Identify, model, solve and develop code

for real life problems like shortest path and 1 1 1 1 2 2
MST using graph theory.
CO5: Develop and compare the comparison-

based search algorithms and sorting 2 2 2 2
algorithms.
CO6: Identify appropriate data structure and

algorithm for a given contextual problem and 1 1 2 2 2
develop in C
Object Oriented Programming 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO1: Distinguish OPs features with

procedural Oriented and analyse these 2 2
features to a real world object.
CO2: Analyse and implement memory

1 2 2
allocation at run-time through Late-Binding.
Programming
CO3: Analyse generic data type for the data
type independent programming which relate 2 2
it to reusability.
CO4: Interpret and implement the Exception

Handling Techniques for resolving run-time 2 2 2
errors.
CO5: Design, develop and implement

programs using file operations for the large 1 1 2 2
data.
Design and Analysis of Algorithms
CO1: Understand asymptotic notations to

2 2 2
analyze the performance of algorithms
CO2: Identify the differences in design

techniques and apply to solve optimization 2 2 2 2 2
problems.
Programming
CO3: Apply algorithms for performing
2 2 2 2
operations on graphs and trees.
CO4: Solve novel problems, by choosing the

appropriate algorithm design technique for 2 2 2 2 2
their solution and justify their selection
CO5: Analyze deterministic and

nondeterministic algorithms to solve complex 2 2 1
problems
Jaya Programming 1 2 2 2 2
CO1: Implement object oriented principles for

1 2 2 2
reusability
CO2: Assign priorities and resolve run-time

errors with Multithreading and Exception 1 2 2 2 2
Programming
Handling techniques
CO3: Interpret Events handling techniques for

2 2
interaction of the user with GUI
CO4: Analyze JDBC drivers to connect Java

2 2 2
applications with relational databases
CO5: Develop client/server applications using

2 2 2
socket programming
Web Programming and Development 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO 1: Compare and Contrast HTML, DHTML,

CSS, JavaScript, XML and other web 2 2 2
technologies
CO 2: Implement JavaScript Language to

perform functionalities at client side 2 2 2
application areas which include Banking.
Information Management
CO 3: Develop Graphical User Interface
applications in Java by importing Applets and 2 2
AWT.
CO 4: Assess and evaluate the role of

WEBSERVERS for the management and 2 2
delivery of electronic information.
CO 5: Design well formed JSP and Servlets

2 2 2
Documents.
CO 6: Develop Web based applications by

Servlets and JSP to have an interactive
2 2 2
applications such as Client Server
Architecture.
Data Base Management Systems 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts and

2 2
architecture associated with DBMS
CO2 : Apply normalization steps in database
1 2 2 2
design and removal of data anomalies
CO3 : Describe the characteristics of database

transactions and how they affect database 1 2
integrity and consistency.
CO4 : Create, maintain and manipulate a

2 2 2 2
relational database using SQL
CO5: Employ the conceptual and relational

2 2 2 2
models to design large database systems
Advanced Data Base Management Systems 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO1: Select appropriate technique

implemented over disks and files to allocate 1 2
CO2: Develop a good query evaluation plan

for evaluating user query, an access path and 2 2
produce the tuples satisfying the constraints.
CO3: Examine the generic architecture of

Parallel and Distributed database systems,
1 2 2
differentiate the properties for concurrent
execution of transactions.
CO4: Illustrate the concepts of Object
Database systems and explore the features of 1 2 2
R DBMS and ODBMS.
CO5: Analyze access control over the

Database system and implement internet 1 2 2 2 2
Data Warehousing 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO1: Describe the differences between OLTP

systems and data warehouses, the need for 1 2
data warehousing
CO2: Summarise the dominant data
warehousing architectures and their support 2 2
for quality attributes.
CO3: Assess the data quality in terms of

1 2 2 2
accuracy, completeness and consistency.
CO4: Explore the real world applications of

2 2 2
data warehousing using OLAP technologies
CO5: Extract, transform, and load data from

an operational data source to a data 1 1 2 2 2
warehouse
Data Mining 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO1: Characterize a data mining system to

examine the given database with an 1 2
architecture.
CO2: Improve the data quality by performing

1 2 2 2
data preprocessing routines.
CO3: conclude patterns, associations and

correlations among real world data 1 2 2 2 2
instances.
CO4: design classifier models to predict future

2 2 2 2
trends.
CO5: Compute dissimilarities between objects

1 2 2 2 2
by describing types of variables.
CO6: Detect fraudulent activity by observing

1 2 2 2
abnormal deviations in the data
Software Engineering 1 2 2 2 2 2
Human Computer
CO1: Identify and build an appropriate

Interaction
2 2
process model for a given project
CO2: Analyze the principles at various phases

2
of software development
CO3: Translate a specification into a design,
and identify the components to build the
architecture for a given problem, all using an 1 2
appropriate software engineering
methodology
CO4: Define a Project Management Plan and

tabulate appropriate Testing Plans at different
2 2
levels during the development of the
software
CO5: Understand the software project

estimation models and estimate the work to
1 2 2
be done, resources required and the schedule
for a software project
Object Oriented Analysis & Design 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO1: Develop the skills to determine which

processes and OOAD techniques should be 1 2 2
applied to a given project
CO2: Build use case diagrams by identifying
Human Computer Interaction

use cases, actors and their relationships for a 2 2 2
given application
CO3: Differentiate Sequence & Collaboration

diagrams and generate interaction overview
1 1 2 2 2
diagrams working out the exact time
constraints for behaviour of the system
CO4: Construct State diagrams and

2 2 2 2 2
Implementation diagrams for a given problem
CO5: Identify classes, class protocols,

stereotypes, relationships among the classes
2 2 2 2 2
and construct class diagrams for a given real
time application
Software Testing Methodologies 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO1: Identify the reasons for bugs and analyse

the principles in software testing to prevent 1 2
and remove bugs.
CO2: Implement various test processes for

1 2 2 2 2
quality improvement
CO3: Apply the software testing techniques in

2 2 2 2
commercial environments
CO4: Provides practical knowledge of a variety

of ways to test software and an understanding
2 2 2
of some of the trade-offs between testing
techniques.
CO5: Familiar with the industry-standard

testing tools such as JUnit, Win-runner, and 2 2 2
IBM Rational Functional Tester
Fundamentals of Computer Vision 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO1: Calibrate a geometric camera by using

mathematical model of image formation 2 1
process
CO2: Implement algorithms to segment, label,

and compute the position and orientation of 2 2 2
a set of objects in an image
CO3: Implement the main gradient based

edge detection operations and apply
1 2 1 2
techniques to extract useful features from an
image
CO4: Analyze the suitable Expectation-

Maximization algorithm for missing data 1 2 2
problems of image and camera models.
CO5: Exemplify the aspect graphs for object

2 2
recognition
Computer Networks 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO 1: Analyze the concepts of networks,

1 2
types and architectures
CO 2: Identify error free transmission of data

and analyse data collision with various 1 2 2
protocols
Networking
CO 3: Apply various routing algorithms over a
1 2 2
network to provide optimal path
CO 4: Illustrate the real time applications of

2 2 2
networks
CO 5: Examine the addressing entities of a

network with implementation of TCP, UDP 1 2 1
protocols
Network Security 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO1: Analyze the basic concepts of network

security to predict and classify attacks on a 1 2
network
CLO 2 : Illustrate the process for hiding the

1 2 2
information with cryptographic algorithms
Networking
CLO 3 : Apply authentication techniques to

1 2 2
provide secure communication
CLO 4 : Analyze public cryptosystems and

disseminate from conventional systems for 2
the quality of security
CLO 5 : Understand the security 1 1 2 2

implementations in real time applications of
OSI & TCP/IP models
Wireless Networks 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO 1 : Analyze the technology trends for next

generation wireless networks with various 1 2
multiple access techniques
CO 2: Exemplify and implement how the IEEE

802.1X standards can be used to build an 2 2 2
authentication
Networking
CO 3: Understands the advancements in
wireless LAN standards and assess its 1 1 2 2 2 2
performance in communication
CO 4: Implement an algorithm to connect

nearby Blue tooth devices and predict their 2 1
activity required for transmission of data
CO 5: Examine and Analyze how CDMA offers

increased capacity and improved performance
1 2 1 2
Principles Of Operating Systems 1 2 2 2 2
CO1: Analyze the concepts of Operating

1 2
System Administration and Maintenance

System and process
CO2: Illustrate the Scheduling of a processor

2 2
for a given problem instance
CO3: Identify the dead lock situation and

2 1 2
provide appropriate solution
CO4:Analyze memory management

techniques and implement page replacement 2 2
Algorithm
CO5: Understand the implementation of file

1 2 2
systems and directories
Operating Systems:Use and Configuration 1 1 2 2 2
CO1-Analyze basic system information,

System Administration and Maintenance
perform troubleshooting and optimize the 1 2

system performance
CO2-Configure a Linux distribution to perform

1 2
common system administrator tasks
CO3-Develop shell scripts and programming

and employ these principles in solving 1 2 2
technical problems
CO4-Examine the differences and similarities

of Linux GUIs and select the appropriate 1 2
Linux GUI
CO5-Generate local or domain users accounts
1 2 1
and implement security policies
CO6-Design FTP servers and Web servers to

2 2 2
deploy services for the clients
Table 2.4: Impact of Program Courses on Program Outcomes
2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in attainment of POs (10)
(Describe the different course delivery methods/modes (e.g. Lecture interspersed with discussion,
Asynchronous mode of interaction, group discussion, project etc.) used to deliver the courses and justify
the effectiveness of these methods for the attainment of POs. This may be further justified using the
indirect assessment methods such as course-end surveys)
Content delivery methods:
POGIL: POGIL is an acronym for Process Oriented Guided Inquiry Learning. POGIL
activities involve giving students a model to work with, and then asking a series of
leading and challenging questions. This allows them to construct their own knowledge of
a concept.
The following are the various other content delivery methods used to deliver the
courses:
M0: POGIL
M1: Lecture interspersed with discussions
M2: Lecture with a quiz
M3: Tutorial
M4: Demonstration ( Such as model, laboratory, field visit )
M5: Group Discussion
M6: Group Assignment/ Project
M7: Presentations
M8: Asynchronous Discussion
Learning Resources sharing
On-line learning system - Moodle is in use to perform asynchronous activities to

assign various tasks like group assignments / group projects and to share the
materials.
In addition to the syllabus mentioned in the curriculum, the students are exposed
themselves as they are provided with the e-content through national and
international portals such as:
NPTEL http://nptel.iitm.ac.in
Stanford Engineering Everywhere (SEE) http://see.stanford.edu/
MIT Open Courseware http://ocw.mit.edu/index.htm
The delivery methods are chosen appropriate to meet the Program Outcomes. The
generalized mapping of the of the course delivery methods to the program outcomes is
shown in Table 2.5.
With the implementation of the specified delivery methods, the effectiveness of the
courses is enhanced which is illustrated in Figure 2.2 to Figure 2.5 for few sample
courses. Effectiveness of course delivery methods for the attainment of Program
Outcomes is represented in Table 2.6 for sample course.
Program Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Content Delivery Methods
POGIL
Lecture interspersed with

discussions
Lecture with a quiz
Tutorial
Demonstration
Group Discussion
Group Assignment/ Project
Presentations
Asynchronous Discussion
Table 2.5: Generalized mapping of course delivery methods to the program

outcomes
Principles of Operating systems
Principles of Operating Systems

CPU Scheduling, Process
78 Synchronization and memory
76 management principles were
74
Pass % demonstrated with live
72
70 examples during 2011-12
68 academic years. Hence results
2010-11 : M1, M7 2011-12 : M1, M3 M7
are improved.
Academic year
Figure 2.2: Pass Percentage of Principles of Operating Systems
Course 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Methods
M1
M3
M7
Table 2.6: Effectiveness of course delivery methods for the attainment of POs
Strongly attained moderately attained
Discrete Mathematical Structures

Discrete Mathematical Structures
During 2011-12 academic year,
100
the additional tutorial classes
were conducted for complex
95
Pass % concepts like graphs and lattices.
90
85
80
2010-11 : M1, M3 2011-12 : M1, M3, M5
Academic year
Figure 2.3 : Pass Percentage of Discrete Mathematical Structures
Middleware Technologies
Middleware technologies
The students gained
good result by
100
Pass 98
% imparting additional
96 programming skills
94
92
with group
90 assignments and
2009-10 : M1, M5 2010-11 : M1, M6, M8 projects.
Academic year
Figure 2.4: Pass Percentage of Middleware Technologies
Network Security
Network Security The network security
105
algorithms were
100 explained with the help
Pass %
95 of NS2 simulation tool.
90 And so, there was an
85
improvement in pass
80
2009-10 : M3, M8 2010-11 : M1,M4, M8 2011-12 :
percentage in the
M1,M4, M7 academic year 2011-12.
Academic year
Figure 2.5: Pass Percentage of Network Security
Data Warehousing and Data Mining

The classification and clustering algorithms were explained in depth with the aid
of open source data mining tool (weka) during 2010-11.
Data Base Management Systems
The pass percentage is low due to lack of knowledge in application programming. This
can be overcome by demonstration and group assignments for applications.
2.2.3. Indicate how assessment tools used to assess the impact of delivery of
course/course content contribute towards the attainment of course
outcomes/programme outcomes (10)
(Describe different types of course assessment and evaluation methods (both direct and indirect) in
practice and their relevance towards the attainment of POs)
Assessment Tools used:

1. Direct Assessment Tools
Home Assignment-Each and every student is assigned with course related tasks
during every course work once or twice and assessment will be done based on their
performance. Grades are assigned depending on their innovation in solving/deriving
the problems.
Assignment-The assignment is a qualitative performance assessment tool
designed to assess students' knowledge of engineering practices, framework, and
problem solving. An analytic rubric was developed to assess students' knowledge
with respect to the learning outcomes associated with the scenario tool.
Online Examination- Online Examination System is a Multiple Choice Questions
(MCQ) based examination system that provides an easy to use environment for both
Test Conductors and Students appearing for Examination.
Sessional-This type of performance assessment is carried out during the
examination sessions which are held twice a semester. Each and every sessional is
focused in attaining the course outcomes.
Semester End Examination-Semester End examination is a metric for assessing
whether all the POs are attained or not. Examination is more focused on attainment
of course outcomes and program outcomes using a descriptive exam.
Rubrics- A rubric explains to students the criteria against which their work will be
judged with the scoring rules. It makes public key criteria that students can use in
developing, revising, and judging their own work. The Pos Assessment Rubrics is
enclosed in APPENDIX II
2. Indirect Assessment Tools
Program level statistics- At the end of every academic year annual report is
developed where the statistics of students who have participated in professional
bodies/student chapters/workshops/seminars/conferences/paper presentations
/internships/industry visit etc.. is prepared. This statement is considered to
indirectly assess the POs
Survey reports- Indirect assessment strategies may be easily implemented by
embedding them in the end-of-course evaluation form, Alumni Survey and Employer
Survey.
Graduate/Exit Survey: during the program
Alumni Survey: after one year of graduation
Employer Survey: after one year of graduation
The assessment tools used for attainment of Program Outcomes are tabulated in Table
2.7.
Program Outcomes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Course
Assessment Tools
Home Assignment
Assignments
Online Examinations
Direct
Assessmen
Sessional
t Tools
Semester End
Examination
Rubrics
Program Level
Indirect
Statistics
Assessmen
t Tools
Exit Survey
Alumni Survey
Employer Survey
Table 2.7: Program outcomes assessment tools
2.2.4. Indicate up to what extent the laboratory and project course work are
contributing towards attainment of POs (10)
(Justify the balance between theory and practical for the attainment of POs. Justify how the various
project works (a sample of 20% best and average projects from total projects) carried as part of the
program curriculum contribute towards the attainment of POs.)
Balance between theory and project with the attainment of PO is shown in Figure 2.6
Course Associated Laboratory
Figure 2.6: Mapping of theory and practical courses
The laboratory and project works tasks which are performed for the curriculum are tabulated in
Table 2.8 and Table 2.9.
Laboratory and Project course work with tasks Type Program

Outcomes
IT 3051: Data Structures Lab
Stack and Queue using arrays and dynamic memory Design 1, 2
allocation.
Application of Stacks Problem analysis 1, 2, 4
Design
Circular Queue. Design 1, 4
Single linked list, Double linked list, Circular linked Design 1, 4
list
Polynomial addition using Circular linked list Problem analysis 1,2,4
Design
Binary search tree operations and traversal Design 1,4
Operations on AVL tree and B-tree. Design 1,2,4
Graph traversal techniques. Problem analysis 1,2,3,4
Design
Shortest path algorithms. Problem analysis 1,2,3,4
Design
Linear and Binary Searching. Design 1,2,4
Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Quick, Merge, Heap Sort Design 1,2,4
techniques
IT 4052: Object Oriented Programming Lab
Parameter passing mechanism using Demonstration 4
Pass by value
Pass by address
Pass by reference
Fibonacci series using classes Problem Analysis 1,2,4
Implementation of Demonstration 4
a) Static data member
b)Static member functions.
Function overloading Demonstration 4
Implementation of Demonstration 4
a) Constructors overloading
b) Copy constructor
Operator overloading Demonstration 4
Implementation of Design 4
a) Single Inheritance
b)Multiple Inheritances
c)Hybrid Inheritance
Implementation of Problem Analysis 4
a)Virtual functions
b) Pure Virtual functions
c) Abstract classes
Function templates Design 4
Class templates Design 4
Exception handling Demonstration 4
Command line Arguments Demonstration 4
IT 4053: Operating Systems Lab
Administration Demonstration 1,2
a) Windows
b) Linux
CPU scheduling Algorithms Demonstration 4
First come first serve
Shortest job first
Priority scheduling
Page Replacement Algorithms Demonstration 4
First in first out
Least recently used
Optimal page replacement
Semaphore solution for producer-consumer problem Design 4
Dinning Philosophers problem Complex Problem 4
Semaphore solution investigation
Monitor solution
Memory Management Techniques Demonstration 4
Paging
Segmentation
IT 5051: Java Lab
Inheritance Design 2,4
Packages and Interfaces Design 2,4
Strings. Demonstration 2
Exception handling Demonstration 1,2
Multithreading. Problem Analysis 2
IO Streams Problem Analysis 3
Stream Classes. Demonstration 2
Character Streams. Demonstration 2
Applets. Design 1,3
Event Handling and Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT) Design 3
Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT) Components Design 3
Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) Demonstration 2
Networking. Design 2,4
IT 5052: Networking Lab
Implement Data Link Layer framing methods Problem analysis 4
Implement Data Link Layer protocols Case study 2,4
Implement Error detection using CRC Problem analysis 2
Implementation of Routing Algorithms Problem analysis 2
Implement error correction using Hamming Distance Problem analysis 2
Method
Design TCP client and server application using Socket Demonstration 4
Programming
Design UDP client and server application using Demonstration 4
Socket Programming
IT 6051: Computer Vision Lab
Install OPENCV library and create project with visual Problem Analysis 5
Studio
Loading, displaying, and saving images Problem Analysis 4
Basic operations I: Conversions: Gray scale, binary Demonstration 4
and Reshape, Repeat, Flip, CvtPixToPlane,
CvtPlaneToPix, ConvertScale, ConvertScaleAb
Basic Operations II: Add, Adds, Sub, Subs, SubRS, Demonstration 4
Mull, Div, and, Ands, Or,OrS, Xor, XorS, Not
Implementation of Contour detection Demonstration 4
Computing and equalizing the histogram of an image Demonstration 4
Implementation of Edge detection Demonstration 4
Implementation of Morphology Operations: Erosion, Demonstration 4
Dilation, open, close operations
Comparison of Contrast enhancement methods Case study 2
Object recognition Complex problem 2
Investigation
IT 6052: Data Warehousing Lab
Analyzing data with ROLAP, CUBE Problem Analysis 5
Cube slicing come up with 2-D view of data Demonstration 4
Drill-down or Roll-down- going from summary to Demonstration 4
more detailed data
Roll up summarize data along a dimension hierarchy Demonstration 4
and Dicing projecting 2-D view of data
Building dimensions. Creating and populating FACT Design 4
Table.
Creating Star Schema/Snowflake Schema. Design 4
Creating Fact constellation Schema Design 4
ETL: Extraction Options - Full extraction, Incremental Demonstration
extraction, Change Data Capture(CDC)
ETL: Transformation Options Transformation: Demonstration 4
During extraction, in staging area, during load, etc.
Multi-state transformation Pipelined transformation
Implementing data pre-processing techniques using Demonstration 4
WEKA
IT 6053: Web Technologies Lab
Design the static web pages Design 3,4
JavaScript to validate Program Analysis 2
CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) Design 3,4
Complex tags using XML Demonstration 2
Document Type Definition (DTD) Design 3
simple visual bean. Demonstration 3,4
Install different Web Servers. Case Study 2
Passing Parameter Using Html Form Demonstration 3
Send Redirect in Servlet Demonstration 4
Access Multiple values for a single parameter Demonstration 3.4
Get Initialization Parameter Names Prototype 3,4
Determine whether the Session is New or Old Case study 4
Display session values Using Servlet Design 2
Retrieve data from access table and print it using Complex problem 3
Servlet Investigation
Print date Design 3
Retrieving the data posted to a JSP file from HTML Complex problem 3,4
File Investigation
IT 7051: Data Mining Lab
Implementing association rule mining for a sample Case study 4
dataset.
for a given dataset, list all candidate item sets by Design 2
Candidate generation method
Implementing Predictive Modeling Using Decision Problem Analysis 5
Trees
Frequent item sets generation with FP-growth Demonstration 3,4
Algorithm
Implementing classification techniques Problem Analysis 5
Association rule analysis with WEKA Demonstration 3,4
Performing Data Pre-processing for Data Mining with Demonstration 3,4
WEKA
Performing clustering with WEKA Demonstration 3,4
Classification using the WEKA Tool Kit Demonstration 3,4
IT 7052: Wireless Networks Lab
Implementation of Midlets and Midlet Networking Case Study 4
Applications
Menu design with MIDP Design 4
GUI Interfaces Demonstration 4
Wireless Messaging API Design 4
Java APIs for Bluetooth Wireless Technology Design 4
IT 8051: Software Testing Tools Lab
Unit testing implementations Demonstration 1
a) Logical decisions
b) Loops
Internal data and program structure
Top-down and bottom-up integration testing Problem Analysis 2
Functional specification based testing and User Problem Analysis 2
Interface testing
Check Points using win Runner: Demonstration 2
a) GUI
b) Bitmap
c) Database
d) Text
Functional testing using Load Runner: Problem Analysis 1,2
a) Performance Testing
b) Procedure Testing
c) Configuration Testing
Silk Tester for the following Demonstration 2
a) Load testing
b) Usability Testing
c) Storage testing
Check Tester for the following: Problem Analysis 2
a) Recovery testing
b) Load/Stress Testing
c) Procedure testing
Performance, Procedure, Configuration Tests by using Case Study 4
Following tools
a) Use CASE Tool
b) Use HP Win Runner
c) Use WET Web Tester
d) Use CF-Test
e) Use Load Runner
Table 2.8: Laboratory tasks
Academic Contribution /
Project Title Area of specialization
Year Achievements/Research Output
2010-11 Number plate Localization using connected Computer vision Best

components Real time implementation
Published
Automatic number plate reorganization for Computer vision Best
Indian number plates using mat lab Implemented for Indian cars
Published
Automatic Text categorization Web Mining Best
Published in IEEE xplore
Digital library
Contrast enhancement (adaptive histogram Image Processing Best, Problem definition and
equalization) implementation is good
Published
Text categorization using simple KNN Text Mining Best
algorithm Real time implementation
Real time Report generation for rail testing at Data Mining Average
South central railway Live project
Face detection in videos using viola- Jones Image Processing Average
algorithm Performance and report writing
are good
Skew detection and correction of images using Computer vision Average
matlab Implemented with MATLAB
Video surveillance Web technologies Average
Outcome is satisfactory
Comparative study of Contrast enhancement Image processing Average
techniques A new approach of problem
solving
2011-12 A Novel Approach for Text Categorization of Text Mining Best
Unorganized Data based on Information Real time implementation
Extraction
Minimizing Delay and Maximizing Lifetime Wireless Networks Best
for Wireless Sensor Networks with Any cast Problem definition and
implementation is good
Analysis of Effectiveness of Apriori Data Mining Best
Algorithm in Medical Billing Real time implementation
Implementation of edge detection on Beagle Computer Vision Best
embedded board Real time implementation
Extraction of Facial features in video Computer Vision Best
sequences for the Real-time Human Gender Performance and report writing
Recognition. are good
Corpus based Automatic Text Summarization Text Mining Best
System with POS Tagging Real time implementation
Data privacy in secure shared processing Network Security Average
using commutative encryption symmetric A new approach of problem
crypto systems solving
Text Summarization with Fuzzy Logic Text Mining Average
Outcome is satisfactory
Clustering of Web Search Results Web Mining Average
Performance and report writing
are good
Route Stability in MANETs under the Wireless Networks Average
Random Direction Mobility Model Implemented with NS2 Tool
Groups - Sharing Information Web Technologies Average
and Development Real time implementation
2012-13 Text Categorization using Distributional Text Mining Best
Features-Extension Real time implementation
Multiple Routing configuration for fast IP n/w Computer Networks Best
recovery Problem definition and
implementation is good
Extracting acoustic features of driver for Computer Vision Best
driver monitoring system Performance and report writing
are good
Implementation of character segmentation & Computer Vision Best
Template matching Algorithm using open CV Real time implementation
for optical character reorganization
Web Document Classification using Features- Web Mining Best
Extension Real time implementation
Online Training and Placements Portal Web technologies Average
development Outcome is satisfactory
Localization of nonstandard licence plate Computer Vision Average
are good
Methods for identifying security attacks Network Security Average
Implemented with NS2 tool
Implementation of black box testing strategy Software Engineering Average
are good
Android application for academic student Operating Systems Average
track Live project
Table 2.9: Best and Average Project
2.3. Assessment of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (125)
2.3.1. Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the attainment
of each (25)
Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to which
the Programme Outcomes are attained. Also include information on:
a) A listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the
evaluation of each the programme educational objective is based. Examples of data collection
processes may include, but are not limited to, specific exam questions, student portfolios, internally
developed assessment exams, senior project presentations, nationally-normed exams, oral exams,
focus groups, industrial advisory committee;
b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out;
Program Outcome Assessment Process
The step by step process for assessing program outcomes is tabulated in Table 2.10. The
assessment process involved in the assessment of Program Outcomes is shown in Figure
2.7:
Step 1: The Program coordinator analyses each outcome into elements (different abilities
specified in the outcome) and a set of attributes are defined for each element (actions that
explicitly demonstrate mastery of the abilities specified). In addition, generate well
designed surveys to assess the outcome.
Step 2: For each outcome define performance indicators (Assessment criteria) and their
targets.
Step 3: Identify/select courses that address the outcome (each course contributes to at
least one of the outcomes). Hence, each outcome is assessed in several courses to ensure
that students acquire an appropriate level in terms of knowledge/skills of an outcome.
Step 4: The module coordinators collects the qualitative and quantitative data and were
used for outcome assessment in a continual process.
Step 5: The Program Assessment Committee analyze the collected data. If the assessed
data meets the performance targets which are specified in step 2, the outcome is attained.
Otherwise, consider step6.
Step 6: The Department Advisory Board recommends content delivery methods/course

outcomes/ curriculum improvements as needed.
Table 2.10: Step-by-step process for assessing Program Outcomes
Figure 2.7: Program Outcome Assessment process
Program Outcome assessment Tools
Program Outcome 1: An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics,

science and engineering fundamentals appropriate to the discipline
Length of
Performance Method of Source for Target for Assessment
Courses considered Criteria Assessment data Performance Cycle/when
collection data is
collected
FY2005:
IT3002: CO3
IT3004: CO1
FY2005:C programming IT4002:
CO1,CO2,
IT 3002: Basic Electrical
CO3
Engineering Internal/External IT4004: 2 years
IT 3004: Data Structures Applies knowledge of evaluation CO1,CO3
mathematics/Science IT4005: CO4 70%
IT 3051: Data structures Home End of the
principles to provide IT4051: CO5
Lab assignments/group semester
IT5003:
IT 4002: Data Base numerical solution to tasks CO1,CO3
Management Systems model the problem IT6001:
IT 4004: Object Oriented CO1,CO4
IT6004:
Programming
CO1,CO3
IT 4005: Basic Electronics
IT 4051: Data Base IT4002: 2 years
Management Systems Lab CO1,CO2,
IT4052: Object Oriented CO3 End of the
Programming Lab IT4051: CO5
Course end survey IT6001: 70% semester
IT 5001: Software Graduate survey CO1,CO4
Engineering Alumni survey IT6004: End of the
IT 5002: Advanced Data CO1,CO3 program
Base Management
System IT3004:
CO4,CO6
IT 5003: Design And IT3051: CO1
Analysis of Algorithms IT4004: CO5
IT 5005: Computer IT4052:
Networks CO3,CO4
IT5001: CO4
IT 6001: Fundamentals Of IT5002:
Computer Vision CO2,CO5
IT 6002: Data Internal/External IT5005:
Warehousing CO3,CO5 2 years
evaluation
IT 6004: Network Security
IT6002: 70% End of the
Home CO4,CO5
IT 6005: Web semester
solve problems by assignments/group IT6005:
Programming and computing principles tasks CO5,CO6
Development IT6052: CO2
effectively
IT6053: CO2
IT6052: Data IT7001:
Warehousing Lab CO2,CO3
IT6053: Web IT7002:
Technologies Lab CO4,CO5
IT8001:
IT 7001: Operations CO2,CO5
Research 2 years
IT 7002: Data Mining End of the
IT 8001: Software Testing semester
Survey
Methodologies Course end survey reports 60%
Graduate survey
End of the
program
Program Outcome 2: An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the
computing requirements appropriate to its solution.
Courses considered Performance Method of Source for data Target for Length of
Criteria Assessment collection Performance Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
IT3004: CO1
FY2005:C IT3005: CO2
programming Internal/External IT4002: CO1,CO2 2 years
IT3004 Data evaluation IT4003: CO1,CO2
Home IT4004: CO1, CO2 70% End of the
Structures Understand the IT5001: CO1,CO2
IT3005: Computer definition of the assignments/group semester
IT5003: CO1,CO2
Organization problem to tasks IT 7003:CO1
IT4002: Database formulate its
Management specifications
2 years
Systems
IT4003: Operating
Course end survey End of the
System: Use and
Graduate survey semester
Configuration 60%
IT4004 Object End of the
Oriented program
Programming
IT5001 Software
IT3004: CO4,CO6 2 years
Engineering IT3005: CO4,CO5
IT5003: Design and IT4002: CO3,CO4
Analysis of Internal/External IT4003: End of the
Algorithms Recognize the data evaluation CO3,CO4,CO5 semester
Home IT4004: CO3, CO5
IT5004: Java requirements. IT5001:CO3
Programming assignments/group
IT5003:
tasks 60%
IT 6005: Web Identify CO3,CO4,CO5
IT5004: CO2
Programming and algorithms and
IT6005:CO1,
Development specify the CO2,CO5
IT7003:Object software tools, IT
Oriented Analysis hardware 7003:CO3,CO4,CO5
IT 8001:CO1,CO2
and Design requirements IT8052:CO2,CO3
IT 8001: Software needed for a given 2 years
Testing problem End of the
Methodologies Course end survey semester
IT 8052: Major Survey reports 50%
Graduate survey
Project End of the
program
Program Outcome 3: An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based

system, process, component, or program to meet desired needs with appropriate
consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal and environmental
considerations.
Length of
Performance Method of Target for Assessment
Source for data
Courses considered Criteria Assessment Performance Cycle/when
collection
data is
collected
FY2005:
Internal/External IT3004: 2 years
evaluation IT5001:
IT5003:
70%
Home End of the
IT5004:
assignments/group semester
IT7003:
tasks
2 years
End of the
semester
FY2005:C programming End of the
IT 3004:Data Course end survey 70%
ability to design and program
Structures Graduate survey
conduct After one
IT 5001:Design and year of
Analysis of Algorithms experiments, as well
as to analyze and graduation
IT 5003:Software
Engineering interpret data
IT 5004:Java
Programming An ability to design a Internal/External
system, component, 2 years
IT 7003: Object evaluation
or process to meet 70% End of the
Oriented Analysis and Home
desired needs within semester
Design assignments/group
realistic constraints. tasks
2 years
End of the
semester
End of the
Course end survey 60% program
Graduate survey
After one
year of
graduation
Program Outcome 4: An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to

analyze and interpret data
Length of
Courses Source for data
Criteria Assessment Performance Cycle/when
considered collection
data is
collected
FY1052:Basic
Computing Lab
FY2052:C
Programming Lab
IT 3051:Data Internal/External
Designing the 2 years
Structures Lab evaluation in lab Lab tasks
experiments: 70%
IT 4051:DBMS Lab practice Project Evaluation
Selection of topic, End of the
IT 4052:OOPs rubrics
identify problems, semester
IT 6053:Web Internal/External
Technologies Lab formulate evaluation in project
IT 7053: Mini Project questions, design
IT 8052: Major and carry out
Project experiments
FY 1051:Engg.
Chemistry Lab
FY 1053:Workshop Interpreting data:
Practice Faculty provides a
FY 2051:Engg. set of data from
Physics Lab which student
IT 4053:Operating discuss possible
System Lab reasons for
IT 5052:Networking deviations
Lab between 2 years
IT 7052:Wireless predicted and
Course end survey
Networks Lab measured results Survey data End of the
Graduate survey 70%
IT 7053: Mini Project from an semester
IT 8052: Major experiment
Project End of the
IT 4051:DBMS Lab program
IT 7053: Mini Project
IT 8052: Major
Project
Program Outcome 5: An ability to use current techniques, skills, and modern tools
necessary for computing practice.
Length of
data is
collected
Explore the new
Lab tasks
tool and able to 2 years
Internal/External Term paper, Mini
develop 70%
evaluation in lab and Major projects
programs/reports End of the
IT 7052: Wireless practice and project rubrics
semester
networks lab evaluation
Use current
IT 6054: Term paper
software
IT 6054: Term paper
development
IT7051:Mini Projects
methodologies,
IT8052: Major
processors, web
Projects 2 years
and internet
development
tools and Course end survey End of the
techniques Graduate survey Survey data 50% semester
End of the
program
Program Outcome 6: An ability to analyze local and global impact of computing on

individuals, organizations and society.
Length of
data is
collected
IT5002: Advanced 2 years

Database Internal/External Term paper, Mini 70%
Management System Implementation evaluation and Major projects End of the
IT6002 : Data of design rubrics semester
Warehousing methodologies
IT7002: Data and usage of 2 years
Mining advanced
IT 6054: Term paper techniques in Course end survey End of the
IT7051:Mini Projects problem solving. Graduate survey Survey data 50% semester
IT8052: Major
Projects End of the
program
Program Outcome 7: Knowledge of contemporary issue
Length of
Performance Method of Target for
Courses Source for data Assessment
Criteria Assessment Performance
considered collection Cycle/when
data is
collected
2 years
embedded questions Home assignment
70% End of the
Internal/External tasks
semester
evaluation and home Rubrics data
Understand assignment
FY 1006:
Rubrics
Professional Ethics various security
IT 6004: Network issues and
Security approaches 2 years
IT 8002: E- related to web-
Course end survey
Commerce (Elective) commerce, E- End of the
Graduate survey Survey data 70%
cash, Visa cards semester
Alumni survey
End of the
program
2 years
End of the
Participation and No. of students who
semester
attaining credit in gained credits in this Service units 40%
any of the student category of SPA
End of the
practice courses (SP)
program
NSS (SPA 906) Identify the
NCC (SPA 907) contemporary
2 years
Social service societal issues
(SPA 908)
End of the
Rural Course end survey
semester
development Graduate survey Survey data 50%
(SPA 909). Alumni survey
End of the
program
Program Outcome 8: An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and

social issues and responsibilities
Length of
data is
collected
FY1006 :
Understand
Professional Ethics 2 years
ethical issues
IT 8052: Major Evaluation data, 70%
relevant to Internal/External
Project Major project End of the
information evaluation
IT 8002 E-Commerce rubrics semester
technology
(Elective)
2 years

Graduate survey Survey data 50% semester
End of the
program
Knowledge of
code of ethics as
outlined by
Workshops by ACM
various 2 years
student chapter on
professional
Ethics and Number of students
societies (e.g. Annual report 70% End of the
professional participation
IEEE, ACM) semester
conduct
Understand the
concept of
plagiarism and
its effects
Program Outcome 9: An ability to function effectively individually and on teams,

including diverse and multidisciplinary, to accomplish a common goal.
Courses Performance Method of Source for data Target for Length of

considered Criteria Assessment collection Performance Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
IT6051: Computer Information
Vision Lab gathering, design,
implementation Mini and Major 2 years
IT6052: Data Internal/External
presentations and projects rubrics 70%
Warehousing Lab evaluation
reports data End of the
IT7052: Mini Project Rubrics
Work in semester
IT 8052: Major
Project individual and
team
2 years
Course end survey
End of the
Graduate survey
Survey data 50% semester
Alumni
End of the
program
Program Outcome 10: An ability to communicate effectively with a range of

audiences.

Cycle/when
data is
collected
FY2003: Technical Oral and written 2 years
Internal/External
English and communication
evaluation Rubrics 70%
Communication shown by the End of the
Skills students in semester
IT 3052: curriculum 2 years
Communication skills
Lab Course end survey End of the
IT 6054: Term paper Graduate survey Survey data 50% semester
IT7051:Mini Projects Alumni
IT8052: Major End of the
Projects program
Workshops and
2 years
seminars
participated in other Annual report 60%
End of the
institutions and our
semester
institute.
Program Outcome 11: Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in
continuing professional development.

Cycle/when
data is
collected
IT 6054: Term paper Independently 2 years
Internal/External
IT7051:Mini Projects identify and use
IT8052: Major information End of the
Projects sources (such as semester
textbooks,
scientific and 2 years
technical journals,
library system as Course end survey End of the
a whole, World Graduate survey Survey data 50% semester
Wide Web and Alumni
tools) to End of the
accomplish a program
given assignment
Membership and
participation in
Professional body
activities
Unsupervised
Recognize the projects done on the
importance of interest of students 2 years
professional
development Participation in Paper Annual report End of the
60%
presentations, semester
workshops and
seminars/Internships/ End of the
Visits to industry program
Appearance and
Qualification in GATE
and PGCET
Program Outcome 12: An understanding of engineering and management principles

and apply these to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects

Cycle/when
data is
collected
IT 6003: Engineering Understand 2 years
Internal/External
Economics and different scientific
Management methods used in End of the
various semester
departments of 2 years
organization.
Alumni
End of the
program
IT7051:Mini Projects Learn to apply
IT8052: Major planning,
Projects organizing,
Internal/External
motivating, and
controlling
resources to
achieve specific
goals
2 years

Alumni
End of the
program
Table 2.11: Assessment process of all program outcomes
2.3.2. Indicate results of assessment of each PO (100)

c) The expected level of attainment for each of the program outcomes;
d) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to which
each of the programme outcomes are attained; and
e) How the results are documented and maintained.
The program outcomes are assessed with the help of course outcomes of the relevant
courses through direct and indirect methods.
Direct measures are provided through direct examinations or observations of student
knowledge or skills against measureable course outcomes.
The knowledge and skills described by the course outcomes are mapped to specific
problems on internal exams/home assignment/group task. Throughout the semester
the faculty records the performance of each student on each course outcome. The
sample course assessment is enclosed in APPENDIX III. At the end of the semester
students receive grades from external exams.
Indirect assessment strategies are implemented by embedding them in the course end
survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey which are enclosed in APPENDIX V & VI
Finally, program outcomes are assessed with above mentioned data and Program
Assessment Committee concludes the Po attainment level. The sample PO assessment
is enclosed in APPENDIX IV
Program Outcomes Assessment and Attainment
Program Outcome 1: An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics,

science and engineering fundamentals appropriate to the discipline
The program assessment committee reviews all course outcomes which are relevant to
this PO. Specifically the task was to review the course outcome assessment results
towards PO assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the
program outcomes are attained. This program outcome is considered as two sub
program outcomes namely ability of applying the knowledge of mathematics and
sciences and Engineering/Computing fundamentals. The abilities are broadly assessed
with programming skills, logical thinking, problem solving and design of engineering
problems.
The student ability in apply knowledge of mathematics/Science principles to provide

numerical solution to model the problem is evaluated with course outcomes towards
tabulated courses.
From the tabulated courses, one course IT 3004 Data structures is considered as an
example for assessment. Tools for assessment are both direct and indirect tools which
are specified in the above Table.
The Course Outcome 1: able to interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an

algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space) is related to this
program outcome. For the assessment of this CO, the question Write a C program to
construct a Data structure where Traversal requires less space complexity and
traversal is allowed in both directions is given in Assignment-I. From the scripts
analysis, it is observed that above 70% of students performed well.
Likewise, other question is Write a program to solve the following problem: You have
two jugs, a 4-gallon and a 3-gallon. Neither of the jugs has markings on them. There is
a pump that can be used to fill the jugs with water. How can you get exactly two
gallons of water in the 4 gallon jug? is given in Sessional-II. This involves solving of
computing fundamentals. This is related to course outcomes 4: Identify, model, solve
and develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph theory
and course outcome 6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given
contextual problem and develop in C. More than 75% students are good in course
attainment.
The number of students appeared and succeeds in internal exams/home assignment for
the example course is shown in Figure 2.8 and Figure 2.9.
160
Number of Students
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Assig Assig Sessi Assig Assig Sessi
Sessi Sessi
nmen nmen onal- nmen nmen onal-
onal-I onal-I
t-I t-II II t-I t-II II
AY:2011-12 AY:2012-13
Registered 146 143 144 144 140 140 140 140
Appeared 146 97 144 111 140 68 137 85
Attained 105 84 130 99 79 24 120 65
Figure 2.8: Direct assessment analysis for IT 3004
160
Number of students
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
AY:2011-12 AY:2012-13
Registered 149 140
Completely attained 103 127
Attained 44 10
Figure 2.9: Home Assignment analysis for IT 3004
The same type of analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO which are
mentioned in the Table.2.12
A: Appeared P: Performed to the expectation* moderately attained strongly attained
Direct Assessment methods
Course : CO Assignment 1 Sessional 1 Assignment 2 Sessional 2 Practical Home Attainment

Session Assignment level of CO
Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3
A P A P A P A P A P A P A P A P A P A P A/P A/P
FY2005:CO1 111 104 114 104 114 102
IT3002: CO3 113 78 113
IT3004: CO1 114 105
148 123
IT4002:CO1
14
77
IT4002:CO2 8
IT4002:CO3 91 63
12 10
IT4004: CO1 8 6
13 127
68
IT4004:CO3 2
IT4005: CO4 111 64
IT4051: CO5 128
12
98
IT5003: CO1 6
12 9
IY5004:CO3 5 8
IT6004: CO1 87 47
IT6004:CO3 63 40 112
Table 2.12: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 1
In the same way the PO assessmet is done using course end survey, Grduate survey. Finally, the
PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
In direct assessment methods
Survey Data
Survey
Question
type Number of Satisfaction
Responses number
Course Have you learned the fundamental principles underlying 148 136
end the major areas of mathematics and sciences in your
survey courses?
Have you applied knowledge of mathematics, science 148 108

and engineering / computing, fundamentals in solving
engineering problems in your program?
What is your general impression of the Bachelors 75 64

degree program in Mathematics and Sciences?
Graduate
survey Are you able to develop a broad appreciation for 75 52
mathematics and science both as a discipline and as a
tool for solving real world problems
Table 2.13:Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 1

= ( )
PO Assessment = + Indirect Assessment data

Where m = Number of course outcomes considered for PO assessment
From the above Figure 2.8 and 2.9, it is noticed that in home assignment tasks Course
outcomes 4 and 6 are partially attained in the A.Y 2011-12 due to improper content
delivery method for the specific concept. In the A.Y. 2012-13, the performance of the
students improved towards the attainment of course outcomes 4 and 6 by adopting the
POGIL Teaching and Learning method.
Similarly, the PO assessment is done for the remaining course outcomes for tabulated
courses. At the end based on PO assessment function, it is concluded that students
achieved up to 98% towards the abilities in programming skills, logical thinking,
problem solving and design of engineering problems related to mathematics and
sciences.
Evidences:
Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination
section.
Course end survey, Graduate survey, and Alumni Survey documents files are available in
the department office.
Program Outcome 2: An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the
computing requirements appropriate to its solution.
The program assessment committee reviews all course outcomes relevant to this PO.
Specifically the task was to review the courses assessment results towards PO
assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the program
outcomes attained.
This program outcome is considered as two sub program outcomes namely: Analyze a
given problem and Identify and define the computing requirements for a given problem
which are appropriate to its solution
The ability of the students in understanding the description and definition of the
problem is assessed from the term paper and apply this knowledge in development of
mini and major projects.
The student ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the computing
requirements appropriate to its solution is evaluated with the above mentioned PO
assessment equation with course outcomes towards tabulated courses.
From the tabulated courses, one course IT 3004 Data structures is considered as an
example to illustrate the assessment. Tools for assessment are both direct and indirect
tools which are specified in the above Table.
The question asked in the Assignment I in the year 2011-12 "Write a program in C to evaluate a
postfix expression? meets the CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an
algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources (time/space). In understanding the problem,
the question was answered by all the students and 72% of students attained.
The question asked in the Sessional II in the year 2011-12 To explain Dijkstras algorithm for a
given graph? CO4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest
path and MST using graph theory. Above 80% of the students answered this question and 89%
of these students attained the desired criteria of attainment.
The question asked in Assignment I in the year 2012-13 "Execute a search algorithm in C
Language for unsorted data whose time complexity is o(n) meets the CO1: Interpret and
compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of resources
(time/space). The above 70% of students have attempted this question and only 56% of the
students attained. So CO is in the moderate attained state of level. Later the similar type of
question was asked in Sessional II in the year 2012-13 Write a recursive C code for all traversal
techniques in a non linear data structures whose time complexity is O(logn) meets the CO1. In
this case 63% have attempted and 96% of the students have attained. So CO is strongly
attained.
The number of students appeared and succeeds in internal exams/home assignment for the
example course is shown in Figure 2.10 to Figure 2.12.
146146 143 144144 144 140140 140 Registered Answered
140137 140
130
105 11199 116
84 73 95 89 85
79
63
Sessional I
Sessional II
Sessional I
Sessional II
Assignment I
Assignment II
Assignment I
Assignment II
2011-12 2012-13
Figure 2.10: analysis of IT 3004
160
Number of Students
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Assig Assig Assig Assig
Sessio Sessio Sessio Sessio
nmen nmen nmen nmen
nal I nal II nal I nal II
tI t II tI t II
2010-11 2011-12
Registered 137 137 137 137 117 117 117 117
Answered 118 110 116 110 114 113 114 110
Attained 90 90 115 100 80 98 110 78
Strongly Competent Competent Beginner
105 108
90 95
26 25
14 14 11 13 17
8
Problem Requirement Problem Requirement

Statement Specifications Statement Specifications
2010-11 2011-12

mentioned in Table 2.14.

Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3
1
14 12 10 9 14
2
6 6 0 6 4
IT3004:CO1 8
IT3004:CO4 111 99
9 8 145/128
146 1 84 73
IT3004:CO6 7 4
0
5
6
147
IT3005:CO2 0
12
61
IT3005:CO4 1
IT3005:CO5 83 42
IT4002:CO1 145/92
10
67
IT4002:CO2 6
IT4002:CO3 91 66
7
126
IT4004: CO1 4
6
117
IT4004:CO3 9
IT4004:CO5 96 65 145/126
1
10
136 1 2
4
IT5001: CO1 1
1
8 13 8
62 54 0
7 7 9
IT5001:CO2 6
10 6 13 8 145/118
62 45
IT5001:CO3 6 9 7 9
6 7 4 3
114 77 58 98 84 71 61
IT5003: CO1 6 5 7 2
3
50
IT5003: CO2 3
7 5
IT5003:CO3 4 9
11 9 145/118
IT5003:CO4 6 7
5
78
IT5004:CO2 6
8 7 145/132
IT5004:CO4 6 8
10
98
IT6005:CO1 8
10
112
IT6005:CO2 2
IT6005:CO5 10 145/126
112
2
IT8052:CO2 145/105
IT8052:CO3 145/96
In addition, the PO assessmet is done with the indirect assessment methods like surveys as
shown in Table 2.15. Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
Survey Data
Survey type Question Satisfaction number
Number of
Responses
Are you understand thoroughly the description and 148 136

definition of the given problem
Course end survey
For a given task, are able to write a computing solution 148 108
Are you able to analyze a problem and formulate the 75 52

computing requirements appropriate to its solution
Graduate survey

= ( )

In the micro analysis of the internal marks of IT 6005, the average attainments are
87.03% and 83.80% in the years 2010-11 and 2011-12 respectively. It is a clear evidence
that the students are capable in understanding and formulating the computing
requirements of the given problem which is suitable to its solution.
IT 8052 is assessed with the predefined rubrics. From Figure 2.12, it clearly signifies that
as compared to the year 2010-11, there was an increase in clear understanding of the
problem and identifying the computing requirements needed to its solution. This is
achieved with the help of conducting Guest lecturers/seminars/workshops in the
department.
Group Tasks are assigned to the students to solve using the new technologies based on
already learnt technologies so that they can check the optimality interms of cost and
time complexities. To make Students become globally talented, they should be a
registered member of online courses like Coursera, MOOC etc., Student is get
recognized globally if he/she is certified by third agency. So students are encouraged to
obtain professional certifications in the core area from different vendors like Brain
Bench, Microsoft, Oracle etc
achieved up to 72% towards the abilities in understanding the definition of the problem
and recognize the data requirements and output of a problem.
Evidences:
Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in the examination
section.
Samples copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the
department Library.
Program Outcome 3: An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based

system, process, component, or program to meet desired needs with appropriate
consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal and environmental
considerations.
This outcome is assessed using direct and indirect assessment methods with selected
courses and student participation in research projects. The student is able to design a
system which may consist of components or processes which should be realistic in terms
of its functions. The student should also be able to evaluate the performance of the
system.
The program assessment committee is reviewed all course outcomes which are relevant
to this PO. Specifically the task was to review the courses assessment results towards PO
outcomes attained.
This program outcome is considered as two sub program outcomes namely

Mathematics and sciences and Engineering/Computing fundamentals. The abilities
listed in Table? are broadly assessed with programming skills, logical thinking, problem
solving and design of engineering problems.
The student ability in apply mathematics/Science principles to provide numerical

solution to model the problem is evaluated with the PO assessment equation with course
outcomes towards tabulated courses.
From the tabulated courses, three course IT 5001, IT 5003 and IT 6005 are considered as
an example for assessment and the analysis is shown in Figure 2.13. Tools for
assessment are both direct and indirect tools which are specified in the above Table.
For the CO assessments, the entire students evaluation data is collected and analyzed
with a focus on attainment of PO.
160
140
120
100
80
60 0-5
40
20 05--07
0
07--10
ASS-1
Sess-1
Sess-2
Sess-1
Sess-2
Sess-1
Sess-2
Ass-1
Ass-2
Ass-1
Ass-2
Ass-2
DAA 2012-13 SE 2012-13 WT 2011-12
Figure 2.13: analysis of IT 5001, IT 5003 and IT 6005

mentioned in Table2.16.

Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3
12 130/115
109
FY2005:CO4 3
IT3004: CO2
IT3004: CO5
IT3004: CO6
1
8
136 111 0
2
IT5001: CO1 4
1 1
137 89 0 0
IT5001: CO4 2 0
8 5
53 38 81 66
IT5001: CO5 5 9
4 3
98 84 71 61
IT5003: CO4 7 2
5 3 7 5
77 58
IT5004:CO3 0 3 4 9
5
33
IT5004:CO4 0
7 5
77 58
IT5004:CO5 4 9
IT6004: CO3 112 98
IT6004:CO4 1
8
1
7
3
IT7003:CO4 86 54
IT7003:CO5 92 65
In addition, the PO assessment is done with the indirect assessment methods like
surveys. Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Course end survey Are you able to demonstrate an understanding of 148 108
professional responsibility issues as they relate to public
interest, health, and safety?
Do you follow non-technical constraints such as 75 64

environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety,
Graduate survey
and sustainability? 75 52
Alumni survey In problem definition processes, do you consider broad 45 32

determinants of health by using the domains social,
natural and economic environment?

= ( )

In the micro analysis of the internal marks of IT 3004, the average attainments are 81%
and 92% in the years 2010-11 and 2011-12 respectively. It is clearly evident that the
students have capability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system.
From the analysis of FY 2005, noticed that the students are succeed in learning how to
write modular, efficient and readable C programs, utilize pointers to efficiently solve
problems and use functions from the portable C library.
Form the Figure 2.13, it observed that basic techniques for design and analysis of
algorithms and the problems in NP-complete are thoroughly analyzed by the students.
Course outcome 4 is strongly attained and there by PO attained in the A.Y 2011-12.
achieved up to 78% towards the abilities in design, implement and evaluate a process or
program for a given problem.
Evidences:
Sample copies of internal examinations are available in the department examination
cell.
Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni survey documents files are available in
the department office
The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department website:
http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board.
Program Outcome 4: An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data
The program outcome refers to the four different learning levels of Blooms taxonomy
as: Designing experiments, Conducting experiments, Analyzing data, Interpreting data.
The order of difficulty flows from top to bottom.
Students are able to select topic, identify problems, formulate questions, design and
carry out experiments in various lab courses in the program curriculum. Faculty provides
a set of data from which student analyzes the data, discuss possible reasons for
deviations between predicted and measured results from an experiment.
From the lab courses, this outcome is assessed with student abilities in design, test
analytical and experimental solutions. The evaluation is done based on how the student
designed solution for a given problem and draw conclusions from a range of results.
The program assessment committee is reviewed all course outcomes which are relevant
to this PO. Specifically the task was to review the courses assessment results towards PO
outcomes attained.
From the tabulated courses, one course IT 3051 Data structures Lab is considered as an
example for assessment. Tools for assessment are both direct and indirect tools which
are specified in the Table.2.11
The course is conducted in a challenge lab fashion where the student is provided the
basic knowledge and he/she is asked to design the experiment in an inquiry model. The
student estimates the data structure model needed to get the desired output (provided
by the faculty), identify variables required and executes the program. Some of the tasks
given to the students in Academic year 2011-12 as challenge lab is provided below.
1. How many temporary pointers do you require to traverse in a linked list whose node structure
has only one address field? Reduce the number of pointers used by modifying the structure of the
node.
2. Consider the railway switching network in the figure below. Railroad cars are numbered
from 0,1,2,3,4,5,6. All these cars are on the right in the order shown. Each car has to be brought on
to the maintenance track one by one. If maintenance is completed the car can be send to the left.
What data structure will you use to implement if this process is completely automated. Write code
for this.
3. Set A
Input 1 : 12 6 8 5 6 92 4
Key : 6
Output 1: Key value 6 is present at index 2.
Input 2 : 12 0 9 6 7 5 3
Key : 6
Input 3 : 12 0 9 6 7 5 3
Key : 8
Output 3: Key value 8 is not present.
Set B
Input 1 : 12 6 8 5 6 92 4
Key : 6
Key value 6 is present at index 5.
Input 2 : 12 0 9 6 7 5 3
Key : 6
Input 3 : 12 0 9 6 7 5 3
Key : 8
Analyze the data sets A, B and interpret what modifications are to be done in code.
Even though the same course during the academic year 2010-11 is not conducted in the
challenge fashion the performance in the end examination is nearly the same. But the
difference is identified during the course end survey and viva-voce as a part of semester
end examination and is shown in Figure 2.14.
Similarly, the course IT 6051: Computer Vision Lab use both challenge lab method and
analyze data, methods. In general the experiments given to the students in challenging
way yielded good skill set for the students. Some experimentation part in computer
vision lab deals with analyzing and interpreting data. Sample experiments in this fashion
are given below.
1. Apply Gaussian smoothening in OpenCV on the image with varies values and analyse the blurring
factor. Also tabulate a chart indicating the variations with changes in .
2. Given the data set of images with faces and face detection function, experiment and interpret in which
images face detection is not perfect. Identify the situations to be considered for 100% accuracy.
AY 2010-11 AY 2011-12
60%
54%
36%
20% 20%
10%
Design experiments Able to conduct Need help to

experiments on conduct experiment
own
Figure 2.14: analysis of IT 3051 based on student capability of doing experiment
The same type of analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO
which are mentioned in Table.

Direct assessment methods
Course : CO Designing Conducting Analyzing data Interpret data Attainment

experiments experiments level of CO
A P A P A P A P
FY1051: 8 6 8 8 8 6 8 6
FY1052: 7 5 7 7 7 5 7 5
FY1053: 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
FY2051: 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
FY2052: 8 6 8 8 8 6 8 6
IT3051: 11 7 11 11 11 7 11 7
IT3052: 10 8 10 10 10 8 10 8
IT4051: 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
IT4052: 11 9 11 11 11 9 11 9
IT4053: 6 5 6 6 6 5 6 5
IT5051: 7 6 7 7 7 6 7 6
IT5052: 7 5 7 7 7 5 7 5
IT6051: 10 8 10 10 10 8 10 8
IT6052: 10 8 10 10 10 8 10 8
IT6053: 16 14 16 16 16 14 16 14
IT7052: 9 8 9 9 9 8 9 8
IT7053 10 8 10 10 10 8 10 8
IT8052 8 6 8 8 8 6 8 6
In addition, the PO assessment is done with the indirect assessment methods like
surveys.
Survey Data
Survey
Question Satisfaction number
type Number of
Responses
Course By the end of the course what level of 138 108

end change has you noticed in taking the
survey programming challenge by your self
Graduate Are you able to design your problem 74 62

survey statement and experiment on it before
your customer requires it.

Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.

= ( )

It is evident that the students ability in AY 2012-13 to design experiment has improved
consistently by having a challenge based laboratory style. It is not the intent to say that
the structured experiments does not meet the CO but implementing Student designed
Inquiry based and challenge based laboratories can serve as models to help students
develop the basic skills as well as the basis for more complex experimentation.
However, the design of experiments, a very high-level skill, requires several
opportunities for practice and a variety of laboratory experiments. Hence, in our
courses we are trying to have more open-ended experiments.
In summary, considering the various courses of the program it is evident that the
student is able to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret
data. Also, acquire all the higher level of practical skills. The survey reports aggregate
leads to 72% which can be retrieved that the CO and there by PO is attained but it is
necessary to take more initiations and innovations in conducting these courses in future
years.
Evidences:
Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in
the department office
Course manuals, lab experiments list of courses are placed in department office.
Program Outcome 5: An ability to use current techniques, skills, and modern tools
necessary for computing practice.
The integral role of a graduate ability to use modern operating systems, computing
languages, environments and tools is used for measuring this outcome. Utilizing the
wide range of internet tools, techniques and hardware is assessed from the courses
tabulated in the above Table, rubrics and survey reports.
Experiments, programs and home assignments are conducted for the courses IT 6051, IT
6052 (as per new curriculum IT 7052, IT 8051 are not yet started).The analysis is based
on the performance of the student in the internal performance of laboratory and is
provided in Figure 2.15.
The analysis spot lights the ability of ease in using and adapting to the new tools of
students
Analysis of IT 6051, IT 6052 in terms of guidence to new

tool
Implemented solution with minimal guidence

Implemented solution with guidence
99 95
50 54
IT 6051 IT 6052
Figure 2.15: Analysis for guidance required for new tool
IT 7051 course work is evaluated with the student performance in a dimension of their
expertise of using modern tools or current technology to develop the modules. As the
project work starts initially from this course work, students showed much interest
towards the modern programming languages and tools that they were aware of. The
Figure 2.16 shows the status of the abilities exhibited in developing modules. Figure 2.17
shows the percentage of students utilizing different tools. The modern tools used by the
students during IT 8052 is shown in Figure 2.17 to Figure 2.19. It shows a constant
improvement in using the modern tools from previous years.
Selection of tool and technique
76 84
38 16 45
4
competence
Beginner
competence
Beginner
Competent
Competent
Highly
Highly
AY 2010-11 AY 2010-11
Figure 2.16 :Performance analysis based on selection of tools
AY 2010-11 AY 2011-12
45%
40%
25%
17% 20% 18%
12% 15%
J2EE/C# Web Data mining Computer vision

technologies
Figure 2.17: Tools used by students in developing mini projects
Selection of tool and technique

99
81
25 24 26
8
Beginner
Beginner
competence
competence
Competent
Competent
Highly
Highly
AY 2010-11 AY 2010-11
Figure 2.18: Performance analysis based on selection of tools
Analysis of IT 8052 based on tools used
AY 2010-11 AY 2011-12
45%
40%
25% 27%
24%
20% 20%
15% 14% 9%9%
12%
5%8% 4%8%
Figure 2.19 : Tools used by students in developing major projects
Some students apart from the projects done in IT 7051 and IT 8052 develop modules
and projects as part of student research initiatives. Weber a social networking site,
Beagle board an animal board with entirely different environment, Arduino board, (a
micro controller with special features, Social Mining (mining twitter tweets) are some of
the project initiatives where students are motivated and use modern tools, hardware
and technology. Based on the above analysis it is concluded that this PO is attained in
the program. In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment
methods such as surveys. The survey reports shows that, above 65% of reports in
satisfactory level.
Survey Data
Survey
type Number of
Responses
Course How strong are you in using and 138 108

end implementing the new tools?
survey
Graduate Given a new tool or environment how 74 62

survey much confident are you to utilize and
develop with it.
Alumni Are you flexible in using new 53 46

survey software/environment?
Table 2.20 :Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 5
Evidences:
Sample copies and evaluation copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are
available in the department Library. Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni
survey documents files are available in the department office
Program Outcome 6: An ability to analyze local and global impact of computing on

individuals, organizations and society.
The ability of students in terms of design, manipulate and manage databases is assessed
by internal and external examinations with the above tabulated courses. And this
outcome is assessed by students participation in presentations of conference papers,
seminars organized by other colleges/universities by learning implementation design
methodologies and usage of advanced techniques in problem solving.
Experiments, programs and home assignments are conducted for the courses IT 5002
and IT 6002.The analysis is based on the performance of the student in the internal and
external is provided in Figure 2.20.
IT 6054, IT7053 and IT8052 course works are asses with rubrics to evaluate the student
performance in their expertise to develop the modules. The students showed much
interest towards the current techniques and tools.
In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as
surveys. The survey reports show that, above 45% of reports in satisfactory level.
Survey Data
Survey
type Number of
Responses
Course Do you have a personal perspective on 138 108

end the importance of computing todays
survey world?
Will leisure time increase due to the use

of computers in society? How will you
use it if it does?
Graduate How will you describe "invasion of 74 62
survey privacy, a computer threat and its
impact on individual, organizations and
society?
Alumni Does your education give an 53 46

survey understanding the impact of the
discipline on relevant social issues?
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2012-13 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012
ADBMS Data Warehousing and Data Mining
Excellent Good Average
Figure 2.20 : Result analysis in IT5002 and IT6002
Knowledge Comprehension Application
85 86 88
81
75 73 75 76
65
57 54 58
2010-11 2011-12 2010-2011 2011-2012
Term Paper MiniProject and Major Project
Figure 2.21: Result analysis in Mini, Major projects and Term paper
A score of 2.45 over 3 is derived from the PO attainment rubric which shows that PO is
achieved. Good performance was shown by students in the A.Y 2011-12 in IT8004 and
for IT5002 an average performance is achieved.
Evidences:
cell. Samples copies of Term paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the
department Library. Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars,
professional body activities, is placed in department office.
Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the
department office.
Result analysis of IT 5002, IT8004 are placed in the department office.
Program Outcome 7: Knowledge of contemporary issue
Our program is expected to equip future engineers not only with professional
knowledge, abilities and skills but also the ability to address
Environmental and safety issues

Global and Societal issues
These abilities were assessed with the tabulated courses from the above Table during
the program with the help of direct and indirect assessment tools.
To identify the importance of understand and discuss the societal and contemporary
issues as part of Program level statistics and survey reports are considered.
At the end of every academic year annual report is developed where the statistics of
students who have participated in professional bodies/ student
chapters/workshops/seminars/conferences/paper presentations/internships/industry
visit etc.. is prepared.ACM Student chapter and department student organization
SUMMIT conducts debates and group discussions on contemporary issues like
Effects of Facebook utilization on student community-a platform for discussing

issues or a privacy threat.
Over depending on Google hinders the natural way of learning things?
Is reservation hindering the Indian growth?
Is hanging terrorists necessary or objectionable?
How often do you use Right to information act?
Apart from this the students participate widely in

Blood donation camps
Greenery enrichment programs
Participate in road safety workshop conducted by Traffic Police, Vijayawada
In order to exposes the students in identifying the contemporary issues, understanding

the global and societal context to fulfill community and societal needs a test
questionnaire is given to final year students. It consists of questions, asking students
about contemporary issues and sometimes asks them to discuss each in a short
paragraph. Number of Students answered appropriate to the questionnaire is
considered as one of the assessment tool. Sample Questionnaire is given to final year
students during AY 2011-12 is shown below.
S.No Question Total no. Answered
of students correctly
Answered
1. RTI is a powerful act. What did it say? 65 53
2. Estimate the average salary offer to IT engineers 132 130

graduating with a bachelors degree?
3. What is the Ladli scheme of government of India? 46 40
4. How can we protect ourselves against Internet hackers? 130 130
5. Are electronic voting machines a good idea? 132 130
6. What do you know about HIV 130 127
Table 2.22: Student performance in contemporary issues questionnaire

For understanding the social effects of malware and the effects of computing and
networking on society selected tabulated curriculum courses are assessed where more
than 95% students gained knowledge. The analysis is shown in Figures 2.22 to 2.24. Even
a considerable number of student increments are shown for student performance,
courses improvising the attainment towards the PO.
In addition, students participation in co curricular activities like participation in debate,

general quiz, group discussions etc. during the activities of student chapters is
considered for the assessment of this PO.
Assessment of FY 1006 IT, 6004, IT 8002, SP
FY 1006 IT 6004 IT 8002 Paticipation in SP

129 130 130 132 133 133
27 32
No. of students AY 2010-11 No. of students AY 2011-12
Figure 2.22: Analysis for curriculum aspect of knowledge in contemporary issues
Analysis of questionnaire on contemporary issues
Total no. of students answered Answered correctly

132130 130130 132130 130127
65
53 46 40
1 2 3 4 5 6
Figure 2.23: Analysis for questionnaire for assessing knowledge in contemporary issues
Analysis of activities conducted and student

participation in events
No. of events in 2010-11 No. of events in 2011-12

No. of participants 2010-11 No. of participants 2011-12
219
190
160
57 64
0 8 0 5 12 20 32
ACM student SUMMIT Workshops and

chapter activites seminars
activities
Figure 2.24: Analysis for co-curricular aspects of knowledge in contemporary issues
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Course end How often do you participate in events 132 65

survey related to societal issues?
Graduate Did you ever participate in NGO 72 45

survey activities or any external social welfare
association during the college?
Alumni Are you participating in any social 65 28
survey welfare activities
Are you able to implement global 65 25
issues, security and safety issues learnt
during your course?
Evaluating the curricular, extracurricular and survey assessments, it is evident that a
positive impact is being made throughout the curriculum in developing knowledge and
an awareness of contemporary issues. Within the curriculum, students were exposed to
contemporary issues related to engineering especially.
Evidences:
Annual report of the department for extracurricular activities placed in department

office.
Course end survey, Exit survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the
department office.
Result Analysis and number of students enrolled for subjects considered are placed in
the department office.
Program Outcome 8: An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and

social issues and responsibilities
Graduates are intended to understand ethics and professional conduct related to IT and
should be able to identify the legal issues related to patents, plagiarism etc..To achieve
this as a part of curriculum, extra curriculum aspects are considered.
Knowledge of security issues, cyber laws and hacking are considered as major for
present generation technocrats in general and for IT graduate in particular. These skills
are imparted and assessed through number of student participations in Seminar on
Cyber laws and Ethical hacking
Having the knowledge of social responsibilities as an IT graduate in fact improves
professional growth and serves the society. To impart this, a workshop is conducted on
General moral imperatives and more specific professional responsibilities by ACM
student chapter. The assessment tool for this aspect is taken as number of students
participated in the workshop and the survey reports.
Excellent Good Average

63
59 59
52 52
45 48
37 37
28
16 13
FY 1006 IT 8002 FY 1006 IT 8002
AY 2010-2011 AY 2011-2012
Figure 2.25 : Result analysis of FY 1006 and IT 8002
Highly competent Competent Beginner
60 59 62
55 55
50
40 40
35 36
30 30 32 29 29 30 28
20
Originality Professional Security Originality Professional Security

competency competency
AY 2010-11 AY 2011-12
Figure 2.26 :Aanalysis of IT 8052 based on rubric
Workshop by ACM student chapter on Ethics and professional
conduct""
Seminar on Cyber laws and Ethical hacking
Workshop onGeneral moral imperatives and more specific

professional responsibilities by ACM student chapter
130
75 82
No of students attended
Figure 2.27: Workshops and seminars conducted in program
Good number of students had shown excellent performance in both FY 1006 and IT
8002.It is shown in Figure 1.The snippet of rubrics used for evaluating major projects for
assessing ethics and professional conduct is given in Appendix .The analysis graph for
students performance in IT 8052 is shown in Figure 2.26.
Among 130 students the number of students attended the workshop and attained the
knowledge on ethical, security and social issues .More than 50% students acquired the
required knowledge attending them.
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Course end How often do you participate in events 132 65

survey related to societal issues?
Graduate Did you ever participate in NGO 72 45

survey activities or any external social welfare
association during the college?
Alumni Are you participating in any social 65 28
survey welfare activities
Are you able to implement global 65 25
issues, security and safety issues learnt
during your course?
The score of 2.2 over 3 is obtained from the PO attainment rubric which shows that PO
is achieved.
The score from both academic years is same which is the result ofless number of
students have high competence levels in FY 1006, IT 8002.
Based on the analysis of the results, the faculty members who were introducing and/or
reinforcing the code of ethics in their courses were asked to reinforce the importance of
knowing the ACM code of ethics and professional conduct.
Evidences:
Samples copies of Major Project are available in the department Library.
Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars, professional body activities,
is placed in department office.
department office
Result analysis of FY 1006, IT 6004, IT 8002 is place in department office
Program Outcome 9: An ability to function effectively individually and on teams, including

diverse and multidisciplinary, effectively individually and on teams.
Team work has always been common element in engineering learning. This PO is
evaluated by developing the professional skills which includes responsible teamwork,
creativity and communication skills with professional and to prepare them for the
complex actual work environment and for life-long learning. The attainment of these can
be accessed through the tabulated courses that are part of the curriculum using direct
and indirect assessment tools.
Laboratory experiments and home assignments are conducted for the courses IT 6051
and IT 6052.These laboratory exercises are complex and are generally entailed
coordinated planning and execution. Teams of approximately five students are formed
to accomplish the assigned laboratory task. The predefined rubric is used to assess these
courses. From the result, it is observed there is good team work among all the team
members which is shown in Figure 2.27.
The rubric considers planning, sharing, listening, and other aspects of team work. As
appropriate, findings from course end survey, graduate survey and alumni surveys and
discussions were compiled to determine how well graduates are performing relative to
this outcome. The assessments for all students in the program were collected and
analyzed with a focus on individual work and on teams to accomplish common goals.
IT 7052 and IT 8052 courses were assessed for individual and team work. The predefined
rubric is used to assess these courses in terms of information gathering, presentations,
reports. The results analysis is shown in Figure 2.28.
90
80
70
60
50
40 Moderate
30
20 Good
10
0 Excellent
Researched Fulfill Team Share Listen to

and gather role's equally other
infirmation duties teammates
Figure 2.27: Analysis of IT6051 and 6052 courses
70
60
50
40
30 Individual and team
20 work
10
0 Efficient of team
members
Figure 2.28: Analysis for individual and team work
Based on the above analysis, it is concluded that this PO is attained in the program. In
addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Course end Are you able to test and validate the 132 65
survey developed prototype against the original
requirements of the problem?
Do you express technical ideas,

strategies and methodologies in written
form?
Graduate How far you are able to self-learn new 72 45

survey tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that
contribute to the software solution of
the given team project?

Evidences:
Samples copies of Major Project are available in the department Library.

is placed in department office
Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in
the department office. The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in
the department website: http://www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board
Program Outcome 10: An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences.
The ability of the students to communicate effectively is assessed regularly during the
program through various courses. The communication abilities are broadly categorized
into oral and written communication skills. Precisely, these abilities are assessed over
the tabulated courses during the program using appropriate assessment tools for each
course. In addition to these courses, these abilities are also assessed by the faculty in
other courses when students present the seminars and write the home assignments.
Measurements considered under this section to assess the PO are:
Number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like

Workshops, Seminars, Paper Presentations, and Technical Quiz etc.
Number of students participated in entrance examinations like TOFEL, IELTS etc
At the end of every academic year annual report is developed where the statistics of
students who have participated in professional bodies/ student
chapters/workshops/seminars/conferences/paper presentations/internships/industry
visit/TOFEL/GATE/IELTS etc. is prepared. A comparative statement with the previous
academic year is considered to indirectly assess the PO.
The communication abilities were assessed with student data which was collected
during the course work. Both course level assessment and FY 2003 oral assessment by
the faculty indicate that most of the students presentation and writing skills are good.
Some difficulty in answering questions precisely and accurately was observed. The Figure
2.29 lustrates these observations.
100%
80%
80%
60%
60% 50%
35%
40%
20%
0%
Two spoken Observation Rapid Written task
activities book speaking
session
Figure 2.29. Assessment for Technical English and Communication Skills Courses
The students performance in the course IT 6054 was evaluated along five dimensions
with rubric. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's oral skills
and how well the student relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate the
students writing skills. Each of these dimensions is assigned a score. The Figure 2.30
gives the Term Paper assessment results analysis.
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20 Very Good (5)
10
0 Acceptable (3)
Unacceptable (1)
Figure 2.30: Assessment for Term Paper
The course IT 7052 was evaluated the student performance along five dimensions. The
first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's presentation delivery,
subject knowledge skills and how well the student relates to the audience. The fourth
and fifth evaluate the students writing skills. The Figure 2.31 gives the assessment
results analysis.
The students performance in IT 8052 was evaluated along six dimensions. The first
three are mainly concerned with the individual student's presentation skills, what types
of visual aids were used to enhance the presentation skills and how well the student
relates to the audience. The fifth and sixth evaluate the students writing skills in terms
of content, clarity and reference section. The Figure 2.32 gives the assessment results
analysis.
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20 Excellent (5)
10
0 Acceptable (3)
Unacceptable (1)
Figure 2.31: Assessment for IT 7052
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20 Excellent (5)
10
0 Acceptable (3)
Visuals
Visuals
References
References
Relating to Audience
Content and Knowledge
Relating to Audience
Content and Knowledge

Clarity and composition
Clarity and composition

Expresses Ideas Clearly
Expresses Ideas Clearly
Unacceptable (1)
Figure 2.32: Assessment analysis for IT 8052

In addition, the number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like
workshops, paper presentations conducted at various institutions and our institute is
collected at end of the each academic year. This data is used for communication abilities
assessment. Also, the number of students appeared and qualified for TOEFL/IELTS
entrance exams were used for the assessment of the outcome. The assessment result
analysis is shown in Figure 2.33 and Figure 2.34.
80%
70%
60%
50%
40% Paper Presentation
30% Work shop
20%
10%
0%
2009-10 2010-11 2011-12
Figure 2.33: Student participation in various activities
80%
70%
60%
50%
40% Appeared
30% Qualified
20%
10%
0%
2009-10 2010-11 2011-12
Figure 2.34: Student participation in entrance examinations
In IT 3052 some difficulties were observed in graduates with respect to group

discussions and individual communications. The necessary actions were taken to
overcome the identified weaknesses by inviting external bodies to give appropriate
practices.
Around 100s of our graduates were participated in various co-curricular activities. Apart
from participation our students secured prizes for events like technical paper
presentation, model exhibition etc.,. Students exhibited their talent by presenting their
papers at IIT Delhi , IIT Kharagpur and BITS Hyderabad.
Nearly 50-60% of our graduates showed interest towards pursuing higher education.
Most of our graduates were qualified.
Total 150 student records were used for the assessment of Mini Project course during
the academic year 2010-11. Which indicates that the presentation and delivery skills of
students were good (>85% scored 5s and 3s, <5% scored 1s). In the oral assessment,
students performed well on two dimensions, some weakness were apparent in subject
knowledge (>5% scored 1s and <70% scored 5s and 3s). It was observed that most
students were able to perform acceptable performance on both oral and written
communication for the academic year 2011-12. More than 70% of the students scored
above level 3 and less than 12% of the students scored below level 3in Mini Project.
With the help of guest lectures and workshops students were gained relevant subject
knowledge and improved their performance in this course as compared to last year.
With the help of indirect assessment, the students communication abilities were
evaluated. The survey template was used for the assessment of communication abilities.
Program Outcome attainment is said be completely attained from the rubrics of
evaluation in both AY 2010-11 and AY 2011-12.
From direct assessment tool, 70% of our graduates are able to exhibit their inter
personal skills through various courses in graduate program.
80 -85% of students were able to achieve higher education/placement by succeeding
communication skills
There was an increase in proportion in participation of our graduates in entrance exams
like TOFEL/IELTS and 80-85% of the participants obtained eligibility to pursue higher
education.
The students participation in Paper Presentations, Workshops and various activities
were increased and 50-60% of the participants secured prizes in prestigious institutions.
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Course end Do you express technical ideas, 132 65

survey strategies and methodologies in written
form
Graduate Are you able to Demonstrate an ability 72 45

survey to function effectively on teams to
accomplish a common goal
Alumni Are you able to work effectively in 65 28

survey multidisciplinary teams
How far you are able to self-learn new 65 25

tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that
contribute to the software solution of
the given team project
Evidences:
Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination
section.
department Library.
Annual report of the department for co-curricular activities and competitive exams data
is placed in department office.
department office.
Program Outcome 11: Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in
continuing professional development.
The ability of the students to identify and use information sources by her/him self to
prepare term papers and develop mini and major projects in general for curriculum
based courses are considered for assessing lifelong learning capabilities. Precisely, these
abilities are assessed over the tabulated courses during the program using
appropriate assessment tools for each course.
Importance to Lifelong learning skills is observed using tools during and after the
program completion.
Independent identification of information resources and best utilization of it as a part of
engaging in professional development is observed from coursesIT6054, IT7053, IT8052.
This aspect is measured in two dimensions and the rubric for assessing IT 6051 and
IT7053/IT8052 are also provided. The assessment analysis is shown in Figure 2.35 to
Figure 2.38.The students participation in the following activities as part of Program level
statistics and survey reports are considered.
Membership and participation in Professional body activities
Unsupervised projects done on the interest of students
Participation in Paper presentations, workshops and seminars
Internships/ Visits to industry
Appearance and Qualification in GATE and PGCET
Highly competent competent Begginer
83 95 89
76
61 51
45 43
22 13 12 10
Research/Inform
Research/Inform
Selection of task
Selection of task
ation gathering
ation gathering
AY 2010-2011 AY 2011-2012
Figure 2.35: Analysis of term paper course IT 6054
72 72 78
47 55 47
46 45
37
25 25
15
Selection of task
Selection of task
Research/Information
Research/Information
gathering
gathering
AY 2010-11 AY 2011-12
Figure 2.36: Analysis of Mini project course IT 7053
76 78 80
65
38 31 39 39
27 23 16 14
Research/Informatio
Research/Informatio
Selection of task
Selection of task
n gathering
n gathering
AY 2010-11 AY 2011-12
Figure 2.37: Analysis of Major project course IT 8052
2009-10 2010-11 2011-12
93% 96%
85%
75%
68% 70%
65%
60%
55% 54% 50%
42%
2% 6% 6%
Paper Work shop Membership in Unsupervised Industrial visits

Presentation Professional projects
bodies
Figure 2.38: Indirect assessment analysis with Program Level Statistics
survey, Exit survey and Alumni Survey.
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Course end Have you joined any professional 132 65

survey societies? Which one(s)?
Graduate Have you planned to continue on for 72 45

survey Post graduate studies, either
immediately or eventually?
Alumni Have you pursued any higher 65 28
survey education? If yes please specify the
following.
i) What is your masters degree that you
had pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech / MBA /
Any other )
ii) What is the duration taken to
complete the masters program?
Based on the rubric a score of 2.6 is obtained during academic year 2010-11 and 3 score
in 2011-12.This shows perfect evidence that PO k is attained in the program.
The faculty members have been encouraged to increase the number of students' site
visits. So that student insight towards need of professional development improves.
Home assignments of some advanced courses like Computer vision, Data ware housing,
Data Mining, etc. are designed to work with new IT tools which can enhance the student
ability to engage in continuity professional development such as IT strategy and
management.
Students were encouraged to take professional certification exams like Brain Bench, as
part of a global learning process. This will help students to gain more qualifications and
prepare them for the future IT workforce requirements
Students are encouraged to take some online courses in MOOCs and Coursera, to
enhance their self learning capabilities.
Evidences:
department Library.
and industrial visits data is placed in department office.
department office
Program Outcome 12: An understanding of engineering and management principles

and apply these to ones own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects
The ability of applying engineering and management principles as an individual, team
member and team head to manage projects is assessed by the activities done on time,
and according to specifications. The students are encouraged to perform individual
projects or group projects.
Abilities of the students are assessed using the rubrics. Students are assessed by the
internship projects inside/outside college. The understanding of engineering and
management principles abilities are assessed by the course IT 6003 in the curriculum
and thus is a logical place to assess program management skills of graduating
students. IT7053 and IT8052 reflects all aspects of managing a firm in a competitive
environment, it requires students to exercise program management skills to ensure all
components are accomplished in an effective and timely manner. The observations are
shown in Figure 2.39.
survey, Exit survey and Alumni Survey.
100
80
60
40 2010-11
2011-12
20
0
Project Project Project
Planning Process Delivery
Figure 2.39 : Assessment of IT 7053 and IT8052 with Rubrics

Survey Data
Survey Satisfaction
Question Number of
type number
Responses
148 108
Course Because projects involve so many variables that
end change so often, do you plan the project with
survey maximum flexibility?
Do you prepare a specific timeline and sequence of 75 64
Graduate activities, and use them to manage the overall
survey project to ensure its timely completion?
Alumni When giving people a deadline to complete their 62 34

survey project work, do you expect them to coordinate with
others if and when they need to?
A score of 3 is derived from the PO attainment rubric which shows that PO is achieved.
Based on the analysis of the results, the faculty members were asked to reinforce the
importance of engineering and management principles and apply these to manage
projects.
Evidences:
Samples copies of Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department Library
cell.
Exit survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the department office
http:// www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/it and notice board.
2.4. Use of assessment results towards improvement of programme (30)

2.4.1. Indicate how results of assessment used for curricular improvements (5)
(Articulate with rationale the curricular improvements brought in after the review of the attainment of
POs)
By analyzing the results of program outcome assessment in terms of direct and indirect
assessments, necessary actions are recommended to improve the program curriculum.
After each semester, faculty analyzed and evaluated the collected data from each
course and from all other sources(surveys).
The Module coordinators discuss the results with faculty to identify the need for
improvement. Prepare an action plan accordingly.
Once the action has been completed, data for that performance indicator should again
be collected, analyzed, and evaluated by the program assessment committee to see the
performance.
This process continues until the performance improve to the target value
The results are discussed with Department Advisory Board
The same procedure is followed for alumni surveys, employer surveys, rubrics etc.
2.4.2. Indicate how results of assessment used for improvement of course delivery
and assessment (10)
(Articulate with rationale the curricular delivery and assessment improvements brought in after the
review of the attainment of POs)
With the implementation of specified delivery methods (M1..M8 from 2.2.2), the
effectiveness of the courses is enhanced.
2.4.3. State the process used for revising/redefining the POs (15)
(Articulate with rationale how the results of the evaluation of POs have been used to review/redefine
the POs in line with the Graduate Attributes of the NBA.)
Figure 2.40 Illustrates the process of revising/redefining existing program outcomes.

The need for revise / redefine of existing Pos is identified with the help of the
assessment results of PO attainment from direct/indirect assessment methods.
The improvement of PO attainment is considered in three possible phases : Curriculum,
Delivery methods/course outcomes and program outcomes.
For curriculum, the program coordinator initiates the process with the views of Module
coordinator. The Department advisory board notices the required changes and takes
approval with BOS
The module coordinator initiates the process to change delivery methods/course
outcomes in course assessment and discuss with program assessment committee
To improve the program performance, the Program Coordinator analyze the PO
assessment and attainment and discuss the necessary revise changes in existing Pos
with program assessment committee/department advisory board.
Figure 2.40: Process for Revising/Redefining POs
3. Program Curriculum(125)
3.1. Curriculum(20)
3.1.1. Describe the Structure of the Curriculum (5)
The UG in Information Technology program is spread over 8 semesters and designed to have a
total of 210 credits, out of which 4 credits are for audit courses. Two audit courses on
personality development during third year are mandatory. For the other two audit courses, the
student can choose from the available student practice courses. The course credits are broadly
fixed based on the following norms.
Lectures-One Lecture period per week is assigned one credit.
Tutorials-Two tutorial periods per week are assigned one credit
Practical-Two tutorial periods per week are assigned one credit
Practice course/Personality development course and Mini project/Term paper shall have
one credit each
Major project shall have 12 credits. However, some courses are prescribed with fixed number of
credits depending on the complexity of the subject and relative importance.
The structure of the curriculum is described along with the distribution of contact hours in the
Table 3.1
Total Number of Contact hours Credits
Course Code Course Title Tutorial Practical#
Lecture (L) Total Hours
(T) (P)
Engineering
FY 1001 4 1 - 5 4
Mathematics I
Engineering
FY 1002C 3 1 - 4 3
Chemistry
Basics of Civil and Mechanical
FY 1003B 4 - - 4 4
Engineering
FY 1004M Mechanics for Engineers 4 1 - 5 4
FY 1005 Introduction to Computing 2 - - 2 2
FY 1006 Professional Ethics 2 - - 2 2
FY 1051C Engineering Chemistry Lab - - 3 3 2
FY 1052 Basic Computing Lab - - 3 3 2
FY 1053W Workshop Practice - - 3 3 2
FY 2001 Engineering Mathematics II 4 1 - 5 4
FY 2002P Engineering Physics 3 1 - 4 3
Technical English and
FY 2003E 2 - 2 4 3
Communication Skills
FY2004EN Environmental Science 3 - 0 3 3
FY 2005 Programming in C 3 1 - 4 3
FY 2006G Engineering Graphics 2 - 6 8 5
FY 2051P Engineering Physics Lab - - 3 3 2
FY 2052 C Programming Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 3001 Engineering Mathematics III 4 1 - 5 4
IT3002 Basic Electrical Engineering 4 - - 4 4
IT 3003 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 1 - 4 3
IT 3004 Data Structures 4 1 - 5 4
IT 3005 Computer Organization 4 - - 4 4
IT 3006 Principles of Operating System 4 - - 4 4
IT 3051 Data structures Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 3052 Communication Skills Lab - - 2 2 1
IT 4001 Probability and Statistics 4 1 - 5 4
IT 4002 Data Base Management Systems 4 - - 4 4
Operating System: Use and
IT 4003 3 2 - 5 4
Configuration
IT 4004 Object Oriented Programming 4 1 - 5 4
IT 4005 Basic Electronics 4 - - 4 4
IT 4051 - - 3 3 2
Lab
Object Oriented Programming
IT 4052 - - 3 3 2
Lab
IT 4053 Operating Systems Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 5001 Software Engineering 3 1 - 4 3
Advanced Data Base
IT 5002 3 2 - 5 4
Management System
IT 5003 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 4 - - 4 4
IT 5004 Java Programming 4 1 - 5 4
IT 5005 Computer Networks 4 - - 4 4
IT 5006 Distributed Systems 4 - - 4 3
IT 5051 Java Programming Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 5052 Networking Lab - - 3 3 2
Fundamentals Of Computer
IT 6001 4 - - 4 4
Vision
IT 6002 Data Warehousing 4 - - 4 4
Engineering Economics and
IT 6003 3 1 - 4 3
Management
IT 6004 Network Security 4 1 - 5 4
Web Programming and
IT 6005 4 1 - 5 4
Development
IT 6051 Computer Vision Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 6052 Data Warehousing Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 6053 Web Technologies Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 6054 Term Paper - 1 - 1 1
IT 7001 Operations Research 3 1 - 4 3
IT 7002 Data Mining 4 - - 4 4
Object Oriented Analysis and
IT 7003 3 2 - 5 4
Design
IT 4004 Wireless Networks 4 - - 4 4
IT 7005 Elective-I 4 - - 4 3
IT 7005A Industry Need Based Elective
IT 7005B Artificial Intelligence
IT 7005C Software Project Management
IT 7005D Grid Computing
IT 7005E Network Management Systems
IT 7006 Elective-II 4 - - 4 3
IT 7006A Industry Need Based Elective
IT 7006B Real Time Systems
IT 7006C Design Patterns
Introduction To Main-Frame
IT 7006D
Systems
IT 7006E Virtual Reality
IT 7051 Data Mining Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 7052 Wireless Networks Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 7053 Mini Project - 1 2 3 1
IT 8001 Software Testing Methodologies 4 - - 4 4
IT 8002 Elective III 4 - - 4 4
IT 8002A Information Retrieval Systems
IT 8002B Advanced Computer Architecture
IT 8002C Bioinformatics
IT 8002D E-Commerce
IT 8002E Industry Need Based Elective
IT 8003 Elective IV 4 - - 4 4
IT 8003A Soft Computing
Business Intelligence And Its
IT 8003B
Application
IT 8003C Principles Of TCP/IP
IT 8003D Middleware Technologies
IT 8003E Pattern Recognition
IT 8051 Software Testing Tools Lab - - 3 3 2
IT 8052 Major Project - 3 9 12 12
Total 153 28 72 253 206
#
Seminars, project works may be considered as practical
Table 3.1: Curriculum Structure
The distribution of the courses in the curriculum is shown in Figure3.1, indicates that 60% of
contact hours are allocated for theoretical sessions and 40% of the contact hours are utilized for
designing the engineering problems and implementing the programs in the labs.
60.50%
28.50%
11%
Lecture Hours Tutorial Hours Practical Hours
Figure 3.1: Contact hour allocation of the curriculum
3.1.2. Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses Prerequisite flow chart (5)
(Draw the schematic of the prerequisites of the courses in the curriculum)
Figure 3.2 Prerequisite chart
3.1.3. Justify how the program curriculum satisfies the program specific criteria
(10)
(Justify how the program curriculum satisfies the program specific criteria specified by the
American professional societies relevant to the program under accreditation)
Program specific Criteria for Information Technology and Similarly Named Computing
Programs specified as per Lead Society: CSAB
CSAB (Computer Science Accreditation Board) includes the Association for Computing
Machinery (ACM) and the IEEE Computer Society (IEEE-CS),
The program specific criteria given by CSAB
A. Coverage of the fundamentals of
1. The core information technologies of information management, human computer
interaction, programming, networking, web systems and technologies.
Information management
The courses in this module provide an efficient knowledge in designing and
managing the large databases and develop their own databases to solve real world
problems. . With the study of Data Modeling, SQL and normalization, the students
are able to illustrate query processing and optimization techniques. With the study
of data mining models and algorithms, the students acquires the sufficient
knowledge to cluster or predict the data. The study of these courses makes the
student to select and apply proper data mining algorithms to build analytical
applications. Also enables the student to analyze the data for extracting relevant
information from huge data. The courses specified in this module focus on design
models to predict future trends for decision making.
Advanced Data Base Management Systems
Data Warehousing
Data Mining
Information Retrieval Systems
The programming courses helps the students in identifying appropriate data

structures and algorithms for a given contextual problems. The study of these
courses enhances the programming skills of the students. In addition, students are
able to interpret event handling techniques and develop client/server applications
by learning Event Handling and AWT Components. With the study of Object
Oriented Programming Concepts , the students develop solutions for a real time
problem. The Study of HTML and DHTML enables the students to develop Static
and Dynamic Web pages.
Programming
Programming in C
Data Structures
Object Oriented Programming
Java Programming
Web Programming and Development
The study of the courses included in this module equips the students with the
knowledge and understanding in the design, building, assessment or
management of advanced data communication networks. The students get
familiar with wireless networking concepts, network tools, network
programming and contemporary issues in networking technologies. The
students are demonstrated with the Wireless techniques with transmission
technologies which can be applied in mobile based applications. The course
enables the students to analyze the recovery techniques and implement
distributed file system in network file system.
Networking
Computer Networks
Network Security
Distributed Systems
Wireless Networks
Principles of TCP/IP
The study of these courses provides an insight of developing effective user

interfaces including the design of menus and other interaction styles. With the
study of Computer Vision algorithms, Students will be able to develop vision
techniques to real time applications. The students acquire the knowledge in the
core information technologies of human computer interaction with the study of
Artificial Intelligence techniques which can be used to design knowledge based,
adaptive systems. The study of web methodologies helps to design and
implement web applications. With the study of UML models the students will be
able to represent the possible interactions between the instances. Through
servelets and JSP, the students acquire sufficient knowledge in designing the
interfaces. The student performance will be enhanced by implementing
intelligence tools with hand on experience.

Computer Vision
Object Oriented Analysis & Design
Web Programming and Development
Artificial Intelligence
Business Intelligence and its Applications
2. Information assurance and security
The students can understand, apply and manage information assurance and
security in computing, communication or organizational systems with the
security mechanisms, authentication and intrusion detection.
Information Assurance & Security

Network Security
E-Commerce
Advanced Data Base Management Systems
Network Management Systems
Information Retrieval Systems
3. System administration and maintenance.

The process of information sharing and communication systems will be
understood by the students through network architectures and protocols. The
students are able to interpret data transmission techniques on various
connected media.
System Administration & Maintenance

Computer Networks
Network Management Systems
Principles of Operating Systems
Operating System : Use and Configuration
Distribution Systems
4. System integration and architecture.

The courses provide the student with a detail understanding of computer
hardware and system software. Additionally, systems integration process,
approaches, drivers, tools and techniques were also covered. The students get
familiar with the industry standard testing tools for assuring the software
quality.
System Integration & Architecture

Computer Organization
Advanced Computer Architecture
Software Engineering
Software Project Management
Software Testing Methodologies
B. Advanced course work that builds on the fundamental course work to provide
depth.
Data Warehousing, Data Mining, Wireless Networks and all elective courses are
the advanced courses that builds on the fundamental course work to provide
depth
Advanced Courses that provide depth

Data Warehousing
Data Mining
Wireless Networks
Software Testing Methodologies
Business Intelligence And Its Applications
Grid Computing
3.2. State components of Curriculum and their relevance to POs and PEOs (15)
Program curriculum grouping based on different components
The institutional guidelines on the distribution of curriculum to various components is shown in
Table 3.2
S.No Courses Weightage
1 Basic Science Core Courses 10-15%
2 Basic Engineering Science Core Courses 12-20%
3 Humanities and Social Science Core Courses 2-5%
4 Professional Courses and Electives 55-65%
5 Major Project 4-6%
6 Mandatory Learning Courses 2-3%
7 Personality Development Courses: One Personality development course in each 1%
semester of 3rd year is offered. Each course carries one credit. Students have to
participate and achieve satisfactory level of performance in these courses
Student Practice Courses: Students are offered from 2nd year onwards. Each course
carries one credit. Student will have to participate and achieve satisfactory level of
performance in order to earn the credit in each course. Students have to acquire a
minimum of 2 credits before completion of 6th semester of B.Tech.
Industry Practice: Students should undergo summer training for a
minimum of 2 weeks.
Self learning: Students should prepare and submit a report on a totally new
topic relevant to the programme.
Co-Curricular participation: Student should have participated in Technical
Quizzes/Student paper contest/Seminars/Conferences etc.,
Extra-curricular participation: Student should have participated in Sports &
8 Games/Cultural activities/Drawing/ Photography etc., 1%
National Service Scheme(NSS): Student should have enrolled as a member
of NSS at least for one semester.
National Cadet Corps(NCC): Cadet of NCC for a minimum period of one
year.
Table 3.2 Distribution of curriculum
Distribution of courses in the Curriculum Content Total number Total Number Pos PEOs
program curriculum of UG in (% of total number of contact of credits
IT in various components is of credits of the hours
as shown in table 2Course program )
Component
Mathematics and Basic 14 38 29 a,b,d 1, 2
Sciences
Basic Engineering courses 16 40 32 a, b, c 1, 2
HSS 7 19 15 f, g, h, i, j 3
Professional core 56 140 116 a, b, c, d, 1, 2, 3

e, k, l
Electives 7 16 14 e, k 1, 2
Table 3.3 Distribution of curriculum under different components
The curriculum components and their relevance to the Pos and PEOs is specified in Table 3.3.
The course components distribution of IT program is compared with well reputed National level
institutions that include IIT Delhi, IIT Chennai, IIT Roorke which is shown in Figure 3.3.
60
50
40
VRSECIT
30
IITD
20 IITC
IITR
10
0
Basic Sciences Engineering HSS Professional Electives
courses core
Figure 3.3 : Course content distribution of VRSEC-IT compared with well reputed national
level institutions
1. Mathematics and Basic sciences
The Courses under this components covers topics such as ordinary and partial
differential equations, Differential , Integral and vector Calculus, Fourier series and
transforms, Numerical methods, Relations and graphs, Distributions, Inferences
concerning Means and Variances and Queuing Theory for solving engineering
problems
2. Basic Engineering Courses
The study of topics like Moment of Inertia of Plane Figures & Rigid Bodies,
Kinematics, Basic Manufacturing Methods, Electrochemistry and Electrochemical
energy systems, Civil Engineering Materials, Power Transmission and Plants,
Forces and Friction, Electricity and semiconductors, Magnetic circuits,
Transformers builds the student with the ability to analyse real life problems, design
and provide appropriate solutions that are socially acceptable which enhances
excellence in professional career
3. Humanities & Social Sciences(HSS)
The focus will be on the courses related to communications, Ethics, Operations
Research and Environment Science. Main topics are Solid waste management,
Energy resources, Theory of Games, Project Management. The awareness of these
courses, make the student to function and communicate effectively in teams for
computing the problem with global impact maintaining professionalism and ethical
attitude.
4. Professional Core
As per the program specific criteria developed by CSAB, the core courses cover the
all topics envisaged by professional bodies.
5. Electives
The advanced core courses that build on the fundamental course work to provide
depth are included in this component.
3.3. State Core Engineering subjects and their relevance to Program Outcomes
including design experience
(Describe how the core engineering subjects in the curriculum are giving the learning
experience with the complex engineering problems)
Following are the core engineering courses and their relevance to POs:
IT 4002 Database Management Systems

This course is a hand on introduction to database systems, namely their internal
architecture, data structures, mathematical concepts and use. Expose the students, the
concepts of data modeling and database design principles. Students will able to
emphasis on the use of DBMS in solving information processing problems which will
include database design case studies as well as SQL programming assignments. A class
project may be assigned to each team. Also, students will aware the concepts of storage
devices, data administration, and database administration, as well as database analysis,
design, and implementation. The projects are intended to introduce students to
challenging engineering design problems, including real world difficulties of integrating
with legacy code inside a production database design. Hands on and group based
projects are required during the semester, there by students will communicate ideas
effectively. The course provides a capstone design experience.
IT 5002 Advance Database Management Systems

The students will examine the basic ideas and techniques underlying the design of large
database and management of the systems. The course also provides an understanding of
new developments and trends such as Internet database environment and Database
connection management. The course intended to introduce students to challenging
engineering design problems. Course uses a problem-based approach to learning.
Students will familiarize Query Processing and Evaluation algorithms for recurring
computational problems. Empirical benchmarking exercises require students to go
beyond design and implementation. Project requirements definitely contribute to
program objectives in that students learn to design systems to meet desired needs.
IT 6002 Data Warehousing

The course provides approximately 75% design experience. This course is a study of the
techniques for design and construction of data warehouse. A specific focus will be given
to various principles and techniques for Dimensional modeling, ETL, Data Quality and
Cleansing, and OLAP. This course introduces students to data warehousing concepts and
emphasizes hands on approach to reinforce the theory. Star schema, fact tables and
dimension tables will be examined. Multi-dimensional databases are emphasized. A
team project will be used to handle the process of moving data from an OLTP system to a
DW with management reports through the cube and pivotal tables. Business Intelligence
tools will be used to develop OLAP cubes and Microsoft Excel for OLAP reporting. The
course is fully design and implementation oriented.
IT 7002 Data Mining

This course gives a wide exposition of data mining techniques and their software tools.
Topics include: association analysis, classification, clustering, numeric prediction, pattern
discovery in sequential data, and Bayesian networks. The students will do programming
project and assignments which explore the ways of implementing data mining concepts
and techniques. The project and assignments require the use of tools and skills learned in
this course and programming skills in a programming language. The understanding of
the subject is assessed via coursework and written examination. The coursework includes
a data mining mini project. The project provides students an opportunity to go through
every stage of the data mining process and make decisions and judgement over issues
such as pre-processing, mining, evaluation and interpretation. The project aims to
enhance the knowledge and understanding of the subject through a practical experience.
The course, which is a reputation for demanding assignment/project work, is
approximately 70% design.
IT5001 Software Engineering
Software Engineering is a course which provides a significant hands-on design
experience. The course introduces the concepts of software engineering and various
process models that emphasize the students to select an appropriate process model for a
given project. The course contains the software engineering practices that are to be
followed at different stages during the development of product and the principles of
design that can be implemented in project work. The course also focuses on testing,
debugging and estimation that makes the students to formulate the test plans. The
students are given the assignments such as 1) develop data flow diagrams for a given
application, 2) specify the valid requirements 3) build the model that helps the student to
explore the concepts during the problem design. The concepts that were introduced in
this course help the students in their project work in writing code that is robust and bug
free. The course is approximately 60% design and provides an excellent software design
experience.
IT 4004 Object Oriented Analysis And Design

This course will cover concepts of object-oriented analysis and design techniques, Unified
Process (an iterative methodology), and Unified Modelling Language (UML). Using a
case-cantered, scenario-based approach, the learner will be able to apply object-oriented
concepts and modelling techniques to simulate real-life situations. Students are exposed
to use a UML-based software tool for modelling the software development process, and
will experience the transition from UML diagrams to program code. Topics to be
discussed will include CRC technique, software development methodologies,
requirements gathering and analysis, system architecture and design, implementation,
testing and deployment. The study of this course helps in design part for the project work
IT8001 Software Testing Methodologies

Software testing methodologies is a course that introduces the need for testing,
consequences of bugs and various testing methodologies. With the study of this course
the student can understand the process of validating and verifying a computer
application so that the requirements of the stakeholder are met and satisfied. The course
introduces various testing methodologies that can be implemented for their projects in
finding the software bugs. The student will be aware of implementing the testing
method at different stages during the development of process. Students will be able to
specify the test cases for a given project. The students work in teams of 4 to 5 members
implementing the testing methodologies for a given application. The concepts are
explained through lecture hours and implementation is done through tutorial hours.
IT3005 Computer Organization

Computer Organization is a course that provides an in-depth understanding of the inner
workings of digital computer system. Students learn the working of digital logic circuits
and various digital components. The course covers Register Transfer Language, Micro
Programmed control, Memory and input output organization. With the study of this
course, the students will understand the steps to be followed internally during the
execution of an instruction. With these concepts the students gain the basic knowledge in
developing the programs in Assembly language.
IT 4005 Operating Systems

This course teaches the basic concepts of the operating system. The subject covers the
CPU scheduling, Memory Management, Thread management and Virtual memory.
Students are exposed to resolve the Deadlock problem and synchronization problems.
The concepts were explained through lecture hours and the problems were implemented
through tutorial hours. The students are asked to develop the case studies that include
the comparative analysis about any concept of operating system or comparison between
the different versions of same operating systems.
IT 4003 Operating Systems: Use and Configuration

Operating Systems: Use and Configuration is a course which provides hands on
experience to the students. The course introduces the administrative tasks and desktop
environments. With the study of this course, the students are exposed to configure the
web servers and FTP servers. The students are given the assignments to create the file
directories with access control and develop shell scripting for the given problem. Students
will be aware of latest windows environment features. This is of more practical course
which needs more implementation. The students are given the tasks to configure the
systems and install the OS.
IT 5006 Distributed Systems

The course provides the overview of design principles and issues in developing the
distributed systems, namely the internal working communication process in different
distributed environments. The course coverage includes basics of distributed system;
ability to connect remote users with remote resources in an open and scalable way;
distributed operating system design issues, consistency, failure and file system models ,
distributed system application design and use. Moreover designs must aim to provide
inter-operability, transparency and autonomy. The first involves the efficient remote
system communication through RMI using Java Object oriented concepts and also
through messages; software and hardware design concepts; the second involves
algorithm design of synchronized clocks in both physical and logical; and the third
includes the different distributed shared memory consistency models including effect of
fault tolerance. Emphasis of this module is on gaining understanding of the principles
and concepts that are used to design distributed systems and experience of software
platforms which underpin their development. The coursework is comprised of homework
assignments, case studies; these assignment works are intended to introduce students to
challenging engineering design problems.
IT 5003 Design and Analysis of Algorithms

This course introduces students about algorithm specifications and different areas of
algorithms like design, analysis. Students will examine different design techniques like
divide and conquer dynamic programming etc... The main intention of this course is to
introduce students to challenging engineering design problems. Course uses a problem-
based approach to learning. A specific focus will be given to various principles and
techniques for solving optimization problems. Different types of problems like NP hard
NP complete were also introduced and applicable in all most all engineering disciplines.
IT 3004 Data Structures

This course introduces the requirement of different data structures in computer science
area and wide applications of them. Students are exposed to both linear and non-linear
data structures and basic operations like searching insertion deletion and sorting. All the
data structures along with the operations are practically implemented using C language.
Every student is given a scenario where some basic programming has to be implemented
using a specific data structure as home assignment. This enables the student to explore
the concepts learnt and identify which data structure suits the objective. Apart from this
the student answers the tutorial papers which are designed in a pattern of guided
enquiry learning. With this exercise the student raises interest in the subject as well as
improves his learning methodologies.
IT 4004 Object Oriented Programming

The aim of the course is to help the students to gain a better understanding of OO design
and program implementation by using OO language features. The course provides the
students an insight into object oriented programming concepts and also provides
practical programming experience to solve engineering problems. Students will be able
to analyze simple programming problem specifications and design a high-level solution
to the problem using functional abstraction and general object oriented programming
language constructs. This course provides in-depth coverage of object-oriented
programming principles and techniques using C++. Topics include classes and objects,
data abstraction, information hiding, encapsulation, function overloading, operator
overloading, inheritance, polymorphism, file processing, templates, exception handling
and File I/O. Understanding of the subject is assessed through home assignments,
internal exams and programming quizzes. At the end of the course the students will be
comfortable with all the major features of the language, including pointers, dynamic
storage allocation, classes, abstract types, inheritance, and templates to become
proficient in writing high-performance C++ programs.
IT 5004 Java Programming

This course provides students with insight into Java SDK environment to create, debug
and run simple Java programs with differentiate procedural, object-based, object-
oriented and generic programming. Students are exposed to create and deploy
applications as well as event driven Graphical User Interface (GUI) programming.
Students will also able to organize program code into modules using methods and
method access control to ensure modularity and abstraction. The topics include the
concept of OOP as well as the purpose and usage principles of inheritance,
polymorphism, encapsulation and method overloading, packages and listing the various
packages available in Java. The students may describe the use of containers and layout
managers and select an appropriate GUI component for a given I/O task. The students
will familiarize how Internet clients and servers communicate using protocols like TCP
and sockets and the structure of relational databases and SQL commands.
Understanding of the subject is assessed thorough home assignments, exams and
programming contests. Also a mini project may be given at the end of course. The
course will help the students in doing their major project in turn help in lifelong learning.
IT 6005 Web Programming

This course provides the students with hands on experience with a study of the
techniques for design and construction of Dynamic Websites. The course mainly focuses
on various HTML elements and DHTML, Java Script, CSS, XML, JSP, Servlets. With these
concepts the students are explored to Develop Online Applications dynamically and learn
how to maintain databases like sql, mysql, oracle, etc..,. The students are given the
assignments to develop Web based applications using Servlets and JSP. Students can
develop interactive applications such as Client Server Architecture. This course provides
approximately 75% design experience. Theoretical concepts will be explained through
contact hours and implementation can be done through tutorial and lab hours. With the
study of this course the students can implement the web programming in their project
works.
Computer Networks
This course starts with the basic information of how a network can be designed, possible
choice of various models for designing a network. The students will be able to
understand the protocol layer specific communication between two trusted entities. They
will analyse the possible attacks on a network to interrupt the transmission and mislead
the communication between different entities. Students will be able to analyse the
shortest path over which data can be transmitted, able to design a routing protocol
implementing security mechanisms for secure transmission of data from sender to the
receiver. The understanding of the subject can be assessed based on course work,
assignments and through implementation on a specific platform. The students can
design a network topology with the available networking elements and can implement a
routing protocol along with a secure mechanism ensuring the error free transmission of
data.
Wireless Networks
Students will get to know the various multiple access techniques available in mobile
communications. They will analyse the differences between the wired and wireless
networks along with the techniques available to establish a communication line between
two parties. They should design a project implementing the multiple access techniques
over wireless medium between two mobile nodes, distinguishing the forward and reverse
channels over the medium ensuring the effective full-duplex communication. Students
can be assessed based on their project work, assessments and course work. Students will
get to know the latest mobile technologies available for communication like Bluetooth,
infrared, various network architectures like GSM, CDMA etc. The study will be exposed to
various wireless parameters like signal strength, coverage area, Mobile IP.
3.4. Industry interaction/internship (10)
(Give the details of industry involvement in the program such as industry attached
laboratories and partial delivery of courses and internship opportunities for students)
A expert from Industry is considered to be a member of Board of Studies who
takes active role in the curriculum design
The institution has MOUs with Virtusa, a multinational company
headquartered at Massachusetts, USA to strengthen the relationships with
industry
Department is active member with Infosys campus connect program.
Students are provided and given internship facility in INFOSYS Pvt Limited,
Hyderabad for completion of project work.
The department has conducted a workshop on Data Warehousing Tools for
B.Tech III/IV students and invited Mr. Rajesh Vasireddy. Technology Lead, Infosys
Pvt Ltd to train the students with the concepts of Business Intelligence and Data
Warehousing Tools.
UG program has an industry need based elective. These courses are delivered by
industry experts through webinars apart from regular faculty Experts from
Infosys delivers lectures via video conference.
Faculty participates in faculty development programs conducted by Infosys and
TCS.
Department organizes several workshops with industry experts for the benefit of
the students.
3.5. Curriculum Development (15)

3.5.1. State the process for designing the program curriculum (5)
(Describe the process that periodically documents and demonstrates how the program
curriculum is evolved considering PEOs and POs)
The department has taken several measures in framing the curriculum for the
attainment of the program outcomes. Various workshops and seminars were
conducted on the aspects of curriculum design to enrich the faculty with the best
practices.
An awareness of PEOs / Pos and the relevance to program criteria by Dr S. Kode.
A workshop on Curriculum Design by Dr.N.J.Rao, from Bangalore.
- Several ideas were provided to faculty regarding identification of
domains, subjects to be grouped, content framing towards the benefit of
the students.
- Interactive sessions were held for better understanding on design steps
Course outcomes and learning resource design by Dr. D.V.L.N. Somayajulu
After these awareness workshops detailed procedure as shown in figure 3.4 is followed
to design the curriculum.
Figure 3.4: Curriculum development process
3.5.2. Illustrate processes to improve courses and curriculum (10)

(Articulate the process involved in identifying the requirements for improvements in courses
and curriculum and provide the evidence of continuous improvement of courses and
curriculum)
Following is the process in identifying the requirements for improvements in the
curriculum and is shown in Figure 3.5.
The process is initiated by Department Advisory Board for the improvement of
the curriculum
To redefine, the feedback data on existing curriculum is gathered through direct
and indirect assessment methods.
To improve the courses, the collected data is analyzed to identify the need for
redefining.
Based on identified changes in terms of courses, data on future, current industry
need, program outcomes, program educational objectives, the administrative
system like BOS, Academic Council and Program Assessment Committee involve
appropriate actions to revise the curriculum
Figure 3.5: Process involved in improving the curriculum
3.6. Course Syllabi(5)

(Include, in appendix, a syllabus for each course used. Syllabi format should be consistent and
shouldnt exceed two pages.)
The syllabi format may include:
Department, course number, and title of course
Designation as a required or elective course
Pre-requisites
Contact hours and type of course (lecture, tutorial, seminar, project etc.,.)
Course Assessment methods(both continuous and semester end assessment)
Course outcomes
Topics covered
Text books, and/or reference material
The course syllabi is enclosed in APPENDIX VII
4. Students Performance in the Programme (75)
Admission Intake in the Programme
Item CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 CAYm3
Sanctioned Intake Strength in the 120 120 120 120
program (N)
Number of total admitted students in 120 120 120 120
first year minus Number of students
migrated to other programmes at the
end of 1st year (N1)
Number of laterally admitted --- 24 24 13
students in 2nd year in the same
batch (N2)
Number of total admitted students in 120 144 144 133
the program (N1 + N2)
Table 4.1: Program Admission details
4.1. Success Rate (20)
Provide data for the past 7 batches of students (Successfully completed implies zero
Backlogs)
Year of Entry Number of Numbers of Numbers of Numbers of Numbers of

(in reverse Students Students Students Students Students
chronological Admitted in 1st successfully successfully successfully successfully
order year + completed completed completed completed
Admitted 1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year
laterally in 2nd
year (N1 + N2)
CAY 120 - - - -
CAYm1 120+24 72 - - -
CAYm2 120+24 118 68 - -
CAYm3 120+13 50 45 77 -
CAYm4 (LYG) 120+13 61 44 63 101
CAYm5 120+10 93 51 82 121
(LYGm1)
CAYm6 59+6 31 35 30 55
(LYGm2)
Table 4.2: Students success rate of recent four years of the program
Success rate
100
Percentage of student successfully 90
80
70
passed in 4 years
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
LYG(133) LYGm1(130) LYGm2(65)
Graduation Year (Number of Students Admitted)
Figure 4.1: Success chart of students
Success Rate = 20 * Mean of Success Index (SI) for past 3 batches

SI = (Number of students who cleared the program in the minimum period of
course duration)
DIVIDED BY
(Number of students admitted in the first year of that batch and laterally
admitted in 2nd year)
Item LYG LYGm1 LYGm2

(CAYm4) (CAYm5) (CAYM6)
Number of students admitted in the 133 130 65
corresponding First Year + laterally admitted
in 2nd year
Number of students who have graduated in 101 121 55
4 years
Success Index (SI) 0.75 0.93 0.84
Table 4.3: Student success index showing students successfully completed
graduation in 4 years
Av. SI = 0.84
Success Rate = 20 * Av. SI =16.80
4.2. Academic Performance (20)
Academic Performance = 2 * API

Where API = Academic Performance Index
= Mean of Cumulative Grade Point Average of all successful
Students on a 10 point CGPA System
OR
= Mean of the percentage of marks of all successful students / 10

(CAYm4) (CAYm5) (CAYm6)
Approximating the API by the
following mid-point analysis
9 < Number of students with CGPA < 0 0 0
10.0
8 < Number of students with CGPA < 18 29 7
9.0
7<=8 42 63 28
6<=7 36 28 17
5<=6 5 1 3
Total 101 121 55
Approximating API by Mid-CGPA
Mean of CGPA/Percentage of all the 7.72 7.4 7.17
students (API)
Table 4.4: Student Academic Performance
Academic Performance
Percentage of Students(%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40 7<CGPA<8
30
20 8<CGPA<9.0
10
0
LYG LYGm1 LYGm2
Year
Figure 4.2: Improvement in Academic performance
Av. API = 7.43

Academic Performance = 2 x Av. API = 14.86
4.3. Placement and Higher Studies (20)
Assessment Points = 20 * (x + 1.25 * y) / N

Where x = Number of students placed,
y = Number of students admitted for higher studies with valid
qualifying scores/ranks,
N = Total number of students who were admitted in the batch
including lateral entry.
subject to Max. Assessment Points = 20.

(2008-09) (2007-08) (2006-07)
Number of Admitted students 133 130 65
corresponding to LYG including lateral
entry (N)
Number of students who obtained jobs as 79 93 16
per the record of placement office (x1)
Number of students who found 18 10 10
employment otherwise at the end of the
final year (x2)
x = x1+ x2 97 103 26
Number of students who went for higher 3 6 11
studies with valid qualifying scores/ranks
(y)
Assessment Point 15.15 16.87 12.05

Table 4.5: Details of students placed and opted for higher studies
100
90
Percentage of Students(%)
80
70
60
50 LYG
40 LYGM1
30
LYGM2
20
10
0
Through T&P cell Through Other Gone for Higher
means Studies
Figure 4.3: Progress of Placements and Higher Studies for last 3 years
Av. Assessment Points = 14.69
4.4. Professional Activities (15)
4.4.1. Professional societies/ chapters and organizing engineering events (3)
Department of Information Technology has two student chapters
o CSI Student Chapter
o ACM- Student Chapter
o I E Student Chapter
The Engineering events under CSI and ACM chapters are listed below
2010-11:
1. A course on Certificate in Information Technology (C.I.T) is launched in the
department in collaboration with IIIT Hyderabad on 07-07-2010.
2. A one day Seminar on Recent trends in Image Processing is organized by the
department with Prof E. Sreenivasa Reddy, Vice Principal, University College of
Engineering and Technology on 04-09-2010.
3. A Guest lecture on Applications of Data Mining in Banking Domain was organized with
Mr. K V. N. M Ramesh, Vignans LARA Engineering College Guntur on 30-08-2010.
4. A One day seminar on Introduction to Linux Operating System was conducted by Mr
M.Siddhartha of SWECHA on 20-09-2010
5. A Two day workshop on Faculty Professional Skills Improvement Program was
organized with Dr Suresh on 07th and 08th of November, 2010
6. A Two day workshop on IT Security and Ethical Hacking Organized by Dr.T.Arun Kumar
of INNOVIANS Technologies on 27-28th November 2010.
2011-12
1. A Faculty Enablement Program in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence is
conducted in collaboration with Infosys Industries Ltd from 13th to 17th, June 2011.
2. A one day hands on training program on Data base Retrieval was conducted on 17th
August 2011 by Mr. V. Rajesh from Microsoft.
3. A two day seminar on Linux Operating System was conducted for U.G students of in-
house and outside students under SWETCHA program on October 22nd and 23rd 2011.
4. A one day faculty development program on Research trends in Data Mining by Prof.
Ganapathi Panda, Deputy Director IIT- Buvaneswar and Dr. Retanjali Majhi NIT Warangal
on 7th Dec 2011.
2012-13
1. A two day workshop was conducted by VRSACM in association with SWECHA on 24thand
25thAugust 2012 related to the topics Introduction to Free Software by Speaker:
A.Ashish (Member- Swecha Executive & Resource manager, PMO TCS), Python Speaker:
SrikanthVavilla(Member- Swecha Developers workgroup & Freelance IT security
Consultant. Topic: Software Testing Methodology & Automation Tools. Speaker: S. Vijay
Chandra (Member- Swecha Executive, Developer & Consultant Deloitte Consulting India
Pvt. Ltd, Hyderabad).
2. A four day workshop was conducted by VRSACM on in association with SWECHA on from
22nd to 23rd and from 29th to 30th September 2012 related to the topics Android
Application development by the Speaker A.Ashish (Member- Swecha Executive &
Resource manager, PMO TCS).
3. A Two day Workshop was conducted by VRSACM from 15th and 16th November related
to the topic Green Computing Technology and Innovation
4. A one day workshop was conducted by VRSACM on 12th January 2013 related to the
topic Networked Systems.
4.4.2. Organization of paper contests, design contests etc. and their achievements
(3)
S. Name of the Paper / Achievements Event date

No Design contest
2010-11
1. Engineers day 16 students from our 15th September, 2010
AFOSEC logo college have presented
contest posters.
Debugging 43 technical papers have
Working been presented by
model exhibits students from various
Paper colleges.
presentation 8 working model have
been exhibited by III year
students
2. AFOSEC-11 LAN gaming was 28-29th January,2011
LAN gaming conducted for the
Paper students from different
presentation colleges.
Working 20 Papers from various
model exhibits colleges throughout the
country were selected.
3. Summit All students from the Biweekly
department participate
in the Summit events to
enhance their technical
and communication skills
2011-12
Poster contest college have presented
Debugging posters.
Project 15 technical papers have
Exhibits been presented by
Paper students from various
5 working models have
been exhibited by third
& final year Students
2. AFOSEC-12 Gaming was conducted 3-4th Feburary,2012
War Zone for the students from
Paper different colleges using
presentation LAN.
Model 20 Papers from various
exhibits colleges throughout the
country were selected.
3. Summit The agenda of Summit Biweekly
events is to encourage
the participation of
students and to improve
the quality of input in to
events
2012-13
Poster contest college have presented
Debugging posters.
Project 25 technical papers have
Exhibits been presented by
Paper students from various
5 working models have
been exhibited by third
& final year Students
2. Summit The agenda of Summit Biweekly
events is to encourage
the participation of
students and to improve
the quality of input in to
events
2. AFOSEC-13 LAN gaming 20-21st Feburary,2013
was
LAN gaming conducted for the
Paper students from different
Model 20 Papers from various
Presentation colleges throughout the
Poster country were selected.
Presentation
Table 4.6: Technical and Cultural events details
Major achievements
Improvement in Event management skills among the students
Exposure to outside world
Knowledge sharing among students from different areas of nation
Students & Faculty are benefited by understanding various upcoming technologies in the
field of research.
Models presented on Engineers day are presented in National institution competitions
with updates suggested by internal experts.
4.4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters etc. (3)

List the above publications along with the names of the editors, publishers etc.
1. Department has taken the opportunity of publishing e-newsletter which comprises the
Intra-mural events, technical innovations or activities conducted/participated.
Name of Editor: Head of the department
Editorial Board:
Faculty members: Ch.Srividhya, G.Jayalakshmi, S.Sriharsha, M.Ashok
Kumar
Student members: A. Sohail(IV/IV B.Tech), B. Satya Vathi(III/IV
B.Tech), Ch. Sruthi(II/IV B.Tech)
Publisher: Department of IT, VRSEC
2. Department technical magazine consisting of the articles by students research and

practical innovation
Name of Editor: Head of the department
Editorial Board:
Faculty members: Dr. G. Rama Koteswara Rao, M.Sunitha, K.Sita
Kumari, S. Suhasini
3. Annual Report
Name of the Editor: Head of the Department
Editorial Board:
Faculty Members: K. SitaKumari
4. House Journal
Name of Editor: Head, Department of English, PB Siddhartha College of Arts and
Science, Vijayawada.
Publisher: Siddhartha Academy of General and Technical Education, Vijayawada
4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs, innovations (3)
Specify the efforts and achievements
Item Events organised under Entrepreneurship Development

CAY Entrepreneurship Awareness Drive - 2012, by E-Cell IIT-
2012-2013 Kharagpur and VRSEC on 17/10/2012
Weber Organized by Dreamin, Bangalore on 22nd -23rd
February 2013
CAYm1 Entrepreneurship Development Cell is organizing one day
2011-2012 awareness programme on Credit Guarantee Scheme by
Association of Lady Entrepreneurs of Andhra Pradesh
(ALEAP) in association with CGTMSE, Mumbai on 18th Nov
2011.
An interactive session with Mr. G. Praveen Kumar, a young
technopreneur, is organized by Entrepreneurship
Development Cell on 8th July 2011.
An interactive session with successful entrepreneur of
(Dr.Ramachandra N Gall Chairman Amararaja Industries)
Tirupati has organized by Entrepreneurship Development
Cell on 9th July 2011.
CAYm2 Workshop on essential Photoshop is conducted by
2010-2011 Department of IT & E.D.C on 10-11-2010
Visit to ALEAP industrial estate, Surampalli to interact with
entrepreneurs.
An interactive session with successful entrepreneur of
Vijayawada has organized by Entrepreneurship
Development Cell on 7th Jul 10. Mr. Chandra Shekar,
General Manager, VILAN, has delivered a lecture on How to
become a successful entrepreneur.
A three day workshop from 9th to 11th Aug 10 conducted to
develop entrepreneurship qualities in students by Centre
for Entrepreneurship Development (CED).
Table 4.7: Entrepreneurship initiative details

4.4.5. Publications and awards in inter institute events by students of the
programme of study (3)
Include a Table having those publications, which fetch awards by students in the
events/conferences organized by other institutes. Include a tabulated list of all other
student publications in a separate annexure.
Item Awards Publications Awarded

fetched
Publications
Ch. AnjaniSruthiRatna won 2nd Prize in the
event semi classical dance at VRSEC.
P. Shalini won 2nd prize(100mts),1st
CAY 2012-
10 prize(200mts),2nd prize(400mts),3rd
2013
prize(800mts) in the event athletics at VRSEC.
N. Charmili won 2nd prize in the event
throwball at JNTUK-Inter college
competitions(MIC)
P.Dharmika won 2nd prize in the event throw
ball at JNTUK-Inter college competitions(MIC)
EdaraManogna won 2nd prize in Vivekananda
sevayagna contest at Ramakrishna mission.
EdaraManognawon 1st prize in tennicoit
(summit) at VRSEC
Tummalasiri and Lakshmi durga won 2nd
prize in tennicoit(summit) at VRSEC.
K.Rohitha is winner in quiz (summit) at
VRSEC.
Y.Sumanchandu, P. Ravi teja, T. Saisandeep,
D. Anuroop, L. Kali kiran, K. Naga murali, Sk.
Moulali won 1st prize in volleyball(summit) at
VRSEC.
P. Srikanth is winner in group dance at
PBSiddharthacollege.
Kota Virajitha,B. Navya L. N. P Boggavarapu, R
S.Vaddi and Hima Deepthi
Vankayalapati Simple and Effective
Techniques for Skew Correction, Slant
Correction and Core-Region Detection for
Cursive Word Recognition. published in
Springer series Advances in Intelligent and
Soft Computing, 2012, Volume 132/2012,
353-361, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-27443-
CAYm1
5_40
2011-2012 3
Amir Sohail and ch.Rishwant won 2nd Prize in
paper presentation titled Virtual Surgery at
NRI Institute of Technology, Guntur on 12-
13th September 2011.
Praveen Kumar.A and Nishant.B won 3rd
Prize in the event Village Planning at MGIT,
Hyderabad on 14th -17th September 2011.
N.S.L.Poojitha got 2nd Prize in the event of
Beg Borrow & Steel at KL University, Guntur
on 13th and 14th October 2011.
P.Anusha, V.Sravani and T.Neelima
participated National Conference on current
CAYm2 trends of Information Technology paper
2010-2011 10 presentation titled Audio Stegnagraphy at
SRKR Engineering college in 22nd and 23rd
feb-2011.
A.Harish, Afroz Sultana Published a paper in
International conference on Systematics
Cybernetics and Informatics paper titled
Morphological based approach to localize
the number plate- an Indian Context Jan 5th
to 8th 2011.
Pinnika Venkata rao,Palli Asif Basha,Ravilla
Manoj,R.Manoj Kumar got certification in
12th international conference on Disributed
computing & Networking-2011 at Banglore.2
5th Jan.
Shaik Mohd Zaheer Parvez presented paper
titled clustering of web search results using
suffix tree algorithm and avoidance of
repetition of same images in search results
using L point comparision algorithm
Publication in International conference on
Systematics Cybernatics and Informatics Jan
5th to 8th 2011.
G. Sukanth won 1st prize in paper
presentation at IIT Bhuvaneswar 14 16th
Jan-2011
V. Rajesh and P.Sridhar won 1st prize for
paper presentation Titled Image
Segmentation using Edge and Contour
Detection National level Conference on
current trends of Information Technology
Organised by SRKR Engineering college in
22nd and 23rd Feb-2011.
S.Maheswara Sai secured 1st Prize in Paper
Presentation at Andhra Loyola Institute of
Engineering and Technology 25th Feb 2011
V.N.S.Chaitanya,M.Rishwant,S.Maheswara
Sai and K.Srividhya won runner prize in paper
presentation at Lakireddy Balireddy College
of Engineering in 4th March-2011.
M. Rishwanth and V.Lava Kumar won 2nd
prize in Iquest at Gayatri college of
Engineering in 2011.
Shaik Mohd Zaheer Parvez has published a
paper in ICETECT in clustering of web search
results using suffix tree algorithm and
avoidance of repetition of same images in
search results using L point comparison
algorithm 23-24th March 2011.
V. Aneesha, G. B. Krishna, A. Mounica, and R.
S. Vaddi, "Cumulative probabilistic approach
based histogram equalization for contrast
enhancement," in International Conference
on Systemics, Cybernetics and
Informatics Hyderabad: Pentagram Research,
2011
Table 4.8: Student interaction with the outside world details
5. Faculty Contributions (175)
List of Faculty Members: Exclusively for the Program / Shared with other
Programs
journals and conferences since joining

Name of the Distribution of
Designation and Date of Joining the

Qualification University and year of
Number of research publications in
Inter-action with outside world

Faculty teaching load (%)
Holding an incubation unit

R&D
graduation
Institution
and
IPR
PG & Other
Consulta
I Year
UG
ncy
work
with
amount
Dr.A.Koteswara Rao Ph.D, Professor & - 100 - 12 - UGC-MRP.

2009 Head
5 - 4 -10
Dr. Ph.D, Professor - 50 50 2 - Institute IT
G.RamaKoteswara 2011 01-06-12 Support/Ser
Rao vices for
Academic
Institutions
M.Suneetha M.Tech, Associate - 100 - 5 - Computing
2001 Professor Curriculum
5-10-09 & content
for schools
K.Sita kumari M.Tech, Associate - 100 - 3 - MIS(College
2007 Professor Manageme
11-12-07 nt
Information
system
S.Suhasini M.Tech, Associate - 100 - 3 - Autonomou
2007 Professor s Activities
11-12-07 Manageme
nt
G.Jaya Lakshmi M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 2 - Institute IT
2009 Professor Support/Ser
19-8-2005 vices for
Academic
Institutions
B.L.N.Phaneendra M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 7 - Computing
kumar 2008 Professor Curriculum
17-9-08 and content
for Schools
V.Radhe syam M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 7 - Computing
27-7-07 and content
for Schools
M.Ashok kumar M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Web
2008 Professor Developme
1-8-07 nt for
Schools/ind
ustry
Y.Sangeetha M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Institute IT
2008 Professor Support/Ser
11-6-07 vices for
Academic
Institutions
T.L.Surekha M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Web
22/01/08 nt for
Schools/ind
ustry
P.Madhavi Latha M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - MIS(College
1-8-07 nt
Information
system
S.Kranthi M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Autonomou
23-1-08 Manageme
nt
K.Pranathi M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Skill based
2011 Professor course
17-1-07 offering
with CMTES
P.Ramadevi M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - MIS(College
25-9-06 nt
Information
System)
A.Srisaila M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Autonomou
2008 Professor s activities
22-1-08 Manageme
nt
S.Sriharsha M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Web
11-2-09 nt for
Schools/ind
ustry
Y.Sandeep M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Computing
25-9-10 and content
for Schools
M.Varun M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Web
29-9-10 nt for
Schools/ind
ustry
D.Madhavi M.Tech, Assistant - 50 50 1 - Skill based
2009 Professor Course
1-10-10 offering
with CMTES
Ch.Srividya M.Tech, Assistant - 50 50 1 - MIS(College
27-9-10 nt
Information
System)
K.Madhavi M.Tech, Assistant - 50 50 1 - Skill based
2010 Professor course
5-1-11 offering
with CMTES
N.Praveena M.Tech, Assistant - 50 50 1 - Autonomou
7-1-11 Manageme
nt
S.Sunitha M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Computing
19-8-05 and content
for Schools
G.Geetha M.Tech, Assistant - 100 - 1 - Web
2-1-06 nt for
Schools/ind
ustry
Y.Bhanusree M.Tech Assistant - 100 - 1 - Computing
08-06-11 and content
for Schools
J.Ravi M.Tech, Assistant - 50 50 1 - Autonomou
10-09-11 Manageme
nt
M.Ramesh M.Tech Assistant - 50 50 1 - MIS(College
10-09-11 nt
Information
System)
N.Neelima M.Tech Assistant - 50 50 1 -
2010 Professor
29-02-12
V Uday Kiran B.Tech Assistant 100 - - - -
Professor
01-12-11
P.Deepika B.Tech Assistant 50 50 - - -
Professor
01-12-11
B.Amulya B.Tech Assistant 50 50 - - -
Professor
01-12-11
SK.Ruhulla B.Tech Assistant 100 - - - -
Professor
01-12-11
B.Siva Bhandavi B.Tech Assistant 50 50 - - -
Professor
01-12-12
K.P.M.K.Kumar B.Tech Assistant 50 50 - - -
Professor
01-12-12
Table 5.1: Faculty allotted to program

(Instruction: The institution may complete this table for the calculation of the student-
teacher ratio (STR). Teaching loads of the faculty member contributing to only
undergraduate program (2nd, 3rd, and 4th year) are considered to calculate the STR.)
5.1. Student-Teacher Ratio (STR) (20)
STR is desired to be 15 or superior

Assessment = 20 15/STR; subject to maximum assessment of 20
STR = (x + y + z)/N1
where, x = Number of students in 2nd year of the program
z = Number of students in 4th year of the program

N1 = Total number o f faculty members in the program (by considering
fractional load)
Assessment
Year x y z x+y+z N1 STR
(Max. is 20)
CAYm2 133 133 130 396 15.23 26 19.69
CAYm1 144 133 133 410 15.18 27 19.76
CAY 144 144 133 421 15.59 27 19.24
Av. Assessment 19.56
Table 5.2: Student-Teacher Ratio
For Item nos. 5. 2 to 5. 8, the denominator term (N) is computed as follows:
N = Maximum {N1, N2}
N1 = Total number of faculty members in the program (considering the
fractional load)
N2 =Number of faculty positions needed for student-teacher ratio

of15.
Year N1 N2 N = Max. (N1,N2)
CAYm2 26 26 26
CAYm1 27 27 27
CAY 27 28 28
5.2. Faculty Cadre Ratio (20)

Assessment = 20 CRI
where, CRI = Cadre ratio index
= 2.25 (2x + y)/N; subject to max. CRI = 1.0
where, x = Number of professors in the program
Y = Number of associate professors in the program
Year x Y N CRI Assessment
CAYm2 2 3 26 0.60 12
CAYm1 2 3 27 0.58 11.6
CAY 2 3 28 0.56 11.2
Av. Assessment 11.6
Table 5.3: Faculty Cadre Ratio
5.3. Faculty Qualifications (30)
Assessment = 4 FQI
where, FQI = Faculty qualification index
= (10x + 6y )/N2
such that, x + y +z0 N2; and z0 z
where, x = Number of faculty members with PhD
Y = Number of faculty members with ME / M Tech
Year x y Z N FQI Assessment

CAYm2 2 22 2 26 5.84 23.38
CAYm1 2 24 1 27 6.07 24.28
CAY 2 26 0 28 6.28 25.12
Table 5.4: Faculty Qualification Index details
5.4. Faculty Competencies correlation to Program Specific Criteria (15)
(Provide evidence that program curriculum satisfies the applicable program criteria specified
by the appropriate American professional associations such as ASME, IEEE and ACM. You may
list the program specific criteria and the competencies (specialization, research publication,
course developments etc.,.) of faculty to correlate the program specific criteria and
competencies)
As per the program criteria specified by the Lead Society : CSAB (Computer Science
Accreditation Board) including the association for computing machinery (ACM) and IEEE
Computer Society(IEEE-CS), the program curriculum is designed and aligned with the
following domain areas as Human Computer Interaction, Programming, Information
Management, Networking, System Administration and Maintenance, System Integration
and Architecture, Information Assurance and Security.
The FDPs attended / organized by this group during the last two years to enhance their
knoledge in the domain :
Data Analytics and Business Intelligence by Infosys
Recent trends in Data Mining by IIT, Bhuvaneshwar & NIT, Warangal
Computing with Words using Fuzzy Logic from VIT University, Vellore
Instructional design for e-content preparation, IIIT Hyderabad
Business Intelligence Server, S.R.K.Institute of Technology
The group has Published 12 research publications in the areas of data mining, text mining and
social mining.
Programming
The FDPs participated / organized by this group during the last two years to improve their
programming skills :
Teacher training program-Learning by doing methodology conducted for 1month by
IIITH
Real world web services by Microsoft
Web applications at CDAC(trained with business applications)
Best practices in programming and testing by Infosys at Rise Group of Institutions,
Ongole
Python programming, Swetcha organization
Involved in developing web sites for Alumni, College management information systems, student
feedback ,autonomous activities and technical events.
Networking
The FDPs participated / organized by this group during the last two years to upgrade their
knowledge in networking:
Applications of Engineering solutions using MATLAB by ECE dept, VRSEC
Teacher training program-Learning by doing methodology conducted for 1month by
IIITH
Effective methods of Teaching at Osmania University by the Institute of public enterprise
Published 6 papers towards research in the area of applications of computer networks
The FDPs participated / organized by this group to enhance their technical skills :
Geospatial Technology at TCS, Hyderabad
Hands on workshop on beagle board and android, Bangalore
Effective E-teaching and learning by IIITB
Active Teaching Methodology in Engineering by Dr. Clif Kussmaul, Muhlenberg, USA
& Mrs Sandya Kode, Director, EnhanceEdu IIITH .
Machine Learning, by Indian Statistical Institute and the ACM Student Chapter
Evolutionary Algorithms and Machine learning
active teaching learning procedures,
Projects are being guided for implementing Open Computer vision algorithms on hardware
like Beagle board, ORDINO board
Published 25 research papers in reputed International Journals
System Administration & Maintenance
knowledge:
Web Technologies, CDAC, Hyderabad
Fresher Course Program by IIIT, Hyderabad
Published 4 research papers in this domain
System Integration & Architecture
knowledge in the area of Software Reliability and Quality Assurance:
Advanced Computer Architecture, AP State Council for Higher Education
Software Testing Methodology & Automation Tools., Swetcha Organization
Software testing on IBM rationale, SP Software Private Limited
Published 6 research publications in software reliability and quality assurance.
Information Assurance & Security
knowledge in the area of Network Security:
Open Collaborative Research with emphasis on Engineering, JNTUH
Elliptic curve cryptography , SETS, Chennai
Information security standards, from SETS(Secure Electronic Transactions), CIT Campus,
Chennai.
Published 6 research papers in network security and wireless networks
5.5. Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty development/training

activities (15)
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five points for a
participation/resource person in a two week depending upon the quality
of the research papers and books published in the past three years.)
Participant/resource person in two week faculty development program : 5 points
Participant/resource person in one week faculty development program : 3 Points
Name of the Faculty Max. 5 per Faculty

CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
Dr.A.Koteswara Rao 5 5 5
Dr.C.Narasimham 5 5
Dr.G.Rama Koteswara Rao 5
M.Suneetha 5 5 5
K.Sita kumara 5 5 5
S.Suhasini 5 5 5
G.JayaLakshmi 5 5 5
B.L.N.Phaneendra 5 5 5
V.Radhe syam 5 5 5
M.Ashok Kumar 5 5 5
Y.Sangeetha 5 5 5
T.L.Surekha 5 5 5
P.Madhavilatha 5 5 5
S.Kranthi 5 5 5
K.Pranathi 5 5 5
P.Ramadevi 5 5 5
A.Srisaila 3 5 5
D.Madhavi 5 5 5
S.Sriharsha 5 5 5
Y.Sandeep 3 5 5
M.Varun 3 5 5
K.Madhavi 3 5 5
Y.Bhanusree 5 5
J.Ravi 5 5
M.Ramesh 5 5
M.Srujana 3
V.Sreenivas 3
G.Geetha 3 5 5
S.Sunitha 3 5 5
Srividya 3 5 5
N.Praveena 3 5 5
Sum 115 140 130
N (Number of faculty 26 27 28
positions required for
an STR of 15)
Assessment = 3 Sum/N 13.26 15.55 13.92

Average Assessment 14.24
Table 5.5: Faculty Development activities Assessment Details
5.6. Faculty Retention (15)
Assessment = 3 RPI/N
where RPI = Retention point index
= Points assigned to all
faculty members
where points assigned to a faculty member = 1 point for each year of experience
at the institute but not exceeding 5.
Item CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY

Number of faculty with less than ly (x0) 10 7 4
Number of faculty with 1y <= period <2y (x1) 2 8 5
Number of faculty with 2y <= period <3y (x2) - 1 7
Number of faculty with 3y <= period <4y (x3) 13 - 1
Number of faculty with 4y <= period <5y (x4) 4 12 -
Number of faculty with more than 5y (x5) - 4 16
26 27 28
N
RPI = x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 + 4x4 + 5x5 57 78 102

Assessment 6.57 8.66 10.92
Av. Assessment 8.71
Table 5.6. Faculty Retention details
20
Retention rate with
4 years and above
15
10
5
0
CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
Figure 5.1: Faculty retention rate
5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20)

Assessment of FRP = 4 ( Sum of the research publication points scored by each
faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five research publication points
depending upon the quality of the research papers and books published in the
past three years.)
The research papers considered are those ( i ) which can be located on Internet
and/or are included in hard-copy volumes/proceedings, published by reputed
publishers, and (ii) the faculty members affiliation, in the published papers/books,
is of the current institution.
Include a list of all such publications and IPRs along with details of DOI, publisher,
month/year, etc.
The FRP points are specified by considering the following. For a research publication with
Scopus index -5 (FRP points), DOI -3(FRP points) and with ISSN 2(FRP points). The list of
faculty publications is enclosed in APPENDIX VIII
Name of faculty FRP Points (Max. 5 per faculty)
(contributing to FRP)
CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
Dr.tech.A.Koteswara Rao 5 5 5
Dr.C.Narasimham 5 5
M.Suneetha 5 5
K.Sita kumari 5 5
S.Suhasini 5 5
G.JayaLakshmi 2 5 5
B.L.N Phaneendra Kumar 3 5 5
V.Radhe syam 3 5 5
M.Ashok kumar 3
Y.Sangeetha 3 5
T.L.Surekha 2
P.Madhavilatha 2
S.Kranthi 2
K.Pranathi 2
A.Srisaila 2
V.Sreenivas 2
S.Sriharsha 2 3
Y.Sandeep 3 3
Y.BhanuSree 3
M.Varun 2 3
D.Madhavi 2 3
Ch.Srividya 3 2
K.Madhavi 2 3
N.Praveena 5 2
S.Sunitha 3
G.Geetha 3
M.Ramesh 2
J.Ravi 2
Sum 30 70 73
N (Number of faculty positions 26 27 28
required for an STR of 15)
Assessment FRP = 4.61 10.37 10.42
4x Sum/N
Av. Assessment 8.46
Table 5.7: Faculty Research Publications Quality assessment details
5.8. Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) (10)

Assessment of FIPR = 2 (Sum of the FIPR points scored by each faculty
member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five FIPR points. FIPR includes
awarded national/international patents, design, and copyrights.)
Name of faculty member FIPR points (max. 5 per faculty member)

(contributing to FIPR)
CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
.................
Sum
N
Assessment o f FIPR = 2 Sum/N
Average assessment NIL
Table 5.8: Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) details
5.9. Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC) Work (20)

Assessment of R&D and consultancy projects = 6 (Sum of FPPC by each faculty
member)//N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum 5 points, depending upon the
amount.) A suggested scheme is given below for a minimum amount of Rs. 1 lakh:
Five points for funding by national agency,
Four points for funding by state agency,
Four points for funding by private sector, and
Two points for funding by the sponsoring trust/society.
FPPC Points (Max. 5 per faculty)
Name of faculty CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY
I. Research and Development
I. Private sector funded projects
1. Computing Curriculum and Content for schools
Client : ASTRAGEN
M.Suneetha 4 4 4
Y.Bhanusree 4 4
B.L.N.Phaneendra kumar 4 4 4
V.Radhesyam 4 4 4
S.Sunitha 4 4 4
Y.Sandeep 4 4 4
2. Web Development for schools/industry
Clients : Krishna district private schools association, Small and Medium Scale Industries,
Alumni associations
M.Ashok kumar 4 4 4
G.Geetha 4 4 4
S.SriHarsha 4 4 4
M.Varun 4 4 4
T.L.Surekha 4 4 4
3. MIS (College Management Information System )
Clients : Pinnamameni Siddhartha Medical College, RVR and JC College of Engineering, PVP
Siddhartha Institute of Technology
K.Sita kumara 4 4 4
M.Ramesh 4 4
Ch.Srividya 4 4 4
P.Rama devi 4 4 4
P.Madhavilata 4 4 4
4. Autonomous Activities Management
Clients : VRSiddhartha Engineering College, RVR and JC College of Engineering,
PVP Siddhartha Institute of Technology
S.Suhasini 4 4 4
J.Ravi 4 4
A.Srisaila 4 4 4
S.Kranthi 4 4 4
N.Praveena 4 4 4
5. Skill based Course offering with CMTES
Clients: Courses developed Multimedia, Computer Hardware and Networking
K.Madhavi 4 4 4
K.Pranathi 4 4 4
D.Madhavi 4 4 4
II. Projects funded by sponsoring Trust /Society
6. IT Supports/ Services for Academic Institutions
G.Jayalakshmi 2 2 2
Y.Sangeetha 2 2 2
Sum 93 105 107

N ( Number of faculty positions required for 26 27 28
an STR of 15 )
Assessment FRP = 4x Sum/N 14.30 15.55 15.28
Table 5.9: R&D and Consultancy work assessment details
5.10. Faculty Interactions with Outside World (10)

FIP = Faculty interaction points
Assessment = 2 (Sum of FIP by each faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member gets maximum five interaction points, depending upon the
type of institution or R&D laboratory or industry, as follows)
Five points for interaction with a reputed institution abroad, institution of eminence in India,
or national research laboratories, points for interaction with institution/industry (not
covered earlier).
Points to be awarded, for those activities, which result in joint efforts in publication of
books/research paper, pursuing externally funded R&D / consultancy projects and/or
development of semester-long course / teaching modules.
Name of faculty CAYm2 CAYm1 CAY

Interaction with Outside World resulting in Research Publications
Dr.C.Narasimham 5 5
Dr.G.Rama KoteswaraRao 5
M.Suneetha 5 5
K.Sita kumari 5
S.Suhasini 5 5
G.JayaLakshmi 3
B.L.NPhaneendra Kumar 5 5 5
V.Radhe syam 5 5 5
Interaction with Outside World for development of Semester-long course/teaching modules
collaboration : IIITH, ASTRAGEN and Muhlenberg college, USA
Y.Bhanusree 5 5
J.Ravi 5 5 5
S.Sunitha 5 5 5
G.Geetha 5 5 5
S.Sriharsha 5 5 5
M.Varun 5 5 5
Interaction with Outside World for establishing Consultancy
Collaborator : Indian Railways
M.Ashok 3 3 3
M.Ramesh 3 3 3
K.Pranathi 3 3 3
P.Ramadevi 3 3 3
Interaction with Outside in joint skill based course development and delivery
Collaborator : IIITH, CMTES
K.Madhavi 3 3 3
S.Kranthi 3 3 3
D.Madhavi 3 3 3
Sum 66 81 89
N (Number of faculty positions
26 27 28
required for an STR of 15)
Assessment FRP = 2x Sum/N 5.07 6.0 6.35
Av. Assessment 5.80
Table 5.10: Faculty interaction with outside world assessment details
6. Facilities and Technical Support (75)
Description of Class rooms, faculty rooms, and seminar/ conference halls: (Entries in
the following table are sampler entries)
Room Rooms Equipped with PC, Internet, Book rack,

Usage Shared / Capacity
Description meeting space..etc
Exclusive
40 individual chairs, podium, Glass board,
Class room for 1st
Room -145 Exclusive 96 sq.mt internet facility, facility for using projector,
year M.Tech
adequate number of fans and lights.
25 benches (3 students per bench), Podium,
Class room for Glass board, internet, facility for projector,
Room 150 Exclusive 96 sq.mt
2ndyear-Section A adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows
with glass doors.
Room -151 nd Exclusive 96 sq.mt
2 year-Section B adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows
with glass doors.
Room -152 Exclusive 96 sq.mt
3rdyear-Section A adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows
with glass doors.
3rdyear-Section A adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows
with glass doors.
4thyear-Section A adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows
with glass doors.
Class room for 4th Glass board, internet, facility for projector,
year-Section A adequate number of fans and lights 5 windows
with glass doors.
Room .-126 Tutorial room for all 30 Individual Chairs, Podium, Glass board.
2nd , 3rd , 4th years & Shared 33sq.mt
M.Tech students
Room-127 For all 2nd , 3rd , 4th 30 Individual Chairs, Podium, Glass board.
years & M.Tech Shared 33sq.mt
students
Room -134 For all 2nd , 3rd , 4th 80 Individual Chairs,
288
years & M.Tech Shared LCD, Laptop, Podium.
sq.mt
students
Room-135 Girls waiting hall for Exclusive Benches, Chairs for sitting.
80 sq.mt
all girl students
Meeting Faculty Meeting Shared 44 sq.mt 30 Chairs and 1 Long table.
room No.1
Library 144 For Reading Exclusive 44 sq.mt 30 chairs, 2 long tables, 4 glass racks,5 Iron racks,
1 computer, 1TV, 400 volumes and 300 Titles.
Counselling For counselling Exclusive 1 Table, 2 Chairs, 1 Fan.
44 sq.mt
rooms- academic all weak
137,138 Students.
Faculty Faculty Members Shared 29 tables,35 chairs,6 systems & 3printers.
35sq.mt
rooms (15)
Table 6.1: Department Facilities and Technical Support
6.1. Class rooms in the Department (20)
6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/electives), seminars, tutorials,

etc for the program (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table )
Department has sufficient class rooms for conducting lectures and tutorials for II/IV,
III/IV and IV/IV B. Tech IT students.
In the IT program every year has two sections each with fully furnished exclusive
class rooms
Department has a seminar hall to conduct workshops, seminars and guest lectures.
Department has two Tutorial Rooms to help students who are lagging in the
subjects.
Class rooms are provided with good ventilation, high speed LAN Connection and
uninterrupted power supply.
Counseling room is provided for grievance readdress and to guide students.
6.1.2. Teaching aids multimedia projectors, etc. (5)

(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table)
All the class rooms were equipped with facilities like black board, fans, tube lights,
benches, chairs and podium.
Department has good sound proof class rooms.
Some class rooms are fixed with LCD projectors for conducting presentation sessions
and 2 LCD projectors are kept movable.
Internet connection is provided in every class to enable presentation of online
information.
6.1.3. Acoustics, class room size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation,

lighting, exits, ambiance, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table and
the inspection there of )
All the class rooms are of size 96sq.mt in which adequate no of benches/chairs are
provided to accommodate a good number of students.
Each and every class room is a sound proof with perfect ventilation (5 windows per
class).
Class rooms are equipped with lights, fans, chairs/benches, podium with good
ambience.
6.2. Faculty Rooms in the Department (15)
6.2.1. Availability of individual faculty rooms (5)

Adequate number of staff rooms with a size of 24sq.mt each is available to

accommodate every faculty member.
Professors and Associate professors are allotted with individual staff room.
Assistant professors are allotted on sharing basis (2 in each room).
6.2.2. Room equipped with white/black board, computer, Internet, and such other
amenities/facilities (5)
Each and every room is provided with internet facility and uninterrupted power
supply.
Few staff rooms are equipped with Computers, Printers and Scanners.
Each and every staff room is provided with glass racks to facilitate the faculty for
storing books and files.
All the staff rooms are equipped with white boards, High speed LAN connection and
Wi-Fi.
6.2.3. Usage of room for discussion/counseling with students (5)

(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table and
the inspection there of )
All the staff rooms are sufficient to conduct discussions/counseling with students.
To clarify the doubts of the students individually, faculty rooms are provided with
white boards.
Students interact with faculty in the concerned class rooms to carry out project
works
Laboratory description in Exclusive Space. Number of Quality of Laboratory

the curriculum Use/Share number of experiments instruments manuals
d Students
Data Structures lab Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 20 Good Available
Data Base Management Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 25 Good Available
Systems Lab
Object Oriented Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 20 Good Available
Programming Lab
Networking Lab Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 21 Good Available
Computer Vision Lab Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 25 Good Available
Data Warehousing Lab Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 20 Good Available
Web Technologies Lab Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 25 Good Available

Data Mining Lab Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 20 Good Available
Wireless Networks Lab Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 20 Good Available
Software Testing Tools Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 20 Good Available
Lab Major Project
Mini Project Exclusive 198 sq.mt/75 --- Good Available
Major Project Exclusive Exclusive 198 --- Good Available
198 sq.mt/75
sq.mt/75
Other Laboratory facilities Working beyond
R & D centre Exclusive 25 --- Good ---
24X7 computer centre Exclusive 75 ---- Good ---
Table 6.2: Laboratory Facility details
6.3. Laboratories in the Department to meet the Curriculum Requirements and

the Pos (25)
6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements
and the POs (10)
Department has enough labs which are used for all the years on timetable basis to
meet the curriculum requirements.
The courses which have practical work will be provided labs every week.
Labs are equipped with sufficient hardware and licensed software to run program
specific curriculum and off program curriculum.
Research laboratory is available 24X7 for all faculties and students to carry research
work and projects.
Exclusively a project lab has been provided for the students to carry out their mini
and major project work.
Laboratories during two afternoon sessions of a week are absolutely kept free for
students to develop core skills.
6.3.2. Availability of computing facilities in the department (5)

Internet facility has been provided without limitation by the department to the
students and faculty 24/7.
Around 200 computers are available in the labs with fully loaded licensed softwares
to facilitate all students to carry their course work.
Research lab is also provided with adequate no of computers to carry research works
and projects.
All labs are provided with Un-interruptible power supply (UPS).
6.3.3. Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond

working hours (5)
Within the working hours all labs are open to the students to carry their project work
with a full technical support and beyond the working hours research lab is used.
Technical support is provided with central hardware and software team
Lab slots are provided depending on the curriculum.
Extra lab slots are provided depending on the progress in the course practical work if
necessary.
6.3.4. Equipments to run experiments and their maintenance, Number of students

per experimental set up, Size of the laboratories, overall ambience etc. (5)
Each student is allotted individual PC for the lab work assigned.

The Lab has good ambience as the PCs are arranged in a way that student can feel
comfortable in doing labs.
6.4. Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15)
Name of Exclusive Qualifications Other

Designation Date of
the tech /Shared At At Now Technical Responsibility
(Pay-Scale) joining
Staff work joining Skills gained
DCME B.Tech, C,C++, Attends all S/W
S. Balaji Programmer Exclusive 18/8/2006
(M.Tech) JAVA, Web and N/W
Designing problems
J. Basha Programmer Shared 24/1/2009 B.Sc M.Sc (IT) Hardware
expertise, C, Looks S/W and
C++, Oracle, N/W problems
Java
B.com -----
Hardware Looking H/W
M. Joseph Shared 26/12/2011 (comput Multimedia
technician problems
ers)
Table 6.3: Technical Manpower Support details
6.4.1. Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for

program specific laboratories (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table
)
Sufficient technical staff is available to run the course laboratories.

Each course specific lab has a qualified supporting staff to guide the students.
6.4.2. Incentives, skill-up gradation and professional advancement (5)

(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the above table
)
One technical support staff has upgraded his qualification to B.Tech and will be
considered for up gradation.
Two technical support staff has already upgraded their qualification to M.tech and are
considered for up gradation.
Technical staff is provided with sufficient time to upgrade their skills.
7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process (75)
Students Admission
Admission intake (for information only)
Item 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Sanc Admit Sanc Admit Sanc Admit

Sanctioned intake strength in the 1140 1133 1020 1020 840 840
institute
Number (N) of students admitted on merit
b a s i s (N1) 798 795 714 714 588 588
Number of students admitted on

management quota/otherwise 342 338 306 306 252 252
(N2)
Total number of admitted students in
the institute (N1 + N2) 1140 1133 1020 1020 840 840
Sanc Sanctioned Admit Admitted

Table 7.1 Academic Intake Details
(Instruction: The intake of the students during the last three years against the
sanctioned capacity may be reported here.)
Admission quality (for information only)
Divide the total admitted ranks (or percentage marks) into five or a few more
meaningful range
Rank 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Range OC BC SC ST OC BC SC ST OC BC SC ST
0-5,000 6.7 0.93 -- -- 10.36 0.5 -- -- 9.18 0.85 -- --

5,001-
17.02 4.27 0.13 -- 11.34 4.48 0.14 -- 12.07 4.93 -- --
10,000
10,001-
5.2 5.08 0.13 -- 3.92 5.33 0.14 -- 5.61 4.76 0.68 --
15,000
15,001-
5.0 5.57 0.5 -- 6.8 6.16 0.28 -- 3.06 4.76 0.34 --
20,000
20,001-
1.74 5.75 1.6 -- 2.24 3.64 0.7 -- 4.59 4.25 0.85 0.17
25,000
25,001-
1.74 3.9 0.8 -- 0.9 3.5 0.7 0.14 2.38 2.38 0.85 --
30,000
Above
4.9 11.85 13.73 4.8 15.4 16.6 14.2 6.16 2.21 17 14.11 4.93
30,000
Table 7.2: Seat Allotment Details
(Instruction: The admission quality of the students in terms of their ranks in the
entrance examination may be presented here.)
Tabular data for estimating student-teacher ratio and faculty qualification for first year
common courses
List of faculty members teaching first year courses:
Date of Department Distribution of teaching

Name of faculty Qualific
Designation joining the with which load (%)
member ation st
institution associated 1 year UG PG
Dr. Ch. BABY RANI Ph.D. Associate Prof 14/07/1998 Mathematics 100% --- ---
M.Sc
J.SIVA RAM PRASAD B.Ed , Assistant Prof 10/10/2005 Mathematics 50% 50% --
M.Phil
M.Sc, Assistant Prof
M.S.V.D.SUDARSAN 12/11/2007 Mathematics 100% --
M.Phil --
D.RAJANI 09/07/2008 Mathematics 100% --
M.Phil --
R.L.N.CHARYULU 14/08/2008 Mathematics 100% --
M.Phil --
A.SANDHYA M.Sc Assistant Prof 02/01/2009 Mathematics 100% -- --
R.SANDHYA M.Sc Assistant Prof 22/10/2009 Mathematics 100% -- --
M.SIVAMALA 10/10/2011 Mathematics 100% -- --
M.Phil
M.Sc,
Dr.G.SRIDEVI M.Phil Associate Prof 05/11/2001 Physics 100% -- --
Ph.D
M.Sc,
Dr.K.NARENDRA M.Phil., Assistant Prof 27/09/2004 Physics 100% -- --
Ph.D.
SK.FAKRUDDIN M.Sc,
Assistant Prof 22/11/2007 Physics 100% -- --
BABAVALI M.Phil
B.R.VENKATESWARA M.Sc,M.
Assistant Prof 15/07/2008 Physics 100% -- --
RAO Phil
M.Sc,
Y.N.RAJEEV Assistant Prof 25/07/2009 Physics 100% -- --
B.Ed.
B.VIJAY KUMAR M.Sc Assistant Prof 10/10/2011 Physics 100% -- --
M.Sc.,
P.NARESH Assistant Prof 11/06/2012 Physics 100% -- --
M.Phil
M.Sc,
Dr.A.RATNAKAR Professor 08/11/1990 Chemistry 100% -- --
Ph.D
M.Sc,
Sr.Assistant
D.SARADA KALYANI B.Ed, 05/09/2003 Chemistry 100% -- --
Prof
M.Phil
Dr.S.SRINIVASA RAO M.Sc., Assistant Prof 04/04/2001 Chemistry 100% -- --
Ph.D
M.Sc,
CH.KAVITHA Assistant Prof 11/10/2006 Chemistry 100% -- --
M.Phil
M.Sc,
M.SRI LAKSHMI Assistant Prof 12/11/2007 Chemistry 100% -- --
M.Phil
M.Sc,
M.DURGA BHAVANI Assistant Prof 05/01/2011 Chemistry 100% -- --
B.Ed.
V.RAJESH M.Sc Assistant Prof 16/02/2012 Chemistry 100% -- --
M.Sc.,
N.MURALI KRISHNA Assistant Prof 04/06/2012 Chemistry 100% -- --
M.Phil
M.A, Assistant Prof
M.Phil,
B.NEELAMBARAM 01/09/2005 English 60% 40%
PGDFE,(
Ph.D)
M.A, Assistant Prof
M.JAYA RANJAN 20/08/2007 English 60% 40%
(Ph.D)
P.VENKATA RAMANA M.A Assistant Prof 05/01/2011 English 60% 40%
Assistant Prof Civil
U.V.NARAYANA RAO M.Tech 31/08/2009 100% -- --
Department
D.BASANTHI M.S 12/10/2011 20% 80% --
Department
Y. RAJA VEERENDRA M.S 25/02/2012 30% 70% --
Department
G.DHARMA TEJA M.Tech 17/11/2011 30% 70% --
Department
MCA Assistant Prof
B.SRINIVAS 27/09/2004 MCA 100% --- ---
(Ph.D)
MCA, Assistant Prof
A.PATHANJALI SASTRY 18/06/2008 MCA 100% -- --
M.Phil
S.SUNITHA M.Tech Assistant Prof 18/07/2005 IT 100% -- --
P.MADHAVI LATHA M.Tech Assistant Prof 01/08/2007 IT 100% -- --
K.PRANATHI M.Tech Assistant Prof 12/11/2007 IT 100%
N.PRAVEENA M.Tech Assistant Prof 07/01/2011 IT 100% -- --
K.MADHAVI M.Tech Assistant Prof 05/01/2011 IT 20% 80% ---
N.NEELIMA M.Tech Assistant Prof 29/02/2012 IT 100% -- --
A.JITENDRA M.Tech Assistant Prof 21/06/2008 CSE 100% --- ---
V.V.N.V.PHANI Assistant Prof
B.Tech 17/09/2008 CSE 100% --- ---
KUMAR
S.BABU M.Tech Assistant Prof 18/09/2008 CSE 100% --- ---
K.RANI M.Tech Assistant Prof 17/06/2010 CSE 100% --- ---
K.RAVI BABU B.Tech Assistant Prof 11/12/2008 CSE 100% --- ---
V.SAMBASIVA RAO B.Tech Assistant Prof 21/06/2008 CSE 100% --- ---
Dr.CH.NAGA RAJU Ph.D. Professor 17/09/1993 Mechanical 33% 67% ---
Dr.V.B.K.MURTHY Ph.D. Professor 01/11/2010 Mechanical 33% 34% 33%
Associate Mechanical
P.S.SRINIVAS M.Tech 25/11/2010 50% -- 50%
Professor
Dr.N.RAVI KUMAR Ph.D. Professor 26/10/1995 Mechanical 40% 40% 20%
K.RAMANAIAH M.Tech Assistant Prof 20/11/2007 Mechanical 40% 30% 30%
V.SUDHEER KUMAR M.Tech Assistant Prof 01/09/2005 Mechanical 75% 25% --
M.SUMA LATHA M.Tech Assistant Prof 07/09/2007 Mechanical 60% 30% --
B L V S GUPTA M.E. Assistant Prof 13/11/2007 Mechanical 40% 30% 30%
A.SRINIVASULU M.Tech Assistant Prof 16/06/2008 Mechanical 40% 60% --
B.SRINIVASA RAO M.Tech Assistant Prof 23/06/2008 Mechanical 40% 60% --
K.SRINIVAS M.Tech Assistant Prof 01/07/2008 Mechanical 50% 20% --
K.SRINIVASA RAO M.Tech Assistant Prof 18/07/2008 Mechanical 30% 70% ---
M.RAJESH M.Tech Assistant Prof 15/12/2008 Mechanical 75% 25% --
M.BALA CHENNAIAH M.Tech Assistant Prof 19/01/2009 Mechanical 50% 50% --
V.SRIDHAR M.Tech Assistant Prof 22/01/2009 Mechanical 50% 30% 20%
P.NANDA KISHORE M.Tech Assistant Prof 23/01/2009 Mechanical 25% 50% 25%
V.BAPI RAJU M.Tech Assistant Prof 03/02/2009 Mechanical 40% 60% --
V.VENU MADHAV M.Tech Assistant Prof 10/10/2011 Mechanical 100% --- ---
A.N.PHANI DEEPTHI M.Tech Assistant Prof 14/10/2011 Mechanical 100% --- ---
B.SUPRAJA REDDY M.E. Assistant Prof 01/06/2012 Mechanical 100% --- ---
T.RAMA KRISHNA M.Tech Assistant Prof 01/06/2012 Mechanical 75% 25% ---
M.Tech
J.NITYANANDAM Associate Prof 12/11/2007 EIE 30% 70% --
(Ph.D)
Table 7.3: First Year Faculty Details
(Instruction: The institution may list here the faculty members engaged in first year
teaching along with other relevant data.)
7.1. Academic Support Units (35)

7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10)
Data for first year courses to calculate the FYSTR:
Year Number of Number of faculty FYSTR Assessment = (10

students members 15)/FYSTR
(approved intake (considering
strength) fractional load)
2009-10 840 65 12.92 11.609

2010-11 839 66 12.71 11.8
2011-12 1020 71 14.37 10.43
2012-13 1133 74 15.3 9.8
Average assessment 10.33

Table 7.4: First Year Student Teacher Ratio
7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses
(15)
Assessment of qualification = 3 (5x + 3y + 2z0)/N, where x + y + z0 N and z0 Z

x = Number of faculty members with PhD
y = Number of faculty members with ME/MTech/NET-Qualified/MPhil
z = Number of faculty members with BE/BTech/MSc/MCA/MA
N = Number of faculty members needed
for FYSTR of 25
Year x Y Z N Assessment of
faculty qualification
2009-10 7 48 37 14.5
2010-11 7 36 34 12.6
2011-12 10 49 41 14.41
2012-13 11 51 45 13.87
Average assessment of faculty qualification 13.73
Table 7.5: First Year Faculty Qualification Details
7.1.3. Basic science/engineering laboratories (adequacy of space, number of

students per batch, quality and availability of measuring instruments,
laboratory manuals, list of experiments) (8)
Space,
Lab S/W Type of Quality of
Number of Laboratory Manuals
Description Used experiments instruments
Students
Total:10
Experiments
on Procured Standard &
298.22 1.Sound Branded instruments,
Sq.mt 2.Electricity ISI certified
Physics Lab Nil 3.Electricity instruments; Available
60 students @ secondary calibration
per batch Electromag is carried out at
netism regular intervals.
4.Optics
Space, Quality of
S/W Type of Laboratory
Lab Description Number of instrume
Used experiments Manuals
Students nts
Total:10
Experiments on
1.Volumetric
2.Photochemical
3.Quantative
analysis by
307.58
instruments In good
Sq.mt
Chemistry lab Nil 4.Synthasis of Working Available
60 students
polymer Condition
per batch
5.Metalic
coating by
electrolysis
6. Quantitative
determination of
corrosion.
Space, Quality of
Software Type of Laboratory
Lab Description Number of instrumen
Used experiments Manuals
Students ts
Total:12
Programmes on
1.MS WORD,
2.MS EXCELL,
3.MS Access,
4.Power point
presentation,
5.Mail Creation &
Message sent,
6. Mail Search, P4
etc. systems
87.35 Sq.mt MS-Office
Freshmen Computer with
60 students (Package), Available
Centre-I Latest
per batch Turbo C
Total:35 Configurat
Programmes on ions
Implement on
1.variables
2.List &Describe
common
operaters
3.Conditional
Statements
4.Looping
Constructs.
5.arrays
6.strings
7.functions
8.Procedures
Total:12
Programmes on
1.MS WORD,
2.MS EXCELL,
3.MS Access,
4.Power point
presentation,
5.Mail Creation &
Message sent,
6. Mail Search,
etc.
Total:35
80.19 Sq.mt MS-Office Programmes on Available
Freshmen Computer
30 students (Package), Implement on
Centre-II
per batch C-Language 1.variables
2.List &Describe
common
operaters
3.Conditional
Statements
4.Looping
Constructs.
5.arrays
6.strings
7.functions
8.Procedures
Total:2
30 students Programmes on
Hardware Lab Available
per batch Assembling &
Disassembling
Central computing laboratory
No. of Usage/Timi Lab

Computing Lab Space Varity of SWs
Computers ngs Assistance
Central 235 MS Office,Turbo- 8:00 AM to Two
60
Computing lab Sq.meters C,Windows 8:00PM programme
XP,Internet & rs work on
Intranet Facilitys shifts
are available
Manufacturing practices (Mechanical/Electrical) workshop
Space,
Number of Quality of
Workshop Description Number of Lab Manuals
experiments instruments
Students
Procured
Total :5 Standard &
experiments Branded
on instruments, ISI
200 Sq.mt
1.House certified
Work Shop 60 students Available
Wiring instruments,
per batch
2. Welding secondary
3. Carpentry calibration is
4. Fin Smitry carried out at
regular intervals
Drawing Hall:
Space,
Number of Quality of
Description Number of Lab Manuals
experiments instruments
Students
Drawing Hall:
219
This course provides
132sq.m/80
the students with the All
basic information instruments
220-
needed to construct in working
166sq.m/80
a set of working condition
2slots/sec/week Available
drawings. In doing so (Drawing
301A
the students will boards and
260sq.m/120
learn or understand wooden
the basic methods, models)
301B
procedures, and
260sq.m/120
principles used by the
Drafting Industry
Table 7.6: Laboratory Equipment Details
(Instruction: The institution needs to mention the details for the basic
science/engineering laboratories for the first year courses. The descriptors a s
listed here are o n l y a s u g g e s t i o n ).
7.1.4. Language laboratory (2)
(Instruction: The institution may provide the details of the language laboratory. The
descriptors as listed here are not exhaustive).
Language Lab Space, Software Type of Quality of Guidance
Number of used experiments instruments
Students
English Language 141 sq.m Odll G.D,Pyramidal Procured Available
Communication softwareof Discussing Standard &
Skills Lab for (No. of Orell Point Counter Branded
developing Tech. Students Techno instruments, ISI
Communication Systems Point Role play certified
30 per
(Licenced Mock Interviews instruments,
batch)
Software) secondary
All the Tasks are
No. of Interactive & calibration is
Systems : 1 Analytical carried out at
+ 15 language regular intervals
(1 : Master exercises
console
with
webcam,
15 :
student
systems)
30 : Two
track audio
gadgets
Table 7.7: Language Laboratory Details
List of experiments for I/IV B.Tech students lab wise are provided in Annexure IV
7.2. Teaching Learning Process (40)

7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours
per subject in timetable (5)
(Instruction: Here the institution may report the details of the tutorial classes that
are being conducted on various subjects and also state the impact of such
tutorial classes).
Provision of tutorial classes in timetable: YES
Tutorial sheets provided: YES
Tutorial classes taken by faculty
Number of tutorial classes per subject per week: Depends on course. (Given in
table below)
Number of students per tutorial class: 30 to 35
Number of subjects with tutorials: 1st year 6 2nd year 6 3rd year 7
4th year 3
2012-13: `
Year/Programme CE EIE EEE IT CSE ECE ME

First Year 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Second Year 9 5 7 7 8 7 9
Third Year 11 5 7 7 7 7 8
Fourth Year 7 3 3 3 5 4 5
2011-12 : `
First Year 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Third Year 11 5 7 7 7 7 8
2010-11 : `
First Year 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Third Year 11 5 7 7 7 7 8
Tutorial periods are conducted in order to give exercises to the students and also to closely
monitor their learning ability and achievement. Courses which require more practice, includes
critical thinking or programming are provided with tutorial hours.
Those courses which are given with two tutorial hours per week are assigned one credit.
Tutorial hours are specially marked in the time table and the lesson plan with predefined
activities is prepared before the starting of the course. It is taken care by the module in-
charge that the classes are conducted according to the schedule.
Code Subject Number of Tutorial Hours

I Year
FY 1001 Engineering Mathematics-I 1
FY 1002C Engineering Chemistry 1
FY 1004M Mechanics for Engineering 1
FY 2001 Engineering Mathematics-II 1
FY 2002P Engineering Physics 1
FY 2005 Programming in C 1
II Year
IT 3001 Engineering Mathematics-III 1
IT 3003 Discrete Mathematical structures 1
IT3004 Data Structures 1
IT 4001 Probability & statistics 1
IT 4003 Operating Systems: Use and configuration 2
IT 4004 Object Oriented Programming 1
III Year
IT 5001 Software Engineering 1
IT 5002 Advanced database Management Systems 2
IT 5004 Java Programming 1
IT 6003 Engineering Economics and Management 1
IT 6004 Network Security 1
IT 6005 Web Technologies 1
IT 6054 Term Paper 1
IV Year
IT 7001 Operations Research 1
IT 7003 Object Oriented Analysis and Design 2
IT 7053 Mini Project 1
Table 7.8: Details of Courses with Tutorial hours
A class is divided in to 30 sized batches and each batch is handled by a single faculty member
in separate tutorial rooms. Different exercises related to the topics were given and are solved
by the students during the tutorial hours with the guidance of faculty. Students are divided
into groups based on their understanding levels and group activity will be assigned to them.
IMPACT:
Integration of knowledge is possible during the discussion of this activity.

Close interaction with the faculty will help to clarify their doubts which is not
possible in regular theory classes.
Skills like critical thinking, communication skills, team collaboration, Problem
solving are improved.
7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5)
Type of mentoring: Professional guidance / career advancement / course work

specific / laboratory specific / total development
Number of faculty mentors: 29
Number of students per mentor: 20
Frequency of meeting: Monthly
(Instruction: Here the institution may report the details of the mentoring system that
has been developed for the students for various purposes and also state the
efficacy of such system).
A faculty member is assigned for a group of 20 members to help them to clarify their doubts
and improve their technical aspects of the courses.
Mentoring system: A proctor diary is maintained for each student where details like
Personal Information
Previous Record
Academic Performance
Competitive Examination Details
Details of Internship and Industrial Trainings
Scholarships Received
Co-Curricular and Extra-Curricular activities.
The mentors meet the students periodically and monitor their performance and
their activities. Guidance regarding the lagging issues is provided.
Occasionally proctor meeting with the parents is conducted based on the
requirement.
Professional Guidance:
The departments are well equipped with knowledgeable Human resources in the
form of members of faculty who by keeping themselves of developments offer
guidance to the prospective professionals in addition to the classroom teaching. The
Industry-institute Partnership cell and Entrepreneurship development cell have been
putting efforts in this direction
Career advancement:
The Training and Placement cell has been active not only in arranging campus
recruitment drives, but also offering awareness and training for the students
Course work:
Members of faculty handling different courses interact with students in clearing
all their Concept-oriented and test based mechanics of the respective courses.
The teachers after first of formative evaluation guide the students as far as
student-specific gray areas are concerned.
Lab-specific:
Each of the lab sessions are handled by 3 Teachers in order to have special care
for the students while experiments are being handled. A demonstrative
presentation is given by the teacher concerned before every experiment. The
Laboratory records are evaluated after the experiment is held. In other words,
there is active involvement of the members of faculty Pre-experiment stage, at
the time of experiment and after the experiment.
Total Development:
As stated above, the college puts forward efforts to realize total development of
the student. In addition to academics, literary, cultural and sports activities are
conducted which offer leadership qualities, decision making abilities, team spirit,
precision, analytical capabilities, socio-psychological awareness etc. which make
an individual a intellectually mature being.
Specific items are presented below
S.No. Type of Mentoring Process Method Periodicity

Weekly/
monthly
/etc.
1 Professional 2010 11 Counselling 1. Monitoring Regularity of the Monthly
Guidance 2011 12 Counselling students monitoring.
2012 13 Counselling 2. Monitoring Performance of
the students.
3. Personal Counselling for
Career Guidance
4. 30 Students in the section are
assigned to one faculty
member and the entire
section is being supervised by
a senior faculty member
again.
5. The parents of poorly
performing students are
informed through SMS and
counselling is given.
6. Students are encouraged to
present papers at various
conferences
2. Career 2010 11 Lectures and Tests Weekly
Advancement Training & Placement Twice
2011 12
Training & Placement
2012 13
Training & Placement
3 Course work 2010-11 Lectures Interspersed with Monthly
specific Covering Content discussions
beyond syllabus
2011-12
Covering Content
beyond syllabus
2012 13
Covering Content
beyond syllabus
4 Lab Specific 2010 11 Practical Monthly
Giving Extra
Experiments / Programs
beyond Lab Syllabus
2011 12
Giving Extra
beyond Lab Syllabus
2012-13
Giving Extra
beyond Lab Syllabus
5 Total 2010 11 Analysis Once in a
development Result Analysis of the semester
student scores
2011 12
Result Analysis of the
student scores
2012 13
Result Analysis of the
student score
* Note: Specific information is available at respective Departments.
Table 7.9: Mentoring System Details
Efficiency of the System:

The mentoring system developed by the college has been proved to be effective
considering different parameters.
The involvement of students in the academics has been increased, like class work
attendance, paper presentations, presentation of models in exhibitions, participation in
cultural activities etc.
Because the number of students allocated to each of the mentor is limited to 20,
personal interaction on regular basis has been taken up.
Teachers are also becoming more responsive to the learner needs day by day which is
being reflected in the proctor diary maintained by the teacher.
7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to design an effective feedback questionnaire. It

needs to justify that the feedback mechanism it has developed really helps in
evaluating teaching and finally contributing to the quality of teaching).
A standard feedback questionnaire is collected from the students every mid-

semester course wise.
Feedback mechanism is a well organized system in the college.

The system of feedback collection is manual
Collected feedback is scrutinized by the head of department.
The feedback is quantified
All the parameters mentioned in the feedback form will be analyzed.
Ability of teaching with respect to each item and comprehensive ability of the
teachers will be analyzed
All the comments written by the students in the feedback forms will be communicated
to the respective faculty members along with their feedback levels to know their
strengths and weaknesses and to enhance their teaching skills.
Percentage of students participating : 75% to 95%

Specify the feedback analysis process :
The feedback analysis is done manually
All the parameters mentioned in the feedback form will be analyzed in two
levels
1st level: Average of one parameter with respect to teachers is
calculated.
nd
2 level: Average of averages of the parameters is calculated.
Ability of teaching with respect to each item and comprehensive ability of the
teachers will be analyzed
All the comments written by the students in the feedback forms will be
communicated to the respective faculty members along with their feedback
levels to know their strengths and weaknesses and to enhance their teaching
skills.
Basis of reward / corrective measures, if any :

Faculty members who get average feedback below 3 on 1-5 scale are identified.
Those faculty members are given orientation lectures and special inputs by the
head of the department.
Also the faculty members who get average feedback of 4 or above 4 on 1-5 scale are
appreciated at the department level staff meetings.
Number of corrective actions taken in the last three years :
2011 12 : 16
2010 11 : 40
2009 10 : 58
Number of awards in :
2011 12 : 270
2010 11 : 395
2009 10 : 270
Justification: The questionnaire being administered on the students has 11 items

which cover the following questions.
1. Physical
2. Experiential
3. Overall perspective based
Thus the questionnaire based on the types of questions given above develops a
comprehensive analysis of the pedagogy process by the teacher.
7.2.4. Scope for self learning (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to specify the scope for self learning / learning
beyond syllabus and creation of facilities for self learning / learning beyond
syllabus.)
The college developed an academic system which presents a curriculum which is having
flexibility without prejudice to the fundamentals of any subject which are required.
The curriculum offers courses like term paper (IT6054), mini project(IT 7053), major
project (IT8052) where the topics are self selected or based on guide suggestion. The
component of self learning is evaluated in these courses.
Every student has to submit a home assignment in every course which has been
evaluated for 5 marks. Some of these tasks are beyond syllabus to encourage out-
standing students to develop their self learning capabilities.
Some of the tasks in the lab courses (IT3041, IT4051, IT6051, IT6052) are challenge
based which has to be solved by the students on their own enhancing their skills.
The program planned weekly time table and facilities in such a way that the students
have space and time to explore and implement their ideas.
Computer Lab with well equipped and internet facility opened 24X7 for students.
Department library with sufficient number of volumes on core and application areas,
technology awareness journals are opened during college working hours.
Digital library is provided in central library where students can access all kinds of e-
journals.
Two afternoons in a week are planned to keep the faculty available for the students
to explore their ideas.
A state of art Research & Development laboratory is opened for the students to
develop applications and projects.
7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for

learning beyond syllabus (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to specify the facilities for self learning / learning
beyond syllabus.)
Modes and Modules for self learning and learning contents beyond syllabus:
S.NO. FACILITY/ITEM DESCRIPTION

1. Digital Library 2000 CDs
22 computers with internet and intranet
facility
2. E learning resources NPTEL, DELNET, N-LIST,VIDEOS,E-BOOKS
5000,
3. Central Computer Centre 60 computers with internet and intranet
facility
4. Department Laboratories 200 computers with internet facility
5. Events that encourage self- 1. Engineers day
learning 2. Techno fest/AFOSEC
3. Seminars
4. Workshops
5. Conferences
6. Guest Lectures
7. Technical models / paper
presentations outside the institution
8. Industrial Tours
Table 7.10: Facilities for Student self-learning
Programmes organized towards Self Learning:
Year Seminars/ Workshops Guest Lectures/ Student Industrial

Conferences Festivals / Others Tours
2008 09 8 8 24 16
2009 10 12 14 32 11
2010 11 15 19 61 23
2011 12 22 08 39 20
2012 13 8 15 28 18
7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5)
(Instruction: The institution may specify the facility and management to facilitate career
guidance including counselling for higher studies, industry interaction for
training/internship/placement, Entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility and
impact of such systems)
Effective services for career guidance including counseling for higher studies
S.No Course/Activity Status of Level at Duration Source of the

the Course which it is resources
offered
1 Technical Curricular I/IV B.Tech I Semester In-house
English &
Communication
skills
2 Professional Curricular I/IV B.Tech I Semester In-house
Ethics
3 Professional Curricular II/IV B.Tech I Semester In-house
Communication
Practice
4 Communication Curricular III/IV B.Tech I Semester In-house
skills
5 English Curricular I/III MCA I Semester In-house
Language
Communication
skills
6 Organizational Curricular I Year MBA I Semester In-house
Communication
7 English for Co-academic III/IV B.Tech I Semester In-house
Professionals & I/III MCA
8 Aptitude Co-academic III/IV B.Tech I Semester In-house
9 Spoken English Co-academic II/IV B.Tech I Semester External
and other skills beyond the
college hours
10 Campus Co-academic IV/IV B.Tech Subject to External
Recruitment change from
Training time to time
11 Workshops Co-academic Open to allOccasion specific External
12 Event specific Co-academic Open to theOccasion specific Both internal
programmes all the and external
like aspirants
GATE,TOEFL,
GRE etc.
Table 7.11: Student Training facilities for placement details
Provisions for improving Placements:
Offering more elective subjects in order to offer a wider perspective for the students to
choose from. On other hand, the students would get an opportunity to have exposure to
the emerging technologies.
Some of the students may even come to a clear understanding that such sub-areas exist
in their area of activity such they would visualize their career in those areas.
Electives from III year onwards are being offered as a positive step towards rationalized
Learner autonomy.
Introduction Student practice courses as an endeavour to make the students Rounded
Professionals which is a step towards crystallizing ones professional; objectives . 3
credits are introduced
Free slots in Elective list to accommodate changing industry requirement.
Innovative experiments
Mini projects and Term papers are introduced in order encourage positive
compartmentalization of learning and to offer simulated industrial operations.
In addition to all the above, teachers offer counselling individually or in small groups
Due to increase in the no. of campus placements there is a gradual fall in the no. of
students preferring for higher studies.
We are maintaining separate Career & Guidance cell in the library. There we are
maintaining competitive magazines and books for the GRE, GATE, TOFEL, IELTS, CAT and
year books for the use of Students.
Outcome:-
The students have been utilizing the infrastructural facilities and training offered
by the college pertaining to higher studies and with regard to mould their career. At this
juncture, it is to be submitted that because of the tremendous increase in the conduct
of campus interviews, the number of students appearing at GMAT, TOEFL, GRE, IELTS
etc., has come down considerably. Many of those students appearing at the said
examinations for executing higher studies abroad secured respectable ranges and scores
during the last 3 years
Our students have been faring well at GATE obtaining admission into PG courses
in Engineering at various prestigious institutions of Technical Education. Also, out
students registered successful performance in the competitive professional tests
organized by Andhra Pradesh State Corporations. The details of the students qualified in
the said examinations and the details pertaining to scores are available in the respective
department reports.
Training and placement facility with training and placement officer, industry
interaction for training/internship/placement
Facility:-
Infrastructure: A separate division is available
No. of chambers for personnel : 02
No. of chambers for conducting Interviews: 10
HR:-
Full time officers :02(TPO & ATPO)
Full time Trainers :03(01-Soft Skills,02-Aptitude)
Non Teaching :02
Training:
a) In House Training :The training needs of students relating to employment are taken
care by an In house training module.
1. English for professionals-III/IV B.Tech, II year MCA.
2. Aptitude training III/IV B.Tech
Out Sourcing:-
b) Training students by external parties is reported to, to enhance communication skills
and to brush them up in the areas of critical reasoning and vocabulary-just before the
commencement of placement season.
YEAR TYPE OF TRAINING ORGANIZATION DAYS/DATES

Campus recruitment 3 days(12th ,13th &
2010-2011 TIME Vijayawada
Training 14th Nov 2010)
Awareness session about
TIME Vijayawada 1st July 2011
GRE new pattern
Awareness session
Indian Navy Vizag 26th July 2011
2011-2012 about Indian Navy
Interactive session by
Infosys 3rd Aug 2011
Wg.Cdr.Srinath from Infosys
Campus recruitment TIME Vijayawada 4 days (17th Aug to
Training 20th Aug 2011)
Soft Skills Special Training
30 days (1st Nov to
for 2nd year B.Tech & 1st Teaching Fish
30th Nov 2011)
MCA students
Soft Skills Special
30 days (1st Dec 2011
Training for 3rd year Teaching Fish
nd to 31st Dec 2011)
B.Tech & 2 MCA students
A talk by swami
childrupanandha on
Chinmaya Mission 13th Dec 2011
comparision competition
competence
One day workshops on
HCL Noida 20th Dec 2011
Industry readiness
2012 -13 Special Training program Internal Trainers 28th July to 4th August
M.Tech Final year students 2012(7 Days)
Interactive section by PayPal 07th August 2012
Ms.M.Ajitha
Campus Recruitment Time Vijayawada 30th August 1st
Training for final year B.Tech September(2 Days)
& M.Tech students and
M.C.A students
Campus Recruitment Mechanical & CSE 5th & 6th September
Training For B.Tech Final Department (2Days)
Students
Campus Recruitment EIE Department 12th & 13th September
Training For B.Tech Final (2Days)
Students
Apprenticeship walk Ins APDE & BOAT 12th October 2012
for B.Tech Students
Today Special Training University of leads 8th & 9th November
session for B.Tech final year and Ex- professor of 2012
students of CSE, IT by BITSPILANI
Dr.N.Venkateswarulu
Employablitiy training JNTUK 14th & 15th Dec 2012
classes for B.Tech final year
students
Table 7.12: Outsource training details for students
Impact:-
No. of Students No. of Companies

Year No. of Students Selected
Registered Visited
2009-2010 513 29 189
2010-2011 767 45 580
2011-2012 760 18 532
2012-2013 843 28 265
Entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility
Entrepreneurship Development Cell aims to improve and generate a culture of innovation

and development of entrepreneurial spirit amongst the students and budding
entrepreneurs and start their own enterprise. It also attempts to train and equip them
with the knowledge and resources them need to build successful business.
Facility:
Entrepreneurship cell is attached with the training & placement cell

No. of chambers of personal : 01
Full time officers : 01
Full time trainers : 01
Non-teaching : 01(Attender)
Incubation Facility:
1) TIFAC Core for engineering and related products.

2) MOU with ALEAP for other than engineering products
3) MOU with EFFTRONICS
Training:
The Students were exposed to different projects, seminars, workshops and interactive
sessions to make them a perfect Technocrat.
S.No Date Name of the Resource Person
workshop/Seminar
1. 20-01-2009 Orientation on Mr.Sudhakar (General Manager)and
Entrepreneurship Prof.Rajesh Jampala
2. 21-08-2009 Choosing and Preparation
of a Project
3. 07-12-2009 An Entrepreneurship
awareness program
4. 09-01-2010 Recipe for Mr.Tadank Venkat
Entrepreneurship
5. 27-07-2010 How to become a Mr.Chandra Shekar,
successful entrepreneur General Manager
6. 09-08-2010 Developing the Centre for Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship Development
qualities
7. 08-07-2011 An Interactive session Mr.G.Praveen Kumar,young
Entrepreneur
8. 09-07-2011 An Interactive session Dr.Ramchandra NGALL Chairman
Amarraja Industries
9. 18-11-2011 Awareness program on Association of lady Entrepreneurs
credit guarantee of Andhra Pradesh (ALEAP)
scheme
10. 01.02.2013 Interactive session Mr.Rahul Dream-In Bangalore
11. 22.02.2013 Entrepreneurship Mr.G.Sudharshan NSIC
Orientation program
12. 06.03.2013 Interactive session Mr.G.Rajendra Prasad General
Manager district industries centre
Vijayawada & Y. Satyanarayana
AGM SBH Vijayawada
Table 7.13: Student Training by experts details
7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (5)

(Instruction: The institution may specify the Co-curricular and extra-curricular activities,
e.g., NCC/NSS, cultural activities, etc)
Facilities:-
The college has NSS, NCC units besides a Literary and cultural club which are
coordinated by members of faculty
In addition to the above, the departments has their professional organizations
SUMMIT-IT.
Literary and cultural club organizes competitions on specific occasions in addition
to organizing Annual Literary and cultural competitions. Counseling is offered
when the students represent the college at other places
SUMMIT Activities:-
2011-12
Event Date Event Name Participants Winners
23/07/2011 Group Nishanth, Girija, RohithYadav, Nishanth,
Discussion Vijayalakshmi, Sravan, Shruthi, Girija,RohithYadav,Vijayala
Rishanth, Supriya,Prasanna, Abhinav, kshmi,Sravan,Shruthi,
K.V.S.Tejaswi, K.Ranjani, Rishanth, Supriya
G.MohanKrishna, Sravya
06/08/2011 India Calling Abhinav & Kamala (Group-1); Aamir Sohail & Ranjani
Aean & Sneha (Group2); (Group-7).
Devi Prasanna& Nishanth (Group-3);
Supriya & Rishanth (Group-4);
Sravya & Girija (Group-5);
Rohit Yadav & Sruthi (Group-6);
Aamir Sohail & Ranjani (Group-7);
20/08/2011 Picture Reading Rishanth,Divya(batch1); Batch-4 : Rohit & Ranjani
Sravan,Sneha(batch-2);
Jyothi,Supriya(batch3);
Rohit,Ranjani(batch-4);
Sruthi,Sravya(batch5);
Srilakshmi,Praveena(batch-6);
Sekar,chaitanya(batch7);
Alekhya,Tejaswi(batch-8);
PrasannaKumar,RaviTeja(batch9),
Saif,Sravan(batch-10).
27/08/2011 General & Girija,Y.Pavan,G.Pavan,GiriChandra,B. Batch-6:
Technical Quiz Hemanth(Batch-1); M.D.L.Devi,Ch.Rishanth,B.S
Sravya,Nagarjuna,VamsiKrishna,Ramy arath,M.SriHarsha,
a,Praveen(Batch-2); M.Haritha
Jaya,PrasannaKumar,MohanKrishna,A
marendra,PhaniDeepika (Batch-
3);K.Mahesh,V.MohanSaiKumar,M.Ve
nkatesh, HariKrishna,
K.ManiKrishna(Batch4);
Pavani,K.Sandeep, J.Gopikumar,
M.SuryaNarayana,A.Srinu(Batch-5);
M.D.L Devi, Ch.Rishanth, B.Sarath,
M.SriHarsha,M.Haritha (Batch-6
ShivaKumar,PraveenKumar,Harish,Har
sha,B.Srilaya(Batch-7)
Yogi,S.V.P.RaviTeja,K.Mounica,B.Trinat
h,A.Satish (Batch-8)
G.SaiRam,J.Sravan,G.Bhavani,C.Balaji,
G.Abhinav (Batch-9)
03/09/2011 Word-O-Mania Sarath,GirinanadanSai,D.MohanKrishn Sravan & Devi
a,S.Harish,CH.Balaji,
Rishanth,Swathi,Ramya,Poojitha,
Anusha,Bhavani,Swathi,Devi,
Girija,Supriya,Manoj,Sravan,Rohit
17/09/2011 Penathon G.Pavan,P.Meghana,N.Meghana,M.Tej Sarath
a,Sarath,Sahithi, k.GirinandaSai,
Satyavathi, Alekhya, SheelaKeerthi,
GopiKumar, K.V.S.N.AjayKumar
,I.Swathi,DeviLakshmi,Mounica,
Susmitha, S.Sruthi, T.Janisha,
Aparna,Ch.Vijayalakshmi
24/09/2011 Chess Praveen, Tejaswi, Nishanth, Mohan Y.Sandeep
Krishna, M.Hareesh ,P.Jayanth,
Y.Sandeep, Chaitanya,S.Aparna ,
Ravindra Babu ,Abhinav, G.Pavan
,SriHarsha , Sridhar, J.Siva,
P.Jyothendra,Sravan, Shruthi,Saleem ,
S.Srinivas,Srinivasa Rao, Prabhu Kiran,
Dinesh, Mahesh
22/12/2011 Throwball BhagyaSri,Bhavana,Sravani,Anusha,M. Sravani,Anusha,M.D.L.Pras
D.L.Prasanna,G.Sneha,Teja,Jenisha, anna,G.Sneha,Teja,Jenisha,
Sahithi, Grija, Archana, Sindhu, Sahithi, Grija, Archana
Priyanka , Phanisree, Soujanya,
P.Mounica, Anjali, Supriya
22/12/2011 Volleyball D.Venkatesh , G.Sudheer ,
G.Dasaradh Ram ,
D.Bhagyaraju , K.Anudeep ,
J.Premsagar
29/12/2011 Cricket Mahesh(C), RajaRao
Murali, Srinivasa Rao,
Harsha, Hariram , Govind
,Chaitanya, Sai
,Venkateswarlu, Santosh
2012-13
Event Date Event Name Participants Winners
04/10/2012 General & K.v.s.n.Sujith,M.Ramakrishna, V.Sai Barathi,Rohitha,
Technical Quiz T.Bharathkumar,Y.Abhi, S.Swarnalatha,K.Meenakshi,
S.Suneel, K.Prathima, V.Mounika,Shalini
L.Sowjanya, Ch.Sruthi,
K.Mounika, Y.v.Nandini, V.Sai
Barathi, Rohitha, S.Swarnalatha,
K.Meenakshi V.Mounika,
Shalini, S.Mahesh, P.Susmitha,
P.Swapna, N.Swathipriya,
D.MohanKrishna,.V.S.Harish,
G.Sekhar, S.Anil abu, B.Sarath,
R.Vivek CH.Kasim, K.Eshwar,
D.V.Sravan Kumar
15/11/2012 Chess G.RAMAKRISHNA- B.PRAVEEN -

A.RAJESH V.MOHAN SAI
P.L.S.KRISHNA - KUMAR
K.ESWAR BABU
N.TEJASWI -
B.PRAVEEN
K.ESWAR TEJA -
V.MANIKANTA
SRAVAN -
V.SHEELA KEERTHI
P.DRARMIKA -
V.MOHAN SAI KUMAR
D.MOHAN KRISHNA-
V.MOUNIKA
CH.VAMSI -
K.SAI NANDINI
07/01/2013 Cricket 2nd Year vs 3rd Year 3rd Year
24/01/2013 Throwball & 2nd Year vs 3rd Year 3rd Year
Volleyball
14/03/2013 Point- J.Gopi Kumar
Counterpoint T.Bharath
21/03/2013 JAM (in Telugu) Sarath
Table 7.14: Extra-curricular activities(Summit) details

NSS Activity:-
The funds for NSS Unit are from University.
16 % of students from 1st and 2nd year are working as volunteers in NSS.
In addition to our regular NSS Program, this year in association with 'Janyaa
foundation (USA) we adopted about 17 Govt.schools in and around Vijayawada for
this program. About 70 students are allotted for this and they are monitoring the
program every 15 days.
Events conducted by NSS unit Year wise:-

2010-2011
S.NO EVENT NAME DATE
1 A Seminar on GVK EMRI 108 Ambulance facilities to the
July, 2010
Engineering Students
2 NSS unit has collected Rs.3300/- for Abhinethra
November, 2010
Integrated School for the blind
3 Organized a Dental Camp for Engineering students and
16.11.10
faculty in association with Dentys and Hindu
4 NSS volunteers participated in AIDS Rally 01.12.10
5 Collected Rs.3,605/- for GSR Welfare association for the
04.01.2011
disabled
6 Blood Donation Camp organised by NSS unit in
29.03.2011
association with Red Cross.
7 Eye camp organized by NSS unit in association with Vasan
31.03.2011
Eye Care.
Conducted a Motivation Lecture ORGANISED SOCIAL
8 AND PROFESSIONAL BEHAVIOUR by Smt.B.N.Syamala 25.04.2011
Devi, Crime and Student counsellor
2011-2012
Collected Rs. 15,570.00 from the students and staff of our
college and handed over an amount of Rs. 10,000.00 to
1 18-07-2011
Miss Yamini Deepika parents for her medical expenses
(Heart problem) and balance amount is credited to NSS A/c.
Tree plantation at our campus. About 52 NSS volunteers
2 02.08.2011
are participated
About 90 students are participated in a patriotic event
3 02-10-2011
Vande Gandheeyam at IGMC Stadium, Vijayawada
NSS unit in association with aus nirvana foundation
4 17-10-2011
conducted a seminar on Breast cancer awareness for the
girls students and women faculty & Staff of our college.
A sum of Rs. 13,355.00 has collected from the students of
various departments and an amount of Rs. 10,000.00 is
given to sarath chandras mother for his medical expenses
5
and the balance amount 3,355.00 is given to Mr.
Visweshwar a friend of Ranjith reddy for his medical
expences.
Organized a seminar on Blood donation awareness About
500 students participated.
6 27/10/11 at 10.30pm.
Dr. V.S. Sastri, DMHO, Krishna District and Dr. S. Madhan
Mohan, Chief Medical officer enlighten the students.
Collected an amount of Rs.5040.00 from 504 students
7
@10/- for YRC membership.
Conducted a blood donation and grouping camp in
03.11.11
association with Redcross society, Vijayawada . About 63
8 students donated the blood and about 250 students known
their blood group.
Collected an amount of Rs. 3512.00 for Armed Forces Flag
Day and Rs.5001.00 for the medical expenses of Sri. Dec 2011
9
Kadiyala Ravi, Kanuru.
Conducted Voter enrollment awareness Camp in
association with EENADU on the occasion of National
10 Voters Day. In this Venkata Rao RDO, P. Venkatata Ramana 24.01.12
Asst. Municipal Commissioner, Vijaya Kumar MRO and Our
college principal Dr. K. Mohan Rao addressed the gathering.
Conducted a blood donation & Grouping Camp in
association with Lions Club, Patamata. About 180 students
11 16.02.12
donated their blood and about 40 students known their
blood group.
Conducted an eye check-up & awareness camp in
association with Vasan Eye Care, Vijayawada. About 600
students & Staff participated in this program. Dr. Rama
12 29.02.12 & 01.03.12
Krishna, Chief Medical Officer, Surgeon, Vasan Eye care
explained various things related to eyes & their protection
through PowerPoint presentation.
Collected an amount of Rs. 4,050.00 for the medical
13 expenses of Baby P. Kavya D/o Srinivas. 29.02.2012
Organised International Womens day celebrations. Smt. N.

Vidya Kanna, Director, Jan Sikshana Samsthan acted as
14 Chief Guest of the function. On this function 8 women 09.03.12
faculty who had doctorate degree were felicitated by NSS
volunteers.
Students of 1st and 2nd year played a charitable match (VPL
cricket match ) branch wise for raising funds to donate to
15 an old age home Manasa Devi charitable trust, 16.4.12 to 28.4.12
Kanchikacharla. An amount of Rs.50,000.00 was collected
from sponsors and through ticket selling. ME Branch
students won the matchon IT Branch students in the finals.
VRSEC Alumni President Sri Ravi Kumar, the chief guest of
closing ceremony, presented memento to Ketan, Captain of
ME Branch team.
15 NSS volunteers donated their blood at Boppana
16 Hospital to Redcross Society, Vijayawada on the occasion 14.06.12
of International Blood Donars Day.
2012-2013
1 About 70 NSS volunteers donated their blood in a Mega Blood 25.07.12
donation camp organized by Revenue department in association
with Red Cross, Vijayawada at Ambedkar Bhavan, Vijayawada
2 An Amount of Rs. 5151.00 is collected from the staff members for 21.08.12
the medical expenses of G. Subba Rao, Lab Attender, CE Dept.
3 An Eye Donation Awareness rally is conducted in association with 31.08.12
LEO Vaibhav of Lions club. About 200 NSS Volunteers and LEO
members participated in it.
4 An awareness program on alternatives of Plastic was conducted in 13.09.2012
poranki ZPH school
5 An awareness Energy Saving was conducted in Pedavogirala 14.09.2012
village
6 NSS volunteers donated food, medicines, plants, Blankets, utensils 22.09.2012, 24.09.2012,
in old age home Kanuru, Kanchirchalara, Vanukuru, Road side 29.09.2012, 01.01.2013,
people 25.01.2013, 17.02.2013
7 NSS Foundation Day, NSS volunteers participated in campus 24.09.2012
cleaning
8 Green club of NSS conducted a Rally on Green pease- Save Earth 16.10.2012
9 NSS volunteer planted 30 Trees in ZPH school kanur 13.11.2012
10 Blood Donation camp and Blood grouping camp 28.12.2012
11 Organized Rally on National human trafficking awareness day in 11.01.2013
association with Serve the needy an NGO
12 Organize Rally on National Voters day, Pludge, Human chain 24.01.2013
13 An amount Rs 45,000 collected from Charity Cricket match and
donated to Sai Netra old age home Kanchirachala
14 NSS volunteers monitoring the school program of Janyaa an US
based organization.
Table 7.15: NSS Activity Details
NCC Activities:
1 (A) EME COY NCC Unit in VRSEC, Vijayawada was established in 16 Aug 1982.
In this unit P.I staff guide the cadets for B & C Certificate Courses. This course is
offered for B.Tech Sem-II students.
Members of this unit are Commanding Officer, Associate N.C.C. Officer and P.I Staff.
Providing free Competitive examinations training to the NCC cadets for Government
jobs.
Under the guidance of Commanding Officer, A.N.O is conducting various programmes
and Social activities like tree plantation, Blood donations, Rallies, Awareness
programmes etc at the time of events special training was giving to these cadets.
Every year VRSEC Celebrating Independence Day and Republic day celebrations grandly.
For every academic year strength of cadets for two years course-100
Academically 1 credit Point is provided for NCC Cadets.
33% seats are reserved for girl students in NCC
Rank of ANO is Lt
Events conducted by NCC unit Year wise:-
2010-11
Senior Division Cadets of NCC in Vijayawada City
welcome the Queens Baton Relay symbolizing calling on
1. [17/08/10]
Common Wealth Games being held in our country
A Nation Wide Tree Plantation will be carried out by all

the cadets of NCC. The drive campaign has been done In
collaboration with Zee News Ltd with the aim of entering
[25/08/10]
2. in the LIMCA BOOK OF RECORDS.Mrs. Nannapaneni
Rajakumari, MLC will be the chief guest of the event &
plant the first sapling at unit
Premises
Special NCC Parades will be organized at PWD Grounds,
3. [02/10/10]
Vijayawada on account of Mahatma Gandhiji Jayanthi.
M/S Checkmate Ltd is recruiting NCC Cadets for security
4. related jobs in Kakinada Area and the selection of Cadets [25/10/10]
will be done at Vijayawada.
Childrens day celebrations at vijayawada Municipal
Stadium with Vijayawada MP Shri Lagadapati Rajagopal
presiding over the function & Shri S. Nepoleon Honble [14/11/10]
5.
Minister of State for Social Justice & Empowerment will
be the chief guest organized by trustee of the Rajagopal
Foundation
NCC Day Celebrations 1 (A) EME COY Organizing a Tree [16/11/10]
6.
Plantation Programme at VRSEC Campus.
NCC Day Celebrations 1 (A) EME COY Organizing a visit to
7. a handicap school, Sai Prema, Bharathi Nagar, [18/11/10]
Vijayawada with NCC Cadets
Armed Forces Flag Day-2010 Observanced on 7th
Dec2010 Collection of Funds through Sale of 150 Nos. of
8. Token Flags and 45 Nos. of Car Stickers, for this NCC [14/12/10]
Cadets of VRSEC collect the Voluntary Contribution from
the students and others by selling the above items as per
the cost Token Flag-Rs5/- each & Car Stickers-Rs.10/-
each.
NCC National Voters Day Awareness Rally from VRSEC to
9. [21/01/11]
Benzcircle
NCC Cadets of VRSEC 1(A) EME COY NCC acted as
volunteers in the Ralley Conducted by Menatally [26/03/11]
10.
Handicapped Sai Prema Childrens, Vijayawada from
Autonagar to Bharathi Nagar
VRSEC 1(A) EME COY NCC Conducted an Awareness Rally
11. by NCC Cadets on Health from VRSEC to Patamata to [07/04/11]
mark the World Health Day
Col SR Sriram, the Group Commander of NCC Group HQ,
Kakinada on assuming the Command will be visiting [20/04/11]
12.
the 1(A) EME COY NCC Unit between 10.30 and 11.30 hrs
On his familiarization visit
Even the inclement weather could not stop the
enthusisam of NCC Cadets of 1(A) EME Coy NCC to
[22/04/11]
13. participate in Tree Plantation Program to mark the World
Earth Day in the Premises of VRS Engineering College,
Vijayawada.
LT MSVD SUDARSAN ANO of 1(A) EME COY NCC, VRSEC
[23-05-11 to 01-
attended Combined Annual Training Camp-VI held at M K
14. 06-11]
Baig Municipal High School, Vijayawada from 23 May to
01 June 2011.
EME COY NCC of VRSEC Conducted an Anti-Tobacco Rally [31/05/11]
15.
in the city on 31 May 2011 with the Cadets.
EME COY NCC of VRSEC Conducted Rally against Drug
[26/06/11]
16. Abuse and Illicit Trafficking in the city on 26 June 2011
with the Cadets.
2011-12
Debate On Combating Terrorism to 1(A) EME COY NCC
CADETS at VRSEC & Col MZU Siddiquie SM Commanding [19/07/11]
1.
Officer of the unit presided over the event and Delivered
a Valedictory speech to the cadets.
Tree Plantation will be carried out by all the cadets of [02/08/11]

2. NCC ,[12/08/11]
1(A) EME COY NCC Cadets Conducted a ralley on Vandey

3. Gandheevam on occasion of Gandhi Jayanthi from VRSEC [02/10/11]
to Indira Gandhi Municipal Stadium at 2pm
1(A) EME COY NCC Conducted Training in Disaster
4. Management Course for all NCC B & C Cadets [10/10/11 to 3/10/11]
for 3 days from 4.30-6.30pm at VRSEC Ground
1(A) EME COY NCC organized a Seminar regarding the
5. [27/10/11]
Importance of Blood Donation on the eve of National
Voluntary Blood Donation Month by Dr.T.V.S.Sastry &
Dr.S.MadanMohan
Introductory talk on Indian Armed Forces & National
Cadet Core to all Branches of B.Tech. Students of VRSEC
6. [10/11/11-14//11/11]
by Comanding Officer Col. MZU.Siddique,SM
1(A) EME COY NCC,KANURU
Blood Donation Camp by 1(A) EME COY NCC Cadets at
[23/11/11]
7. 17(A) BN NCC, Vijayawada location on the occasion of
NCC Day Celebrations
Awareness Aids Rally by 1(A) EME COY NCC Cadets on the [01/12/11]
8.
occasion of World Aids Day
NCC Cadets of 1(A) EME COY Participated on Defence
Awareness Programme organized by Sainik School, [03/01/12]
9.
Korukonda at Indira Gandhi Municipal Stadium in view of
their Golden Jubilee Celebrations
NCC Cadets of VRSEC taking training Firing of Weapons [18/01/12]
10.
at Market yard, Nuzividu.
NCC Cadets of VRSEC visits Tukkuluru Old Age Home, [19/01/12]
11. Nuzividu
NCC Cadets of VRESC Wades through Jungle to Learn [20/01/12]
12.
Fighting Terrorism, Nuzividu
Visit of NCC Cadets of VRSEC to Priya Food Processing [21/01/12]
13.
Unit, Nuzividu
NCC Cadets of VRSEC Interacts with HIV Positive Children, [22/01/12]
14.
Nuzividu
District Youth Welfare Officer & CEO, Krishna District
[23/01/12]
15. Dr.Velaga Joshi visited the NCC Cadets of VRSEC at
Nuzividu and Addressed the Cadets
Flag Area Competition held in Nuzividu for NCC Cadets of
16. VRESC [24/01/12]
LT MSVD SUDARSAN ANO of 1(A) EME COY NCC, VRSEC

attended Group Combined Annual Training Camp-XVI as
[16/01/12 -25/01/12]
17. Deputy Camp Commandant held at Agricultural Market
Yard, Nuzividu
2012-13
1 NCC Workshop : Interview & Group Discussion to 1(A) EME COY NCC [04/08/12]
CADETS by Commanding Officer Col. M.Z.U. Siddiquie.
2 Independence Day Celebrations [15.08.12]
3 VRSEC ANO 1(A) EME COY NCC given a lecture on Indian Armed [01.09.12]
Forces to C-Cadets
4 1(A) EME COY NCC Commanding officer inaugurated NCC obstacle 14.02.2012
training court at VRSEC
5 1(A) EME COY NCC given an lecture on Awareness on HIV Aids 29.09.2012
6 SSB training program for VRSEC NCC cadets at Lt.col.Deols Minerva 05.01.2013-
Academy( Estd 1955) V.P.O.DOAN, Tehsil- Mohali, Panjab 14.01.2013
7 Organized Republic day celebrations at VRSEC 26.01.2013
8 Conduct of Certificate B,C examination 2013 at VRSEC ground for 1300 2nd ,3rd , 22nd ,23rd
and 1181 NCC Cadets respectively of Vijayawada station. 24th Feb 2013
Cultural and Exhibitions Wing Activities :-

2010- 11
1 Republic Day Celebrations were conducted in the College auditorium. Dr. 26-1- 2011
K. Mohana Rao, Principal hoisted the National Flag. The following cultural
activities were conducted on this day.
i. Group Singing patriotic. (6students participated).
ii. Group dance patriotic. (8 students were participated).
iii. Felicitation programme is conducted to Freedom fighter Sri Parakala
Pattabhi Rama Rao by the Principal and all the Teaching & non- teaching
staff members, and students.
2 50 students of our college participated in the Science Exhibition From 2nd to 4th
conducted by Gora Science Centre, Benz circle, Vijayawada 2. The December, 2010
students displayed working models of petrol and diesel engines, gear
boxes, clutch, computers, robots, etc.,. All the students got appreciation
certificates.
3 AFOSEC- Annual Festival (Cultural) of Siddhartha Engg College, 29- 1- 2011

Vijayawada was conducted . Nearly 100 students from 10 Engineering
Colleges in and around Vijayawada participated in the following cultural
activities.
i. Personality contest.
ii. Group Singing Classical
iii. Group Dance- Classical.
iv. Group Dance- western.
v. Solo Dance- Classical
vi. Solo Dance- Western
vii. Solo Singing- light vocal.
viii. Solo singing- classical.
ix. Sportz quiz.
x. General quiz.
The winners of the above competitions were granted with certificates
and mementoes. Nearly 100 students of V. R. Siddhartha Engineering
College acted as Volunteers and they assisted the Teaching Staff to
conduct the competitions in smooth manner.
2011-12

1 Independence Day Celebrations were conducted in the College, near S & H 15 -8 2011
block entrance. Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal hoisted the National Flag. 4
Students participated in Group Singing (patriotic).
2 We conducted preliminary Essay Writing competition for the Income Tax 25- 10- 2011
Department, Govt. of India, on the topic How to make India a corruption free
country, in the department of Mechanical Engineering. Nearly 70 students
participated from all the departments of the College. Two students won first
and second places. They were directed to participate in the final Essay Writing
competition at P. G. College, Siddhartha Academy , Mogalraja Puram,
Vijayawada on 31- 10- 2011.
3 60 students of our college participated in the Science Exhibition conducted by From December 7
Gora Science Centre, Benz circle, Vijayawada. The students displayed working th to 9 th, 2011
models of various machines, dams, bridges, robots, electronic circuits, etc.,.
All the students got appreciation certificates.
4 50 Students of our College participated in the following cultural activities From 18 th to 22

related to the Youth Festival conducted at Acharya Nagarjuna University, nd December,
Nagarjuna Nagar, Guntur District . Our students won prizes in 4 events 2011.
i. Debate
ii. Elocution.
iii. Poster making
iv. Western singing- Solo.
5 5 students of our college participated in Art Competitions , conducted by The 25.12.2011
Andhra Academy of Arts, M. S. Murthi Lalit Kala Art Gallery, Near Sai Mandir,
Mutyalampadu, Vijayawada -11. One student got second prize in the above
competition.
6 10 students of our college participated in various cultural activities in Vignan From 6 th to 7 th

Mahotsav- 2012, conducted by Vignan University, Vadlamudi, Guntur Dist. January, 2012.
7 NCC Cadets of 1(A) EME COY Participated on Defence Awareness [03/01/12]

Programme organized by Sainik School, Korukonda at Indira Gandhi
Municipal Stadium in view of their Golden Jubilee Celebrations
8 1(A) EME COY NCC ANO conducted a talk on ROLE OF NCC IN NATION [31/03/12]
BUILDING for 1/4 B.Tech students by COL MZU Siddiquie SM
9 Save Electricity Campaign by the Cadets of 1(A) EME COY NCC Vijayawada [31/03/12]
10 B Cadets of 1(A) EME COY NCC, VRSEC attended Horse Riding Training Camp [09/05/12 to
in Summer at NTR Veterinary College Campus, Gannavaram. 13/05/12]
11 Awareness Rally on THE MEASURES TO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT SUMMER [07/05/12]

DISEASES by 1(A) EME COY NCC B-Cdts
12 NCC Day Celebrations on the Occasion of 58th Raising day of NCC, 1(A) EME [01/06/12]
COY Organized Several Programmes like Anti Drug Rally, Blood Donation
Camp, Ceremonial Parade and took NCC Pledge at VRSEC College.
2012-13

1 Independence Day Celebrations were conducted in the College, near S & H block 15 -8 -
entrance. Dr. G.Samba Siva Rao, Principal hoisted the National Flag. 4 Students 2012
participated in Group Singing (patriotic).
2 70 students of our college participated in the Science Exhibition conducted by From
Gora Science Centre, Benz circle, Vijayawada. The students displayed working December
models of various machines, dams, bridges, robots, electronic circuits, etc.,. All 7 th to 9
the students got appreciation certificates. th, 2012
3 AFOSEC- Annual Festival (Cultural) of Siddhartha Engg College, Vijayawada was 22- 2-
conducted . Nearly 100 students from 10 Engineering Colleges in and around 2013
Vijayawada participated in the following cultural activities.
i. Personality contest.
ii. Group Singing Classical
iii. Group Dance- Classical.
iv. Group Dance- western.
v. Solo Dance- Classical
vi. Solo Dance- Western
vii. Solo Singing- light vocal.
viii. Solo singing- classical.
ix. Sportz quiz.
x. General quiz.
The winners of the above competitions were granted with certificates and
mementoes. Nearly 100 students of V. R. Siddhartha Engineering College acted as
Volunteers and they assisted the Teaching Staff to conduct the competitions in
smooth manner.
Table 7.17: NCC Activity details

7.2.8. Games and Sports facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5)
(Instruction: The institution may specify the facilities available and their usage in
brief)
Details of department of physical education
S. No Name of the Area Plinth Area in Sq. Mtrs.

1) a. Badminton-Indoor 171 Sq. Mtrs
b. Table Tennis Halls 173 Sq. Mtrs
c. Gymnasium Hall 141 Sq. Mtrs
a). 12 Sq. Mtrs
d. Department Room
b). 12 Sq. Mtrs
e. Store Room 32 Sq. Mtrs.
Play-Ground Consists of 400mtrs Athletic Track, Volleyball,
Beach Volleyball, Ball Badminton, Netball Courts, Long-
2. 40,200 Sq. Mtrs.
Jump, Shot-put, Hammer, Discuss Throw Pits Football, throw
ball, tenni coit and lawn tennis courts, and Cricket fields
Table 7.18: Physical Department Details
List of equipment:
S. No List of Equipment in the Gymnasium.

1 Squat Press
2 Multi Purpose Bench
3 Steel Dumbell-50 kg
4 Bench Press
5 Leg Press
6 Seated Chest Press
7. Stepper with Handle
8 Rowing Machine
9 Tread Mill
10 Dumbbells /Plate Rack
Table 7.19: Gymnasium Equipment Details
S.No Name of the facility Availability for usage No. Of students
Usage
1 Table tennis boards 4 30
2 Badminton-indoor 1 25
3 Gymnasium hall 17individual stations 35
4 Volleyball courts 4 36
5 Throwball 1 18
6 Tennicoit-outdoor 4 16
7 Ball badminton 1 10
8 Football 22
9 Cricket 192
10 4oomtrs athletics track
11 Badminton courts outdoor 2 12
12 hockey 16
Table 7.20: Physical Department Equipment Details
Management of the above facilities:

Refilling, resoling of the playfields with fine quality of red earth, marking and laning, as
and when needed for the utilization to conduct the above events from time to time ie.,
intramural competitions for men and women students, teaching and nonteaching staff,
selection trials and coaching schedules etc,
Recognition Physical Director
Attended as Technical Official for Yonex Sunrise Badminton World Cup2009 held at
Gachibowli, Hyderabd
Technical official for PECET 2008, 09, and 2010 conducted by APSCHE at Acharya
Nagarjuna Univeristy, Nagarjuna Nagar.
Organizing secretary for ANUIC Cricket, Volleyball (women) and Archery , TABLE
TENNIS events
Manager and Coach for ANU Mens Cricket , KHO-KHO, Teams
Selection committee member for ANU Swimming, Cricket, Table Tennis, Lawn Tennis,
Badminton teams.
Broad activities of the department
Preparation of Play fields for the use of players from time to time
Conduct of Selection trials to pick-up talented players for participation at Inter-
collegiate tournaments of Acharya Nagarjuna University, practice matches and
invitation tournaments of students and staff
Coaching provided to the participating teams
Providing games and sports material for the regular practice
To tone-up general fitness purpose, Gymnasium Equipment ie., 23 individual stations
available for the students
Calling quotations for the purchase of quality sports material
Attending University Tournaments and General Body meeting of Acharya Nagarjuna
University
Organizing practice matches for different events from time to time
Sending outstanding players for participation at National level events, tournaments
and also for the coaching camps
Guiding Students/players towards academic accomplishments
Providing sports uniform for the students for participation in tournaments
Financial support to the outstanding sports persons to participate in international/
national level tournaments
Conducting intramural games and sports competitions for men and women students
separately in volleyball, cricket, football, table tennis, badminton, throwball, tennicoit,
athletic events.
Conducting games and sports competitions for the staff of the college both teaching
and non-teaching( men and women) separately
Presenting meritorious certificates and mementoes to the winners and runners in
intramural competitions for students and staff on college annual sports day
celebrations
Providing T.A,D.A and Sports Uniform to the College team players for participation at
inter-collegiate and other recognized tournaments
Grant of attendance to the participating students in the competitions
NOTEWORTHY PARTICIPATIONS:
ACHARYA NAGARJUNA UNIVERSITY INTER-COLLEGIAITE
For the first time Men Power lifting and weight lifting event participated
AVERAGE DAILY PARTICIPATION IN GAMES AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES : 396 students
STUDENTS- REPRESENTED ACHARYA NAGARJUNA UNIVERSITY AT ALL INDIA/SOUTHZONE
INTER-UNIVERSITY TOURNAMENTS
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
YEAR EVENTS
CRICK GYMNA BADMI SWIM TABLE SOFTB BASKET- HOCK VOLLE CHESS
ET STICS/B NTON/S MING/ TENNIS ALL/FO BALL EY YBALL
OXING HUTTLE TAEKW /TENIC OTBAL
ANDO OT L
2012-13 1 0/1 1/0 1/1 5 --- --- 1 --- 1
2011-12 1 1/1 1/1 1 1/1 0/1 --- 1 1 1
2010-11 1 1 ----- 1 1 ---- -- 1 2 1
2009-10 *3 1 1 1 1 . 1 .. 1
*Selected to represent ANU Cricket team but due to disturbances ANU team not
participated during 2009-10
ANUIC TOURANMENTS ORGANISED by VR SIDDHARTHA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
EVENTS
YEAR
CRICKET ARCHERY VOLLEYBALL
Organized C-zone inter collegiate cricket
2012-13
tournaments for the year 2012-2013
ANU EAST ZONE CRICKET TOURNAMENT
ORGANISED in the month of October, 23rd
2011-12 TO 26th
Organized JNTUK cricket tournament in
the month of feb, 2012
ANU EAST ZONE CRICKET TOURNAMENT ORGANISED ANU
ORGANISED in the month of October, WOMEN VOLLEYBALL
2010-11
2010 TOURNAMENT ON
4TH NOVEMBER, 2010
Organized ANU EAST-Z0NE (16TH
October,09 to24th October, 2009) and
Inter-zone tournament from 2nd to 8th
2009-10
December, 2009
Followed by ANU Cricket Team selection
trials on 9th and 10th December,2009
STAFF PARTICIPATION AT OTHER TOURNAMENTS
EVENTS
YEAR BADMINTON(shuttle)
CRICKET
PARTICIPATED IN 40TH AP COLLEGE

PARTICIPATED IN CHANDUS INVITATION
TEACHERS, ABDMINTION
CRICKET TOURAMENT FOR COLLEGE
2012-13 TOURANMENT, HELD AT
TEACHERS HELD AT JKC COLLEGE, GUNTUR IN
P.B.SIDDHARTHA ARTS AND SCIENCE,
MONTH OF JANUARY 2013
VIJAYAWADA IN MONTH OF DEC 2012
PARTICIPATED IN 37TH AP COLLEGE

TEACHERS ABDMINTON PARTICIPATED IN CHANDUS INVITAITON
TOURANMENT-3MENTS, 2 MIXED CRICKET TOURAMENT FOR COLLEGE
2010-11 TEACHERS HELD AT JKC COLLEGE, GUNTUR
DOUBLES TEAM AND WOMEN
DOUBLES TEAM HELD AT ANR
COLLEGE, GUDIVADA
2009-10 .. ..
OUTSTANDING
SPORTS PERSONS-INTERNATIONAL, ALL INDIA INTER-UNIVERSITY & NATIONAL LEVEL
MEDALISTS
ACHIEVEMENT EVENT(S) NAME(S) OF THE INTERNATIONAL/ALL INDIA INTER-

PARTICIPANT(S) UNIVERSITY
Vice captain CRICKET Mr.K.HARISH Under-25 Krishna District Mens team for the
inter district cricket matches for the year
2012-13 ACA cricket matches.
Silver Medal Roller Skating Ms.Naga Secure silver medal in the 24th Inter district
Ramya roller skating Champaign ship for the year
2012 held at Visakhapatnam.
Silver Medal Rink Event Ms.Naga Secured state level silver medal in the rink
Ramya event held at thadikonda.
Gold Medal Swimming Ms.P.Anusha Secured 4 individual gold medals inthe
ANUIC tournament held at BSSB Degree
college
Valuable CHESS Mr.Y.SANDEEP Mr.Y.Sandeep has represented consecutively
University player JNTUK mens Chess team and stood
of JNTUK, consistent player in the University selection
2011-12 trails and participated at South-zone inter-
university mens chess tournaments.
Runners up BADMINTON Mr.L.SIVA Krishna District Badminton Championship for
position in mens NAGARAJU the year 2012 held recently at DRMC
single Stadium, Vijayawada.
Selected to Inter Zonal Mr.K.HARISH Selected to represent Krishna District team
represent Krishna Matches team to play ACA Central zone Senior
district selection matches, 2012 at Anantapur.
FM RATING CHESS MR. D. SAI Secured 3rd place FM rating in the
SRINIVAS International rate in chess tournament held
at srilanka from 7th to 10th October 2011.
Silver Medal CHESS MR. D. SAI Silver medal in Chess Challenge 2011
SRINIVAS International Rating Open Chess
Championship, organized by Knights Flame
Chess Club of KurunegalaSrilanka from 9th to
13th December, 2011, on behalf of The Chess
Federation of Srilanka and FIDE.
Winner CHESS MR. D. SAI National level tournament in Vignan
SRINIVAS Mahostav 2012
Runner up Badminton Mr.Sai Siva rama AP State Engineering college open
Krishna badminton tournament 2011 at DRMC
Vijayawada from 10th to 11th Dec 2011.
Runner up Table Tennis Mr.D.Sri Harsha 35th Inter district and 47th Table Tennis state
champion ship held at LB Stadium Hyderabad
from 29th November to 2nd December 2011.
FM RATING CHESS MR. D. SAI SECURED 5TH FM RATING IN ETHUGALPURA
SRINIVAS INTERNATIONAL RATING CHESS
TOURNAMRENT HELD AT SRILANKA IN THE
YEAR 2010-11
PARTICIPATION CHESS MR. D. SAI PARTICIPATED IN 31ST NATIONAL TEAM
SRINIVAS CHESS CHAMPIONSHIP 2011 HLED AT CHESS
ASSOCIATION KERALA FROM 21ST TO 28TH
FEBRUARY, 2011
SECOND CHESS Mr. D. SAI Runner-up INDIVIDUAL CHESS
SRINIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP TITLE AT NATIONAL LEVEL
YOUTH TOURNAMENTS in the year 2009-10
at vignan national level university
WINNER(2008- CRICKET Mr. N. JYOTHI SAI WON FOR THE FIRST TIME VIZZY TROPHY AT
09) KRISHNA 2/4 C.E ALL INDIA INTER-ZONE INTERCUNIVERISTY
CIRKCET TOURNAMENT 2008-09 represented
ANU & College
FIRST SHOT-PUT- Mr.D. KIRAN SECURED GOLD MEDAL IN SHOT PUT EVENT
ATHLETICS KUMAR AT NATIONAL LEVEL YOUTH ATHLETICS
CHAMPIONSHIP 2008-09
FIRST CHESS Mr. D. SAI WON INDIVIDUAL CHESS CHAMPIONSHIP
SRINIVAS TITLE AT NATI ONAL LEVEL YOUTH
TOURNAMENTS 2008-09
SECOND TCHOUKBALL Mr. V. SANKARA REPRESENTED AP TCHOUKBALL TEAM IN
RAO SENIOR NATIONAL CHAMPIONSIHP 2006-07
SILVER BADMINTON MR. l. LOKESH ALL INDIA INTER UNIVERISTY BADMINTON
SILVER MEDAL HELD AT JIWAJI UNIVERISTY
GWALIOR IN TH EYEAR 2005-06
GOLD GYMNASTICS Mr. J. ARUN WON GOLDMEDAL IN ALL INDIA INTER-
UNIVERSITY GYMNASTICS CHAMPIONSHIP
2004-05
GOLD BADMINTON Mr. A. PRUDHVI ALL INDIA INTER UNIVERSITY TWICE GOLD
(SHUTTLE) MEDALIST represented Indian Junior
Badminton team at Asian Junior Badminton
championship held at Yangaon,
Mayanmannar in 2003-04 and Sub Junior
National Boys Doubles Title
GOLD BADMINTON Mr. P. SUN I L ALL INDIA INTER UNIVERSITY TWICE GOLD
(SHUTTLE) MEDALIST, and represented Indian Junior
Badminton Junior Men team at Junior World
Cup held at China in the year 2000
8. Governance, Institutional support and financial resources (75)
8.1. Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10)
8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4)

(Instruction: Specify distinct features)
Infrastructure & Facility Maintenance Description
Land Built up Area Exclusive for Cleanliness is maintained by the outsourced people
the Institution organized by the institute level incharge.
Land : 24.05acres
Build-up floor space: 52270.57sq.m.
Class Rooms Well furnished class rooms are cleaned by out
sourced sweepers every day.
Seminar Halls Seminar hall of the department is maintained by
departmental in charge faculty & Technician at
regular intervals
Tutorial Rooms Tutorial rooms are cleaned every day and maintained
by faculty in charge.
Laboratories A faculty in charge and a laboratory technician looks
after the maintenance of each laboratory. They put
together propose the budget for the required
consumables, new equipment, repairs and calibration
if required
Equipment Technicians maintain the log book for equipment of
the laboratory. They prepare the preventive
maintenance schedules under the guidance of
faculty-in-charge and carry out regular maintenance
as per the schedules.
Computers A programmer/ Technician and a faculty in-charge of
each computer laboratory are responsible for
maintenance of systems and software. Programmer
carryout maintenance of each computer at regular
intervals and record in the log book. Faculty in
charge prepares necessary budget and submit to
HOD.
Main Library All the books are accessioned accordingly by the
serial number of accession number and classified
subject wise and shelved in the rack according to call
numbers regularly.
Dept. Libraries Faculty members of departments can borrow books
from Dept. Library, and students in their free time
can make use of the books available in the Dept.
Library. One Faculty member is made in-charge of the
Dept. Library.
Internet /Intranet Internet related matters are maintained by a team of
faculty, systems administrator and programmers in
computer science department. They maintain the
daily band width, usage, band width allocation,
sharing etc.
Electricity Maintenance Engineer, Two technicians and one
attender look after the maintenance of electricity.
Water A number of bore-wells available to meet
requirements of garden and toilets .It caters needs of
Staff & Students ,Buildings etc.
Table 8.1: Academic Infrastructure & Facilities Maintenance details
Ambience, Green cover
The college is spread over 24.5 acres of land surrounded by greenery of the fertile lands and on
one side by the Krishna Canal. The college evinces interest in ambience management,
Landscaping, environmental preservation including water harvesting without losing the
professional touch.
Maintenance: One supervisor and 12 gardeners maintain the Green cover.
Built-up space:
College Buildings are constructed in the form of different blocks covering an area of
51731 square meters.
All the Engineering Departments are located in separate & wide blocks.
The campus is surrounded by a compound wall separating the college from the
surrounding environment. All the buildings are well connected by wide internal roads so
that the central facilities are accessible to all the members of faculty and students.
Maintenance: One Engineer, 2 Supervisors, carryout repairs and maintenance job.
Following are some of the highlights of the ambience management and landscaping
Multi-color plantation highlighting the verdure with nominal inscription (i.e. the name
of the college carved with plants) at the T-junction
Adorning the Statue of the benefactor of the college with a bio-necklace.
The towering emeralds on the main road
Clasping green at the faculty parking lot
Green carpet on the quadrangle
Multi-facility play field spanning over10+ acres.
Rows of natural oxygen pots all over the college
Eco-park
In order to create eco-friendly atmosphere, lawns are developed and maintained

around different blocks
Underground pipelines interconnect the sprinklers for watering plants, Lawns etc
Ambience of the work places
Each and every Department has sufficient number of classrooms and laboratories that
are fully ventilated and provided with necessary concealed electrical wiring and
electrical items like fans, lights, computer systems with internet connectivity etc.
Faculty members are provided with separate staff rooms with all the necessary
facilities(Like internet facility, intercom)
Proper maintenance of Classroom infrastructure
Environmental Preservation
Following items present the efforts related to environmental preservation
With a missionary zeal related to social forestry, around 200 well-grown trees are spread
over the entire area of the campus.
For continuing next-gen greenery, the college is nursing about 1000 plants
Thus, the college management is keen on the environmental protection and
preservation, and to take up measures to reduce soil erosion and land degradation.
Cleanliness
Cleanliness is maintained on the campus by disposing all the waste material on a daily
basis with the help of sufficient man-power. Waste water is drained out by the well-
maintained side canals.
All the Biodegradable waste such as dry leaves, twigs and paper are collected on a daily
basis, and made into good compost which again is added to the soil to maintain soil
fertility.
Each block is provided with toilets in each of the floors for boys, girls and faculty
separately. All the toilets are cleaned every day
Besides the regular cleaning process, the environmental protection in the college is
maintained by some activities like plantation in which the students also participate as a
part of NSS Programs.
Maintenance: One Supervisor and 42 maintenance workers maintain the regular cleaning &
maintaining job.
Water Harvesting
In order to facilitate the water harvesting, the college has taken a few measures like
absorption pit method and percolation pit method.
There is enough open space and mud paths to harvest the rain waters
There is enough extent of plantation to reduce evaporative loss and soil erosion.
8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2)
Hostels No of Rooms No of students

Accommodated
Hostel for Boys 58 161
Hostel for Girls 150* 210
Table 8.2: Hostel Details

*Hostel Old Block
No of Rooms:120
No of students per room:1
No in Waiting: Nil
Hostel New Block

No of Rooms:30
No of students per room:3
No in Waiting: Nil
Transport
Transportation is provided exclusively and State transport is also available.College is located

within the city limits on Machilipatnam Vijayawada high way with city bus every 3 minutes.
Number of Buses 3
Facility availed to Boys Hostel Students,
Girls Hostel Students.
Table 8.3: Transportation Details
Canteen facility is available for students, faculty and staff on subsidized rates in the campus.
Canteen Yes
Number of Canteen(s) 01
Area 524 sq m
Daily Usage 1000-1200
Table 8.4: Canteen Details
8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4)
(Instruction: Specify the details of installed capacity, quality, availability, etc.)
A. Electricity and Power back-up:
The college has wide spread arrangements for power connections with a central
Substation, Control panel and Power room. Breakers are available at substations,
Control panels are available at power room. Panels, and Distributions boxes are
available at Individual Departments.
Types of cables used: Under Ground Cables, Aluminum armed 3 Phase with neutral
Cable Sizes : 240 Sq.mm to 6 Sq.mm
Other important details:
College has a 500 KVA transformer (11KV - 415 V) with Breakers and current maximum
demand is 250 KVA.
During power failures, the electricity backup is provided using two diesel generators
each of 125 KVA diesel generators and two generators of 125 KVA are ordered.
The load is optimally shared on the two generators during different times of the
college.
When load is below 125 KVA, only one generator is used and when load is above 125
KVA two generators are put to the operation.
The annual maintenance cost of generators is about Rs 3,17, 000.
B. Telecom facility:
The college has created facilities for smooth and fast communication involving
different kinds of phone connections in tune with the requirements
Landline telephones are available in the Chambers of the Principal, Steno to the
Principal, office of the Principal, Training and Placement Cell and in Autonomous
(confidential) section.
Intercom facility is extended to the functionaries in the Office of the Principal,
chambers of Heads of Departments, Department Offices, select laboratories, Main
entrance and other importance units of the college.
The college has the following kinds of telephone connections
Landline connections with STD facility : 6(one connection has

six lines)
Fax enabled Landline connection :1
Cellular Phones :1
Intercom Phone connections : 120
C. Drinking water
The college has a water purifying unit with Reverse Osmosis process. The unit
processes 1000 Liters of water per hour every day.
The college has an organized supply mechanism to different departments.
Equipment available with the plant
S. No Name of the Equipment Cost of the item
1. Reverse Osmosis Water Plant 2.25 lakhs
Table 8.5: Water Plant Equipment details
D. Security Measures of the college:
Infrastructural:
All the buildings are constructed taking proper care with the required iron
gates and windows.
All the buildings have two or more entrances/ exits which are managed based
on the need.
All the classrooms, laboratories, offices, libraries and all the places of work are
properly locked without prejudice to the balance of secrecy and transparency.
Human Resource oriented:
The college has a two-tier security system.

In-house mechanism- There are 3 Watchmen who work on 3 shifts
The college hired the services of a reputable security agency OPDSS in
Vijayawada through which 20 Security personnel work in the college.
The annual financial commitment on the college is about Rs.12 lakhs for both
the items put together.
8.2. Organization, Governance, and Transparency (10)

8.2.1. Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2)
(Instruction: List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative
bodies; their memberships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the
meetings; and attendance therein, in a tabular form. A few sample minutes of
the meetings and action taken reports should be annexed.)
Organization and Governance

The college has a well-marked administrative set up conforming to the norms of the
AICTE and the UGC. The Governing body functionalities are enclosed in APPENDIX IX
Figure 8.1: Internal Organization Structure
Administrative Setup
There is a Convener acting as the representative of the management.
The Principal wields the powers with regard to financial and to all the
academic and administrative matters including the conduct of
examinations.
Each of the departments has a head of the department who, in turn,
assigns various tasks to different members of faculty.
As far as running the autonomous stream, the statutory and non-statutory
committees look after the academic and administrative procedures.
The statutory committees are constituted as per the guidelines of the UGC
There are 14 Non-statutory committees which have their well-defined
Charters duly ratified by the Governing body
For undertaking examination-oriented tasks, Principal is the Chief
Controller of Examinations
There is a Controller of examinations who is assisted by a Deputy controller
and 3 Assistant controllers of examinations.
As far as the administrative functions are concerned, the Administrative
Officer and the Manager look after the activities executed by clerical,
programming, data entry and ministerial staff.
The departments have their own respective department offices which
function under the guidance of respective heads of departments.
All the monetary transactions (both the receipts and payments) are
processed through a Nationalized bank
The faculty and students are involved in several activities in addition to
academic assignments. The sense of involvement makes them develop a
sense of belonging for the institution.
With regard to the ISO certification process, a Member of faculty is
appointed as the Management Representative who coordinates the activity
with the help of the heads of departments and the department level ISO
coordinators.
Every Funded project has a coordinator who is totally responsible along
with his or her team for the project. Principal wields the financial power.
On the whole, the members of faculty and non-teaching staff of the college
believe in the dignity of labour, and all the functions of the college are
meticulously planned, properly coordinated and perfectly executed.
The following four statutory committees are functioning in the college to look
after the administrative and academic procedures as per the norms stipulated by the
University Grants Commission.
Statutory Number of Functions & Responsibilities Frequency Attendance

Committees Members of Meetings 2012
Meetings
Governing 12 All the academic, Twice in a 11
Body Administrative & Financial year
matters related to faculty,
staff & students.
Academic 22 Scrutinizing and Approval Once in a 22
Council Proposals with or without year
modifications of BOS with
regard to Academic
Regulations, Curricula , Syllabi
etc.,
Board of HOD, entire Preparation of Academic Once in a 95%
Studies Faculty of the Regulations, Curricula , Syllabi year
department & 5 etc.,
outside members.
Finance 3 members Approval Budget estimation. Twice in a 03
Committee year
A few sample minutes and action taken reports are enclosed in Annexure I.
In addition to the committees or bodies presented above, the college has the
following Non-statutory committee
1. Admissions committee
2. Examinations committee
3. Grievance appeal committee
4. Student affairs and welfare committee
5. Library committee
6. Academic audit and quality assurance committee
7. College Development Planning and Evaluation committee
8. Co & Extracurricular activities committee
9. Games and sports committee
10. Counseling Coordination Committee (Anti Raging Committee)
11. Academic Results Monitoring committee
12. Central Purchase committee
13. Building and works committee
14. Anti sexual harassment committee
15. Infrastructure Management committee
The said committees have been functioning in the college in order to facilitate the
successful functioning of autonomy. Each of the committees has been conducting its meetings
the minutes of which have been ratified in the governing body meetings from time to time.
The Disciplinary committees have been constituted on a dynamic basis both for
academic and for general discipline. Principal constitutes the committees whenever the
situation demands.
In addition to the above, Anti ragging Vigilance committees are formed with staff of
the college with specific schedules and locations in the college especially during the initial
months of academic session for the I year students of B.Tech and other programmes.
On the whole, the college has Four Statutory and Fifteen Non-statutory committees.
Implementation of TEQIP:
In the light of the award of TEQIP grant to the college, the college has formed the
Institutional TEQIP unit as per the recommendations enshrined in the Project Implementation
Plan issued by the National Project Implementation Unit of the Government of India.
8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2)
(Instruction: List the published rules, policies, and procedures; year of publications;
and state the extent of awareness among the employees/students. Also
comment on its availability on Internet, etc.)
The rules are well defined and are enclosed in APPENDIX X. The policies and
procedures are made clear. These rules concerned with the General
administration of the college, Recruitment Procedure and service conditions
of the staff, Leave rules of the staff, Policies of Promotion and increment are
framed properly and came into enforcement from 05-03-1981. The college
ISO quality manual contains the relevant information.
All the newly recruited staff and the newly admitted students are made aware
of these rules through orientation programmes. These are also made available
on the college website.
Hand book is made available for all the students at the time of their admission
into college. The hand book comprises of academic regulations, general rules
and regulations of the college with regard to discipline and awareness among
anti ragging act.
Recruitment is done in a transparent manner purely on the basis of merit,
after notifying the vacancies in the leading news papers.
Recruitment of faculty and staff for regular appointment is done by the JNTUK
staff selection committee headed by the Vice chancellor and comprising the
subject experts, the SAGTE management representative and the Principal.
In case of immediate requirement, recruitment is done by the college staff
selection committee consisting of the SAGTE management members,
Principal, the Head of the concerned department and the subject experts.
The published rules, policies and procedures with regard to faculty and staff
Recruitment, promotions, leaves, retirement and PF are published on 05-03-
1981and these are made available on the college website.
8.2.3. Decentralization in working including delegation of financial power and

grievance redressal system (3)
(Instruction: List the names of the faculty members who are
administrators/decision makers for various responsibilities. Specify the
mechanism and composition of grievance redressal system, including faculty
association, staff-union, if any.)
There is decentralization in working and as far financial powers are concerned

management is the highest authority. The financial aspects are discussed in Finance
committee
The principal is given the power to spend Rs 1,00,000/- with Rs. 5,000/- as a single piece
of expenditure.
Heads of departments are given Imprest amount of Rs. 4,000. The account is periodically
reviewed by the principal.
Annual Budget is prepared by the Heads of departments. Principal reviews those
statements. Management finally grants the permission to those budget statements.
As far as Grievance redressal is concerned, there is a committee looking after the
matter.
Principal constitutes separate committees based on the requirements. Based on the
recommendations of the individual committees Principal takes action.
Administrators / Decision makers:
- Head of the Institution : Principal
- Heads of Academic sections : Heads of the Departments
The following members of faculty have been assigned with administrative
responsibilities.
The following members of faculty have been assigned with administrative
responsibilities.
S.NO Name of the Basic academic Additional / Administrative
member of faculty designation responsibility(ies)*
1. Dr.N.Vijaya Sai Professor of Controller of Examinations
Mechanical Engg.
2. Dr. TSR Chowdary Professor of Civil Deputy Controller of Examinations
Engg.
3. Dr.B.Panduranga Professor of Civil HOD, Civil Engg.
Rao Engg.
4. Dr.V. Srinivasa Rao Professor of HOD, CSE.
Computer Science &
Engg.
5. Dr. K.Sree Rama Professor of ECE HOD, ECE & chairman, Admissions
Krishna committee
6. Dr.M.Sree Krishna Professor of EEE HOD, EEE
Rayalu
7. Dr. Y.Raja Rao Professor of EIE HOD, EIE
8. Dr.A.Koteswara Rao Professor of IT HOD, IT
9. Dr.AV Ratna Prasad Professor of HOD.ME & chairman, Examinations
Mechanical Engg. committee
10. Dr.L.Anuradha Professor of Business HOD, MBA
Management
11. Sri.K.Anji Reddy Senior Assistant HOD, MCA & Asst. Controller of
Professor of Examinations
Computer
Applications
12. Dr.Ch.Baby Rani Associate Professor HOD, Mathematics
of Mathematics
13. Dr. Sri Devi Associate Professor HOD, Physics
of Physics
14. Dr.A.Ratnakar Professor of HOD, Chemistry & I/C of I/IV B.Tech
Chemistry
15. Dr. K. Ram Chandra Associate Professor HOD, English, Asst. Controller of
of English Examinations & Chairman, Extra-
curricular activities committee
16. Sri J.Hari Krishna Assistant Professor of Asst. Controller of Examinations
Computer
Applications
17. Lt.MSVD Sudarsan Assistant Professor of Associate NCC officer(Commissioned)
Mathematics
18. Dr.K.Narendra Associate Professor NSS Programme officer
of Physics
19. Dr.NCS Rao Associate Professor Management representative of ISO

of Business certification
Management
20. Dr.A Jhansi Rani Professor of ECE Chairperson, Library committee
21. Smt.M.Suneetha Associate Professor Chairperson, Academic Audit and
of IT Quality Assurance committee
22. Dr.NR Krishna Professor of Civil Chairman, Grievance Appeal committee
Murthy Engg.
23. Dr.N.N. Sastry Professor of EIE Head, R&D wing
24. Sri.B.Hari Babu Assistant Professor of Assistant controller of Examinations
MBA
Table 8.6: List of faulty with Academic responsibilities
Grievance Appeal Committee
The Grievance Appeal committee is intended to undertake the processes of attending to

the grievances put forward by the students and staff. It focuses on setting proper facilitation
procedures for settling the issues in a cordial atmosphere. The committee is expected to initiate
proper or appropriate enquiry or investigative mechanism within 24 hours from the receipt of
the complaint in written form duly signed by complainant(s). The committee is expected to
meticulously adhere to the standard arbitration procedures of the college and those of AP
education act 1982, AP prohibition of ragging act 1997, AP service rules corrected up to 01-04-
2008, Industrial disputes act 1947 (Section-9C Chapter II B), the administrative tribunal act
1985, negotiable instruments act 1881, Societies registration act 1860 and all other such
enactments of the Government of Andhra Pradesh and Government of India from time to time.
(Details are given in Basic functions).
Scope of the operations:
The committee shall take into consideration all the redressal criteria and rules and
regulations of the college and government of Andhra Pradesh both in admitting the complaint
and in conducting the enquiry. The committee is expected to commence its operations by
constituting a special committee in case of need.
The observations, findings, suggestions and recommendations are merely
recommendatory in nature and do not carry any legal binding for the college to follow or
implement. The committee is expected to submit the minutes of its meetings along with
observations, suggestions, if any, and resolutions to the respective statutory committees for
further processing the same at the deliberations. The chairman and the members of the
committee shall undertake all the operations in coordination with the Heads of the
departments and administrative office.
Composition of the committee:
A senior member of faculty is appointed as Chairman/ Chairperson by the Principal

10 members of faculty are nominated by the Principal
The chairman is expected to undertake all the prime duties of the committee, namely
convening the meetings, recording minutes, recording special observations and
suggestions, if any, processing the data and obtaining ratification of the minutes,
resolutions, observations, taking necessary steps for tabling the said documents for
ratification by the statutory bodies etc.
Basic functions of the committee:
The following items fall under the purview of the committee. The committee is expected to
extend its co-operation to the members of faculty and staff appointed or drafted for specific
tasks from time to time like other members of faculty including heads of departments or non-
teaching staff appointed or drafted by the Principal for taking up a special enquiry related to
any complaint, controller of examinations and other personnel drafted by the principal in case
of an examination oriented grievance etc. The activities are classified in two categories
Planning, and Monitoring & execution.
Planning activity:
Preparing the grievance redressal procedures from time to time and notifying the tenets
to the staff and students.
Studying and compiling the relevant enactments of the Government of AP and
Government of India.
Identifying the relevant on-going litigations and keeping the institution abreast of
different verdicts of the Local courts and higher courts or tribunals or other legal bodies
including Lokayukta and Human rights commission.
Monitoring and Execution activity:
Receiving appeals from the students and staff.

Identifying the gravity of the appeal.
Ascertaining the legal implications of the appeal.
Ascertaining whether it falls under the purview of a non-statutory committee or not.
Classification of appeals into academic, administrative and discipline-oriented.
Constitution of a separate committee in case of need.
Ascertaining the provisions of the committee.
The committee may meet within 24 hours from the time of commencement of its operation
and decide over the course of enquiry.
Ascertaining the individuals to be involved in the enquiry.
Categorizing the individuals enquired - Prime accused, second accused, connivers, Witnesses
etc. based on the item if it is related to an act of indiscipline.
Recording the depositions with time and date.
Submission of the report after deliberations among the members of the committee
Based on the report, the action taken can be finalized. The disciplinary action is finalized since
the item falls under the jurisdiction of the Principal except in such circumstances which warrant
the intervention of the statutory bodies namely Governing Body, Finance committee, Academic
council, boards of studies and ultimately the Management.
In case of an academic appeal, constituting a house-committee and subsequently the
committee with experts from other institutions, and finally referring the reports of the
committee to the academic council
If it is an administrative appeal, an in-house committee has to be constituted the report of
which shall be sent to the management for further action.
In case of an appeal related to service matters, a committee shall be constituted to look into the
verdicts of the tribunal of the government regarding similar items and submitting a report to
the management for further action.
Meeting Schedule and Process of convening a meeting:
The chairman is expected to issue a circular with the schedule and agenda one week in
advance. However the chairman reserves the right to conduct any emergency session under
certain circumstances that can be deemed to be an emergency situation. If it is not possible for
the chairman to convene a meeting because of any academic or administrative reasons, one of
the senior members of the committee can take up the responsibility of convening the meeting
with the prior approval of the Principal. Tentative schedule of the meetings during an academic
year has to be drawn by the chairman.
Quorum and other standard tenets:
An Attendance of 5 members is considered the quorum for any of the meetings.

The committee may prepare a draft plan for items presented supra for further
processing by the relevant bodies.
If any member comes up with an innovative proposal, he/she may be advised to prepare
a full-stretch document of the project put forward with projected financial commitment
with relevant documents failing which such open suggestions can deferred to the next
meeting by requesting the members to be more focused in their approach.
The deliberations are strictly confidential and shall be confined to in-house circulation,
and if any member is found leaking the information to external agencies, the matter
shall be reported for correctional administration.
8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information (3)

(Instruction: Availability and dissemination of information through the Internet.
Information provisioning in accordance with Right to Information Act, 2005).
Transparency
In order to ensure transparency, the college takes the following measures.
Academic and Administrative Transparency:
All the members of faculty are the members in the Board of studies.
All the issues are discussed in the meetings of the Heads of Departments, which are held
periodically the minutes of which are circulated to all the departments.
The decisions taken and the issues discussed in meetings of the Heads of Departments
are informed to the faculty in the department level meetings
All the decisions taken by the Statutory bodies pertaining to particular items are
informed to all the staff
All the important pieces of information are sent to the faculty, staff and students
There are Notice Boards in all the Blocks through which information is made available to
the staff and students and very significant circulars are sent to the classrooms.
Student Attendance has to be posted every month by the respective members of faculty
on the College website which gets consolidated and placed in the notice boards for
information to the students
Academic Results and all the important items are placed on the College website
The Mandatory Disclosure is presented on the website including the academic
regulations and syllabus.
All the information about the college is made crystal clear through the college web-site.
Every parent can get information about his/her wards attendance and performance.
Students can get details about:
University marks and mid marks report

Attendance
Previous Papers
Syllabus
Course Structure
Department News
View Notices
Staff Details
Alumni Details
The college has arranged web mail facility to the entire faculty with individual Ids for
faster and more accurate information.
Uploading college information related to extension of approval by the AICTE
Making all the relevant documents available at the time of inspection to several bodies
including Social welfare departments, university committees, UGC committees, NBA,
NAAC, ISO and Corporate accreditations like TCS etc.
Since the college is not receiving any grant for running the institution, Right to
information act 2005 does not apply to the college.
8.3. Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10)
Summary of current financial years budget and the actual expenditures incurred (exclusively
for the institution) for three previous financial years.
Item 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11 2009-10
Budgeted Expenses Budgeted Expenses Budgeted Expenses Budgeted Expenses
up to up to 31-
31/12/ 12-2013
12
Incurred and Incurred and Incurred and Incurred and
Infrastructural maintained by maintained by maintained by maintained by
built-up Management Management Management Management
Library 9.00 4.42 20.00 11.683 25.00 17.132 19.00 13.28
Laboratory 151.40 51.66 97.483 73.091 64.531 86.913. 85.462 47.640
equipment
Laboratory 4.16
3.00 3.00 4.930 2.00 3.02 1.00 2.693
consumables
Teaching and non- 1292.00 1181.47 1356.00 1298.474 990.00 1002.308 864.00 891.64
teaching staff salary
R&D 1.50 0.75 5.00 2.623 5.00 1.003 5.00 2.176
Travel 1.25 0.52 6.00 3.699 6.00 2.79 6.00 3.234
Other, specify 150.52 193.83 336.357 485.547 587.651 368.540 414.572 361.178
Total 1607.62 1436.81 1823.84 1880.048 1680.182 1481.697 1395.034 1321.85
Table 8.7: Budget Report
(Instruction: The p r e c e d i n g list of items is not exhaustive. One may add other
relevant items if applicable.)
8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4)
(Instruction: Here the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over
the years was adequate.)
The yearly budget is prepared according to the needs & requirements of the
departments taking into consideration of annual intake of students, laboratory &
infrastructure developments. Students, faculty & staff requirements and promotions
and latest technologies etc.,
Formal budget estimates will be prepared by each department and will be

reviewed in HODs meeting with the Principal.
After deliberations formal budget made altered in departments and forwarded

to Principal for preparing final budget at college level. The final budget is sent to
Management for approval and sanction. The Management is approving almost 100%
which was proposed by the institute. The budget allocation and utilisation for the
last three years is adequate.
8.3.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5)

(Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilized
during the last three years.)
Utilization of allocated funds 2011-12 2010-11 2009-10 2008-09
103.08% 88.19% 94.75% 101.2%
Table 8.8: Fund Utilization report
8.3.3. Availability of the audited statements on institutes Web site (1)
(Instruction: Here the institution needs to state whether the audited statements
are available on its Web site.)
2009 10 NO Yes URL: www.vrsiddhartha.ac.in/audit
Table 8.9: Details of Audited Statements

8.4. Program Specific Budget Allocation, Utilization (10)
Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditures incurred in the CFYm1 and
CFYm2 (exclusively for this program in the department):
Items Budgeted Actual Budgeted Actual Budgeted Actual
in CFY expenses in CFYm1 Expenses in CFYm2 Expenses in
2012-13 in CFY (till 2011-12 in CFYm1 2010-11 CFYm2
March
15th
2013)
Laboratory
24,35,000 13,50,000 15,00,000 13,50,000 10,66,000 8,76,800
equipments
3,06,720
Software purchase 7,00,000 - -
R&D - - - - - -
Laboratory
- - 3,50,000 2,40,670 2,60,000 2,55,926
consumables
Maintenance and
4,50,000 80,135 50,000 4950 50,000 4,000
spares
Travel - - - - - -
Miscellaneous
expenses for 3,50,000 - 1,10,000 24,274 50,000 32,472
academic activities
Total 39,35,000 17,36,855 20,10,000 16,19,894 14,26,000 11,69,198
Table 8.10: Program Budget Details

8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5)
(Instruction: Here the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over
the years was adequate.)
The budget is progressively increased to meet the new facilities for equipment,
replacement of outdated equipment and new labs due to revision in syllabi.
8.4.2. Utilization of allocated funds (5)

(Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilized
during the last three years.)
Year Budgeted Expenses Utilization of funds
Budgeted in CFY (2012- 39,35,000 17,36,855 44.13%
2013)
Budgeted in CFY (m1) 20.10,000 80.59%
16,19,894
(2011-2012)
Budgeted in CFY (m1) 81.99%
14,26,000 11,69,198
(2010-2011)
Table 8.11: Fund Utilizations report
8.5. Library (20)
8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified
librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking, etc. (5)
(Instruction: Provide information on the following items.).
Carpet area of library (in m2) Reading space (in m2)

Number of seats in reading space
Number of users (issue book) per day Number of users (reading space) per day
Timings: During working day, weekend, and vacation
Number of library staff
Number of library staff with degree in
Library Management Computerization for
search, indexing, issue/return records Bar
coding used
Library services on Internet/Intranet INDEST or other similar membership
Archives
Ambience:
The library has good ventilation with both sides windows and on the top maximum
number of lights and fans are fitted. We are maintaining SC, ST Book Bank Scheme
separately and separate technical Section is available for classification and cataloguing.
We have Separate Digital Library for e-recourses. The books are arranged according to
subject classification and arranged in the library in systematic manner. We have a
separate News paper section. We are conduction user orientation programme for fresh
students every year. Separate reference section for text books are also available in the
library.
Carpet area of library (in sq m) Library:- 1300 sq m.
Reading space (in sq m ) 450 sq m.
Number of seats in reading space 150
Number of users (issue book) per day 650 above per day
Number of users (reading space) per 850 above per day
day
Timings:
During working day, 8:00 am to 8:00pm,
weekend and vacation 10:00am to 1:00pm
Number of library staff 12
Number of library staff with degree in 5
Library Management
Computerization for search, indexing, YES
issue/return records
Bar-coding used YES
Lib services on internet/intranet YES
INDEST or other similar membership I-EEE, AISME, ASCE, Mc.GRAWHILL, ELSEVER,
Archives N-LIST,DELNET, J-GATE. EBSCO.
Table 8.12: Details of Library
8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4)

Number of titles 17517 Number of volumes 71240
Year Number of New Number of New Number of New

Titles Added Editions Added Volumes Added
2010-11 140 430 2625

255 360 2460
2011-12
385 375 2425
2012-13
Table 8.13: Details of Titles and Volumes in Library
8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription (3)
Details CFY CFYm1 CFYm2 CFYm3

Science As soft copy --- --- --- ---
As hard copy --- --- --- ---
Engg and Tech As soft copy 512 486 265 240
As hard copy 142 142 161 161
Pharmacy As soft copy --- --- --- ---
As hard copy --- --- --- ---
ARCHITECTURE As soft copy --- --- --- ---
As hard copy --- --- --- ---
Hotel As soft copy --- --- --- ---
Management
As hard copy --- --- --- ---
Table 8.14: Scholarly journal subscription details
8.5.4. Digital Library (3)
Availability of digital library contents:
If available, then mention number of courses,

number of e-books, etc. Availability of an exclusive
server:
Availability over Intranet/Internet: Availability of exclusive
space/room: Number of users per day:
Availability of Digital Library contents: YES

If available, then mention number of Courses-9, CDs-2000,
Courses, number of e-Books etc. Computers-19, e.books-1875
Availability of an exclusive Server: YES
Availability over Intranet/Internet: YES
Availability of exclusive space/room: YES
Number of Users per day: 175
Table 8.15: Digital Library Details
8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous
contents (5)
Year Expenditures Comments
Book Magazine / Magazine / Misc.

Journals Journals Conten
(for hard copy (for soft copy ts
subscription) subscription)
8,42,000 1,89,000 7,98,000 2,75,000 --

2010-11
9,88,510 1,46,470 14,67,642 3,27,536 --
2011-12
8,57,321 1,69,120 1.19.916 1,39,427 --

2012-13
Table 8.16: Library Budget Details

8.6. Internet (5)
Name of the Internet provider: Net Links

Available bandwidth: 12 mbps
Access speed: Excellent
Availability of Internet in an exclusive lab: Yes
Availability in most computing labs: All labs
Availability in departments and other units: Yes
Availability in faculty rooms: Yes
Institutes own e-mail facility to faculty/students: Provided for
faculty
Security/privacy to e-mail/Internet users: Yes
(Instruction: The institute may report the availability of Internet in the campus and
its quality of service.)
Internet Provider Net Links
Bandwidth 20shared bandwidth under
NMEICT of Dept MHRD
Access Speed Excellent

Table 8.17: Internet Facility Details
Availability
Availability in an exclusive lab for Internet use ? Yes
Availability in most computing labs? Yes
Availability in departments and other units? Yes
Availability in faculty rooms? Yes
Institutes own Email facility to faculty/students Yes
Yes- The college has an IT
policy which provides
guidelines for usage of IT
Security/privacy to e-mail/Internet users:
infrastructure and addresses
security & privacy issues of
users.
8.7. Safety Norms and Checks (5)
8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1)
The safety of electrical equipments is taken by properly selecting the Conductor size
(wire size) so that the wire will withstand during short Circuits and unbalances. The safety of
equipment and wires is provided by MCB, RCBO and fuses. MCB provides protection during
short circuits and RCBO provides protection from earth leakages. Fuses provide protection
from over currents.
Every piece of equipment is provided with proper earthing so that it will be provid protection
from internal faults.
Earthing & Earth pits:
As the college has a multi-block academic ambience precautions have been taken for proper
earthing.All the major pieces of equipment are provided with proper earthling materials.32
Earth pits are available in the college. Required amount of charcoal, salt, and earthling rods are
made available to the personnel.Geographically, Vijayawada is 19 metres above the mean sea
level and the earth pits are arranged above 15.25 meters above mean sea level area.
Observation Report for Earth pits
Year 2009-10(1st july 2009-30th june 2010)
Regular maintenance is done the annual observations reports of which are presented
below.
No. of Earth pits Remarks

S.No Date
Checked /Observations
1. 25-06-2010 05 nos Filling 1kg salt and coal
2. 31-03-2010 06 nos Filling 3kg salt and 2kg coal
3. 28-01-2010 07 nos Filling 1 kg coal and salt
4. 20-11-2009 05 nos Filling 2kg coal and salt
5. 23-09-2009 08nos Filling 1kg coal and salt
6. 27-07-2009 06nos Filling 1kg salt and coal
8.18: Safety Norms and checks details
Note: Regular watering every month

Regular maintenance is done, the annual observation reports of which are presented below
S.No Date
Note: 4. 28-11-2010 04 nos Filling 2kg salt and coal
Regular watering every month.
S.No Date
1. 25-01-2012 10 nos Filling 20 kg salt and coal
2. 20-12-2011 06 nos Filling 10 kg salt and coal
Note:
Regular watering every month.
Fire-fighting measurements: Effective safety arrangements with emergency /

multiple exits and ventilation/exhausts in auditoriums and large
classrooms/labs, fire-fighting equipment and training, availability of water,
and such other facilities (1)
All the academic buildings have two or more entrances / exits. Fire fighting is
very essential where large gatherings are there of students. Labs are the places
where large number of students work with equipment carrying considerable
amount of current and having voltages.
To avoid damage to the equipment and to the furniture and students fire
fighting equipment should be placed at all the places where large gatherings
are expected.
These will help in saving lives, property from fire. To do fire fighting generally
fire fighting cylinders containing powder mixtures to emit CO2 to extinguish
fire. These are available in different sizes.
In case of large fire, multiple exists should be designed to the buildings and
places so that immediate evacuation is required.
The college has the required firefighting equipment the details of which are
given below.
Type and size of the equipment ABC 2 KG/1KG Fire Extinguishers
No of pieces of equipment 125
Cost of the equipment About Rs.1,50,000
The expected coverage of the 4 Thousand people
Equipment
The placement of the equipment All the Academic blocks, Library,
Auditorium, Administrative Block,
Seminar Halls & Hostels
Table 8.19: Fire-Fighting equipment details
In addition to the fire extinguishers, water is available abundantly which
can be of immense utility in case of emergency.
Water points in all the blocks.
Plastic water tubes are available which can be used for pouring the water.
Every year our college has been organizing one day training program with
firefighting equipment to NCC cadets, security people and technical staff.
8.7.2. Safety of civil structure (1)
The college takes all the precautions before it goes for constructing a building. The
following measures get meticulously executed before, during and after construction.
Processes of Construction
The plans are developed by eminent engineers outside the institution.

The site is inspected and necessary fortification gets done.
The soil is monitored by the department of Civil Engineering.
Necessary approvals are obtained by relevant government bodies
Full-time engineers work on the construction.
The progress of constructions is reviewed both by college administration and the
management representatives on a regular scale.
All the norms laid down by the law-enforcing authorities are adhered to.
The department of civil engineering monitors structures.
Stability tests are carried out on in-house facilities.
Safety management of civil structures
The college accords prime importance to safety of the constructions.

The flooring is monitored on a periodic basis and whenever there is need it is
relaid.
The ceiling is monitored and care is taken in order to see that there would not be
rashes.
Window frames are checked and painted whenever there is a need.
Buildings are white washed on a periodic basis.
Doors are protected from white ants and painted on a periodic basis.
Roofs of the buildings are maintained and steps are taken to prevent seepage.
Proper drainage system is provided to prevent water logging.
The Department of Civil Engineering maintains all these activities.
8.7.3. Handling of hazardous chemicals and such other activities (2)

(Instruction: The institution may provide evidences that it is taking enough
measures for the safety of the civil structures, fire, electrical installations, wiring,
and safety of handling and disposal of hazardous substances. Moreover, the
institution needs to show the effectiveness of the measures that it has
developed to accomplish these tasks.)
The college takes all the care regarding the chemicals or other materials which may turn
out be hazardous in nature
One of the places where chemicals are largely used is the Chemistry Laboratory. The
chemicals are given in diluted form to the students at the time of experiments
In addition to diluting the chemicals teachers and supporting staff warn about the
possible dangers of mishandling or careless handling of those chemicals.
Exhaust fans and fuming cupboard are arranged in the chemistry Laboratory in order
to remove gasses and odorous chemicals from the Laboratory.
In the Physics laboratory also, specific care is taken in order not get the students and
staff exposed to the LAZER beamer.
The following care is taken in work shop and in other labs
Students are required to wear uniform/apron and shoes in order to protect them
from welding sparks, heat etc. Also, they will use black glass shield to protect
their eyes from ultraviolet rays liberated in the arc welding sparks.
All the welding cables are properly insulated in order to avoid electric shock to
the students and insulation tape is widely fixed around cuts to the electrical
wires, if any.
All the tools have been periodically sharpened to have proper cutting at
moderate effort and the clamping of the work pieces has been done properly.
Mains are switched off when electrical connections are in progress. Fuse wire is
provided in the circuit in order to eliminate burning of entire circuit, in the case
of over loads.
Since scissors and G.I.Sheet, chisels have sharp edges; students are given
instructions that they should handle them properly in order to avoid cuts.
All the rotating hattie machines, milling machines, drilling machines are covered
with proper guards to avoid accidents when the operator is dealing with the
change of belt on the pulleys, etc.
Petrol, Diesel and lubricants are kept in proper tins by sealing them with caps.
Match sticks are not allowed to light in fuel lab to avoid explosure and fire
accidents.
Students are instructed to maintain minimum one meter distance from rotating
members like fly wheels, fans, pulleys of the I.C.Enginees.
Exhaust manifold and silencer pipe are insulated properly to avoid injuries to the
students and staff.
Exhaust gasses are left far away to avoid air pollution in the lab.
Students have to wear hand glouse, masks for nose etc. While working with the
chemicals and proper ventilation is provided for the composite Laboratory.
Freon gas leakage is arrested by using proper seals at the pipe joints and guards
& meshes are provided for safety.
8.8. Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and First-aid (5)
Availability of counseling facility
Arrangement for emergency medical care
Availability of first-aid unit
(Instruction: The institution needs to report the availability of the facilities

discussed here.)
Availability of counselling facility:

The college has a multi layered Counselling mechanism.
General Counseling and Mentorship:
Immediately on the admission into the First year of the B.Tech Programme, the
college commences its process of mentoring the students by employing the method of
Group counseling as well as individual counseling. 20 students are attached to a teacher
counselor. The teacher counselor is advised to monitor the regularity in attendance and
performance of the student in academics. In addition to the above, the teacher
counselor is expected to offer counseling human values and core principles of success to
the students attached to him/her A
Behavioral Counseling:
The college invites experts in the field and arranges Lectures and orientation
programmes to offer training in several aspects related to organized and fruitful human
behaviour
Qualifications of Counselors and Mechanisms Adopted:
The members of faculty of the college who are Post graduates and above
Guest counselors are eminent or recognized trainers.
General counseling goes on a regular basis and whenever there is any need a
special counseling is conducted. Records are maintained by the respective
teacher counselors.
Professional Ethics course at I/IV B.Tech: Since thought structuring is a core
principle in personality development, a course on Professional Ethics has been
made mandatory for all the students
Life skills, Soft skills and up bringing ones life: For this the courses in
communication skills have specifically been designed in order that the students
acquire a thorough understanding regarding the patterns of social and
professional behavior expected of
Psychiatric counseling: Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education is
also been running a Medical college which caters to the needs of such
counseling. There was not any necessity for VR Siddhartha Engineering College to
approach the medical college for this purpose
Availability of Psychiatrists and Psychologist
1. Dr.Kodali Madhavi, M.D.
2. K.G.Dhanesh, M.Sc., Ph.D.
No. of cases handled: 03
Severity of the cases handled: 03
Type of counseling: oral, psycho-analytical
Response: immediate
Arrangement for emergency medical care
The college has a qualified doctor: Dr.N.V.Krishna Rao, M.D., who visits the college
every day.
There are 6 super-specialty hospitals (Nagarjuna & Time etc) & 12 other small hospitals
within two kilometers Range. All those hospitals have Ambulance Facility. The response
time of those ambulances is about fifteen minutes.
Besides the said Ambulances, there are 108 Ambulances run by emergency
Management Research Institute, a public-private partnership company, the pioneer in
emergency management services in India, the response time for which happens to be
not more than half an hour.
Availability of first-aid unit:
College has a Dispensary with 2 beds. All the Departments and units of the college have
First aid boxes with basic items like Cotton, Tincture iodine, healing plasters etc
9. Continuous improvements
This criterion essentially evaluates the improvements of the different indices that have
already been discussed in earlier sections.
9.1. Improvement in Success Index of Students (5)
From 4. 1
Items LYG LYGm1 LYGm2 Assessment
0.75 0.93 0.84 0.84

Success index
Table 9.1: Success Index of Students
9.2. Improvement in Academic Performance Index of Students (5)

From 4. 2
API 7.72 7.4 7.17 7.43
Table 9.2: Academic Performance Index of Students
9.3. Improvement in Student-Teacher Ratio (5)

From V-P. 1
Items CAY CAYm1 CAYm2 Assessment
STR 19.24 19.76 19.69 19.56

Table 9.3: Student-Teacher Ratio
9.4. Enhancement of Faculty Qualification Index (5)
From V-P. 3
FQI 25.12 24.28 23.28 24.26
Table 9.4: Faculty Qualification Index
9.5. Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy
Work (10)
From 5. 6 and 5. 7
FRP 10.42 10.37 4.61 8.46

FPPC 15.28 15.55 14.30 15.04
Table 9.5: Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy
9.6. Continuing Education (10)
In this criterion, the institution needs to specify the contributory efforts made by the
faculty members by developing the course/laboratory modules, conducting short-term
courses/workshops, etc., for continuing education during the last three years.
Developed / organized by
Any other contributory
Inst./ Industry
Module Resource Target

Duration Usage and citation etc.
Description Persons Audience
IT Faculty
CMT To enrich self
Multimedia IT 3 Months Y.Sandeep and UG
ES employment skills
students
Office Staff of Automation of Office
Open Office - IT 2 Weeks M.Ramesh
the college work
Office tools
Online Course
MOODLE - IT 5 Days K.R.Anne College Staff
Management
Interactive Course
POGIL - IT 1 Week K.R.Anne IT Faculty
Management
S.Sriharsha
IT Faculty &
STEP IIIT IT 6 Months R.RamaKris Learning by Doing
Students
hna
B.L.Phanee Capable of doing
IT Faculty &
Open CV - IT 1 Week ndra projects in Signal
IV students
Radhe Syam Processing
To develop working
Beagle Y.Bhanusre IT Faculty &
_ IT 1 Week models with ARM
Board-XM e IV students
processor
Prof
Guest
- 1Day Narasimha
lecture
m
Bapatla
Engine
Guest
- erin-g 1Day K.R.Anne Introduction to LATEX
lecture
college
, Baptla
Bapatla
Faculty of
Faculty Engine
Various
Enablement - ering 1 Week K.R.Anne Machine Learning
engineering
Program college
colleges
, Baptla
Workshop
On Advanced Pushkal IT IV year
Programmin - 1 Week Consultancy Students and
g in Java ,Hyderabad Faculty
Workshop
IT IV year
on Advanced RSRL,
- 1 Week Students and
Programmin Vijayawada
Faculty
g Essentials
Table 9.6: List of Workshops, short term courses for continuing education
9.7. New Facility Created (15)
Specify new facilities created during the last three years for strengthening the
curriculum and/or meeting the POs:
Facility Developed / Target Audience Usage and citation etc.
Description organized by
New Building Management Faculty & Students Enough space and individual staff
rooms
Research and Management Faculty & Students To Encourage Research
development Publications
LAB
Exclusive dept Management Faculty & Students For immediate and easy
library referencing for research, teaching
and studying
WIFI Management Faculty & Students Comfortable Internet Access
connectivity for
department
MOODLE Faculty Faculty & Students Online Course Management
Laptops Management Faculty Ease of learning e-materials
POGIL Faculty Students Interactive Course Management
Synchronous Faculty Students E-Teaching
distance
teaching via
MOODLE
Individual staff Management Faculty For better class room teaching and
rooms with research
internet facility
Table 9.7: List of facilities for strengthening curriculum
9.8. Overall Improvements since Last Accreditation, if any, Otherwise, since the
Start of the Program (20)
Specify the overall improvements:
Specify the Improvement brought in Contributed List the Com

strengths/ by PEO(s), ments
weakness which are , if
strengthe any
ned
In CAYm2
Less qualified No. of faculty with M.Tech. have Management I-V
faculty increased
No R & D Wing Research lab is established and open Management II,III,V
24X7 for staff and students
Need to recruit 2 Faculty at senior level with PhD were Management I-V
faculty at senior recruited
level
Faculty Teaching in Faculty refreshment program on Dr. K.R. Anne IV
Telugu effective communication is arranged
Consultancy External consultancy and sponsoring Faculty III,V
trust consultancy is strengthened
In CAYm1
No research Research culture is introduced by way Faculty II,III,V
culture in the of applying for projects and designing
department projects for students
Less qualified 76% of faculty withM.Tech qualification Faculty I-V
faculty
Faculty pursuing 7 faculty members enrolled for PhD Faculty II.III,V
Ph.D
No funded UGC funded MRP Dr. K.R. Anne III,V
projects
In CAY
Publications 32 publications in referred Faculty II,III,V
national/international Journals /
national/ international conferences
Table 9.8: Improvements since last accreditation
APPENDIX I
ALUMNI SURVEY
If you are graduated from Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College with B.Tech in Information Technology, we would
like to hear from you. We would appreciate if you would take a few minutes and respond to this survey. This survey is placed by the Department
of Information Technology, VRSEC, Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh in order to assess the Program Educational Objectives
Share Your Experiences Here !!!
Personal Information Thanks for your help !!
Name ( in full )
Firm / Organization
Current Position
Year of Graduation ( passed out )
Register number (* optional )
Email-id
Contact number
For each question, place a tick () that best describe your opinion.
1. What is your initial position in professional career?
2. How comfortable were you in the training/initial months in your first employment?
Very Satisfied Satisfied Good Average
3. What is your current position at your employment?
4. What is the nature of projects you handled after your graduation (either in employment or individually)
Government sponsored E-Governance Collaboration / Research

Testing Application Development Information Security
Any other (specify) :
5. What is the size of your team in profession when working in teams? (Mark all that apply)
3-5 4-6 5-10 10-12
6. To meet the current job requirements, please specify the tools/technologies you used other than what you have learnt during
the program.
7. Have you pursued any higher education? If yes please specify the following.
i) What is your masters degree that you had pursued? (Mark all that apply).
M.S / M.Tech / MBA / Any other (please specify)
ii) What is the duration taken to complete the masters program?
8. Have you taken any diploma courses (minimum 6 months duration) since graduation? If yes, specify below
Yes / No
9. Please provide any additional comments or suggestions that will improve our program?
APPENDIX II
Rubrics for Program Outcomes Assessment
Rubric for analyzing a given problem and identifying computing requirements
Name: ____________________Internal/External Evaluator:______________________ Course: ______________ Date:___________

Intended Outcome. Analyze and Identify and define the computing requirements for a given problem which are appropriate to its solution
Highly competent 3 Competent Beginner
Problem statement Problem statement describes Problem statement describes Problem statement is not
complete understanding of the some understanding of the specified at all.
problem. Describes fully the known problem. Describes most of the
information and what needs to be known information and what
determined. needs to be determined .
Requirement specifications Clear and concrete description of Description of computing No clear computing
computing requirements in terms of requirements is some what clear requirements for the
hardware and software in terms of hardware and problem solution.
specifications software specifications
Rubric for usage of current techniques/skills/modern tools

Intended Outcome. Select/Explore the new tool and able to work on it
Rubric Below expectations 1 Meets expectations 2 Exceeds expectations 3
Knowledge of professional tools Is not familiar with state-of-the-art Knows what tools are generally Maintains expertise in
tools (hardware, software). available and is competent to use appropriate tools for the field
them at a basic level.
Selection of tools Is not able to identify the right Can usually identify tools that Can identify and evaluate which
tools for a particular problem or might fit a particular problem or tools are best for a particular
project. project. problem or project.
Use appropriate simulation design tools Not used any tool in any of the Used tool but could not Used tool effectively and
phases of the problem conclude the results concluded results with various
test cases.
Ability to develop new skills and Is unable to independently learn Is able to eventually learn new Is able to quickly and effectively
expertise new tools and skills; requires tools and skills, but is sometimes learn new tools and skills.
assistance. inefficient and uncomfortable
doing so.
Rubric for local/global impact of computing in society

Intended Outcome. Analyze real world problems using accomplished knowledge
Rubric for Term Paper
Rubric Moderate(1) Good(3) Excellent(5)
Awareness of global Good understanding of the

Deep understanding of the immediate and
effects Some awareness of the more widespread effects but with
long-term issues on users and non-users
extended effects of computing somewhat limited perspective about
locally and globally.
long-term factors;
Understanding of Some understanding of the Good understanding economic factors Deep understanding of economic factors
economic factors economic factors as as applied to problem computation applied to this and related computing
and how it affects other relate problems and the impact they may have on
problems the economy at large as well as long term
trends.
Awareness of Moderate understanding of the Good understanding of the Deep understanding of the immediate and
implications to implications to society in the implications to society in the creation longterm implications to society in the
society at large creation and/or use of computing and/or use of the computing creation and/or use of the computing
technology technology as well as its relation to technology, and the overall potential
general societal issues; benefits and risks to society.
Rubric for Mini and Major Projects
Rubric Unacceptable(1) Below Expectations(3) Meets Expectations(5)

Knowledge Not able to Able to Able to
identify the economic, social identify the economic, social and identify the economic, social and
and environmental environmental costs of Information environmental
costs of Information Technologies, but not able to costs of Information Technologies, and
Technologies. define why technology can be able
transform the way of live. to define why technology can transform
the way of live.
Comprehension Not able Able Able
to foresee how their current to foresee how their current and to foresee how their current and future
and future work will future work will work will
influence the economy, society influence the economy, society and influence the economy, society and the
and the environment, the environment, environment,
. but cannot apply this to their daily and apply this to their daily work.
work.
Application Not able to tackle real problems Able to tackle real problems but Able to tackle real problems related with
related with computing skills, cannot apply the acquired computing skills, and apply the acquired
and apply the acquired knowledge to find solutions, taking knowledge to find solutions, taking into
knowledge to find solutions, into account economic, social and account economic, social and
taking into account economic, environmental constraints. environmental constraints.
social and environmental
constraints.
Rubric for understanding of professional/ethical/social and security issues

Intended Outcome. Understand the professional/ethical and legal issues relevant to IT
3 2 1
Always documents source of others' Referencing use of others' work Has been caught turning in
Originality work and make an effort to the work of others
determine if use is appropriate
Formulate specific professional Acknowledges that a software Lack of awareness of

Professional Competency standards and how they apply to design is professionally sub- professional standards in
software design. standard. software design.
Can clearly articulate and assess Student is aware of Security issues Lack of awareness of
Security issues likelihood of securities issues in a but cannot articulate security issues in software
case of software design. design.
Rubric for working in multidisciplinary teams

Intended Outcome. Participate as responsible member of a team in developing software solutions
Rubric Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Exemplary
Assumes individual and team Does not complete Completes all assigned Completes all assigned Thoroughly completes all
responsibility assigned tasks or tasks by deadline and tasks by deadline to assigned tasks by
actively participate in participates in many advance the project deadline and proactively
the team. team activities. and participates in helps other team
most team activities. members to advance the
project.
Recognizes and appreciates varied Rejects alternate Respectfully redirects Respectfully identifies Treats team members
backgrounds of team members viewpoints and has focus away from and acknowledges respectfully and
some disrespectful or conflict to the conflict to work manages or resolves
impolite immediate task at towards resolution. conflicts in ways that
communication. hand. strengthen overall team
cohesiveness.
Rubric for communication skills

Intended Outcome. Oral and written communication of students in Term Paper/Projects
Rubric Very good (5) Acceptable (3) Unacceptable (1)

Speaks effectively
Presentation audible to all and spoken language is Presentation mostly audible and Mumbling or poor volume or spoken
Speaks clearly
very good spoken language is good language is poor
Information is in logical
Organization Information is in logical, interesting sequence Cannot understand presentation because
sequence which audience can
Of presentation with visuals which audience can follow. there is no sequence of information.
follow.
Presentation includes all Presentation includes Presentation lacks
Content completeness
Key information needed Most key information Some key information
Writes effectively
information is in logical
Information is in logical sequence with diagrams, Mostly unclear
Writing skills sequence without diagrams, table
table etc., complete and formatted. And not formatted
etc., complete and formatted
Sentences are complete and grammatical. Words In a few places, errors in sentence Errors in sentence structure and grammar.
Language (grammar and
choice is good. structure and grammar. Word There is a repetition of the same words and
word choice)
choice could be improved. phrases
Rubric for Mini Projects
Rubric Excellent (5) Acceptable (3) Unacceptable (1)

Oral presentations
Clear voice , good spoken language and Low voice, acceptable spoken language Inaudible voice and poor
Delivery
confident delivery and general delivery delivery
Complete explanations of key concepts
Complete explanation of key concepts Explanations of concepts with
Subject knowledge with some relevant literature and poor
with relevant literature and visuals literature are inaccurate.
visuals.
Eye contact with limited group within Makes some eye contact with
Eye contact over entire room appropriate
Relating to audience audience. Generally appropriate audience. Responds to
responses to questions
responses to questions questions inadequately
Written communications
Information is in logical sequence with information is in logical sequence Mostly unclear
Content and style diagrams, table etc., complete and without diagrams, table etc., complete
formatted. and formatted And not formatted
Sentences are complete and grammatical. In a few places, errors in sentence Errors in sentence structure and
Language (grammar and word Words choice is good.
choice)
structure and grammar. Word grammar. There is a repetition
choice could be improved. of the same words and phrases
Rubric for Major Projects
Rubric Excellent (5) Acceptable (3) Poor (2)

Oral presentations
Accurate and complete. Explanation of key partial complete explanation of key Explanation of concepts not accurate
Expresses ideas clearly
concepts with relevant literature concepts with relevant literature. with literature.
Eye contact over entire room and elaborate Eye contact with limited group and Minimal eye contact with audiences
Relating to audience
appropriate responses to questions limited responses to questions and limited responses to questions
visuals are used, some are
Effective use of visuals enhance/add visuals are partially added the
Visuals distracting the audience from the
impact to presentation impact to presentation
presentation
Written communications
At ease with content and able to Uncomfortable with content. Only
Demonstration of full knowledge of the
Content and knowledge elaborate and explain to some basic concepts are demonstrated and
subject with explanations and elaboration.
degree. interpreted.
Sentence structure accurately varied and Sentence structure generally varied Sentence structure often neither
Clarity and composition clear. Easy to comprehend. and clear. Easy to comprehend varied nor clear. Moderate
interference with comprehension.
Reference section complete and Minor inadequacies in references. Inadequate list of references or
References
comprehensive. references in text.
Rubric for continuing professional development

Intended Outcome. identifying and usage of information sources to accomplish a given assignment

Rubrics
3 2 1
Recent and highly effective tool or Recent but moderately effective tool or Not recent not effective tool or technology or
Selection of task technology or process or research technology or process or research trend is process or research trend is selected
trend is selected selected
Takes self responsibility for Takes self responsibility for learning and Takes no responsibility for learning and collects
Self learning and extensive use of learning and searches data searches data extensively about tool but minimal data about tool.
resources extensively about tool and related collects no data about related ones.
ones.
Rubric for Mini and Major Projects
Rubrics 3 2 1
Recent and highly effective tool or Recent but moderately effective tool or Not recent not effective tool or technology or
Selection of task technology or process or research technology or process or research trend is process or research trend is selected
trend is selected selected
Digs up all kinds of information, Collects adequate information about the tool Collects minimal information and about just the
Research/information comes up with exhaustive but not much about related ones particular tool/ technology
gathering information including all the
background.
Rubric for understanding engineering and management principles

Intended Outcome. applying engineering and management principles as an individual and team member
Rubrics Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory
Project Planning Lack of capability in choosing Selects appropriate team but lack Completely aware of the project,
appropriate team of awareness about proper project team and project control.
planning in terms of timeline etc.,
Project Process Attends group meetings without Arrives prepared for group Arrives prepared for group
any preparation meetings but does not work Meetings on time and works
effectively as group member effectively as a group member
Project Delivery Fail to deliver project on time Able to deliver only projects Delivers project on time and also
rough draft on time effective professional content.
APPENDIX III
Sample Course Assessment
IT 3004 DATA STRUCTURES
I. Course syllabus
UNIT I:
Introduction: Basic Concepts, Algorithm Specification Data Abstraction, Performance Analysis-
Time complexity, Space complexity.
Stacks: Definition and examples, Representing stacks, Applications: Infix, Postfix and Prefix,
Recursion, Towers of Hanoi problem.
Queues: Queue and Its Sequential Representation, Queue as an abstract data type, implementation
of queues, insert operation, circular queue, implementation and operations.
Linked lists: Singly Linked Lists and Chains, Representing Chains, linked stacks and queues,
polynomials, Doubly Linked List, Circularly Linked List, Operations on a Circular Linked List.
Insertion, deletion, traversal.
UNIT II:
Trees: Introduction: Terminology, Representation of Trees
Binary Trees: Properties of binary trees, binary tree representation, Complete Binary Tree,
Expression trees construction and evaluation.
Binary Tree Traversals: Inorder, Preorder and Postorder recursive and non-recursive.
Binary Search Trees: Definition, searching a Binary Search Trees (BST), Insertion into a binary
search tree, Deletion from a binary search tree.
UNIT III:
Graphs: Terminology, Graph Representations: Adjacency Matrix, Adjacency List
Elementary Graph Operations: Depth First Search and Breadth First Search, Spanning Trees:
Prims and Kruskals algorithms.
Shortest Paths and Transitive Closure: Dijsktshtras Algorithm, Warshals Algorithm, Floids
Algorithm.
UNIT IV
Efficient Binary and Multi Search Trees: AVL trees- rotations, insertion and deletion,
Introduction to m-way Search Trees, B Trees-insertion and deletion.
Searching: Sequential search, Binary Search, Comparison and analysis.
Sorting: Insertion Sort, Selection, Bubble Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Heap Sort, Radix Sort,
Practical consideration for Internal Sorting.
Hashing: Hash Functions, Collision Resolution Strategies
Content Beyond Syllabus:
External sorting algorithms, red black trees
Learning resources
Text Books:
1. Horowitz Sahni and Anderson-Freed Fundamentals of Data Structures in C. 2 ed, Universities Press.
2. Yedidyah Langsam , Moshe J. Augenstein and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Data Structures using C
and C++. 2 ed, Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data structure and Algorithm Analysis in C. Addison Wesley Publication.
2. Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G. Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications,
McGraw Hill.
3. Thomas Cormen, C. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction to Algorithms. 2 ed, PHI.
II. Concept map of Data Structures course
III. Course outcomes (COs)
Having successfully completed the course, student will be able to:
CO Description
CO 1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze

the consumption of resources (time/space).
CO 2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the
memory using static and dynamic allocations.
CO 3: Implement binary search tree to design applications like expression trees.
CO 4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest
CO 5: Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and

sorting algorithms.
CO 6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual

problem and develop in C
IV. Mapping of Course outcomes (COs) to Program outcomes (POs)
Data structure course maps majorly to a, b, c, e program outcomes
Pos
A B C d E f g H I j k
Cos
CO1 1 2 1
CO2 2 1
CO3 1 2 2 1
CO4 1 2 1 1
CO5 1 1 2 1
CO6 1 1 1 2 1 3 3
Fig 1: Mapping of Course outcomes to Program outcomes
V. Assessment of Course outcomes
CO1 Interpret and compute asymptotic notations to describe work done by an

algorithm and relate to the consumption of resources (time/space).
Delivery BB for Mathematical orientation
methods Guided enquiry learning for practice
Assessment Home assignment End of semester

method/ Mid-term exams Monthly
period of Laboratory Weekly
End exam End of semester
assessment
Execute a search algorithm in C language for unsorted data whose time

complexity is O(n).
Write a C program to implement Binary search program using recursive and
non recursive methods. Is time complexity and space complexity same for both
methods? Explain.
Write a c program to construct a data structure where traversal requires less
space complexity and traversal is allowed in both directions .Give
disadvantages if any in this data structure.
Write comparative searching techniques to search a key in a dynamic list.
Calculate the time and space complexity of search algorithm. Try to reduce the
complexity to O(log n) of search algorithm. Discuss the possibilities
Execute a C program that will search an element in an array with a time
complexity of O(log n)
Sample Focus
questions Input 1 : 2 5 6 9 10 13 19
Key : 6
Input 2 : 2 4 5 6 13 78 98
Key : 6
Input 3 : 2 4 5 6 13 78 98
Key : 8
CO2 Exemplify and implement how abstract data types such as stack, queue and
linked list can be implemented to manage the memory using static and dynamic
allocations.
Delivery Power point presentation and BB
Laboratory programs
methods

Quiz/ tutorial End of topic
assessment
Write Abstract Data Type of a data structure which can be applicable for
recursion process and implement this data structure in C language using arrays.
Modify Queues implementation in C program such that the disadvantage of de
queued space is non reusable is overcome
Can you implement a stack with the following node structure? Explain the
possibilities and implement a stack using suitable node structure
P
v P Next
prev Data
prev Next
Sample Focus
ata
questions Write a program that simulates a mouse in a maze. The program must print
the path taken by the mouse from the starting point to the final point,
including all spots that have been visited and backtracked. Thus, if a spot is
visited two times, it must be printed two times; if it is visited three times, it
must be printed three times.(Back tracking would help the situation)
Construct memory in a fashion that data enterd will follow a sequence of
orderly input and orderly output and no priority is given to the middle values.
Use contigious memory spaces to execute it.
CO3 Implement binary tree traversals and operations on binary search trees to design
applications like directory structure management and expression trees.
methods Laboratory programs

assessment
It is known that when dynamically added data is stored using a binary search
tree and traversed in in-order yields incremental sorted order. Modify either the
Sample Focus data structure or order of traversing in a BST to yield a decremented sorted
questions order.
Find the polished expression using non linear data structure.
CO4 Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like shortest path,
network flow, and minimum spanning using graph theory.
methods Laboratory programs

assessment
Solve the problem of a sales man who needs to visit all capitals of Indian states
with minimum cost. He is not willing to travel a city twice.
A manager of MNC needs to visit Dubai from Vijayawada through airways and
there is no direct flight to fly. Provided all flight services with source
Sample Focus destination and cost. Identify the minimum cost path to plan his journey
questions through connecting flights.
Implement an algorithm to find the shortest packet sending path from all
servers to every client provided the weights between them. Consider at least 3
hubs each with 6 systems.
CO5 Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting
algorithms.
methods You tube Videos

assessment
Execute a search algorithm in C language for unsorted data whose time
complexity is O(n).
On what type of data searching can be done?
Given the program for Linear search on integers write a program for linear
Sample Focus
search on characters
questions Explain best case, average case and worst case of linear search.
data structure or order of traversing in a BST to yield a decremented sorted
order.
CO6 Identify data structuring strategies that are appropriate to a given contextual
problem and able to design, develop, test and debug in C language considering
appropriate algorithm.
Delivery Overall essence of all the subject
methods
method/ Laboratory Weekly
period of
assessment
Write a program that simulates a mouse in a maze. The program must print the
path taken by the mouse from the starting point to the final point, including all
spots that have been visited and backtracked. Thus, if a spot is visited two
times, it must be printed two times; if it is visited three times, it must be printed
three times.(Back tracking would help the situation)
data structure or order of traversing in a BST to yield a decremented sorted
order.
Write comparative searching techniques to search a key in a dynamic list.
Calculate the time and space complexity of search algorithm. Try to reduce the
complexity to O(log n) of search algorithm. Discuss the possibilities
In a particular data base that is stored in a dynamic fashion, it is observed that
same data is replicated. It is decided to remove all these replicates in order to
optimize the memory used. Implement a solution to achieve this.
Sample Focus Write a program for zip/postal code look up (i.e., if u given postal code output
questions will be city name and area name and pin code) using a data structure.
Write a program that reads a list of names and telephone numbers from user and
inserts them into a BST tree. Once the tree has been built, present the user with
a menu that allows him or her to search the list for a specified name, insert a
new name, delete an existing name, or print the entire phone list. At the end of
the job, write the data in the list back to the file. Test your program with at least
10 names.
Solve the problem of a sales man who needs to visit all capitals of Indian states
with minimum cost. He is not willing to travel a city twice.
A manager of MNC needs to visit Dubai from Vijayawada through airways and
there is no direct flight to fly. Provided all flight services with source
destination and cost. Identify the minimum cost path to plan his journey through
connecting flights.
Implement an algorithm to find the shortest packet sending path from all servers
to every client provided the weights between them. Consider at least 3 hubs
each with 6 systems.
Data structures IT 3004
Academic Year:2010-11 Enrolled students:135
Teaching Methodology: Assessment tools:
Continuous assessment
Lecture by teacher Practicals
PPT End semester exam
COMPREHENSIVE RESULT ANALYSIS:
90
80
81
Continuous
79 assessment
65
70
60 53
Assignm Sessional- Assignme Sessional- 50 38 4141
40 32 32 34
Marks ent-1 1 nt-2 2 30 22 22 0-5 marks
Range No. of students in the range 20 5-7 marks
10
0-5 22 38 22 41 0 7-10 marks
5-7 32 32 34 41
7-10 81 65 79 53
Semester end Assessment
Total no. of students

115
passed
Ex 29
A+ 37
A 17
B 12
C 9
Failed 20
Micro Result Analysis:
A: Appeared R:Reached Strongly attained Moderately attained
Assessment method Attainme Mappe

nt level d PO
CO Assignment 1 Sessional 1 Assignment 2 Sessional 2 Practical Home End semester exam
of CO
assessme assignme
nt nt
Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q Q Q Q Q
1 2 3 4 5
A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A/R A/R
CO 135 135
a, c
1
CO 135 135
13 10 13 8 13 8 e
2 5 0 5 4 5 9
CO 135 135
13 12 13 8 a, e
3 5 1 5 4
CO 135 135
a, c, e
4
CO 135 135
a, b, e
5
CO 135 135
a, b,
6 c,e
othe 13 10 13 11 13 9 13 8 13 5
r 5 0 5 3 5 8 5 8 5 3
Instructor Report:
Impact of delivery methods : Able to understand and identify core concepts

Course outcome Attainment remarks : Course outcomes are not entirely attained. Self learning and practical
orientation is not completely attained
Student Feedback : Need more practice.
Scope for improvement : Teaching methodologies and evaluation methods are to be changed
Course co-ordinator Remarks : For the next academic year during curriculum revision changes has to
be changed in evaluation methods.
Lecture by teacher Home assignment
Class discussion Practicals
End semester exam
150 124
99 91
Assignm Sessional- Assignme Sessional- 100
62 0-5 marks
Marks ent-1 1 nt-2 2 50
50 34 32 23 5-7 marks
Range No. of students in the range 27 20
16
6 7-10 marks
0-5 27 62 6 32
0
5-7 20 34 16 23
Assignment 1 Sessional 1 Assignment 2 Sessional 1
7-10 99 50 124 91
Semester end Assessment
Total no. of students
129
passed
Ex 29
A+ 37
Failed 17
A: Appeared R: Reached Strongly attained Moderately attained
Assessment method Attainment Mapped

level PO
of CO
assessment assignmen
t
Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5
CO 145 146
a, c
1
CO 145 146
146 126 100 96 144 128
e
2
CO 145 146
144 130 63 44
a, e
3
CO 145 146
111 99
a, c, e
4
CO 145 146
107 85
a, b, e
5
CO 146
a, b, c,
146 105 84 73 97 84
6 e
Instructor Report:
Impact of delivery methods: Programming abilities are improved
Course outcome Attainment remarks: Attainment of CO 2 requires most of the semester time.
Student Feedback: Submission of home assignments can be completed only after the attainment of CO 1 to
CO 5. So unable to submit on time
Scope for improvement: .......
Course co-ordinator Remarks: Assessment for CO 1 is not done and steps should be taken to assess and measure
its attainment.

Lecture by teacher Home assignment
Guided enquiry learning Practicals
Group activities End semester exam
Applicative oriented practicals
Challenge labs
Continuous assessment Continuous 107

assessment
120 103
Assignm Sessional- Assignme Sessional- 100
ent-1 1 nt-2 2 80 68 71
Marks
Range No. of students in the range 60 0-5 marks
3735 3731
0-5 37 37 14 11 40 25 5-7 marks
Semester 1416 11
5-7 35 31 16 25 20 7-10 marks
7-10 68 71 107 103 0
end Assessment
Total no. of students passed 115
Ex 13
A+ 24
A 17
B+ 16
B 13
C 24
D 10
Failed 23
A: Appeared R: Reached Strongly attained Moderately attained
Assessment method Attainment Mapped

level PO
of CO
assessment assignment
Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5
CO 140 140
140 79 137 120
a, c
1
CO 140 140
68 24 103 77 95 63 137 116
e
2
CO 140 140
89 85
a, e
3
CO 140 140
85 65 89 82
a, c, e
4
CO 140 140
140 115
a, b, e
5
CO 140 140
a, b,
6 c,e
Instructor Report:
Impact of delivery methods : Many students acquired skills like critical thinking, self learning, problem solving
and process skills
Course outcome Attainment remarks : Course outcomes are attained to a satisfactory level.
Student Feedback : Student feedback regarding the course is greater than 4.5.Students considered the
course self challenging
Scope for improvement : CO 2 has to be improved and may be teaching methodology has to be
modified.
Course co-ordinator Remarks : POGIL methodology should be implemented to make sure the failures can be
reduced.
APPENDIX IV
Sample PO Assessment
PO 10: An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences.
Assessment Criteria:
PO (j.1): Oral and written communication shown by the students in curriculum
PO (j.2): Communication skills shown in extra-curricular activities
Assessment Process and tools:
PO (j.1)
The ability of the students to communicate effectively is assessed regularly during the program
through various courses. The communication abilities are broadly categorised into oral and written
communication skills. Precisely, these abilities are assessed over the following courses during the program
using appropriate assessment tools for each course. In addition to these courses, these abilities are also
assessed by the faculty in other courses when students present the seminars and write the home
assignments
Course Measurement Assessment Tool
FY2003: Technical English Performance in internal and External marks

and Communication Skills external exams.
IT 3052: Communication Performance in two External marks
skills Lab spoken activities, Rapid
speaking session to assess
spontaneity, written
communication task as
part of internal marks.
Performance/marks in
external lab
IT 6054: Term Paper Technical report Assessed by a team of
submitted evaluators with a pre published
rubric (Snippet of rubric is
Oral and Power point
given)
presentation at the end of
course Rubric 1
IT 7053: Mini Project Technical report Assessed by a team of

evaluators with a pre published
submitted rubric (Snippet of rubric is
Oral and Power point given)
presentation at the end of Rubric 2
course
IT 8052: Major Project Technical report Assessed by a team of
submitted evaluators with a pre published
rubric (Snippet of rubric is
Oral and Power point
given)
presentation at the end of
course Rubric 3
PO (j.2)
Communication skills shown during the extra-curricular activities in addition to the curriculum are
considered taking in to consideration of the following:
Program level Statistics: (PLS)
Workshops and seminars participated in other institutions and our institute.
TOFEL/IELTS
Survey reports:
Exit Survey: After the end of the program
Alumni Survey: After one year of graduation
Employer Survey: After one year of graduation
Measurements considered under this section to assess the PO are:
Number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like Workshops,

Seminars, Paper Presentations, Technical Quiz etc.
Number of students participated in entrance examinations like TOFEL, IELTS etc
Program level statistics:
At the end of every academic year annual report is developed where the statistics of students who
have participated in professional bodies/ student chapters/workshops/seminars/conferences/paper
presentations/internships/industry visit/TOFEL/GATE/IELTS etc. is prepared. A comparative statement with
the previous academic year is considered to indirectly assess the PO
Survey reports:
Exit survey: The IT program has developed a written questionnaire for graduating students called as Exit
Survey. This has to be submitted by all the graduating students. The students feedback data is used to
help identify any emerging trends in either a positive or a negative direction. The survey questions related
to this PO are as follows:
How much effective are you able to communicate your ideas to others either
oral/written/presentation?
Do you observe your communication skills are improved after your graduation
course?
Alumni Survey: The alumni survey is a written questionnaire which alumni are asked to complete. Data will
be collected after one year of graduation. The data will be analyzed and used in continuous improvement.
The survey questions related to this PO are as follows:
How well has your graduate education helped you to write a technical document?
Are you comfort in presenting documents and power points at your
company/institute?
Employer Survey: The employer survey is a written questionnaire which employers of the programs
graduates are asked to complete. The survey questions related to this PO are as follows:
Can our graduate effectively communicate ideas and technical information?

How often do you select our student to communicate with customers?
Assessment Analysis:
The communication abilities were assessed with student data which was collected during the
course work. Both course level assessment and FY 2003 oral assessment by the faculty indicate that most of
the students presentation and writing skills are good. Some difficulty in answering questions precisely and
accurately was observed. The figure 1 illustrates these observations
90%
80%
80%
70%
60%
60%
50%
50%
40% 35%
30%
20%
10%
0%
Two spoken Observation book Rapid speaking Written task
activities session
Figure 2. Assessment for Technical English and Communication Skills Courses

With the direct assessment, it was observed that overall students were able to perform spoken and
written activities at an acceptable level (80-85%). Students did not perform as well on Rapid
speaking session which is useful to identify the spontaneous communication abilities of our
graduates (60-65%). (57%
In IT 3052 some difficulties were observed in graduates with respect to group discussions and
individual communications.
The necessary actions were taken to overcome the identified weaknesses by inviting external bodies
to give appropriate practices.
The students performance in the course IT 6054 was evaluated along five dimensions with Table 1
rubric. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's oral skills and how well the student
relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate the students writing skills. Each of these dimensions is
assigned a score. The figure 2 gives the Term Paper assessment results analysis.
Assessment of IT 6054 for AY 2010-11 and AY

2011-12
100
80
60
40
Very Good (5)
20
0 Acceptable (3)
Unacceptable (1)
Figure 2: Assessment for Term Paper

The course IT 7052 was evaluated the student performance along five dimensions. The first three are
mainly concerned with the individual student's presentation delivery, subject knowledge skills and how well
the student relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate the students writing skills. The figure 3
gives the assessment results analysis.
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20 Excellent (5)
10 Acceptable (3)
0
Unacceptable (1)
Figure 3: Assessment analysis for Mini Project course
Total 150 student records were used for the assessment of Mini Project course during the academic
year 2010-11 and are shown in figure 4. Which indicates that the presentation and delivery skills of
students were good (>85% scored 5s and 3s, <5% scored 1s). In the oral assessment, students
performed well on two dimensions, some weakness were apparent in subject knowledge (>5%
scored 1s and <70% scored 5s and 3s). From figure 5, it was observed that most students were able
to perform acceptable performance on both oral and written communication for the academic year
2011-12. More than 70% of the students scored above level 3 and less than 12% of the students
scored below level 3in Mini Project. With the help of guest lectures and workshops students were
gained relevant subject knowledge and improved their performance in this course as compared to
last year. 77% 89%
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20 Excellent (5)
10 Acceptable (3)
0
Unacceptable (1)
Figure 4: Assessment analysis for Major Project course IT 8052
The students performance in IT 8052 was evaluated along six dimensions. The first three are mainly
concerned with the individual student's presentation skills, what types of visual aids were used to enhance the
presentation skills and how well the student relates to the audience. The fifth and sixth evaluate the students
writing skills in terms of content, clarity and reference section. The figure 4 gives the assessment results
analysis.
From the figure 6, it is evident that students performance in terms of communication abilities was
good (65-75%). The usage of visual aids in the presentation was poor (40-45% only). However, on
criteria 4th and 5th students were performed at an acceptable level. It was observed that on criteria
6th students were not able to perform at the acceptable level. From the figure 7, it was observed that
students performance in communication abilities was very good (75-80%) . The usage of visual aids
in the presentation also good (65-75%). Criteria 4th and 5th, students were performed at an
acceptable level. It was observed that on criteria 6th students were able to perform at the acceptable
level as compared to the last year. 65% 75%
Presently with regarding to writing, two changes are to be included in IT 8052 to improve students
writing skills. The first activity will involve distribution of actual engineering reports followed by
good and bad characteristics of formatting or organization, clarity and content, and how these items
could be improved. The second activity will involve each team evaluating its own first major
submittal. This will be followed by a group discussion on what can be improved and how will
improve their subsequent submittals.
In addition, the number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like workshops,
paper presentations conducted at various institutions and our institute is collected at end of the each
academic year. This data is used for communication abilities assessment. Also, the number of students
appeared and qualified for TOEFL/IELTS entrance exams were used for the assessment of the outcome. The
assessment result analysis is shown in figure 8 and figure 9.
80%
70%
60%
50%
40% Paper Presentation
30% Work shop
20%
10%
0%
2009-10 2010-11 2011-12
Figure 8: Student participation in various activities

Participation in Enterence Examinations
80%
70%
60%
50%
40% Appeared
30% Qualified
20%
10%
0%
2009-10 2010-11 2011-12
Figure 9: Student participation in entrance examinations
From the figure 6 and figure 7, we observed that there was an increase in participation of our
graduates in paper presentations and workshops. This shows that, the ability to perform
communication skills was good and was at the satisfactory level. There was also an increase in
participation of our passed out graduates during in entrance exams like GATE, GRE, TOEFL, CAT and
almost 80-90% of the participants obtained eligibility to pursue higher education.
Around 100s of our graduates were participated in various co-curricular activities. Apart from
participation our students secured prizes for events like technical paper presentation, model
exhibition etc.,. Students exhibited their talent by presenting their papers at IIT Delhi , IIT
Kharagpur and BITS Hyderabad.
Nearly 50-60% of our graduates showed interest towards pursuing higher education. Most of our
graduates were qualified.
With the help of indirect assessment, the students communication abilities were evaluated. The survey
template was used for the assessment of communication abilities as shown below.
Template of Program level statistics
Measurment No of students
Participation in Paper presentations, workshops and seminars
Attending TOFEL/IELTS
Template for evaluating survey reports.
Question Sample size Average on 1-5 scale
Exit survey
How much effective are you able to communicate your

ideas to others either oral/written/presentation?
Do you observe your communication skills are improved after
your graduation course?
Alumni survey
How well has your graduate education helped you to

write a technical document?
Are you comfort in presenting documents and power points at
your company/institute?
Employer survey
Can our graduate effectively communicate ideas and

technical information?
How often do you select our student to communicate with
customers?
Exit Survey was completed by 136 of 150 graduating seniors with almost 4.5 response rate.

55-5% of Alumni responding to the Alumni Survey indicated 4.1 response rate

45-50% of employers responding to the Employer Survey indicated they are satisfied with the
communication skills exhibited by our graduates and response rate is 3.5
Summary
Rubrics for evaluating PO attainment with performance indicators:
Completely attained Attained Partially attained
Performance 3 2 1
indicators:
At least 60 % of the students At least 50 % of the students At least 30 % of the students

are at high competence are at high competence are at high competence
PO (j.1): Oral and written level and 30% students are level and 30% students are level and 30% students are
communication shown by at moderate competence at moderate competence at moderate competence
the students in curriculum level from IT 2003, IT level from IT 2003, IT level from from IT 2003,
(60% weightage) 3052(exam results), Rubric 1 3052(exam results), Rubric 1 IT 3052(exam results),
(term paper), Rubric 2 (mini (term paper), Rubric 2 (mini Rubric 1 (term paper),
project), and Rubric 3 project), and Rubric 3 Rubric 2 (mini project), and
(major project) (major project) Rubric 3 (major project)
Program 60% of the students have 50% of the students have Less than 30% of the
Level participated (taken from PLS participated (taken from PLS students have participated
Statistics template.) template.) (taken from PLS template.)
PO (j.2):
(20%
Communicatio
weightage)
n skills shown
in extra-
Survey Average of survey report Average of survey report Average of survey report
curricular
Reports(20 is >3.5 is between 2 and 3.5 is <2
activities
%
weightage)
Evaluation of PO attainment for A.Y 2010-11
Score
Completely attained Attained Partially attained
Performance 3 2 1
indicators:
PO (j.1): Oral and

written
communication shown
by the students in
curriculum (60% 60%*3 1.8
weightage)
Program
Level
Statistics
PO (j.2) (20% 20%*3 0.6
Communic weighta
ation skills ge)
shown in
extra- Survey
curricular Reports(
activities 20% 20%*3 0.6
weighta
ge)
Score obtained on scale 3 3
Evaluation of PO attainment for A.Y 2011-12
Completely attained Attained Partially attained Score
3 2 1
Performance
indicators:
PO (j.1): Oral and

written
communication shown
by the students in
curriculum (60% 60%*3 1.8
weightage)
Program
Level
Statistics
PO (j.2) (20% 20%*3 0.6
Communic weighta
ation skills ge)
shown in
extra- Survey
curricular Reports(
activities 20% 20%*3 0.6
weighta
ge)
Score obtained on scale 3 3
Observations and Steps to improve attainment of PO
Program Outcome (j) attainment is said be completely attained from the rubrics of evaluation
in both AY 2010-11 and AY 2011-12
From direct assessment tool, 70% of our graduates are able to exhibit their inter personal
skills through various courses in graduate program.
80 -85% of students were able to achieve higher education/placement by succeeding
communication skills.
There was an increase in proportion in participation of our graduates in entrance exams like
TOFEL/IELTS and 80-85% of the participants obtained eligibility to pursue higher education.
The students participation in Paper Presentations, Workshops and various activities were
increased and 50-60% of the participants secured prizes in prestigious institutions.
Evidences:
Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination section.
Samples copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the department
Library.
Annual report of the department for co-curricular activities and competitive exams data which was
placed in department office.
Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the department office.
Rubrics used
Snippet of Rubrics:
Rubric 1: For term paper
Level of Achievement
Rubric Very Good (5) Acceptable (3) Unacceptable (1)

Speaks effectively
Presentation audible to Presentation mostly Mumbling or poor volume

Speaks clearly all and spoken language audible and spoken or spoken language is
is very good language is good poor
Information is in
Cannot understand
Organization logical, interesting Information is in logical
presentation because there
sequence with visuals sequence which
is no sequence of
of presentation which audience can audience can follow.
information.
follow.
Presentation includes all Presentation includes Presentation lacks

Content
completeness key information needed most key information some key information
Writes effectively
Information is in
logical sequence mostly unclear
sequence with diagrams,
Writing skills without diagrams, table
table etc., complete and and not formatted
etc., complete and
formatted.
formatted
Sentences are complete

In a few places, errors in Errors in sentence
Language and grammatical. Words sentence structure and structure and grammar.
(Grammar and choice is good.
grammar. Word choice There is a repetition of the
Word Choice)
could be improved. same words and phrases
Rubric 2: For mini project
Rubric Excellent (5) Acceptable (3) Unacceptable (1)
Oral Presentations
Clear voice , good Low voice, acceptable

Inaudible voice and poor
Delivery spoken language and spoken language and
delivery
confident delivery general delivery
Complete explanation of Complete explanations

Explanations of
Subject key concepts with of key concepts with
concepts with literature
Knowledge relevant literature and some relevant literature
are inaccurate.
visuals and poor visuals.
Eye contact with limited

Eye contact over entire Makes some eye contact
Relating to group within audience.
room Appropriate with audience. Responds
Audience Generally appropriate
responses to questions to questions nadequately
responses to questions
Written Communications
Information is in
logical sequence mostly unclear
sequence with diagrams,
Content and style without diagrams, table
table etc., complete and
etc., complete and and not formatted
formatted.
formatted
Errors in sentence
Sentences are complete In a few places, errors
Language structure and grammar.
and grammatical. Words in sentence structure
(Grammar and There is a repetition of
choice is good. and grammar. Word
Word Choice) choice could be the same words and
improved. phrases
Rubric 3: For major project
Rubric Excellent (5) Acceptable (3) Poor (2)
Oral Presentations
Accurate and complete. Partial complete

Explanation of Concepts
Expresses Ideas explanation of key explanation of key
not accurate with
Clearly concepts with relevant concepts with relevant
literature.
literature literature.
Eye contact with limited Minimal eye contact with

Relating to Eye contact over entire
room and elaborate group and limited audiences and limited
Audience
responses to questions responses to questions
appropriate responses
to questions
Visuals are used, some

Effective use of visuals visuals are partially
are distracting the
Visuals enhance/add impact to added the impact to
audience from the
presentation presentation
presentation
Written Communications
Demonstration of full Uncomfortable with

knowledge of the At ease with content and content. Only basic
Content and
subject with able to elaborate and concepts are
Knowledge
explanations and explain to some degree. demonstrated and
elaboration. interpreted.
Sentence structure Sentence structure Sentence structure often

Clarity and accurately varied and generally varied and neither varied nor clear.
composition clear. Easy to clear. Easy to Moderate interference
comprehend. comprehend with comprehension.
Reference section Minor inadequacies in Inadequate list of

References complete and references. references or references
comprehensive. in text.
APPENDIX V
Graduate Survey
For each question, please indicate with a () , the extent to which you agree with each of the following
statement regarding you program.
Name (in Full) : Register number (*optional) :
E-maill-id :
1. What is your general impression of the Bachelors degree program in Information

Technology?
Excellent Good Average Fair
2. What is the impact of the study of Mathematics and Sciences in solving engineering
problems?
Strong Moderate Low No
3. Are you able to analyse a problem and formulate the computing requirements appropriate
to its solution?
Yes Better No
4. Given a new tool or environment how Comfortable are you to utilize and develop with it?
Extremely Good Comfortable Uncomfortable
5. Do you follow any non-technical constraints such as environmental, social, political,

ethical, health and safety, and sustainability?
Yes Better No
6. How comfortable are you in identifying and designing an appropriate solution for an
engineering problem?
Excellent Satisfactory Average Poor
7. Have you ever participated in NGO activities or any external social welfare association
during the college?
Yes No
8. How far you are able to self-learn new tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that contribute
to the software solution of the given team project?
Mostly Somewhat little Not at all
9. How frequently are you able to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal?
Always Frequently Occasionally Never
10. Have you planned to continue on for Post graduate studies, either immediately or
eventually?
Yes No
11. Are there any resources or services that you would like to see offered to graduates?
12. Could you provide suggestions for how to improve your graduate Program?
APPENDIX VI
ALUMNI SURVEY
If you have pursued a B.Tech degree in Information Technology at V.R.Siddhartha Engineering

College, we are eager to hear about you by spending a moment of time in responding to this
survey. The survey is conducted in order to obtain information helpful to the department in
program planning and in assisting the current students.
Sincere thanks for your cooperation
For each question, please indicate with a () ,showing the extent to which you agree with each of the
following statement regarding the program.
Name (in Full) : Current Position :
Firm / Organisation: Year of Graduation (passed out) :
Register number (*optional) : Email-id :
1. To what extent the study of Mathematics and Sciences helped you in analysing the problems
in your career?
Strong Moderate Low
2. Are you able to identify and define the computing requirements for a given problem which
are appropriate to its solution?
Yes Better No
3. How satisfied are you in using new software/environment?
Very Satisfied Satisfied Unsatisfied
4. How well are you participating in social welfare activities?
Excellent Good Average Fair
5. Are you able to implement global, security and safety issues at your career?
Yes Better No
6. Are you able to work effectively in multidisciplinary teams?
Yes Better No
7. How far you are able to self-learn new tools, algorithms, and/or techniques that contribute
to the software solution of the given team project?
Excellent Satisfactory Average Poor
8. Have you pursued any higher education? If yes please specify the following
i) What is your masters degree that you had pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech / MBA / Any
other )
ii) What is the duration taken to complete the masters program?
9. When giving people a deadline to complete their project work, do you expect them to
coordinate with others if and when they need to?
Yes Better No
10. How well you prepare a specific timeline and sequence of activities, and use them to
manage the overall project to ensure its timely completion?
Very Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied
11. Could you provide suggestions if any for betterment of the IT graduate program?
APPENDIX VII
Course Syllabi
FY 1001
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS I
Lecture : 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: 30

Tutorial : 1 hr/ week Final Examination: 70
Practical : - Credits: 4
Course Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with:
Outcomes: Explain the Knowledge of solving System of equations, Eigen value
problems.
Identify the shape of the geometrical figures from the study of quadratic
forms.
Discuss the convergence and Divergence of infinite series it is useful in
the study of communication systems.
Determine the solutions for differential equations which are useful in the
Study of Circuit theory and oscillatory systems.
Apply partial differential equations for Electro- magnetic theory,
Transmission lines and Vibrating membranes.
UNIT I
Matrices: Rank of a matrix, Elementary transformations, Echelon-form of a matrix, normal form
of a matrix, Inverse of a matrix by elementary transformations (Gauss Jordan method). Solution
of system of linear equations: Non homogeneous linear equations and homogeneous linear
equations. Linear dependence and linear independence of vectors.
Characteristic equation, Eigen values, Eigen vectors, Properties of Eigen values. Cayley-
Hamilton theorem (without proof). Inverse of a matrix by using Cayley-Hamilton theorem.
UNIT II
Reduction to diagonal form, Modal matrix orthogonal transformation. Reduction of quadratic
form to canonical form by orthogonal transformations, Nature of a quadratic form, Hermitian and
skew-Hermitian matrices.
Sequences and series: Convergence of series comparison test DAlemberts Ratio test
Cauchys Root Test Alternating series Absolute convergence Leibnitzs Rule.
UNIT III
Ordinary differential equations: Formation, separable equations, exact equations, integrating
factors, linear first order differential equations, Bernoullis equation, orthogonal trajectories.
Newtons Law of Cooling, Heat Flow, Linear equations of higher order with constant
coefficients.
UNIT IV
Linear dependence of solutions, method of variation of parameters, equations reducible to linear
equations, Cauchys homogeneous linear equation, Legendres linear equation, simultaneous
linear equations with constant coefficients.
Partial Differential Equations: Formation of Partial Differential Equations, Solutions of a
Partial Differential Equation Equations solvable by direct integration, Linear Equation of
First order.
Integral calculus
Interpolation
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. Dr.B.S.Grewal, A text book of Higher Engineering Mathematics, 40 ed. Khanna

Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Krezig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8 ed.: John Wiley & Sons.

2. Peter.V., et al., Advanced Engineering Mathematics.
3. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3 ed.: Narosa
Publishers.
4. N.P.Bali and M. Goyal, A Text book o Engineering Mathematics: Laxmi Publications(P)
Limited.
5. B.V.Ramana, A text book of mathematics Tata MC Graw Hill.
Web resources:
1. Peeyush Chandra, 20 January). A lecture notes on Engineering mathematics. Available:
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/mathematics-
2/index.html
2. P. A. Mattuck. 20 January). A lecture notes on Differential Equations. Available:
http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv223&cat=Maths&page=1
3. P. R. Cascaval and (2009, 20 January). A video lecture notes on Ordinary differential
equations. Available: http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2789/Math-443-Ordinary-
Differential-Equations#
4. Prof. Sunita Gakkhar, (20 January). A video lecture series on Mathematics - II.
Available: http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv092&cat=Maths&page=1
FY 1002C
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

Outcomes: Understand various water treatment methods, boiler troubles understand
conduction mechanism in conducting polymers.
Understand construction and the working principle of different electrodes
batteries/ sensors and their applicability.
Understand the types of corrosion and protection methods.
Understand the instrumental mechanism and its applicability.
UNIT I
Water technology: Water treatment for drinking purpose - sedimentation, coagulation, filtration,
various methods of disinfection and concept of break-point chlorination. Boiler troubles: Scales,
sludges, caustic embrittlement and boiler corrosion, causes and prevention,
Desalination of brakish water, Principle and process of electrodialysis and reverse osmosis.
Polymer technology: Conducting polymers Examples, classification-intrinsically conducting
polymers and extrinsically conducting polymers- mechanism of conduction of undoped, p-doped
and n-doped polyacetylenes applications of conducting polymers.
UNIT II
Electrochemistry and Electrochemical energy systems
Reference electrodes: Calomel electrode, silver-silver chloride electrode, quinhydrone electrode
and glass electrode, determination of pH using glass electrode, concept of concentration cells,
Potentiometric titrations.
Electrochemical energy systems: Types of electrochemical energy systems Storage cells Zinc-
air battery, Ni-Cd battery, Lithium batteries Li/SOCl2 and LixC/LiCoO2 Advantages of lithium
batteries Electrochemical sensors Principle, working and applications.
UNIT III
Corrosion and its control: Introduction chemical and electrochemical corrosion
electrochemical theory of corrosion corrosion due to dissimilar metals, galvanic series
differential aeration corrosion concept of passivity.
Forms of corrosion pitting, crevice, stress corrosion cracking and microbiological corrosion.
Factors affecting corrosion: Relative anodic and cathodic areas, nature of corrosion product,
concentration of D.O., pH and temperature.
Protection methods: Cathodic protection (impressed current and sacrificial anode), anodic
protection, corrosion inhibitors types and mechanism of inhibition.
Electrolytic methods in electronics: Electroplating principle and process of electroplating of
copper on iron Electroless plating principle and electroless plating of copper, Self assembled
nanofilms.
UNIT IV
Instrumental techniques in chemical analysis:
Introduction of spectroscopy interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter. UV-visible
(electronic) spectroscopy: Frank-Condon principle types of electronic transitions. Lambert-Beers
law, numericals (simple substitution) Instrumentation-Single beam UV-visible spectrophotometer.
Applications of UV-visible spectroscopy: Qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis, detection of
impurities, determination of molecular weight and dissociation constants.
Infrared (vibrational) spectroscopy: Principle of IR spectroscopy, types of molecular vibrations-

stretching and bending vibrations, vibrational spectra diatomic molecules, selection rule for
harmonic vibrational transition Instrumentation. Applications of IR spectroscopy: Determination
of force constant numericals (simple substitution), detection of impurity and identification of
nature of hydrogen bonding.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. P.C. Jain, Engineering Chemistry. 15 ed, New Delhi:Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P)
Ltd
Reference Books:
1. S.S. Dara, A text book of Engineering Chemistry. 10 ed, New Delhi: S. Chand & Company
Limited.
2. Shashi Chawla, A text book of Engineering Chemistry. New Delhi: Dhanpat Rai &
Company Pvt. Ltd.
3. B.S. Bahl and G. D. Tuli, Essentials of Physical Chemistry.
4. Y. Anjaneyulu, K. Chandrasekhar and Valli Manickam, Text book of Analytical Chemistry.
5. O. G. Palanna, Engineering Chemistry. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
FY 1003 B
BASICS OF CIVIL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Tutorial : -- Final Examination: 70
Outcomes: Attain basic knowledge on simple Stresses & Strains
Attain basic knowledge on Civil engineering materials & Civil
engineering structures
Attain basic knowledge on masonarys, sub-structure & super-structure
of a building.
Attain basic knowledge on the principles of surveying, types in
surveying, measuring the distances & angles in surveying
Attain the basic knowledge on civil engineering structures like roads,
bridges, dams.
Gain fundamental knowledge about the basics of manufacturing
methods.
Understand the principle of operation of different I. C. engines.
Describe the performance of different types of refrigeration systems.
Learn about gear nomenclature, and the simple calculations in
transmission of Power
Part A Civil Engineering

UNIT I
Simple stress and strains: Definition of Mechanics- External and Internal forces-Stress and
Strain-Elasticity and Hooks Law- Relations between elastic constants.
Civil Engineering Materials: Bricks, Stones, Cement, Steel and Cement Concrete.
Sub-structure and Super structure: Soil, Types of Foundations, Bearing capacity of Soil, Brick
Masonry, Stone Masonry, Flooring, Roofing and Plastering.
UNIT II
Surveying: Objectives, Types, Principles of Surveying. Measurement of distances, angles
Leveling. Civil Engineering Structures: Roads- Classification, Cross section of roads.
Bridges- Necessity, Components, Classification. Dams- Purpose, Classification
Part B Mechanical Engineering

UNIT III
Basic Manufacturing Methods: Principles of casting, green sand moulds, Advantages and
applications of casting; Principles of gas welding and arc welding, Soldering and Brazing. Hot
working hot rolling, Cold working cold rolling; Description of basic machine tool- Lathe
operations turning, threading, taper turning and drilling.
Power Transmission: Introduction to belt and gears drives, types of gears, Difference between
open belts and cross belts, power transmission by belt drives (theoretical treatment only ).
UNIT IV
Power Plants: Introduction, working principle of nuclear power plant and steam power plant,
Alternate sources of energy solar, wind and tidal power.
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Definition COP, Unit of Refrigeration, Applications of
refrigeration system, vapor compression refrigeration system, simple layout of summer air
conditioning system
C Engines: Introduction, Main components of IC engines, working of 4-stroke petrol engine and
diesel engine, working of 2- stroke petrol engine and diesel engine, difference between petrol and
diesel engine, difference between 4- stroke and 2- stroke engines.
Contents Beyond Syllabus:

Drinking Water Supply Systems, Estimation of the Demand, Identification of Resource
and Quality Estimation.
Survey for Treatment Plant and Distribution.
Learning Resources:
Text Books
1. Palanichamy, Basic Civil Engineering: Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,

2002,398 pages.
2. T. Rajan, Basic Mechanical Engineering: Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Age International Ltd,
1993,236 pages
Reference Books:
1. G. Shanmugam and M. S. Palanichamy, Basic Civil and Mechanical Engineering: Tata

Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2004.
2. R. Rudramoorthy, Thermal Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
New Delhi. 2003.
3. N. K. Giri, Problems in Automotive Mechanics:Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2004.
4. N. K. Giri, "Automotive Mechanics," 1989
5. K. Singh, Automobile Engineering vol. 1: Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 1997.
Web Resources:
1. Dr.Jayanth Kumar Gosh and 21 January). Surveying lecture notes NPTEL. Available:
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-
ROORKEE/SURVEYING/home.htm
2. P. s. Som. 20 January). Lecture Series On Basic Thermodynamics. Available:
http://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=1157&c=7
3. Dr. B. Bhattacharjee. 20 January). A video lecture series on Building Materials and
Construction. Available:
http://www.learnerstv.com/video/video.php?video=1719&cat=Engineering
4. P. M. Ramgopal. 20 January). Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Available:
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Mechanical
FY 1004M
MECHANICS FOR ENGINEERS

Tutorial : 1 Hr/Week Final Examination: 70
Outcomes: Construct free body diagrams and calculate the reactions necessary to
ensure static equilibrium. (a,e)
Understand internal forces in members. (a,e)
Locate centroids and determine moment of inertia for composite areas.
(a,e)
Analyze the systems with frictional forces. (a,e)
Determine the mass moment of inertia of rigid bodies(a,e)
Apply Newtons second law of motion and dynamic equilibrium to
particle motion. (a,e).
UNIT I:
Concurrent Forces in a Plane:
Principles of statics, Force, Addition of two forces: Parallelogram Law Composition and
resolution of forces Constraint, Action and Reaction. Types of supports and support reactions.
Free body diagram. Equilibrium of concurrent forces in a plane Method of Projections
Moment of a force, Theorem of Varignon, Method of moments.
Parallel Forces in a Plane:
Introduction, Types of parallel forces, Resultant. Couple, Resolution of Force into force and a
couple. General case of parallel forces in a plane.
Centroids: Determination of centroids by integration method, centroids of composite plane
figures.
UNIT II
General Case of Forces in a Plane:
Composition of forces in a plane Equilibrium of forces in a plane.
Friction: Introduction, Classification of friction, Laws of dry friction. Co-efficient of friction,
Angle of friction, Angle of repose, Cone of friction, Wedge friction.
Moment of Inertia of Plane Figures & Rigid Bodies:

Moment of Inertia of a plane figure with respect to an axis in its plane and an axis perpendicular
to the plane of the figure, Parallel axis theorem. Concept of Mass moment of inertia.
UNIT III
Kinematics of Rectilinear Translation:
Introduction, displacement, velocity and acceleration. Motion with Uniform acceleration.
Kinetics of Rectilinear Translation:
Equations of rectilinear motion. Equations of Dynamic Equilibrium: DAlemberts Principle.
Work and Energy, Conservation of energy.
UNIT IV
Kinematics of Curvilinear Motion: Introduction, rectangular Components of velocity &
acceleration. Normal and Tangential acceleration, Motion of projectiles.
Kinetics of Curvilinear Translation:
DAlemberts Principle in curvilinear motion- Rectangular components, Normal & tangential
components - simple problems.
Displacements, Velocity and acceleration, their relationship Relative motion Curvilinear
motion Newtons law Work Energy Equation of particles Impulse and Momentum Impact
of elastic bodies.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. S. Timoshenko and D. H. Young, Engineering Mechanics: McGraw Hill International

Edition.
2. A. K. Tayal, Engineering Mechanics Statics and dynamics: Umesh Publication, Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Beer and Johnston, Vector Mechanics for Engineers Statics and Dynamics: Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi.
2. S. Bhavikatti and K. Rajasekharappa, Engineering Mechanics.
3. K. V. K. Reddy and J. S. Kumar. Singers Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics
3 ed.
Web Resources:
1. S. Karmakar. 18 December). Lecture notes Available:

http://my.opera.com/sarpyl/blog/?id=22107012
2. P. M. K. Harbola. 18 December). Video Lecture NPTEL. Available:
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1048
3. M. Negahban. 21 January). Lecture notes Available: http://emweb.unl.edu/
FY 1005
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING

Tutorial : - Final Examination: 70
Course Upon successfully completing this course, student will be familiar with:
Outcomes: Explain the changes in hardware and software components
Explain the history and classifications of the computers
Explain Internal and External data representation
Explain Input and output devices, Different types of memories
Know the introduction to Programming Languages
Develop algorithms and prepare flow charts to simple mathematical
and logical problems
Classify different functions of the operating system and the types of
OS
Know the introduction to Computer Networks and classify the types
of networks.
UNIT I:
Introduction: Algorithms, A Simple model of a computer, Characteristics of a computer,
Problem solving using computers.
Data Representation: Representation of characters in computer, representation of Integers,
fractions, number systems, binary system, octal system, hexadecimal system, organizing of
memories, representation of numbers, alpha numeric characters, error detection codes.
Computer Generation and Classification: Computer generations, Classifications of computers.
UNIT II:
Computer Architecture: Interconnection of units, Input Units: Keyboard, VDU, OMR, MICR,
OCR and BAR Coding. Output Units: Types of Printers, Plotters.
Computer memory: Memory cell, Organization, Read-Only-Memory, Magnetic Hard Disk,
CDROM.
UNIT III:
Computer Languages:
Why programming Language, Assembly language, Higher Level Programming Languages,
Compiling High Level Languages.
Algorithm and Flowcharting:
Introductory programming techniques, Algorithms, Structure of Algorithms, Types of
Algorithms, Structure of a Flowchart, Terminal Symbol Off page connector symbol, Modification
Symbol, Group instruction symbol, Connection symbol, Drawing efficient flowcharts.
UNIT IV
Introduction to operating system, functions of operating system, basic introduction to DOS,
LINUX, WINDOWS XP.
Definition and Applications of Computer Network, LAN, MAN and WAN, Intranet, Internet.
Content beyond Syllabus:

Basics of System Software:
1. Translators - Compilers
2. Loader - Linker
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. V. Rajaraman, Fundamentals of Computers, 4 th Edition ed.: PHI.
Reference Books:
1. M. C. S. Govindaraju and T. R. N. A. Abdul Haq, Introduction to Computer Science:

Wiley Eastern Limited.
2. P. Sinha, Computer Fundamentals: BPB Publications, New Delhi.
FY 1006PE
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
Lecture : 2Hrs/Week Internal Assessment: 30

Course Upon completing this course student will be familiar with know:
outcomes : Understand the Human and Moral values of people in the society.
Understand the Codes of Ethics, rules and regulations of professional
bodies.
Develop knowledge about ethics and apply in real life and professional
services.
UNIT I
Engineering Ethics: Senses of Engineering Ethics - variety of moral issued - types of inquiry -
moral dilemmas - moral autonomy - Kohlberg's theory - Gilligan's theory - consensus and
controversy Models of Professional Roles - theories about right action - Self-interest - customs
and religion - uses of ethical theories.
UNIT II
Human Values: Morals, Values and Ethics Integrity Work Ethic Service Learning Civic
Virtue Respect for Others Living Peacefully caring Sharing Honesty Courage
Valuing Time Co-operation Commitment Empathy Self-Confidence Character
Spirituality.
UNIT III
Engineering as Social Experimentation: Engineering as experimentation - engineers as
responsible experimenters - codes of ethics - a balanced outlook on law - the challenger case
study.
Safety, Responsibilities and Rights: Safety and risk - assessment of safety and risk - risk benefit
analysis and reducing risk - the three mile island and Chernobyl case studies.
Collegiality and loyalty - respect for authority - collective bargaining - confidentiality - conflicts
of interest - occupational crime - professional rights - employee rights - Intellectual Property
Rights (IPR) discrimination.
UNIT IV
Global Issues: Multinational corporations - Environmental ethics - computer ethics - weapons
development - engineers as managers-consulting engineers-engineers as expert witnesses and
advisors - moral leadership-sample code of Ethics (Specific to a particular Engineering
Discipline).
Content Beyond the Syllabus:

Case Studies on
Safety, Responsibilities and Rights.
Computer ethics.

Learning Resources
Text Books:
1. M. M. a. R. Schinzinger, Ethics in engineering: McGraw Hill, New York, 1996,439

pages
2. N. S. Govindarajan M, Senthil Kumar V. S, Engineering Ethics: Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering ethics Gail D. Baura - Academic Press, 2006 - 220 pages.

2. Engineering ethics Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Pritchard, Michael Jerome Rabins -
2009, 313 pages.
FY 1051C
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
Lecture : - Internal Assessment: 25
Practical : 3 Hrs/Week Credits: 2
Course After performing the experiments listed in the syllabus, the student will be
Outcomes: familiar with :
Perform the analytical experiments; improve analytical skills and
attitude which help them to apply these skills in their field of
engineering.
Understand the handling maintenance and performance of analytical
instruments.
Understand the practical knowledge of various chemical phenomena by
demonstration of experiments.
List of Experiments
1. Determination of total alkalinity of water sample
a) Standardization of HCl solution
b) Determination of total alkalinity
2. Determination of chlorides in water sample
a) Standardization of AgNO3 solution
b) Determination of chlorides in the water sample
3. Determination of hardness of water sample
a) Standardization of EDTA solution
b) Determination of total hardness of water sample
4. Determination of available chlorine in bleaching powder
a) Standardization of sodium thiosulphate
b) Determination of available chlorine
5. Estimation of Mohrs salt Dichrometry
a) Standardization of K2Cr2O7 solution
b) Estimation of Mohrs salt
6. Estimation of Mohrs salt Permanganometry
a) Standardization of KMnO4 solution
b) Estimation of Mohrs salt
7. Conductometric determination of a strong acid using a strong base
8. pH metric titration of a strong acid vs. a strong base
9. Determination of corrosion rate of mild steel in the absence and
presence of an inhibitor
10. Electroplating of Nickel on iron article
11. Chemistry of Blue Printing
12. Colorimetric determination of potassium permanganate
13. Preparation of Phenol-Formaldehyde resin
14. Spectrophotometry
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. Sunitha Rattan, S.K.Kataria & Sons, Experiments in Applied Chemistry.
2. S.K.Bhasin and Sudha Rani, Laboratory Manual on Engineering Chemistry. Dhanpak
Rai Publishing Company.
FY 1052
BASIC COMPUTING LABORATORY
Lecture : -- Internal Assessment: 25

Practical : 3 hrs/ Week Credits: 2
Outcomes: Apply MS Office tools
Design & develop basic softwares (Application and System software)
Attain basic knowledge on hardware (I/O devices, Mother board,
processor etc...)
LIST OF PROGRAMS
Execution of Simple DOS Commands COPY, REN, DIR, TYPE, CD, MD,
BACKUP
Create your Bio-Data in MSWord giving Educational and Personal Details.
Create an Excel Worksheet entering marks in 6 subjects of 10 Students. Give ranks
on the basis of Total marks and also generate graphs.
Create a Database in MS-Access for Storing Library Information.
Ex Fields: Book name, author, book code, subject, rack no, price, volumes Enter
Sample data of 15 books in to database.
Design a PowerPoint presentation with not less than 10 slides on any of your
interesting topic.
Ex: Literacy, Freedom Struggle, Siddhartha Engineering College, Evolution of
Computers, Internet etc.
Register for new Email address with any free Email provider and send.
Email using Internet to your friends, parents, teachers etc.
Search Internet using Search Engines like Google.com, Yahoo.com.
Ask.com for files, pictures, power point presentations etc. Downloading files, EBooks,
EContent from Internet.
Practice in installing a Computer System by giving connection and loading
System Software and Application Software.
Accessing and Changing BIOS settings.
Installing Windows XP operating System.
Assembling of PC.
Disassembling of PC.
Learning Resources:
Text Books :
1. A. L. a. M. Leon, Introduction to Computers with MSOffice: TATA McGraw HILL.

2. A. L. a. M. Leon, Internet for Every One: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura,
New Delhi.
3. Familiarity With the computer, Software, Internet and their uses.
Reference Books:
1. G. SK Basandra, Computers Today Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

2. L. a. Leon, Fundamentals of Information Technology: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Jungpura, New Delhi.
3. A. Wirasinha, Surviving in an E-World: Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
Design Experiments:
Windows Basic Navigation.
Spread sheet.
Internet research and Boolean searches.
FY 1053 W
WORKSHOP PRACTICE

Course Upon completion of this course the student are familiarize with :
Outcomes: Model and design various basic prototypes in the carpentry trade such as
Lap joint, Lap Tee joint, Dove tail joint, Mortise & Tenon joint, Cross-
Lap joint
Design and model various basic prototypes in the trade of Welding such
as Lap joint, Lap Tee joint, Edge joint, Butt joint and Corner joint.
Make various basic prototypes in the trade of Tin smithy such as plain
Cylindrical pipe, Cylindrical pipe one end inclined, Cylindrical pipe both
ends inclined, Hexagonal pipe one end inclined, and funnel preparations.
Perform various basic House Wiring techniques such as connecting one
lamp with one switch, connecting two lamps with one switch, connecting
a fluorescent tube, Series wiring, Go down wiring
LIST OF PROGRAMS
Week 1: Carpentry
To make the following jobs with hand tools
a) Lap joint
b) Lap Tee joint
c) Dove tail joint
d) Mortise & Tenon joint
e) Cross-Lap joint
Week 2:Welding using electric arc welding process / gas welding.
The following joints to be welded.
a) Lap joint
b) Tee joint
c) Edge joint
d) Butt joint
e) Corner joint
Week 3: Sheet metal operations with hand tools.
a) Saw edge
b) wired edge
c) lap seam
d) grooved seam
e) funnel
Week 4: House wiring
a) To connect one lamp with one switch
b) To connect two lamps with one switch
c) To connect a fluorescent tube
d) Stair case wiring.
e) Go down wiring.
Learning Resources:
Text Books :
1. A. L. a. M. Leon, Introduction to Computers with MSOffice: TATA McGraw HILL.

2. A. L. a. M. Leon, Internet for Every One: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Jungpura,
New Delhi.
3. Familiarity With the computer, Software, Internet and their uses.
Reference Books:
1. G. SK Basandra, Computers Today Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

2. L. a. Leon, Fundamentals of Information Technology: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Jungpura, New Delhi.
3. A. Wirasinha, Surviving in an E-World: Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
Design Experiments:
Windows Basic Navigation.
Spread sheet.
Internet research and Boolean searches.
FY 2001
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II

Tutorial: 1 hr/ week Final Examination: 70
Practical: - Credits: 4
Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with
State Mean value theorems & apply it in communication systems,
equilibrium states of physical systems
State generalized mean value theorems to express any
differentiable function in Power series in signals and systems.
Simplify the complicated integrals by changing variables
Interpret the divergence (physically), Grad and Curl in
electromagnetic fields.
Provide interpolation techniques which are useful in analyzing the
data that is in the form of unknown function
UNIT I
Differential Calculus: Limit, continuity, differentiability Rolles Theorem Lagranges Mean
Value Theorem Taylors Series (without proof) Maxima and Minima of functions of two
variables Lagranges multipliers Curvature radius of curvature Centre of curvature.
UNIT II
Integral Calculus: Double integrals Evaluation in Cartesian and Polar coordinates Changing
the order of integration Evaluation of areas using double integrals Evaluation of triple
integrals Evaluation of volume using triple integrals, change of variables.
UNIT III
Vector Calculus: Scalar and Vector fields Differentiation of scalar and vector point functions
gradient of Scalar fields directional derivatives divergence and curl of vector fields vector
identities. Line and surface integrals Greens theorem in a plane (without proof) Gauss
divergence theorem (without proof) Stokes theorem (without proof).
UNIT IV
Interpolation: Introduction, Finite Differences Forward, Backward, Central Differences,
Symbolic Relations, Differences of a polynomial, Newtons formula for interpolation, Central
difference interpolation formulae Gausss, Stirlings, Bessels formulae Interpolation with
unequal intervals Lagranges and Newtons interpolation formulae.
Content beyondthe syllabus:

Fourier series and Transformation, Numerical methods, Differentiation and Integration.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. Dr.B.S.Grewal, A text book of Higher Engineering Mathematics, 40 ed.: Khanna

Publishers
Reference Books:
1. Krezig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th ed. Singapore: John Wiley
&Sons(Asia), 2001.
2. T. Veerarajan, Engineering Mathematics. NewDelhi: Tata McGraw Hill 1999.
3. T. Peter.V.O.Neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Canada.
4. R. K. J. a. S.R.K.Iyengar,Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd ed.: Narosa.
5. B.V.Ramana, A text book of mathematics: Tata Mc Graw Hill.
6. M. G. N.P.Bali, A Text book o Engineering Mathematics: Laxmi Publications.
Web Resources :
1. P. I. K.Rana. Mathematics-I
http://www.cdeep.iitb.ac.in/nptel/Core%20Science/Mathematics%20I/TableofContents.ht
ml
2. P.S.M.Prof.Swagato K.Ray, et al.Mathematics
FY 2002P
ENGINEERING PHYSICS

Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be familiar with:
Outcomes: Analyse and understand the basics of electricity and how these basic ideas
are used to enhance our current prosperity.
Understand the differences between classical and quantum mechanics and
learn about semiconductor technology.
Analyse and learn about how materials behave at low temperature, causes
for their behaviour and applications.
Analyse and understand various types of lasers and optical fibers and
their applications.
Understand the fabrication of nanomaterials, carbon nanotubes and their
applications in various fields.
UNIT I
Electricity, Electromagnetism and Semiconductors: Gauss law in electricity (Statement and
proof) and its applications: Coulombs law from Gauss law, spherically distributed charge, Hall
effect, Biot-Savarts law: B due to a current carrying wire and a circular loop, Faradays law of
induction, Lenzs law, Induced electric fields, Gauss law for magnetism, Maxwell equations
(Qualitative treatment), Electromagnetic oscillations in LC circuit (quantitative), A.C. circuit
containing series LCR circuit (Resonance condition).
Semiconductors: Carrier transport, Carrier drift, Carrier diffusion, Generation and recombination
process (qualitative), Classification of materials based on energy diagram.
UNIT II
Modern Physics: Dual nature of light, Matter waves and Debroglies hypothesis, Davisson &
Germer experiment, Heisenbergs uncertainty principle and its applications
(Non- existence of electron in nucleus, Finite width of spectral lines), Classical and quantum
aspects of particle. One dimensional time independent Schrodingers wave equation, physical
significance of wave function, Particle in a box (One dimension).
Optoelectronic Devices: LED, LCD, Photo emission, Photo diode, Photo transistor and Solar
cell and its applications.
UNIT III
Superconductors and Advanced Physics:
Superconductivity: Introduction, Critical parameters, Flux quantization, Meissner effect, Types
of Superconductors, BCS theory, Cooper pairs, Londons equation-penetration depth, high
temperature super conductors, Applications of superconductors.
Advanced physics:Lasers: Spontaneous emission, stimulated emission, population inversion,
Solid state (Ruby) laser, Gas (He Ne) laser, Semiconductor (Ga As) laser, Applications of
lasers, applications of Infrared radiation.
Fiber optics: Propagation of light through optical fiber, types of optical fibers, Numerical
aperture, Fiber optics in communications and its advantages.
UNIT IV
Nanotechnology: Introduction, Physical & Chemical properties, Fabrication: AFM, SEM,
TEM, STM, And MRFM. Production of nanoparticles: Plasma Arcing, Sol-gel, Chemical
vapour deposition. Carbon nanotubes: SWNT, MWNT, Formation of carbon nanotubes: Arc
discharge, Laser ablation, Properties of carbon nanotubes, Applications of CNTs &
Nanotechnology.
Content Beyond the syllabus:
Optics, fiber optics, Magnetic properties, superconductivity, dielectric properties, Thermal
properties, Science and technology of nanomaterials.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. Halliday and Resnick, Physics vol. Part-II.

2. Gaur and Gupta, "Engineering Physics."
Reference Books:
1. S.O.Pillai, Solid State Physics.

2. M.Armugam, Engineering Physics
3. A.S.Vasudeva, Modern engineering physics.
4. P. K. Palanisamy, Engineering Physics
FY2003E
TECHNICAL ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Course Upon completion of this course, the students will be familiar with:
Outcomes: Be aware of the elements of functional English in order to make them
authentic users of language in any given academic and/or professional
situation
Be proficient in making academic presentations
Be exposed to the real-time career oriented environment
Develop felicity of expression and familiarity with technology enabled
communication
Be exposed to the corporate etiquette and rhetoric
UNIT I
Written Communication Skills: Description (through Paragraph Writing), Reflection (through
Essay Writing), and Persuasion (through indented Letter Writing).
UNIT II
Reading Comprehension: Types of Reading, Sub skills of Reading, Eye span fixation,
Reading Aloud & Silent Reading, Vocalization & Sub-vocalization.
UNIT III
Vocabulary and Functional English: Vocabulary a basic word list of one thousand words,
Functional grammar, with special focus on Common Errors in English, Idioms & Phrasal verbs.
Listening and Speaking: The use of diphthongs, Elements of spoken expression, Varieties of
English, Towards accent neutralization.
UNIT IV
Technical Communication Skills: Technical Report Writing (Informational, Analytical &
Special reports), Technical Vocabulary.
Content beyond the syllabus:

Writing: Structure-Sentence structure, CV Writing, Writing in Work context-Circulars, Minutes
of the meeting.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. R. Quirk and Longman, "Use of English," 2004.

2. T. A. J. M. A.V, "Practical English Grammar," 2001
3. T. E. Berry, "Common Errors in English," 2001.
4. B.S.Sarma, Structural Patterns & Usage in English, th edition ed., 2007.
5. J. Langan, College Writing Skills: McGraw Hill, 2004.
6. L. e. a. Sellinkar, English for Academic and Technical Purposes Newbury House
Publishers, 1981.
7. M. Cutts, Oxford guide to Plain English: Oxford University Press, 2004.
8. V.Sethi and P. V. Dhamija, Phonetics and spoken English: Orient Longman, 2004.
9. M. Raman and S. Sharma, Technical Communication- Principles and Practice: Oxford
University Press, 2009.
Reference Books :
1. Cambridge, "Tony Lynch: Study Listening," 2007.
2. S. Sharma and B. Mishra, Communication Skills for Engineers and Scientists.
3. H. M. Prasad and U. R. Sinha, Objective English for Competitive Examination: Tata
McGraw Hill, 2005.
Web Resources :
1. Web Tutorial by Vocational Information Center http://www.khake.com/page66.html

2. D. o. H. a. S. S. Dr. T. Ravichandran Associate Professor of English, Indian Institute of
Technology Kanpur http://home.iitk.ac.in/~trc/
3. D. o. E. S. Eric Mario de Santis
.Presentationhttp://acoustics.aau.dk/~ems/comm/Technical%20English%20Communicati
on.ppt
FY2004EN
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
Lecture : 3Hrs/Week Internal Assessment: 25

Practical : -- Credits: 3
Upon completion of this course, the students will be familiar with:

Course Understand the importance of environment
outcomes : Identify the environmental problems and issues on local, regional and
global scale
Identify problems due to human interactions with the environment
Get encouragement to contribute solutions for the existing environmental
issues
Understand the enforcement of environmental acts in our constitution
UNIT I
Introduction: Definition, Scope and Importance of Environmental Sciences, Present global
issues
Natural resources management:Forest resourcesuse and over exploitation, Mining and
Dams, their effects on Forest and Tribal people.
Water resources-Use and over utilization of surface and ground water, Floods, Droughts, Water
logging and Salinity, Water conflicts.
Energy resources- Energy needs renewable and Non renewable Energy sources, use of alternate
Energy sources, Impact of Energy use on Environment.
UNIT-II
Ecosystems: Introduction, characteristic features, structure and functions of Ecosystem Forest,
Grass land, Desert, Aquatic.
Biodiversity and Conservation: Value of Biodiversity- Consumptive and Productive use,
Social, Ethical, aesthetic and option values, Bio-geographical classification of India- India as a
mega diversity Habitat, Threats to Biodiversity- Hot spots, Habitat Loss, Poaching of Wildlife,
loss of species, seeds, etc., In-situ and Ex- situ conservation of Biodiversity.
UNIT III
Environmental Pollution: Causes, effects and control measures of Air pollution, Indoor Air
pollution, Water pollution, Soil pollution, Marine pollution, Noise pollution.
Solid waste management: Urban, Industrial, nuclear and e-waste management.
UNIT IV
Information technology and Environment: Role of information technology in environmental
sciences.
Social issues and Environment: Effects of human activities on the Quality of Environment:
Urbanization, Transportation, Industrialization, Green revolution, Water scarcity and Ground
water depletion.
Population growth and Environment: Environmental Impact Assessment.
Environmental Acts: Water (Prevention and control of pollution) act, air (prevention and control
of pollution) act, Environmental Protection Act, Forest conservation act.

Ecosystem: Solar Radiation, Productivity, Food Chains and Food Webs, Metabolism and Size of
Individuals, Carrying Capacity, Complexity, Sustainability, Net energy, Energy Futures, Money
Learning Resources
Text Books:
1. AnjaneyuluY, Introduction to Environmental sciences. Hyderabad: B S Publications .
2. Anjireddy.M, Environmental science & Technology. Hyderabad: BS Publications.
3. B. Joseph, Environmental Studies. New Delh: Tata McGraw- Hill, 2005.
4. P. V. G. Rao, Principles of Environmental Science. & Engg. New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of
India 2006.
5. R. G. Santosh Kumar Garg and o. R. Garg, Ecological and Environmental Studies. New
Delhi: Khanna Publishers, 2006.
6. K. J. R. Nagendran, Essentials of Environmental Studies: Pearson Education publishers,
2005.
7. O. E. P. a. B. G. W., Fundamentals of Ecology: Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2005
Reference Books:
1. A. K. Dee, Environmental Chemistry: New Age India.

2. B. Erach: Mapin Publishing.
Web Resources :
1. S. Dutch. Environmental Science Notes and Visual

Aids.http://www.uwgb.edu/dutchs/EnvSC102Notes.HTM
2. D. J. R. Anderson. Environmental Science.http://facstaff.gpc.edu/~janderso/world.htm
3. G. Ritchison. Environmental Sciences. http://people.eku.edu/ritchisong/envscinotes1.html
FY 2005
PROGRAMMING IN C
Lecture : 3 Hrs/week Internal Assessment: 30

Tutorial : 1 Hr/week Final Examination: 70
Course Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with:
Outcomes: Recognize the changes in hardware and software technologies with
respect to the evolution of computers and describe the function of system
softwares (operating Systems) and application softwares
Illustrate the flowchart and inscribe an algorithm for a given problem
Inscribe C programs using operators
Develop conditional and iterative statements to write C programs
Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems
Inscribe C programs that use Pointers to access arrays, strings and
functions.
Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve
problems
Inscribe C programs using pointers and to allocate memory using
dynamic memory management functions.
Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C
Pre-requisites: Introduction to Computing

UNIT I
Constants, Variables and Data Types: Character Set, Keywords and Identifiers, Constants, Variables,
Data Types, Declaration of Variables, Assigning values to Variables, Declaring variable as a constant.
Operators and Expressions: Introduction, Arithmetic Operators, Relational Operators, Logical
Operators, Increment and decrement operators, Conditional Operators, Bitwise Operators Special
Operators. Precedence of Arithmetic Operators.
Managing Input and Output Operations: Introduction, reading a character, writing a character,
formatted I/O.
UNIT II
Decision Making and Branching: Introduction, Decision making with IF statement, Simple IF
Statement, the IF ELSE Statement, Nesting of IF ELSE Statement. The ELSE IF Ladder, The
Switch Statement, the GOTO Statement, break and continue.
Decision Making and Looping: Introduction, the WHILE statement, the DO Statement, the FOR
statement, Jumps in Loops.
UNIT III
Arrays: Introduction, One Dimensional Arrays, Declaration of one dimensional arrays, Initialization of
one dimensional array, two-dimensional arrays, initializing two dimensional arrays, multi dimensional
arrays.
Character Arrays and Strings: Introduction, Declaring and Initializing string variables. Reading
strings from Terminal. Writing string to screen. Arithmetic operations on characters. Putting strings
together, Comparison of two strings, string handling functions.
User Defined functions: Introduction, user defined functions, storage classes, a multi function
program, elements of user defined functions, definition of functions, return values and their types,
function calls, function declaration, parameter passing techniques, recursion.
UNIT IV
Structures and Unions: Introduction, Defining a structure, Declaring structure variables, Accessing
structure members, Structure initialization, Operations on individual members, Unions.
Pointers: Introduction, Understanding Pointers, Accessing the address of the variable, Declaring
pointer variables, Initialization of pointer variables, Accessing a variable through its pointer.
File Management in C: Introduction, Defining and Opening a file, Closing a file, Input/Output
Operations on files, Pre processor directives and macros.

Derived types, Searching, Introduction to Data Structures and trees.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C4ed.: TMH, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. B. Gottfried, Programming with C (Schaum's Outlines) Tata Mcgraw-Hill.
2. Kernighan and Ritchie, The C programming language: Prentice Hall.
3. Venugopal, et al., Programming with C: TMH.
4. B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg, A structured programming approach using C, Third
edition, Thomson.
5. A.S.Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, and M.J. Augenstein, DataStructures Using C,
PHI/Pearson education.
Web resources:
1. Kernighan and Ritchie. The C Programming Language.http://c-
faq.com/~scs/cclass/krnotes/top.html
2. S. Summit. Introductory C Programming Class
Notes.http://www.eskimo.com/~scs/cclass/notes/top.html
3. S. Holmes. C Programming University of Strathclyde Computer Centre.
http://www.neu.edu.cn/cxsj/materal/otherc/imada/
FY 2006G
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

Course Representing various conics and curves.

Outcomes: Perform dimensioning to a given drawing.
Construction of Plain and Diagonal scales.
Orthographic projections of Lines, Planes, and Solids.
Construction of Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections and Views.
Sectioning of various Solids and their representation.
Understand Development of surfaces and their representation.
Conversion of Pictorial views to Orthographic Projections
UNIT I
General: Use of Drawing instruments, Lettering - Single stroke letters, Dimensioning,
Representation of various types of lines - Geometrical Constructions.
Scales: Construction and use of Plain and Diagonal Scales.
Conic Sections: Conic Sections - General construction method for Ellipse, Parabola and
Hyperbola, Special methods for Conic Sections.
Curves: Curves used in Engineering practice - Cycloidal Curves - Cycloid, Epicycloid and
Hypocycloid; Involute of Circle.
UNIT II
Method of Projections: Principles of Projection - First angle projection and third angle
projection of points and straight lines.
Projection of Planes: Projections of planes of regular geometrical lamina.
UNIT III
Projections of Solids: Projections of simple solids such as Cubes, Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders
and Cones in various positions.
Sections of Solids: Sections of Solids such as Cubes, Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders and Cones,
True Shapes of Sections. (Limited to the Section Planes perpendicular to one of the Principal
Planes).
UNIT IV
Development of Surfaces: Lateral development of cut sections of Cubes, Prisms, Pyramids,
Cylinders and Cones.
Isometric Projections: Isometric Projection and conversion of Orthographic Projections into
Isometric Views. (Treatment is limited to simple objects only). Introduction to Isometric
Projections to Orthographic Projections.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. N. D. Bhatt & V. M. Panchal, Elementary Engineering Drawing, Forty-Ninth ed.:

Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2006.
Reference Book:
1. K. L. Narayana. P. Kannaiah. Text Book on Engineering Drawing vol. Second Edition

fifth reprint 20006: Scitech publications(India) Pvt. Ltd., Chennai
FY2051P
ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY

Practical : 3 Hrs/week Credits: 2
Course Upon completion of the course, the student is familiar with :

Outcomes: Elucidate the concepts of physics through involvement in the experiment
by applying theoretical knowledge
Illustrate the basics of electro magnetism, optics, mechanics, semi-
conductors & quantum theory
Develop an ability to apply the knowledge of physics experiments in the
later studies
Minimum of 8 Experiments to be Completed out of the following

1. AC Sonometer Verification of Laws
2. Measurement of thickness of a foil using wedge method
3. Photo tube-study o f V-I Characteristics,determination of work function
4. Torsional Pendulum-Rigidity modulus calculation
5. Variation of magnetic field along the axis of current-carrying circular coil
6. Compound pendulum-Measurement of g
7. LCR circuit-Resonance
8. Solar cell Determination of Fill Factor
9. Hall effect- Study of B & I Variation
10. Fibre Optics-Numerical aperture calculation
11. Sensitive Galvonometer Figure of merit
12. Diffraction grating-Measurement of wavelength
13. Losses in Optical Fibres
14. Newtons Rings-Radius of curvature of plano convex lens
15. Photovoltaic cell-Energy gap
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. Indu Prakash & Rama Krishna, practical physics vol. vol.1.

2. D. K. M. J.C. Mohanty, University practical physics: Kalyani publishers, Delhi.
Reference Books
1. D P Khandelwal, A laboratory manual of Physics: vani educational books, Delhi.

2. D. K. V. R. Dr. Y.Aparna, Laboratory manual of engineering Physics: VGS
Publications,Vijayawada.
Design Experiments:
Thermal Conductivity and Electromagnetic induction
FY2052
C PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

Course Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with to:
Outcomes: Illustrate flowchart and algorithm for a given problem
Understand basic Structure of the C-PROGRAMMING, declaration and
usage of variables
Inscribe C programs using operators
Exercise conditional and iterative statements to inscribe C programs
Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems
Inscribe C programs using Pointers to access arrays, strings and functions.
Inscribe C programs using pointers and allocate memory using dynamic
Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve
problems.
Exercise files concept to show input and output of files in C.
List of Lab Exercises

Week 1
1. Write a C-Program to perform the simple arithmetic operations.
2. Write a C-Program to calculate area and circumference of the triangle and rectangle.
3. Write a C-Program to swap the two numbers without using third variable.
Week 2
1. Write a C-Program to find the biggest of the given three numbers.
2. Write a C-Program to find the roots of the given quadratic equation.
3. Write a C-Program to implement the calculator application (using switch)
Week 3
1. Write a C-program to convert given Decimal number to Binary number.
2. Write a C-Program to check the given number is Palindrome or not.
3. Write a C-Program to check the given Armstrong or not.
Week 4
1. Write a C-Program to find the sum first N natural numbers.
2. Write a C-Program to generate the Fibonacci series.
Ex: 0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,ni , n i+1 , n i +n i+1

3. Write a C-Program to print the prime numbers between 1 to N.
Week 5
1. Write a C-Program to find the biggest and smallest numbers in the given array.
2. Write a C-Program to find the sum, mean and standard deviation by using arrays.
Week 6
1. Write a C-program to remove duplicate elements in the given array.
2. Write a C-program to insert an element at the specified location of the array.
3. Write a C-program to store the polynomial using arrays and differentiate it.
Week 7
1. Write a C-Program to perform the Matrix addition, subtraction and multiplication using
arrays.
2. Write a C-Program to print the transpose of the given Matrix without using the second
matrix.
Week 8
1. Write a C-Program to find the given element is existing in the given list or not.
2. Write a C-Program to arrange the given elements in the ascending order.
Week 9
1. Write a C-Program to check the given string is Palindrome or not.
2. Write a C-Program to perform the following operations with and without using String
handling functions
i) Length of the string

ii) Reverse the given string
iii) Concatenate the two strings
iv) Compare the two strings
Week 10
1. Write a C-Program to swap the two number using call by value and call by reference.
2. Write a C-Program to find the factorial of the given number using recursion.
3. Write a Program to find NCR using functions.
4. W rite a Program to find Mean and standard deviation of a given set of

numbers.(Define functions for mean and standard deviation)
Week 11
1. Write a C program to read name of the student, roll number and marks obtained in
subjects from keyboard and print name of the student, roll number, marks in 3
subjects, and total marks by using structures concept.
2. Write a C-program to count number of characters, spaces, words and lines in given
file.
3. Write a C Program to copy the contents of one file into another file.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C 4ed.: TMH, 2009.

Reference Books:
1. B. Gottfried, Programming with C (Schaum's Outlines) Tata Mcgraw-Hill.
2. Kernighan and Ritchie, The C programming language: Prentice Hall.
3. Venugopal, et al., Programming with C: TMH.
Design Experiment :
To design an UNIX compiler in C language
IT 3001
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III
Lecture : 30
4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: 30 30
Tutorial : 1 hr/ Week Final Examination: 70
Pre-requisites:
After Engineering
studying the Mathematics
course the II be able to:
student can
Course Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with
Outcomes: Uponcompletion
Provide theof this course the
Knowledge ofstudent
solvingwill be able
linear to:
differential equations with
constant coefficients.
Analyze general periodic functions in the form of an infinite convergent
series of sine and cosines useful in digital signal processing.
Exercise Fourier transforms in designing the computer storage devices in
Circuit theory.
Apply the numerical methods for transitioning a mathematical model of
a problem to an programmable algorithm obtaining solution numerically
or graphically
Afford Mathematical devices through which solutions of numerous
boundary value problems of engineering can be obtained
UNIT I
Laplace Transforms: Definition and basic theory Linearity property condition for existence
of Laplace transform. First & Second Shifting properties, Laplace Transform of derivatives and
integrals; Unit step functions, Dirac delta-function. Differentiation and Integration of transforms,
Convolution Theorem, Inversion. Periodic functions. Evaluation of integrals by Laplace
Transform. Transforms of periodic function. Unit impulse function (Dirac delta function).
Convolution and applications to differential equations with constant coefficients, variable
coefficients.
UNIT II
Fourier Series: Introduction, Euler's Formulae, Conditions for a Fourier expansion, Functions
having points of discontinuity, change of interval, odd and even functions, Expansions of odd and
even periodic functions, Half - range series, Parseval's formula, complex form of Fourier series.
UNIT III
Fourier Series: Practical harmonic analysis.
Fourier Transforms: Introduction, Definition, Fourier integrals, Fourier sine and cosine
integrals - complex form of Fourier integrals. Fourier transforms, Fourier sine and cosine
transforms - Finite Fourier sine and cosine transforms, Fourier transforms of the derivatives of a
function.
UNIT IV:
Numerical Methods: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations : Introduction,
Newton - Raphson method, Solution of simultaneous linear equations Gauss Elimination
Method - Gauss - Seidel iterative method.
Numerical Differentiation and Integration : Finding first and second order differentials using
Newton's formulae. Trapezoidal and Simpsons 1/3rd Rule, Numerical solutions of ordinary and
partial differential equations, Euler's method, Taylor's series method Picard's method. Runge -
Kutta method of 4th order. Boundary value problems, Solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations by iteration.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Dr.B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 40th Edition ed.: Khanna Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics. 8 ed, Wiley publishers.

2. Jain Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3 ed, Narosa Publishers.
3. B.V.Ramana,A text book of Mathematics, Tata MC GrawHill.
4. N.P.Bali, Manish Goyal,Engineering Mathematics, 7 ed, Lakshmi Publications(U-1,2,3)
5. S.S.Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis(U-IV)
IT 3002
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Pre-requisites: Basics Knowledge of Science
Learning Outcomes: Up on completion of this course students will be familiar with:

Identify the basic elements of the electrical engineering
To write the programs for controlling electrical elements
The significance of electrical engineering for software fields
UNIT I
Introduction to Electrical Engineering: Electric current, potential and potential difference,
electromotive force, electric power, ohms law, basic circuit components, electromagnetism
related laws, Magnetic field due to electric current flow, force on a current carrying conductor
placed in a magnetic field, Faradays laws of electromagnetic induction. Self-inductance and
mutual inductance, Types of induced e.m.f, Kirchhoffs laws. Simple problems.
Network Analysis: Basic definitions, types of elements, types of sources, resistive networks,
inductive networks, capacitive networks, and series parallel circuits, star delta and delta star
transformation (simple problems on above topics).
UNIT II
Network theorems (Only on DC and independent sources) Superposition, Theveninss,
Maximum power transfer theorems and simple problems.
Alternating Quantities: Principle of ac voltages, waveforms and basic definitions, Relationship
between frequency, speed and number of poles, root mean square and Average values of
alternating currents and voltage form factor and peak factor, phasor Representation of alternating
quantities, the J operator and phasor algebra, analysis of Ac circuits with single basic network
element, single phase series circuits, single phase Parallel circuits, single phase series parallel
circuits, power in ac circuits.
UNIT III
Transformers : Principles of operation, Constructional Details, Ideal Transformer and Practical
Transformer, EMF equation, Losses, Transformer tests (OC and SC), efficiency and regulation
calculations (All the above topics are only elementary treatment and simple problems)
DCMachines:
DC Generator: Principle of operation of dc generator, lap and wave windings, EMF equation of
a dc generator (Simple problems on e.m.f.).
DC Motor: Principle of operation of DC motor, back emf, Torque equation (only theory).
UNIT IV
A.C Machines:
Three phase induction motor: construction and principle of operation, slip and rotor frequency.
Alternator: Principle of operation of AC generator, e.m.f. equation (Simple problems on e.m.f.),
regulation by synchronous impedance method.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. T. K. Nagasarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic Electrical Engineering Oxford University

Press.
2. M.S.Naidu and S. Kamakshiah, Basic Electrical Engineering TMH.
Reference Books:
1. Kothari, et al., Theory and solutions of Basic Electrical Engineering PHI.

2. B. L. Thereja, Electrical Technology
3. J. B. Guptha, Theory of Electrical machines
4. V. David, et al., Essentials of Electrical and Computer Engineering Irwin Pearson.
Web Resources:
1. N. K. De Electrical Engineering web course NPTEL.
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcoursecontents/IIT%20Kharagpur/Basic%20Electrical
%20Technology/New_index1.html
IT 3003
DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES
Lecture : 3hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: 30

Tutorial : 1hr/week Final Examination: 70
Pre-requisites: Engineering Mathematics II
Learning Upon completion of this course the student will be able to:
Outcomes: Interpret statements presented in disjunctive normal form and determine
their validity by applying the rules and methods of propositional calculus
Reformulate statements from common language to formal logic using the
rules of propositional and predicate calculus, and assess the validity of
arguments
Apply basic counting principles including the pigeonhole principle and
rules for counting permutations and combinations.
Determine when a relation is reflexive, symmetric, anti-symmetric or
transitive, apply the properties of equivalence relations and partial
orderings, and explain the connection between equivalence relations and
partitioning a set.
Explain basic definitions and properties associated with simple planar
graphs, including isomorphism, connectivity, and Euler's formula, and
describe the difference between Euclidian and Hamiltonian graphs..
UNIT I:
Fundamentals of Logic: Propositions, Connectives, Propositional functions, Truth tables,
Tautology, Contradiction, Logical equivalences, Normal forms, Logical inferences, Methods of
proof of an implication
First Order Logic: Predicate, Quantifiers, Rules of Inference for Quantified Propositions
UNIT II:
Basics of Counting: Sum and Product rules, indirect counting, One to One correspondence,
Combinations and Permutations, Enumerating Combinations and Permutations with and without
repetitions
Advanced Counting Techniques: Generating function of Sequences, Recurrence relations,
Solving recurrence relations-Substitution-Generating functions-The method of Characteristic
roots, Solution of In-homogeneous recurrence relations
UNIT III:
Relations and Directed Graphs: Special properties of binary relations, Equivalence relation,
Partially ordered sets, Hasse diagrams, Lattices, Operations on relations, Paths and Closures,
Directed graphs and Adjacency matrices, Warshalls algorithm- Transitive closure
UNIT IV:
Basic concepts, Sum of degrees theorem, Isomorphism and sub graphs, Planar graphs, Eulers
formula, Multi graphs and Euler circuits, Hamiltonian graphs, Grin-bergs theorem, Graph
coloring, Chromatic numbers

Predicate Calculus, Algebraic Structures, Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates, Graph Theory,
Algorithms, Posets and Network etc.
Learning Resources
Text Books:
1. Mott, et al., Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists & Mathematicians: PHI, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 4 ed.: WCB, McGraw-Hill, Boston,
Massachusetts, 1999.
2. Trembly and Manohar, Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer
Science: TMH, 1997.
Web Resources:
1. Lecture videos and notes from the University of Colorado. Available:

http://cmes.uccs.edu/Fall2008/Math215/archive.php
IT 3004
DATA STRUCTURES

Pre-requisites: Programming in C
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to:
Course CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to

Outcomes: analyze the consumption of resources (time/space).
CO2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage
the memory using static and dynamic allocations
CO3: Implement binary search tree to design applications like
expression trees
CO4: Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems
like shortest path and MST using graph theory.
CO5: Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms
and sorting algorithms.
CO6: Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given
contextual problem and develop in C
UNIT I:
Introduction: Basic Concepts, Algorithm Specification Data Abstraction, Performance Analysis-Time
complexity, Space complexity.
Stacks: Definition and examples, Representing stacks, Applications: Infix, Postfix and Prefix, Recursion,
Towers of Hanoi problem.
Queues: Queue and Its Sequential Representation, Queue as an abstract data type, implementation of
queues, insert operation, circular queue, implementation and operations.
Linked lists: Singly Linked Lists and Chains, Representing Chains, linked stacks and queues,
polynomials, Doubly Linked List, Circularly Linked List, Operations on a Circular Linked List.
Insertion, deletion, traversal.
UNIT II:
Trees: Introduction: Terminology, Representation of Trees
Binary Trees: Properties of binary trees, binary tree representation, Complete Binary Tree, Expression
trees construction and evaluation.
Binary Tree Traversals: Inorder, Preorder and Postorder recursive and non-recursive.
Binary Search Trees: Definition, searching a Binary Search Trees (BST), Insertion into a binary search
tree, Deletion from a binary search tree.
UNIT III:
Graphs: Terminology, Graph Representations: Adjacency Matrix, Adjacency List
Elementary Graph Operations: Depth First Search and Breadth First Search.
Spanning Trees: Prims and Kruskals algorithms.
Shortest Paths and Transitive Closure: Dijsktshtras Algorithm, Warshals Algorithm, Floyds
Algorithm.
UNIT IV
Efficient Binary and Multi Search Trees: AVL trees- rotations, insertion and deletion, Introduction to
m-way Search Trees, B Trees-insertion and deletion.
Searching: Sequential search, Binary Search, Comparison and analysis.
Sorting: Insertion Sort, Selection, Bubble Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Heap Sort, Radix Sort, Practical
consideration for Internal Sorting.
Hashing: Hash Functions, Collision Resolution Strategies

External sorting algorithms, red black trees
Learning resources
Text Books:
3. Horowitz Sahni and Anderson-Freed Fundamentals of Data Structures in C. 2 ed, Universities

Press.
4. Yedidyah Langsam , Moshe J. Augenstein and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Data Structures using
C and C++. 2 ed, Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
4. Mark Allen Weiss, Data structure and Algorithm Analysis in C. Addison Wesley Publication.
5. Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G. Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications,
McGraw Hill.
6. Thomas Cormen, C. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction to Algorithms. 2 ed,
PHI.
IT 3005
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

Course Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
Outcomes: CO1: Analyse the designing process of combinational and
sequential circuits
CO2: Express arithmetic logic and shift micro operations in
symbolic form at a register transfer level.
CO3: Identify the addressing modes used in macro instructions.
CO4: Apply algorithms for arithmetic operations and
implementation for ALU design
CO5: Develop micro code for typical instructions in symbolic
form
UNIT I:
Digital Logic Circuits: Logic Gates, Boolean Algebra, Map Simplification, Combinational
Circuits, Flip-Flops, Sequential circuits.
Digital Components: Decoders, Multiplexers, Registers, Counters.
Data Representation: Data Types, Complements, Fixed Point Representation, Floating Point
Representation, Error Detection Codes.
UNIT II:
Register Transfer and Micro-Operations: Register Transfer Language, Register Transfer, Bus
and memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro-operations, Logic Micro-operations, Shift Micro-
operations, Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit.
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer Registers, Computer
Instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory-Reference Instruction, Input-Output
and Interrupt, Design of Basic Computer.
UNIT III:
Micro Programmed Control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro-Program example,
Design of Control Unit.
Central Processing Unit: General register Organization, Stack Organization, Instruction

Formats, Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control.
UNIT IV:
Computer Arithmetic: Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication Algorithms, Division
Algorithms, Floating-point Arithmetic operations.
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associative
Memory, Cache Memory, Virtual Memory.
Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-output Interface, Asynchronous Data
Transfer, Modes of Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct Memory Access (DMA).

Reduced Instruction Set Computer-RISC Characteristics, CISC Characteristics.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. M. Moris. Mano, Computer Systems Architecture, 3rd edition ed.: ,Prentice Hall India,
2007.
Reference Books:
2. V. Carl Hamachar, Computer Organization: McGraw Hill.

3. J. P. Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization: TMH.
IT 3006
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATING SYSTEMS
Lecture: 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: 30

Learning Upon completion of this course the student will be able to:
Outcomes: CO1: Analyze the concepts of Operating System and process.
CO3: Identify the dead lock situation and provide appropriate solution.
CO4:Analyze memory management techniques and implement page
replacement Algorithm.
UNIT I:
Introduction: What Operating Systems Do Computer-System Architecture, Operating-System
Structure, Operating-System Operations Process Management, Memory Management, Storage
Management, Protection and Security, Distributed Systems, Open-Source Operating
Systems.Operating-System Structures: Operating-System Services, User Operating-System
Interface, System Calls, Types of System Calls, System Programs, Operating-System Structure,
Virtual Machines, Operating-System Generation. Processes: Process Concept, Process
Scheduling, Operations on Processes, Inter Process Communication, Examples of IPC Systems.
UNIT II:
Threads: Overview, Multithreading Models, Thread Libraries, Threading Issues. Operating-
System Examples. CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling
Algorithms, Thread Scheduling, Multiple-Processor Scheduling, Operating System Examples.
Process Synchronization: Background, The Critical-Section Problem, Petersons Solution,
Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classic Problems of Synchronization, Monitors,
Synchronization Examples.
UNIT III:
Deadlocks: System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for Handling Deadlocks,
Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock Detection, Recovery from Deadlock.
Memory Management: Background, Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Paging,
Structure of the Page Table, Segmentation. Virtual Memory: Background, Demand Paging,
Copy-on-Write, Page Replacement, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing.
UNIT IV
File-System Interface: File Concept, Access Methods, Directory and Disk Structure, File System
Mounting, File Sharing, Protection. File-System Implementation: File-System Structure, File-
System Implementation, Directory Implementation, Allocation Methods, Free-Space
Management. I/O Systems: Overview, I/O Hardware, Application I/O Interface, Kernel I/O
Subsystem, Transforming I/O Requests to Hardware Operations, Streams.
Content beyond syllabus

Protection and Security, Multimedia Systems.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, et al., Operating System Concepts, 8 ed.: John Wiley.
Reference Books:
1. P. Chandra and Bhatt, An Introduction to Operating Systems Concepts and Practice: PHI.
2. C. Crowley, Operating Systems : A Design-Oriented Approach: Tata McGraw HillCo,
1998.
3. Stallings and Operating Systems- Internal and Design Principles, 5 ed.: PHI, 2005.
Web Resources :
1. C.Surendar. Introduction to OS. Professor of Computer Science, UNITed States. .

a. Available:
2. P. J. K . . . and U. Berkeley. 20 January). Deadlock/CPU Scheduling. Available:
http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2398/Operating-Systems-and-System-Programming-
Fall-2009/10#
3. C. Franklin and D. Coustan. 20 January). Memory Management. Available:
http://computer.howstuffworks.com/operating-system7.htm
IT 3051
DATA STRUCTURES LAB

Course Up on completion of this course, students will be familiar with:

Outcomes: Familiar to map real world problems into the Programming language.
Can solve the problems in systematic way
Efficiently implement linear, nonlinear data structures and various
searching and sorting techniques
LIST OF PROGRAMS
Week 1:
1. Write a program to implement the operations on stacks.
2. Write a program for converting a given infix expression to postfix form
3. Write a program for evaluating a given postfix expression
Week 2:
1. Write a program to implement the operations on queues
2. Write a program to implement the operations on circular queues
Week 3:
Write a program to implement stack operations using singly linked list.
Write a program to implement the operations on doubly linked list.
Write a program to implement the operations on circular linked list.
Write a program for the representation ofpolynomialsusingcircularlinkedlistand
for the addition of two such polynomials.
Week 4:
Write a program to implement searching techniques.
Week 5:
Write a program to create a binary search tree operations and also implementing
the tree traversal techniques using recursion.
Week 6:
Write a program to perform B-tree operations: Insertion into a B-tree and Deletion
from a B-tree.
Week 7:
Write a program to perform the following operations: Insertion into an AVL-tree and
Deletion from an AVL-tree.
Week 8:
Write a program for finding the Depth First Search of a graph and Breadth First
Searchofagraph.
Week 9:
Write a program for finding the shortest pathfromagivensourcetoanyvertexina
digraph using Dijkstra's algorithm
Week 10:
Write a program to implement all sorting techniques
Bubble sort
Selection sort
Insertion sort
Heap sort
Design Experiments:
Applications of Linked List, Dynamic storage management, Generalized list, Garbage Collection
and Compaction.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Horowitz and Sahni, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2 ed.: University Press,

2007.
IT 3052
COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

Course Up on completion of this course, students will be familiar with:

Outcomes It is expected that the course would refurbish and fortify the linguistic
abilities of the 4 learners
It is expected that the learners would develop familiarity with different
linguistic patterns including forms of writing
It is expected that the aplomb of learners would develop by multifold
I. Oral communication:
A. Fluency vs Accuracy
i. Constructing authentic sentences
ii. Contextual use of Rhetoric
iii. Audience Orientation
iv. Contextual Determination of Scope and extent of speech acts, including job
interviews
B. Pre-Programmed presentation vs Spontaneous delivery of expressions
i. Sentence Patterns(Technical & Semi Technical)
ii. Modes of Reference
iii. Process of Argumentation & Substantiation
C. Discourse Analysis
i. Across the table discussion
ii. Interactive Presentation
iii. Modeling
Practicals:
Brief &interludes, Group Discussion, MOCK Press, MOCK Interviews,
Seminar Presentations.
II. Writing Communication
A. Letter writing
i. Letters of persuation
ii. Letters of Direction
iii. Letters of Corporate Interaction
iv. Announcements
B. Articles
i. Types of Articles
ii. Means of Literature Search
iii. Administering Questionnaires
iv. Personal Interviews
v. Triangulation of Data &Composition
vi. Linguistic representation including punctuation
vii. Graphic Representation
viii. Syntactic Felicitators &Semantic signals.
Practicals:
Compilation of
i. Letters & Announcement: Business Letters, Letters of enquiry, acceptance &
refusal, job Applications.
ii. Articles: Technical, semi technical &popular articles
III. Preparations of
i. Visual aids like Transparencies
ii. Electronic presentations using power point, flash etc
IV. Project
Technical Paper/Report Writing
V. Evaluation:
Presentation of Technical Paper & 15min.Duaration using OHP/LCD.
Learning Resources:
Text Books & Reference Books:
1. Better English Pronunciation JOD CONNOR ,2nd Edition 2009,CUP

2. English Pronouncing Dictionary, Daniel Jones (EPD) 17th Edition 2006,CUP
3. Strengthen your writing, VR Narayanan Swamy, 3rd Edition 2005,Orient Longman
4. Text, Context, Pretext, Critical issues in Discourse Analysis,2004, 1st Edition Blackwell.
Design Experiments
Technical Report writing Types of formats and styles, subject matter organization, clarity,
coherence and style, planning, data-collection, tools, analysis.
IT 4001
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

Pre-requisites: Discrete Mathematical Structures
Learning Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with

Outcomes:
Understand various types of distributions like discrete, continuous and
sampling and can inference the means, variances and proportions
Provides knowledge of probability, statistics and modeling in the presence
of uncertainties
Apply random phenomena of sample to develop an intuition.
Testing of Hypothesis and Inferences concerning mean, variance and
proportions
Analyze Quality improvement, control charts and reliability to improve
statistical skills..
UNIT I
Discrete Distributions: Random variables (discrete and continuous), Expectation, variance and
standard deviation of discrete random variable, binomial distribution, poisson distribution.
Continuous Distributions: Expectations, variance and standard deviation of continuous random
variable, Normal distribution, Normal approximation to the Binomial distribution, other
probability densities, Uniform distribution, log normal distribution, Gamma distribution, Beta
distribution, Weitall distribution.
Sampling Distributions: Populations and samples-Sampling distribution of the mean (SD
known)- Sampling distribution of the mean (SD unknown) Sampling distribution of the
variance.
UNIT II
Inferences Concerning Means: Point Estimation Interval Estimation Bayesian Estimation
Test of Hypothesis Null Hypothesis and significance tests Hypothesis concerning one mean
Relation between tests and confidence internals-Operating characteristic curves Inferences
concerning two means.
UNIT III
Inferences Concerning Variances: Estimation of variances Hypothesis concerning one
variance - Hypothesis concerning two variances.
Inferences Concerning Proportions: Estimation of Proportions - Hypothesis concerning one
Proportions - Hypothesis concerning several Proportions The Analysis of r x c Tables
Goodness of fit
UNIT IV
The Statistical Content of Quality Improvement Programs: Quality Control Control Charts
for Measurements - Control Charts for Attributes.
Applications to Reliability and Life Testing: Reliability Failure Time Distributions The
Exponential Model in Reliability.
Content beyond syllabus:

Typographical conventions in mathematical formulae.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Richard and Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Prentice Hall of India.
Reference Books:
1. Walpole, et al., Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientist, 6 ed.: , Prentice Hall of
India/Pearson Education.
2. P. Chandra Biswal, Probability and Statistics: Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India
2007.
IT 4002
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Pre-requisites: Discrete Mathematical Structures, Probability & Statistics
Course Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

Outcomes: CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts and architecture associated with DBMS
anomalies
CO 3 : Describe the characteristics of database transactions and how they affect
systems
UNIT I
Introduction: Introduction, An example, Characteristics of database approach, Advantages of
using DBMS.
Database concept and architecture: Data Models, Schemas and Instances, DBMS Architecture
and Data Independence, Database Languages and Interfaces.
SQL: Simple Queries in SQL, Sub queries, Full-Relation Operations, Database Modifications,
Defining a Relation Schema, View Definitions, Constraints and Triggers: Keys and Foreign
Keys, Constraints on Attributes and Tuples, Modification of Constraints, Schema-Level
Constraints and Triggers, Java Database Connectivity, Security and User Authorization in SQL.
UNIT II
Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship Approach: High-Level Conceptual Data Models
and Database Design, ER Model Concepts, Entity-Relationship (ER) Diagrams, Proper Naming
of Schema Constructs, Relationship Types of Degree Higher than Two, Relational Database
Design Using ER-to-Relational Mapping.
The Relational Data Model and Relational Algebra: Relational Model Concepts, Relational
Integrity Constraints, Update Operations on Relations, Defining Relations, Relational Algebra,
Relational Calculus, Tuples Relational Calculus, Domain Relational Calculus, Overview of the
QBE Language.
UNIT III
Functional Dependencies and Normalization for Relational Databases: Informal Design
Guidelines for Relation Schemas, Functional Dependencies Normal Forms Based on Primary
Keys, General Definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms, Boyce-Codd Normal Form
(BCNF), Multivalued Dependencies and Fourth Normal Form, Join Dependencies and Fifth
Normal Form.
UNIT IV
Transactions Processing Concepts: Introduction to Transaction Processing, Transaction and
System Concepts, Desirable Properties of Transactions, Schedules and Recoverability,
Serializability of Schedules.
Concurrency Control Techniques: Locking Techniques for Concurrency Control, Concurrency
Control Techniques Based on Timestamp Ordering, Multi version based. Validation protocols
and multi granularity.
Recovery Techniques: Recovery Concepts, Basic Recovery Techniques: log based.
Contents Beyond the Syllabus:
Overview of Storage and Indexing:
Storing Data
Tree Structured Indexing
Hash Based Indexing
Security
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Elmasri and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 3 ed.: Addison Wesley,
Pearson Education, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. C. J. Date., An Introduction to Database Systems 8ed.: Pearson Education, 2003.

2. R. Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems: Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. A. S. Henry, et al., Database System Concepts: Tata McGraw-Hill Publications
Web Resources:
1. S. Sharma. Introduction to DBMS.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1f34MwqUhx8
2. P. B. Mahanty. DBMS and RDBMS.
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1128&v=7952RsbAx2w8
3. R. A.Morelan. SQL. http://youtube.com/watch?v=FCRY-MZNSjA
4. Prof.D.Janakiram. DBMS. Available: http://www.crazyengineers.com/forum/computer-
science-engineering/30296-dbms-video-tutorial.html
IT 4003
OPERATING SYSTEMS: USE AND CONFIGURATION

Tutorial : 2 hrs/ Week Final Examination: 70
Pre-requisites: Principles of Operating Systems
Course Upon completion of the course, the students will be familiar with
Outcomes: CO1-Analyze basic system information, perform troubleshooting and
optimize the system performance.
CO2-Configure a Linux distribution to perform common system
administrator tasks.
CO3-Develop shell scripts and programming and employ these principles
in solving technical problems.
CO4-Examine the differences and similarities of Linux GUIs and select
the appropriate Linux GUI.
CO5-Generate local or domain users accounts and implement security
policies.
CO6-Design FTP servers and Web servers to deploy services for the
clients.
UNIT I:
Introducing the Windows, Windows Interface, Organizing and Finding Files, Saving, Sharing and
Playing Digital Media and Networking.
Tweaking and Tuning and Troubleshooting: Establishing and Monitoring Performance
Baseline, Basic strategies for improving performance.
Performing Routine Maintenance: Introducing Action center, Keeping your system secure with
Windows update, Checking Disks for Errors, Defragmentation Disks for Better Performance,
Managing Disk space.
UNIT II:
Linux Installation: Introduction to Linux, Linux distributions, partitioning, user account
creation, Logging in, virtual console creation and permissions.
The Linux Shell and File Structure: The Shell, The Shell Scripts and Programming, Shell
Configuration, Linux Files, Directories and Archives.
UNIT III:
GNOME: GNOME 2.x Features, Interface, components and Configuration. KDE: Configuration
and Administration Access, KDE Desktop, KDE Menus, Quitting KDE, Accessing System
Resources from the File Manager Configuring Your Desktop, Desktop Link Files and URL
Locations, KDE Windows, Virtual Desktops, KDE Desktop Pager, KDE Panel.
System Administration and Maintenance: Managing user accounts, file systems, and devices,
backup, scheduling jobs, and managing files and directories.
UNIT IV
FTP Servers:Available Servers, FTP Users, Anonymous FTP, FTP User Account, FTP Group,
Creating New FTP Users, Anonymous FTP Server Directories, Anonymous FTP Files, Using and
Accessing FTP Sites, Configuring Server, Mirroring, Secure FTP Server, Running Configuring,
Access Controls, Virtual Hosts, Virtual Users . Professional FTP Daemon: Install and Startup,
Authentication, Anonymous Access, Virtual FTP Servers.
Apache Web server: Linux Apache Installations, Apache Multiprocessing Modules, Starting
and Stopping the Web Server Apache Configuration Files, Apache Configuration and Directives,
Global Configuration, Server Configuration, Directory-Level Configuration, Access Control,
URL Pathnames MIME Types, CGI Files, Automatic Directory Indexing, Authentication,. Log
Files, Virtual Hosting on Apache, IP-Based Virtual Hosting, Name-Based Virtual Hosting,
Dynamic Virtual Hosting.
Content Beyond Syllabus

Windows File Management, Backup Restore and Recovery, Sharing and Synchronizing digital
media, Windows Registry, Managing user accounts, passwords and logins, Security and
Networking, Troubleshooting Windows Errors and Crashes.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. C. S. EdBott and C. Sfinson, Windows 7 INSIDE OUT: Microsoft Press, 2010.

2. R. Petersen, The Complete Reference Linux Sixth Edition: Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
3. Linux All in one Desk Reference by Emmett Dulaney, Naba Barakakati.
Reference Books:
1. C. Simmons, Windows : A beginners guide.

2. N. Wells, Guide to Linux Installation and Administration: Vikas Publishing House, 2000
.
IT 4004
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

Pre-requisites: Programming in C
Course Up on completion of this course, the student should be able to

Outcomes:
CO 1: Distinguish Oops features with procedural Oriented and analyse
these features to a real world object.
CO2: Analyse and implement memory allocation at run-time through
Late-Binding.
CO 3: Analyse generic data type for the data type independent
programming which relate it to reusability.
CO 4: Interpret and implement the Exception Handling Techniques for
resolving run-time errors.
CO 5: Design, develop and implement programs using file operations for
the large data.
UNIT I:
An Overview of C++: Origins of C++, What is Object Oriented Programming, Overview of
OOP features: Encapsulation, Inheritance and Polymorphism, C++ fundamentals: Sample C++
program, I/O Operators, Declaring Local variables, bool data type, old style vs Modern C++, new
C++ headers, namespaces, Introducing C++ classes, function overloading, operator overloading,
C++ keywords
Classes and Objects: Classes, structures and classes are related, Unions and classes are related,
Anonymous unions, friend functions, friend classes, inline functions, defining inline functions
within a class, constructors, destructors, parameterized constructors, static class members, static
member functions, scope resolution operator, passing objects to functions, returning objects,
object assignment
UNIT II:
Arrays, Pointers, References and the dynamic allocation operators: Arrays of objects,
pointers to objects, this pointer, pointers to class members, passing references to objects,
returning references, C++ dynamic allocation operators, initializing allocated memory, allocating
arrays, allocating objects
Copy Constructors and default arguments: Overloading constructors, Copy constructors,
address of an overloaded function, default function arguments, default arguments vs overloading,
function overloading and ambiguity
Operator Overloading: Creating a member operator function, creating prefix and postfix forms
of the increment and decrement operators, overloading shorthand operators, operator overloading
restrictions, overloading new and delete, overloading special operators like [],(),->, comma
operator
UNIT III:
Inheritance: Base-class access control, inheritance and protected members, inheriting multiple
base classes, constructors and destructors in inheritance, passing parameters to base class
constructors, granting access, virtual base classes
Virtual functions and polymorphism: Virtual functions, calling a virtual function through a
base class reference,virtual attribute is inherited,virtual functions are hierarchical, pure virtual
functions, abstract classes, early vs late binding
Templates: Generic Functions, A function with two generic types, overloading generic functions,
overloading function template, generic function restrictions, Generic classes, an example with
two generic data types, Applying template classes
UNIT IV
Exception Handling: Exception handling fundamentals, catching class types, using multiple
catch statements, handling derived class exceptions, catching all exceptions, restricting
exceptions, Re-throwing an exception, uncaught_exception() function
C++ I/O system basics: C++ stream classes, C++ predetermined streams, formatting using ios
members, setting the format flags, clearing format flags, using width(), precision() and fill(),
using manipulators to format I/O
C++ File I/O: Opening and closing a file, reading and writing text files, unformatted and binary
I/O: put(), get(), read(), write(), getline(), detecting EOF,Random Access,, obtaining the current
file position,
Introducing the standard Template Library: Introducing STL items: Containers, algorithms,
iterators
Contents Beyond the Syllabus:

Standard Template Library: List, Vector, Map, Set, Stack and Queue. Several applications of
stack queue and tree.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference C++. 4 ed, Tata McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books:
1. E.Balaguruswamy, Object Oriented Programming in C++. 4 ed, Tata McGraw-Hill.

2. Bjarne Stroustrup, Programming: Principles and Practice Using C++. 4 ed, Addison-
Wesley.
Web Resources:
1. C++ language tutorial
http://www.cplusplus.com/doc/tutorial/
2. P. Muller Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming Using C++.
http://www.desy.de/gna/html/cc/Tutorial/tutorial.html
3. C++ Programming Language.
http://www.indy.cc.ks.us/pierson/C++/cprogram.html
IT 4005
BASIC ELECTRONICS

Pre-requisites: Basic Electrical Engineering
Course Up on completion of this course, the student should be able to

Outcomes:
Understand the theory of semiconductor materials.
Understand the basic operation and characteristics of semiconductor
devices like Diodes, BJTs, FETs
Analyze simple diode circuits, transistor and FET biasing circuits.
Understand and justify the basic applications of electronic devices like
rectifier and amplifier.
Understand the basic operation and characteristics of optical devices like
LED, LCD, Photodiode, solar cell, CRT.
Classify different types of feedback amplifiers, oscillators and power
amplifiers.
Understand the basic principles and applications of operational amplifier.
Understand the basic operation and application of integrated circuits like
Timer, VCO and Voltage regulator
UNIT I:
Semi Conductor Diodes: Semiconductor Diode, Resistance levels, Diode Equivalent circuits,
Zener diodes, Load line Analysis, Series diode configurations with D.C Inputs, Half-Wave
rectification, Full-Wave rectification
Bipolar Junction Transistor: Transistor construction, Transistor operation, Common base
configuration. Transistor amplifying action, Common emitter configuration, Common collector
configuration, Operating Point, Fixed Bias circuit, Emitter Stabilized Bias circuit, Voltage divider
Bias.
UNIT II:
Unipolar Devices: Construction and characteristics of JFETs, Transfer characteristics. Depletion
type MOSFETs, Enhancement type MOSFETs, Fixed bias configuration, Self-bias configuration,
Uni junction Transistor. Optical Devices: Light Emitting Diodes, Liquid Crystal Display, Photo
Diodes, Photo Conductive Cells, Solar Cells, Principles of Cathode Ray Tube.
UNIT III:
Feedback and Oscillator Circuits: Feedback concepts. Feedback -Connection types,
Barkhaussen Criteria, Phase-Shift Oscillator, Wien Bridge Oscillator, Harteley Oscillator,
Colpitts Oscillator
UNIT IV
Operational Amplifiers: Differential and Common Mode operation, Op-Amp basics. Op-Amp
specifications, Voltage Summing, Voltage Buffer, Differentiator and Integrator. Linear I.Cs -
Timer IC unit operation. Voltage Controlled Oscillator.
Voltage Regulators: I.C. Voltage regulators.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. R. Boylestad and L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, 9 ed.: PHI.
Reference Books:
1. Milliman and Halkies, Integrated Electronics: Tata McGraw Hill.

2. S.Salivahanan and Vallavaraj, Electronic Devices and Circuits: Tata McGraw Hill.
3. N. Bhargava and Kulasresta, Basic Electronics: Tata McGraw Hill
4. S. Gupta, Electronic devices and circuits: Dhanpat Rai Publications.
5. V. K. MEHTA Principles of electronics, 11 ed.: S.CHAND.
IT 4051
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB

Practical : 3 hr/week Credits: 2
Course Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to

Outcomes: Understand how to create and place constraints on databases.
Write simple queries to retrieve data.
Summarize data by means of group by operation and arranging the
records using order by operation.
Use database privilege operations
Write PL/SQL programs for small applications
Week 1:
Data Definition Language (DDL) commands in RDBMS

Data Manipulation Language (DML) and Data Control Language (DCL).
Week 2:
Simple queries: selection, projection, sorting on a simple table.

Small-large number of attributes.
Distinct output values.
Renaming attributes.
Computed attributes
Simple-complex conditions (AND, OR, NOT).
Week 3:
Partial Matching operators (LIKE, %, _, *?).

ASC-DESC ordering combinations.
Checking for Nulls.
Week 4:
Multi-table queries (JOIN OPERATIONS).

Simple joins (no INNER JOIN).
Aliasing tables Full/Partial name qualification.
Inner-joins (two and more (different) tables).
Inner-recursive-joins (joining to itself).
Outer-joins (restrictions as part of the WHERE and ON clauses).
Using where & having clauses.
Week 5:
Nested queries.
In, Not In.
Exists, Not Exists.
Dynamic relations (as part of SELECT, FROM, and WHERE clauses)
Week 6:
Set Oriented Operations.

Union.
Difference.
Intersection.
Division.
Week 7:
PL/SQL Programming I: Programs using named and unnamed blocks.

Programs using Cursors, Cursor loops and records.
Week 8:
PL/SQL Programming II: Creating stored procedures, functions.
Week 9:
Packages and Exception handling
Week 10:
Triggers and auditing triggers
Content Beyond the Syllabus: Forms design
Learning Resources:
Text Books :
1. K. Loney, Oracle Database 10g The Complete Reference: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited.
2. C. Urman, Oracle 9i PL/SQL Programming: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited.
3. P. Bhatia, et al., Simplified Approach to Oracle: Kalyani Publishers.
IT 4052
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB

Course Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
Outcomes: Implements fundamental constructs of OOP-classes, objects and inline
functions
Understands friend functions to access the private data of a class.
Implements different forms of Inheritance.
Virtual functions to realize runtime polymorphism.
Executes error handling models
List of Lab Programs:
Week l
a) Write a C++ program to exchange the contents of two variables using a call by value and call
by reference.
b) inline functions
Week 2
Define the matrix ADT using a class. The operations supported by this ADT are:
i) Reading a matrix. ii) Printing a matrix. iii) Addition of matrices.
iv) Subtraction of matrices. v) Multiplication of matrices.
Week 3
Design an application for the maintenance of library information system using Static data
Members, Static member function, Friend function & Dynamic memory allocation.
Week 4
a) Write a C++ program to generate a Fibonacci series by Operator overloading of (i) Prefix
operator (ii) Postfix operator.
b) Write a C++ Program to implement function Overloading.
Week 5
Write a C++ program to implement.
(i) Inserter and extractors (ii) Formatting I/O (iii) File I/O (iv)
Unformatted and Binary I/O.
(ii)
Week 6
Write a C++ program to implement
(i) Single Inheritance (ii) Multiple Inheritance (iii) Hybrid Inheritance
Week 7
Write programs to demonstrate
(i) Virtual functions (ii) Virtual constructor (iii) Abstract base class.
(iv) Pure virtual functions (v) virtual destructor
Week 8
a) Write a C++ program to implement sorting using function templates.
b) Write a C++ program to implement linked list using Class Templates.
Week 9
a) Write a C++ program to implement Queue using Exception Handling
b) Write a C++ program to implement Stack using Exception Handling.
Week 10
Write C++ programs to demonstrate command line arguments

a) Copies one file to another.
b) Counts the characters, lines and words in the Text file.
Learning Resources:
Text Book :
1. R. Lafore, Object-Oriented Programming in C++, 4 ed.: sams publishers
Reference Books:
1. Savitch, Problem solving with C++, 4 ed.: Pearson education.

2. Dietel and Dietel, C++ - How to Program, 4 ed.: Pearson Education.
.
IT 4053
OPERATING SYSTEM LAB

Course Upon completion of this course the student will be able to:
Outcomes: Understand the implementation of different operating systems
Understands CPU Scheduling, synchronization
Know the OS support for I/O
LIST OF PROGRAMS
Week l
Administration of Windows 2000(including DNS, LDAP, Directory Services)
Week 2
Administration of LINUX Operating System
Week 3
Program to implement FCFS scheduling algorithm.
Week 4
Program to implement SJF scheduling algorithm.
Week 5
Program to implement Round Robin scheduling algorithm.
Week 6
Program to implement Dining Philosophers Problem using Semaphores.
Week 7
Program to implement Producer Consumer Problem using Semaphores.
Week 8
Program to implement Page Replacement algorithms.
a) FIFO b)LRU c)Optimal
Week 9
Program to implement for shared variables using Monitors.
Week 10
Implement some memory management schemes
for eg:
Free space is maintained as a linked list of nodes with each node having the starting byte address
and the ending byte address of a free block. Each memory request consists of the process-id and
the amount of storage space required in bytes. Allocated memory space is again maintained as a
linked list of nodes with each node having the process-id, starting byte address and the ending
byte address of the allocated space.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, et al., Operating System Concepts, 8 ed.: John Wiley.
Reference Books:
1. P. Chandra and Bhatt, An Introduction to Operating Systems Concepts and Practice: PHI.
2. C. Crowley, Operating Systems : A Design-Oriented Approach: Tata McGraw HillCo,
1998.
3. Stallings and Operating Systems- Internal and Design Principles, 5 ed.: PHI, 2005.
IT 5001
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Pre-requisites: Professional Ethics, Technical Communication Skills
Course Upon completion of this course the students will be able to understand:
Outcomes: CO1: Identify and build an appropriate process model for a given
project
CO2: Analyze the principles at various phases of software
development.
CO3: Translate a specification into a design, and identify the
components to build the architecture for a given problem, all using an
appropriate software engineering methodology
CO4: Define a Project Management Plan and tabulate appropriate
Testing Plans at different levels during the development of the
software
CO5: Understand the software project estimation models and estimate
the work to be done, resources required and the schedule for a
software project
UNIT I
Introduction to Software Engineering: The Evolving Role of Software, Software, The
Changing Nature of Software, Legacy Software, Software Myths.
A Generic View of Process: Software Engineering - A Layered Technology, A Process
Framework, The CMMI, Process Patterns, Process Assessment, Personal and Team Process
Models, Process Technology, Product and Process.
Process Models: Prescriptive Models, The Waterfall Model, Incremental Process Models,
Evolutionary Models, Specialized Process Models, The Unified Process.
An Agile View of Process: What Is Agility? , What Is an Agile Process? , Agile Process Models.
UNIT II
Software Engineering Practice: Software Engineering Practice, Communication Practices,
Planning Practices, Modeling Practices, Construction Practice, Deployment. Requirements
Engineering: A Bridge To Design and Construction, Requirements Engineering Tasks, Initiating
the Requirements Engineering Process, Eliciting Requirements, Developing Use-cases, Building
the Analysis Model, Negotiating Requirements, Validating Requirements.
Building the Analysis Model: Requirements Analysis, Analysis Modeling Approaches, Data
Modeling Concepts, Flow-Oriented Modeling, Creating a Behavioral Model.
UNIT III
Design Engineering: Design within the Context of Software Engineering, Design Process and
Design Quality, Design Concepts, The Design Model, Pattern-Based Software Design.
Creating an Architectural Design: Software Architecture, Data Design, Architectural Styles
and Patterns, Architectural Design, Assessing Alternative Architectural Designs, Mapping Data
Flow into Software Architecture.
Modeling Component-Level Design: What Is a Component? , Designing Class-Based
Components, Conducting Component-Level Design, Designing Conventional Components.
Performing User Interface Design: The Golden Rules, User Interface Analysis and Design,
Interface Analysis, Interface Design Steps, Design Evaluation.
UNIT IV
Testing Strategies: A Strategic Approach to Software Testing, Strategic Issues, Test Strategies
for Conventional Software, Test Strategies for Object-Oriented Software, Validation testing,
System testing, The art of debugging.
Testing Tactics: Software Testing Fundamentals, Black-Box and White-Box Testing, White-Box
Testing, Basis Path Testing, Control Structure Testing, Black-Box Testing, Object-Oriented
Testing Methods, Testing Methods Applicable at the Class Level, Interclass Test Case Design,
Testing for Specialized Environments, Architectures and Applications, Testing Patterns.
Estimation: Observations on estimation, The project planning process, Software project
estimation, Decomposition techniques, Empirical estimation models, Estimation for OO Projects,
Specialized Estimation techniques, The make/buy decision.

Modeling real world systems using different diagrams.
More detailed study over component and deployment levels of software development.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. R. S.Pressman, Software Engineering- A Practitioner's Approach, 6 ed.: Tata McGraw-

Hill International.
Reference Books:
1. I. Somerville, Software Engineering', 6 ed.: Pearson Education.
2. C. Ghezzi, et al., Fundamentals of Software Engineering, 2 ed.: PHI.
3. RajibMall, Fundamentals of Software Engineering, 2 ed.: PHI.
Web Resources:
1. 20 January). Software engineering NPTEL. Available:
2. 15 December). Soft ware engineering MIT Videos. Available:
http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-912-
introduction-to-copyright-law-january-iap-2006/video-lectures/lecture-4-software-
licensing
IT 5002
ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Pre-requisites: Data Base Management Systems
Course Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with:
Outcomes:
CO1: Select appropriate technique implemented over disks and files to allocate
CO2: Develop a good query evaluation plan for evaluating user query, an access
path and produce the tuples satisfying the constraints.
CO3: Examine the generic architecture of Parallel and Distributed database
systems, differentiate the properties for concurrent execution of transactions.
CO4: Illustrate the concepts of Object Database systems and explore the features
of R DBMS and ODBMS.
CO5: Analyze access control over the Database system and implement internet
UNIT I
Overview of Storage and Indexing : Data on external storage, File Organizations and Indexing,
Index Data structures, Indexes and Performance tuning
Storing Data : Disks and Files : Memory Hierarchy, Redundant arrays of independent disks
Tree Structured Indexing : Intuition for tree indexes, Indexed Sequential access method, B+
trees, Search, insert, delete
Hash Based Indexing : Static hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear hashing, Extendible vs Linear
hashing
UNIT II
Overview of Query Evaluation : The System catalog, Introduction to operator evaluation,
Algorithms for relational operations, introduction to query optimization
Evaluating Relational Operators : The Selection Operation, General Selection Conditions, The
Projection Operation, The Join Operation, The Set operations, Aggregate Operations
A Typical Relational Query Optimizer : Translating SQL Queries into Algebra, Relational
Algebra Equivalences, Enumeration of Alternative Plans, Nested Subqueries
UNIT III
Recovery System : Failure Classification, Storage structure, Recovery and Atomicity, Log-
based Recovery, Recovery with Concurrent Transactions, Buffer Management
Parallel and Distributed Databases : Introduction, Architectures for Parallel Databases, Parallel
query evaluation, Parallel query optimization, Introduction to distributed databases, Distributed
DBMS Architectures, Storing data in a Distributed DBMS, Distributed Catalog Management,
Distributed Query Processing
Object Database Systems : Motivating Example, Structured Data types, Operations on structured
data, Encapsulation and ADTs, Inheritance, Objects, OIDs and Reference types, Database design
for an ORDBMS, OODBMS, Comparing RDBMS, OODBMS and ORDBMS
UNIT IV
Security and Authorization : Introduction to Database Security, Access Control, Discretionary
Access control, Mandatory Access control, Additional issues related to Security
Database Application Development : Accessing databases from applications, an introduction to
JDBC, JDBC classes and interfaces, SQLJ, Stored procedures
Internet Applications : Introduction, Internet concepts, HTML documents, XML documents, The
three-tier application architecture
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. Raghuramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, 5 ed.: TMH.

2. A. S. Henry F.Korth and S.Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, 5 ed.: Tata McGraw-
Hill Publications
Reference Book:
1. Silberschatz, Korth, and Sudarshan, Database System Concepts. Sixth ed. 2010: McGraw
Hill.
Web Resources
1. V.k.Jain. Advanced DBMS. Available: http://media-express-downloads.com/access.php

2. Z. Ahmer. Lecture slides in ADBMS.Data Models Available:
http://www.scribd.com/doc/7235614/Lecture-2-Database-Database-Systems-DBMS
IT 5003
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Pre-requisites: Engineering Mathematics , Probability & Statistics
Course Up on completion of this course, students will be familiar with

Outcomes: CO1: Understand asymptotic notations to analyze the performance of algorithms
CO2: Identify the differences in design techniques and apply to solve optimization
problems.
CO3: Apply algorithms for performing operations on graphs and trees.
CO4: Solve novel problems, by choosing the appropriate algorithm design
technique for their solution and justify their selection
CO5: Analyze deterministic and nondeterministic algorithms to solve complex
problems
UNIT I
Introduction: Algorithm, Pseudo code for expressing algorithms, Performance Analysis-Space
complexity, Time complexity, Asymptotic Notation- Big oh notation, Omega notation, Theta
notation and Little oh notation, Probabilistic analysis, Amortized analysis.
Disjoint Sets, disjoint set operations, union and find algorithms, spanning trees, connected
components and biconnected components.
UNIT II
Divide and conquer: General method, applications-Binary search, Quick sort, Merge sort,
Strassens matrix multiplication.
Greedy method: General method, applications-Job sequencing with deadlines, knapsack
problem, Minimum cost spanning trees, Optimal storage on tapes, Optimal merge patterns, Single
source shortest path problem.
UNIT III
Dynamic Programming: General method, applications-Matrix chain multiplication, Multi stage
graph problem, Optimal binary search trees, 0/1 knapsack problem, All pairs shortest path
problem, Traveling sales person problem.
Backtracking: General method, applications-n-queen problem, sum of subsets problem, graph
coloring, Hamiltonian cycles, 0/1 knapsack problem.
UNIT IV
Branch and Bound: General method, applications - Traveling sales person problem, 0/1
knapsack problem- LC Branch and Bound solution, FIFO Branch and Bound solution.
NP-Hard and NP-Complete problems: Basic concepts, non deterministic algorithms, NP Hard
and NP Complete classes and Cooks theorem.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. E. Horowitz, et al., Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms: Galgotia Publications Pvt.

Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. M.T.Goodrich and R.Tomassia, Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and Internet

examples: John Wiley and sons.
2. T.H.Cormen, et al., Introduction to Algorithms, 2 ed.: PHI Pvt. Ltd. / Pearson Education.
3. A. Weiss, Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ vol. 2: Pearson Education.
Web Resources
1. Abhiram.Lecture videos on algorithms

2. Charles. Lecture on Algorithms MIT
http://academicearth.org/courses/introduction-to-algorithms
IT 5004
JAVA PROGRAMMING

Pre-requisites: Object Oriented Programming
Course Upon completion of this course the students will be able to understand
Outcomes: CO1: Implement object oriented principles for reusability
CO2: Assign priorities and resolve run-time errors with Multithreading
and Exception Handling techniques
CO3: Interpret Events handling techniques for interaction of the user with
GUI
CO4: Analyze JDBC drivers to connect Java applications with relational
databases
CO5: Develop client/server applications using socket programming
UNIT I
Introduction: Introduction to Java, features of Java, Comparison with CPP, key words, Data
Types, variables and arrays: Primitive types, Integers, Floating-Point Types, characters,
Booleans, variables, type conversion and casting, Arrays.
Classes and objects: Class fundamentals, declaring objects, assigning object reference variables,
introducing methods, constructors, this keyword, Garbage collection, finalize method,
overloading methods, using objects as parameters, Returning objects, Recursion, static and final
keywords, nested and inner classes.
Inheritance: Inheritance basics, using super, multilevel hierarchy, method overriding, dynamic
method dispatch, using abstract classes, final with inheritance, Object class.
Packages and interfaces:
Defining a package, finding package and CLASSPATH. Access protection, importing packages.
Interfaces: Defining an interface, implementing interfaces, nested interfaces, applying interfaces,
variables in interfaces.
Strings: Exploring the String class, String Buffer Class, String Tokenizer
UNIT II
Exception handling: Exception handling fundamentals, exception types, uncaught exceptions,
using try and catch, multiple catch clauses, throw, throws, finally, creating own exception
subclasses.
Multithreading: Concepts of multithreading, Differences between process and thread,thread life
cycle,Creating a thread:Implementing Runnable, Extending Thread, creating multiple threads,
Thread Priorities, Synchronization: Using Synchronized methods, The synchronized Statement,
Daemon thread
IOStreams:IOClasses and interfaces, File: Directories, using FilenameFilter, Creating
Directories,
Stream Classes: the Byte Streams- InputStream, OutputStream, FileInputStream,
FileOutputStream, Print Stream, Data OutputStream and Data InputStream.
The Character Streams:Reader, Writer, FileReader, FileWriter, CharArrayReader,
CharArrayWriter, BufferedReader, BufferedWriter, PrintWriter
The Applet Class: Applet Basics, Applet Architecture, Life cycle of an applet, Creating applets,
Passing Parameters to Applets.
UNIT III
Event Handling and AWT:
The delegation event model- Events, Event Sources, Event Listeners.
Event Classes, Event Listener Interfaces, Using the delegation Event Model
AWT Components: Labels, Buttons, Checkboxes, TextField, TextArea, Layout Managers,
Menu Bars and Menus, File Dialog boxes, Adapter Classes
Swings:Introduction, JLable, ImageIcon, JTextField, The Swing Buttons: J Button, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, JTabbedPane, JScrollPane, JComboBox, Trees, JTable
UNIT IV
JDBC :The concept of JDBC- JDBC Driver Types- JDBC Process- Database Connection-
Statement Objects:Prepared Statement, Callable Statements, Result set- Reading the ResultSet-
MetaData
Networking:
Networking Basics, InetAddress, URL, URLConnection, TCP/IP Client Sockets, Datagrams-
DatagaramSocket, DatagramPacket, Java.net Package, Introduction to RMI

Javax.sql.*, java.io.*, java.lang.* packages, Core java concepts like introspection, persistence.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. H. Schildt, The Complete Reference java J2SE, 7th Edition ed.: TMH Publishing
company Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Jim Keogh, J2EE Complete Reference, : TMH Publishing company Ltd, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. H. M. D. a. P. J. Diete, Java How to program, sixth edition ed.: Pearson education/PHI.
2. C. S. H. a. G. Cornell, Core java 2, Seventh Edition ed.: Pearson Education.
3. C. S. H. a. G. Cornell, Core java2, Seventh edition ed.: Pearson education.
4. C. Horstmann, Big Java, 2nd Edition ed.: john Wiley and Sons, Pearson Edu
IT 5005
COMPUTER NETWORKS

Pre-requisites: Operating Systems : Use & Configuration, Computer Organization
Course Upon the completion of the course the students will be able to:
Outcomes: CO 1: Analyse the concepts of networks, types and architectures
CO 2: Identify error free transmission of data and analyse data collision

with various protocols.
CO 3: Apply various routing algorithms over a network to provide

optimal path.
CO 4: Illustrate the real time applications of networks
CO 5: Examine the addressing entities of a network with implementation

of TCP, UDP protocols.
UNIT I
Introduction: Uses of Computer Networks, Network Hardware, LANs, MANs, WANs, Network
Software. Reference Models: The OSI Reference Model, TCP/IP Reference Model, the
comparison of OSI, and TCP/IP reference models. The Physical Layer: Guided transmission
media: Magnetic Media, Twisted Pair, Coaxial Cable and Fiber Optics.
UNIT II
The data link layer: Data link layer design issues, Error detection and correction, Elementary
data link protocols and Sliding window protocols. The Medium Access Control Sub layer: The
channel allocation problem, Multiple access protocols, ETHERNET and Wireless LANs.
UNIT III
The Network Layer: Network Layer Design Issues, Routing Algorithms: Shortest Path,
Flooding, DVR and Link State routing algorithm, Congestion Control Algorithms and Quality of
Service.
UNIT IV
The Transport Layer:The Transport Service, Elements of Transport Protocols, and the Internet
Transport Protocols TCP and UDP.Application Layer:The Domain Name System (DNS) and E-
Mail.
Content beyond Syllabus

Traffic Management:Telephony nets, ATM Networks, Bluetooth, Broadcast Routing, SNMP
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. A. S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th Edition ed.: Pearson Education / PHI.
Reference Books
1. K. Ross, Computer networks A Top-down Approach Featuring the Internet: Pearson
Education .
2. B. A.Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking 4th Edition ed.: TATA McGraw
Hill
3. N. F.Mir, Computer and Communication Networks: PHI.
4. S. Kasera, Atm Networks Concepts and Protocols: TATA McGraw Hill Networking
Series.
Web Resources:
1. Lecture Series on Computer networks by Prof. Sujoy Ghosh ,Department of Computer
Science And Engineering, IIT NPTEL course,Kharagpur.
http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2276/Computer-Networks# accessed on 24/01/2011.
2. Lecture on Computer Networks by Khurram Khazi,Engineering and computer
sciences,Newyork Institue of technology.http://www.iris.nyit.edu accessed on
24/01/2011.
3. Computer networks by Dheeraj Sanghi,Professor,Computer Sciences,Indian Institute of
technology,Kanpur.http://www.cse.iitk.ac.in/users/dheeraj/cs425/ accessed on
24/01/2011.
IT 5006
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
Lecture 4 hrs/ Week Internal Assessment: 30

Tutorial - Final Examination: 70
Practical - Credits: 3
Pre-requisites: Principles of Operating Systems
Outcomes: CO 1: Gain knowledge in issues for constructing the distributed systems
CO 2: Examine how the message oriented communication can be done in
a Distributed system to achieve the synchronous and asynchronous
communication
CO 3: Implement the suitable clock Synchronization algorithms to
manage the resources in a distributed operating system environment.
CO 4: Compare the client and data centric consistency models to improve
performance and scalability in terms of memory.
CO 5: Analyze issues dealing with recovery failure and able to implement
Distributed file system in Network file system
UNIT I
Communication in Distributed Environment:
Introduction, ClientServer Paradigm, Threads in Distributed Systems, Remote Procedure Call,
Remote Object Invocation, Message-oriented communication, Persistence and Synchronicity in
Communication, Message-Oriented Transient Communication, Message-Oriented Persistent
Communication, Unicasting Group Communication, Reliable and Unreliable Multicasting.
UNIT II
Distributed Operating Systems: Issues in Distributed Operating System, Clock synchronization,
Physical Clocks, Clock Synchronization Algorithms, Use of Synchronized Clocks, Lamports
Logical Clock, Vector Clock, Causal Ordering, Global States, Election Algorithms, Distributed
Mutual Exclusion, Distributed Transactions, Distributed Deadlock, Agreement Protocol.
UNIT III
Distributed Shared Memory: Introduction, Data-centric consistency models, Strict Consistency,
Linearizability and Sequential Consistency, Causal Consistency, FIFO Consistency, Weak
Consistency, Release Consistency, Entry Consistency, Summary of Consistency Models, Client-
centric consistency models, Eventual Consistency, Monotonic Reads, Monotonic Writes, Read
Your Writes, Writes Follow Reads, Atomic Transaction, Distributed protocols, consistency
protocols.
UNIT IV
Fault Tolerance and Distributed File Systems: Introduction to fault tolerance, Basic Concepts
Failure Models, Failure Masking by Redundancy, Process resilience, Design Issues, Failure
Masking and Replication, Agreement in Faulty Systems, Distributed Commit Protocol,
Distributed File System Architecture, Issues in Distributed File Systems, NFS.

An introduction to Grid Computing, Mobile and Ubiquitous Computing, Other Learning
Material:
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Tanenbaum, A.S. and M.V. Steen, Distributed Systems. 2004: Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
1. Coulouris, G., J. Dollimore, and T. Kindberg, Distributed Systems Concepts and Design.
Third ed. 2002: Pearson Education Asia.
2. Singhal, M., Advanced Concepts In Operating Systems. 1994: McGraw Hill Series in
Computer Science.
3. Liu, M.L., Distributed Computing Principles and Applications. 2004: Pearson Addison
Wesley.
Web Resources:
1. Tanenbaum, A.S. and M.V. Steen. Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms.
[cited 2011 20-01]; Available from: http://www.cs.vu.nl/~ast/books/ds1/.
2. Distributed Computer System Engineering. 2006 [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from:
http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-824-
distributed-computer-systems-engineering-spring-2006/lecture-notes/.
3. Bellur, P.U. CS 451 Distributed Systems. [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from:
http://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~cs451/.
4. Computer Science 244b. [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from:
http://www.stanford.edu/class/cs244b/.
IT 5051
JAVA PROGRAMMING LAB
Lecture : Internal Assessment: 25

Tutorial : Final Examination: 50
Practical : 3 hr/ Week Credits: 2
Outcomes: Implement Object Oriented Programming Concepts.
Use and create packages and interfaces in a Java program
Use graphical user interface in Java programs
Create Applets
Implement exception handling in Java.
Implement Multithreading.
Use Input/output Streams.
Handle security implementations in Java
List of Experiments:
Week 1:
a) Write a Java program that prompts the user for an integer and then prints out all prime
numbers up to that Integer.
b) Write a Java program that checks whether a given string is a palindrome or not. Ex:
MADAM is a palindrome.
c) Write a Java program for sorting a given list of names in ascending order.
Week 2:
a) Write a Java program to multiply two given matrices.
b) Write a Java program that displays the number of characters, lines and words in a text
file.
Week 3:
Write a Java Program, which illustrates the implementation of multiple inheritance using,
interfaces in Java.
Week 4:
Write a java program that illustrates the following:
a) Creation of simple package.
b) Accessing a package.
Week 5:
Write a java program that illustrates the following
a) Handling predefined exceptions
b) Handling user defined exceptions
Week 6:
Write a Java program for creating multiple threads by
a) Extending the Thread Class
b) Implementing the Runnable interface.
Week 7:
a) Write an applet that displays a simple message.
b) Write a Java program that allows the user to draw lines, rectangles, polygons.
Week 8:
Write a Java program for handling mouse events and Key events.
Week 9:
Write a Java program that works as a simple calculator. Use a grid layout to arrange
buttons for the digits and for the + - X % operations. Add a text field to display the result.
Week 10:
Write a Java program that lets users create Pie charts. Design your own user interface
(with Swings & AWT).
Learning Resources
Text Book:
1. H. Schildt, The Complete Reference java J2SE, 7th Edition ed.: TMH Publishing
company Ltd, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. H. M. D. a. P. J. Diete, Java How to program, sixth edition ed.: Pearson education/PHI.

2. C. S. H. a. G. Cornell, Core java 2, Seventh Edition ed.: Pearson Education.
3. C. S. H. a. G. Cornell, Core java2, Seventh edition ed.: Pearson education.
4. C. Horstmann, Big Java, 2nd Edition ed.: john Wiley and Sons, Pearson Edu.
IT 5052
NETWORKING LAB

Outcomes: Demonstrate techniques to correct and detect errors during transmission.
Demonstrate understanding of how computers communicate with each
other and the routing algorithms employed to assure that the
communication is reliable
Implementation of client server applications with protocols TCP and
UDP.
LIST OF PROGRAMS
Week 1:
Implement the data link layer framing methods: character stuffing and bit stuffing.
Week 2:
Write a program to implement stop and wait protocol.
Write a program to implement go-back-n sliding window protocol.
Week 3:
Implement on a data set of characters the three CRC polynomials- CRC12, CRC16.
Week 4:
Implement error detection method using checksum algorithm
Week 5:
Implement error correction method using Hamming distance method
Week 6:
Compute shortest route using Dijkstras algorithm.
Week 7:
Implement distance vector routing algorithm.
Week 8:
Construct a routing table at each node using link state routing algorithm.
Week 9:
Construct broad cast tree for a subnet of hosts.
Week 10:
Implement Client Server application using UDP
Implement socket programming for chat application using TCP
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Silberschatz, et al., Database System Concepts, Sixth ed.: McGraw Hill, 2010.
Reference Book:
1. B. A.Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 4th Edition ed.: TATA McGraw
Hill, .
Experimental Design:
A company has two LANs, one in Chennai with 300 hosts and another one in Madurai
with 150 hosts. Could it be possible to connect those networks to the Internet using only
one Class C network addresses? Justify the answer. If the answer is positive, create a
network layout, assign IP addresses to every router and to one host in the network, and
specify the routing tables of all routers and the specified host.
You have 3 computers belonging to different networks. Configure them to be able to
access each other. Note: Use at least three routers, one for each internal network. Change
the IP Address to match the diagram below. Take note that you will need a fourth
network (a new network address!) for all the routers so that they can communicate with
one another .You can also use switches.
IT 6001
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER VISION

Tutorial Final Examination: 70
Pre-requisites: Probability & Statistics , Programming in C, Design & Analysis of

Algorithms
Outcomes: CO1: Calibrate a geometric camera by using mathematical model of
image formation process.
CO2: Implement algorithms to segment, label, and compute the position
and orientation of a set of objects in an image.
CO3: Implement the main gradient based edge detection operations and
apply techniques to extract useful features from an image
CO4: Analyze the suitable Expectation-Maximization algorithm for
missing data problems of image and camera models.
CO5: Exemplify the aspect graphs for object recognition.
UNIT I:
Introduction: Image Formation & Image Models: Introduction to computer vision, Pinhole
cameras.Geometric camera models:-Elements of analytical geometry, camera parameters &
perspective projections.Geometric camera calibration:-Least squares parameter estimation:-
Linear least square methods, a linear approach to camera calibration. Radiometry:Light in space,
Light at surfaces. Important special cases: Radio city, Directional hemispheric reflectance.
Sources, Shadows and Shading: Radiometric Properties of Light Sources, Qualitative
Radiometry. Sources and their Effects, Local Shading Models. Color: The Physics of Color,
Human Color Perception, Representing Color.
UNIT II:
Linear filters: Linear Filters and Convolution, Shift invariant linear systems, Spatial Frequency
and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing.Edge Detection: Estimating Derivatives with
Finite Differences, Noise, Edges and Gradient-based Edge Detectors. Texture: Representing
Texture, Analysis (and Synthesis) Using Oriented Pyramids.The Geometry of Multiple Views:
Two Views, Three Views.Stereopsis: Reconstruction, Binocular Fusion.
UNIT III:
Segmentation using Clustering: Human vision, Applications: Shot Boundary Detection,
Background Subtraction. Image Segmentation by Clustering Pixels, Segmentation by Graph-
Theoretic Clustering. Fitting: The Hough Transform, Fitting Lines, Fitting Curves.
Segmentation and Fitting using Probabilistic Methods: Missing Data Problems, Fitting and
Segmentation. Tracking: Tracking with Linear Dynamic Models.
UNIT IV
Correspondence and pose consistency: Initial Assumptions, Obtaining Hypotheses by Pose
Consistency, Obtaining Hypotheses by Pose Clustering, Obtaining Hypotheses Using Invariants,
Verification. Finding Templates Using Classifiers: Classifiers, Building Classifiers from Class
Histograms, Feature Selection. Recognition by Relations between Templates: Finding Objects
by Voting on Relations between Templates, Relational reasoning using probabilistic model and
search. Aspect Graphs: Differential Geometry and Visual Events, Computing the Aspect Graph.
Video representation, transmission, Image Compression, Content Based Image Retrieval.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Forsyth and Ponce, Computer Vision A Modern Approach: PHI- Eastern Economy
Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Shah, M., Fundamentals of Computer Vision.

2. Dyer, C.R., Volumetric scene reconstruction from multiple views, in Foundations of
Image Understanding. 2001, Boston.
3. Shapiro, L.G. and G.C. Stockman, Computer Vision. First ed. 2001: Prentice Hall.
4. Hartley, R. and A. Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision. Second ed.
2004: Cambridge University Press.
5. Ballard, D.H. and C.M. Brown, Computer vision First ed. 1982: Prentice Hall
6. Sonka, M., V. Hlavac, and R. Boyle, Image processing, analysis and machine vision.
Third ed. 2007: CL-Engineering.
Web Resources:
1. Williams, A.V. Fundamentals of Computer Vision. CMSC 828D 2000 [cited 2011
20.01]; Available from: http://www.umiacs.umd.edu/~ramani/cmsc828.html.
2. Siddiqi, K. Centre for Intelligent Machines.[cited 2011 20.01]; Available from:
http://www.cim.mcgill.ca/~siddiqi/558b.html.
3. Duraiswami, R. Computer Vision. Spring 2005 [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from:
http://www.umiacs.umd.edu/~ramani/cmsc426/index.html.
4. Digital Image Processing. 2008 [cited 2011 20.01]; Available from:
http://www.icaen.uiowa.edu/~dip/syllabus.html
IT 6002
DATA WAREHOUSING

Pre-requisites : Advanced Data Base Management Systems
Outcomes: CO1: Describe the differences between OLTP systems and data
warehouses, the need for data warehousing
CO 2: Summarise the dominant data warehousing architectures and their
support for quality attributes.
CO 3: Assess the data quality in terms of accuracy, completeness and
consistency.
CO 4: Explore the real world applications of data warehousing using
OLAP technologies
CO 5: Extract, transform, and load data from an operational data source to
a data warehouse
UNIT I:
Introduction to Data Warehousing : Need for Data Warehousing, Differences between Data
Warehouse and DBMS, Historical developments of data warehousing
Architecture aspects of Data Warehousing : Data Warehouse Architectural Components,
Architecting the Data, Enterprise Data Model and its Benefits, Granularity of Data in Data
Warehouse, Role of Metadata
UNIT II:
Data Modeling for Data Warehouse : Need for Dimensional Modeling, Differences between
ER Modeling and Dimensional modeling, Basic concepts of Dimensional Modeling,
Visualization of Dimension model , Star, snowflake and other advanced models, Aggregated Fact
tables , Relational DBMS Support for Dimensional Modeling
Advanced Topics in Dimensional Modeling, Selecting a Modeling Tool ,Population Data
Warehouse.
UNIT III:
Data Pre-processing Techniques : Why Data Pre-Processing? ETL Overview, Data Cleaning
Methods, Descriptive Data Summarization Methods , Data Reduction
Data Discretization and Concept hierarchy Generation
UNIT IV:
Data Analysis Techniques Online Analytical Processing : OLAP, differences between OLAP
and OLTP systems, Multi Dimensional Data Model , OLAP operators, Relational DBMS support
for OLAP, Data Cube Demonstration using SQL , Various Categories of OLAP Tools , Efficient
processing of OLAP queries

Comparing the two data warehouse methodologies, Data Warehouse database design.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques by Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Second
Edition, Elsevier Publications, 2006
2. Data Modeling Techniques for Data Warehousing byChuck Ballard, DirkHerreman, Don
Schau, Rhonda Bell,Eunsaeng Kim, Ann Valencic, 1998.
Reference Book:
1. B. W. H. InmonWiley, Building the Data Warehouses: Dreamtech.

2. S.A.Dennis and Murray, Data Warehousing in the Real World: Pearson Edn Asia.
3. Paulraj and Ponniah, Data Warehousing Fundamentals: John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
IT 6003
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT

Pre-requisites:
Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to
Understand Henri Fayols principles of management,
Appreciate the functions of a Personnel Department and evaluate a
job for wage determination.
Apply Law of diminishing Utility and Law of equimarginal utility
for any market condition
Understand Factors influencing demand, and Elasticity of demand
,the relations between ATC and MC and relations between AC and
MC.
Understand how to maximize profit under competition.
Apply various work study techniques to reduce work content and
ineffective time
Familiarize with various functions of marketing and market
research.
Choose the best alternative from various options and calculate
depreciation using different methods.
UNIT I:
General management: Principles of scientific management, Henri Fayol's principles of
management. Brief treatment of managerial functions: planning, organizing, staffing, directing,
coordinating and controlling etc. Forms of Business Organization: Salient features of sole
proprietorship, partnership, Joint Stock Company: private limited and public limited companies.
Personnel management: The personnel function, functions of a personnel management, Job
Evaluation Methods
UNIT II:
Managerial Economics: Introduction, Basic Economic concepts, Supply and Demand Law of
diminishing utility, Marginal utility and Total utility, Demand Analysis , Elasticity of Demand,
Elastic and Inelastic Demand, Isoquants (Equal product curves, Cost output relationship (Theory
of Cost) .Relationship between ATC and MC , Relationship between AC and MC. Theory of
Firm Profit maximization under perfect maximization, Returns to scale.
UNIT III:
Work study: Introduction, Management techniques to reduce work content and ineffective time.
Method Study: Procedure, Tools for recording information: charts and diagrams, use of
fundamental hand motions (Therbligs), principles of motion economy, SIMO chart, cycle graph
and chromo cycle graph. Work Measurement: Objectives and techniques, time study methods
and rating systems. Allowances: Standard time.
UNIT IV
Marketing Management: Concept of selling and marketing differences, functions of
marketing, market research, advertising and sales promotion, break-even analysis, distribution
channels types, product life cycle. Financial Management: Functions of financial
management, simple and compound interest, Methods of evaluating alternatives- Present Worth
method. Future worth Method, Annual equivalent method. Depreciation, common methods of
depreciation: straight line method, declining balance method, sum of years digits method
Business economics, Personnel economics, Management science.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. ILO, Introduction to work study, 3 ed.: Oxford & IBH Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd. .
2. MarthandT and Telsang, Industrial& business management.
3. Edward, et al., Engineering Economic Anlisis, 9 ed.: Oxford University Press Published,
2004.
Reference Books:
1. W. sullivan, et al., Engineering economy, 13 ed.: Prentice-Hall, 2005.

2. Blank, Engineering Economy, 6 ed.: Mc Graw Hill, 2004.
3. Thuesen, Engineering Economy: Prentice Hall 1993.
4. Sullivan, Engineering Economy, 13 ed.: Pearson, 2005.
Web resources:
1. A. Dube. A video lecture series on Fundamentals of Economics Department of
Economics, Indiana University.
http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv325&cat=Economics&page=1
2. A.M Clausing. Lecture notes. http:/www.mechse.illinois.edu/EngEconNotes_2004.doc
IT 6004
NETWORK SECURITY

Tutorial : 1 hrs/ Week Final Examination: 70
Pre-requisites: Computer Networks
Outcomes: CO1: Analyze the basic concepts of network security to predict and classify
attacks on a network
CO2 : Illustrate the process for hiding the information with cryptographic
algorithms
CO3 : Apply authentication techniques to provide secure communication
CO4 : Analyze public cryptosystems and disseminate from conventional
systems for the quality of security
CO5 : Understand the security implementations in real time applications of
OSI & TCP/IP models
UNIT I:
Security Attacks: Interruption, Interception, Modification and Fabrication, Security Services:
Confidentiality, Authentication, Integrity, Non-repudiation, Access Control and Availability and
Mechanisms, A model for Internetwork security, Internet Standards. Conventional Encryption
Principles, Conventional encryption algorithms, cipher block modes of operation, location of
encryption devices, key distribution Approaches of Message Authentication, Secure Hash Functions
and HMAC.
UNIT II
Public key cryptography principles and algorithms, digital signatures, digital Certificates, Certificate
Authority and key management Kerberos, X.509 Directory Authentication Service. Email privacy:
Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) and S/MIME
UNIT III
IP Security Overview, IP Security Architecture, Authentication Header, Encapsulating Security
Payload, Combining Security Associations and Key Management. Web Security Requirements,
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS), Secure Electronic Transaction
(SET).
UNIT IV
Basic concepts of snmp, snmpv1 community facility and snmpv3. intruders, viruses and related
threats. firewall design principles, trusted systems. intrusion detection systems.

Introduction to cryptanalysis Steganography
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. W. Stalligs, Cryptography and network security: principles and practice, 4 ed.: Pearson
education, 2007.
2. M. Burgess and JohnWiley, Principles of network and systems administration, 2 ed., 2000.
Reference Book:
1. W. Stallings, Network Security Essentials (Applications and Standards), 3 ed.: Pearson

Education, 2006.
Web Resources:
1. Mark Dermot Ryan. 20 January). Network Security lecture notes Available:

http://www.cs.bham.ac.uk/~mdr/teaching/modules06/netsec/
2. Xiang and Y. Li. Lecture. Available: http://www.cs.iit.edu/~cs549/
IT 6005
WEB PROGRAMMING AND DEVELOPMENT

Pre-requisites: Java Programming
Outcomes: CO 1: Compare and Contrast HTML, DHTML, CSS,
JavaScript, XML and other Web technologies.
CO 2: Implement JavaScript Language to perform
functionalities at client side application areas which
include Banking.
CO 3: Develop Graphical User Interface applications in
Java by importing Applets and AWT.
CO 4: Assess and evaluate the role of WEBSERVERS
for the management and delivery of electronic
information.
CO 5: Design well formed JSP and Servlets Documents.
CO 6: Develop Web based applications by Servlets and
JSP to have
an interactive applications such as Client Server
Architecture.
UNIT I:
Introduction to web technology:-Web pages-types and issues, tiers, the concept of a tier, web
pages, static web pages, plug-ins, introduction to HTML, common tags, the need for dynamic
web pages. Java Script: Introduction to scripting, Control Structures-I, Control Structures-II,
Functions, Arrays, Objects. DHTML: Cascading style sheets, Object model and collections,
Event Model, Filters and Transitions.
UNIT II
Extensible Markup Language:-Standard generalized markup language (SGML), basics of
XML, XML parsers, The need for the standard. Web Servers: PWS, IIS, Tomcat, Apache,
Jigsaw Web Servers. Java based Web Technologies: JAVA Servlets: Introduction to Java
Servlets, Servlet Life Cycle, Http Servlet Class, Http Servlet Request & Response interfaces,
Deploying a web application, Session Tracking, Cookies, Using JDBC from a Servlet
UNIT III
Java based Web Technologies: Java Server Pages(JSP).Introduction to JSP, JSP elements, JSP
Directives: Page, Include Directives, Introduction to Java Beans, Action Elements: Use Bean,
Custom Tag Libraries, Accessing database from a JSP Page.
UNIT IV
ASP: Common gateway interface (CGI), Microsoft ASP, Basics of ASP technology, ASP
example, ASP trends. Content Management Systems: Introduction to content Management
Systems, need and benefits of CMS, Case study using CMS Tools: Silver light, Joomla.
Introduction to web development tools:

Java server faces technology, Ruby concepts, Ajax.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Dietel and Nieto, Internet & World wide Web How to Program 4ed.: PHI/Pearson
Education Asia.
Reference Books:
1. H. Schild, The Complete Reference JAVA2, 5 ed.: Tata McGraw Hill.

2. B. Boiko, Content Management Bible.
3. S. M. Grath, XML by Example, 5 ed.: Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education. .
4. C. Bates, Web Programming building Internet Applications, 2 ed.: WILLEY Dream
Tech.
Web Resources:
1. XML in 10 point. http://www.w3.org/XML/1999/XML-in-10-points

2. Cascading Style Sheets from W3. http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS/
3. Java Programming http://www.apl.jhu.edu/~hall/java/
IT 6051
COMPUTER VISION LAB

Outcomes: Capture digital images, and master low-level, mid-level and high-level
computer vision techniques, such as noise cleaning, feature extraction,
object recognition
Become proficient with computer skills for the analysis of digital Images.
LIST OF PROGRAMS
Week 1:
Basics of OPENCV& adding libraries to project
Week 2:
Display an image in the environment
Display text in an image
Week 3:
Displaying video Display the pixel matrix of an image
Week 4:
Basic operations I: Conversions: Gray scale, binary and Reshape, Repeat, Flip,
CvtPixToPlane, CvtPlaneToPix,ConvertScale,ConvertScaleAbs
Week 5:
Basic Operations II:Add, Adds, Sub, Subs, SubRS, Mull, Div, And, Ands, Or, OrS, Xor,
XorS, Not
Week 6:
Contour detection
Week 7:
Edge detection: Sobel, Canny
Week 8:
Morphology Operations : Erosion, dilation,open,close operations
Week 9:
Histogram construction
Week 10:
Contrast enhancement
Week 11:
Programs on texture identification and analysis
Week 12:
Object recognition
Text Book :
Forsyth and Ponce, Computer Vision A Modern Approach: PHI- Eastern Economy
Edition.
IT 6052
DATA WAREHOUSING LAB

Course Upon completion of this course the student will be able to

Outcomes: Design and implement a simple data warehouse.
Design a data warehouse or data mart to present information needed by
Management in a form that is usable for management clients.
Implement a high quality data warehouse or data mart
Effectively administer a corporate data resource in such a way that it Will
truly meet managements needs
Evaluate standards and new technologies to determine their potential impact
on your information resource
List of Programs
Week 1:
To perform various commands in PL/SQL in Oracle (for brushing up)
Week 2:
Analyzing data with ROLAP, CUBE.
Week 3:
Cube slicing come up with 2-D view of data.
Week 4:
Drill-down or Roll-down- going from summary to more detailed data.
Week 5:
Roll up summarize data along a dimension hierarchy.
Dicing projecting 2-D view of data.
Week 6:
Building dimensions.
Create and populate FACT table.
Week 7:
Creating Star Schema/Snowflake Schema.
Week 8:
Creating Fact constellation Schema
Week 9:
ETL: Extraction Options

Full extraction
Incremental extraction
Change Data Capture(CDC)
Week 10:
ETL: Transformation Options

1. Transformation: during extraction, in staging area, during load, etc.
2. Multi-state transformation
3. Pipelined transformation
Week 11:
ETL: DW Load options

Loader: SQL (DML)
Data Pump
Week 12:
To implement data preprocessing Techniques using WEKA
Learning Resources:
Text Book :
1. Oracle 10G & 9i Oracle Press Manual.
IT6053
WEB PROGRAMMING AND DEVELOPMENT LAB

Course Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with
Outcomes:
To study hypertext markup language, specialized commands and tags for
WWW documents that allow one to specify hyperlinks , lists, paragraphand
attributes
To design web pages for applications such as railway ticket reservation, hotel
management etc.
Week 1:
Develop a static web page that demonstrates basic HTML tags.
Week 2:
Develop a web page to demonstrate different types of CSS.
Week 3:
Develop a web application using Java script to perform the following tasks:
a) Registration validation
b) User login
c) User profile and credit card payment.
Week 4:
Design an XML document to structure the student data and validate using DTD.
Week 5:
Design an XML document to structure and display the data using an XSL.
Week 6:
Implement a simple Hello world program using Java Servlets.
Implement User Management application using Java Servlets.
Week 7:
Implement a simple JSP page to perform simple functions.
Implement User Management application using JSP.
Week 8:
Implement session Tracking and cookie Management in JSP.
Week 9:
Develop a simple application to create a custom tag using JSP.

Week 10:
Implement User Management application in ASP.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Dietel and Nieto, Internet & World wide Web How to Program 4ed.: PHI/Pearson
Education Asia.
Reference Books:
1. H. Schild, The Complete Reference JAVA2, 5 ed.: Tata McGraw Hill.

2. B. Boiko, Content Management Bible.
3. S. M. Grath, XML by Example, 5 ed.: Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education. .
4. C. Bates, Web Programming building Internet Applications, 2 ed.: WILLEY Dream
Tech.
IT 6054
TERM PAPER

Tutorial : 1 hrs / week Final Examination: 50
Course Upon completion of the course the students will be familiar with :
Outcomes:
Identification of real world problems
Awareness of current trends in specific area of interest
Technical report writing
Assessment and distribution of the marks are based on the academic regulation clause
10.2.4 of VR10
IT 7001
OPERATIONS RESEARCH

Tutorial 1 hrs/ Week Final Examination: 70
Learning Upon completion of this course the students will be familiar with
Outcomes:
Understand the usage Linear programming for the optimal allocation of
limited resources such as men, machine, material and money
Solve transportation problems to minimize cost and understand the
principles of assignment of jobs
Solve problems of Scheduling and sequencing of production runs.
Use Game theory to identify the optimal strategies for the players
Use Queuing theory to solve problems of traffic congestion, counters in
banks, railway bookings etc
Use PERT/CPM: (Project scheduling and allocation of resources) to
schedule and control construction of dams, bridges, roads etc. in an
optimal way.
UNIT I:
Introduction to Operations Research: Introduction, Modeling in Operations Research, Phases
of OR study, Scope of OR, Limitations of OR.
Linear Programming and its Applications: Linear Programming Problem Formulation of
LPP, Graphical solution of LP Problem. Simplex method, Artificial Variable Techniques (Big-M
and Two-Phase Method), Dual Simplex method.
UNIT II:
Transportation and Assignment models: Introduction Methods of basic feasible solution
(NWC, Least Cost and VAM) Optimality test, Degeneracy in transportation problem, unbalanced
transportation Problem, Hungarian method for assignment problem. Sequencing and
Scheduling: Introduction-Flow Shop Scheduling, Johnsons algorithm, Problems with n jobs and
two machines, n jobs and m machines.
UNIT III
Theory of Games: Introduction, to solve the rectangular two person zero sum games, solution of
rectangular games in terms of mixed strategies, solution of 2x2 games without saddle point,
solution of a two person zero sum 2Xn game, Graphical method for 2Xn and nX2 games.
Queuing Theory: Queuing systems and their characteristics. M/M/1 : FCFS/ / and M/M/1 :
FCFS/ / N models.
UNIT IV
Project Management by PERT/CPM: Introduction, Basic steps in PERT/CPM techniques,
Network diagram presentation, Rules of drawing network diagram, Fulkersons rule, Time
estimates and Critical path in network analysis, Project Evaluation and Review Technique,
Application areas of PERT/CPM. Crashing Cost consideration in CPM/PERT.
Contents beyond the syllabus:

Personnel staffing, automation, optimal routing, Decision analysis.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. S. Sharma, et al., Operations Research.
2. S. Kalavathy, Operations Research: Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd-New Delhi.
3. R. Pannerselvam, Operations Research: Pentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd-New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. L. S. Srinath, PERT and CPM Principles and Applications: Affiliated East West Press
Pvt Ltd-New Delhi.
2. Hamdy and Taha, Operations Research: Pearson Education Pvt Ltd-New Delhi.
Web Resources:
1. G. Srinivasan Fundamentals of Operations Research NPTEL.
IT 7002
DATA MINING

Pre-requisites: Data Warehousing
Course Up on completion of this course students will be familiar with

Outcomes:
CO1: Characterize a data mining system to examine the given database with an
architecture.
CO2: Improve the data quality by performing data preprocessing routines.
CO3: conclude patterns, associations and correlations among real world data
instances.
CO4: design classifier models to predict future trends.
CO5: Compute dissimilarities between objects by describing types of variables.
CO6: Detect fraudulent activity by observing abnormal deviations in the data
UNIT I:
Data Mining Introduction, importance of Data Mining, on what kind of Data, Data Mining
Functionalities, Classification of Data Mining Systems, Data Mining task Primitives, Major
issues in Data Mining.
Data Preprocessing Need for the process of the data, Data cleaning, Data Integration &
Transformation, Data Reduction, Data Discretization & Concept Hierarchy Generation.
UNIT II:
Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations, and Correlations Basic Concepts, Efficient and
Scalable Frequent Itemset Mining Methods, Mining various kinds of Association Rules.
UNIT III:
Classification & Prediction: Introduction, Classification by Decision tree induction, Bayesian
Classification, Classification by Backpropagation, Other Classification Methods, Prediction,
Evaluating the accuracy of a Classifier or a Predictor.
UNIT IV
Cluster Analysis: Introduction, Types of data in Cluster analysis, A categorization of major
clustering methods, partitioning methods, Hierarchical methods, Density-Based Methods:
DBSCAN, Grid-based Method: STING; Model-based Clustering Method: Statistical approach,
Outlier analysis.

Rule based classification, Support Vector Machines
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. J. Han and M. Kamber, Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, 2 ed.: Elseiver
publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Margaret H Dunham and Data Mining Introductory and advanced topics Pearson
Education.
2. A. K. PUJARI, Data Mining Techniques: University Press.
3. Insight into Data Mining, K.P.Soman, S.Diwakar,V.Ajay, PHI,2008.
4. Data Mining, V.Pudi and P.Radha Krishna, Oxford University Press.
5. Data Mining: Methods and Techniques, A.B.M Shawkat Ali and S.A.Wasimi, Cengage
Web Resources:
1. S. Chakrabarti Bridging the Structured, Unstructured Gap

http://videolectures.net/wsdm2010_chakrabarti_bsus/
2. QiLu Data mining Lecture.http://videolectures.net/kdd2010-lu-dmosi/
IT 7003
OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

Tutorial 2 hr/ Week Final Examination: 70
Pre-requisites: Software Engineering

Outcomes:
CO1: Develop the skills to determine which processes and OOAD
techniques should be applied to a given project
CO2: Build use case diagrams by identifying use cases, actors and their
relationships for a given application.
CO3: Differentiate Sequence & Collaboration diagrams and generate
interaction overview diagrams working out the exact time constraints for
behaviour of the system.
CO$: Construct State diagrams and Implementation diagrams for a given
problem
CO5: Identify classes, class protocols, stereotypes, relationships among
the classes and construct class diagrams for a given real time application.
UNIT I:
Object Oriented Design Fundamentals: The Object Model Overview of Object Oriented
system Development Object Basic Object Oriented Systems Development Life Cycle.
Object Oriented Methodologies: Methodologies - Shaler / Meller, Coad / Yourdon, RumBaugh
et al.s Object Modeling Technique; The Booch Methodology; The Jacobsonet al. Methodologies;
Patterns; Frameworks; The Unified Approach.
Object Oriented Analysis Process: Identifying use cases: Introduction; Why Analysis is a
Difficult Activity; Business Object Analysis: Understanding the Business Layer.
Use-Case Driven Object-Oriented Analysis: The Unified Approach; Business Process
Modeling; Use-Case Model; Developing Effective Documentation.
UNIT II:
Unified Modeling Language (UML): Introduction; Static and Dynamic Models; Why Modeling;
Introduction to the Unified Modeling Language; UML Diagrams.
Static Modeling: UML Use Case Diagram- Use case descriptions- Actors and actor descriptions
- Use case relationships: communication association, include, extend and Generalization, System
Boundary; case study ViaNet Bank ATM. Object Analysis (Classification): Introduction;
classifications Theory; Approaches for Identifying Classes; Naming Classes; Identifying Object
Relationships, Attributes and Methods: Introduction; Associations; Super-Sub Class
Relationships; A-Part-of Relationships-Aggregation; Class Responsibility: Identifying Attributes
and Methods; Class Responsibility: Defining Attributes by Analyzing Use Cases and Other UML
Diagrams; Object Responsibility: Methods and Messages. Static Modeling: UML Class Diagram:
Class, interface, package, Relationships between classes and other Notations of Class Diagram;
case study ViaNet Bank ATM.
UNIT III:
Dynamic Modeling (Behavioral Diagram):-UML Interaction Diagrams UML Sequence
Diagram:object, life line, Activation Bar, Types of Messages;
UML Collaboration Diagram:object, object Connection, Message with sequence numbers, case
study ViaNet Bank ATM.
UML State-Chart Diagram: object State, Initial/Final State, Simple/Complex Transitions. UML
Activity Diagram:Activity State, Transition, Swim Lane, Initial state, Final State,
Synchronization Bar, Branching, case study ViaNet Bank ATM.
UNIT IV
Implementation Diagrams Component Diagram: Component, Dependency and Interface;
Deployment Diagram: Node, Communication Association, case study ViaNet Bank ATM; Model
Management: Packages and Model Organization; UML Extensibility; UML Meta-Model.
Object Oriented Design Process and Design Axioms: Introduction; The Object-Oriented
Design Process; Object-Oriented Design Axioms; Corollaries.
Designing Classes: Introduction; The Object-Oriented Design Philosophy; UML Object
Constraint Language; Designing Classes: The Process; Class Visibility: Designing Well-Defined
Public, Private, and Protected Protocols; Designing Classes: Refining Attributes; Designing
Methods and Protocols; Packages and Managing Classes, case study ViaNet Bank ATM.
View Layer: Designing Interface Objects: Introduction; User Interface Design as a Creative
Process; Designing View Layer Classes; Macro-Level Process: IdentifyingView Classes by
Analyzing Use Cases; Micro-Level Process.
Learning Resources:
Textbooks:
1. Ali Bahrami, Object Oriented Systems Development Using the Unified Modeling
Language: Tata McGraw Hill International Editions.
Reference Books:
1. G. Booch, 2 ed.: Pearson Education, 1999.
2. J. Rumbaugh, et al., Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual: PHI.
3. T. P. .UML Bible: John Wiley & Sons.
Web Resources:
1. Video Lessons NPTEL.
http://rationale.csail.mit.edu/project_natural_sketch_recognition_in_UML_class_diagram
2. Video series.http://www.scribd.com/doc/7072876/Ooad-With-Uml-Question-Bank
IT 7004
WIRELESS NETWORKS


Outcomes:
CO 1 : Analyze the technology trends for next generation wireless
networks with various multiple access techniques
CO 2: Exemplify and implement how the IEEE 802.1X standards
can be used to build an authentication
CO 3: Understands the advancements in wireless LAN standards
and assess its performance in communication
CO 4: Implement an algorithm to connect nearby Blue tooth
devices and predict their activity required for transmission of
data.
CO 5: Examine and Analyze how CDMA offers increased
capacity and improved performance
UNIT I:
Introduction to Wireless Networks : Evolution of Wireless Networks, Early Mobile Telephony,
Analog Cellular, Telephony, Digital Cellular Telephony, Cordless Phones, Wireless Data
Systems, Fixed Wireless Links, Satellite Communication Systems, Third Generation Cellular
Systems and Beyond Challenges: Wireless Medium, Unreliability, Spectrum Use, Power
Management, Security, location/Routing, Interfacing with Wired Networks, Health Concerns,
Multiple Access for Wireless Systems, Frequency Division Multiple Access, FDMA, Time
Division Multiple Access, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), ALOHA-Carrier Sense
Multiple Access (CSMA), Polling Protocols, Performance Increasing Techniques for Wireless
Networks, Diversity Techniques, Coding, Equalization, Power Control, Multi sub carrier
Modulation.
UNIT II:
Fixed Wireless Access Systems: Wireless Local Loop versus Wired Access, Wireless Local
Loop, Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service (MMDS), Local Multipoint Distribution
Service (LMDS), Wireless Local Loop Subscriber Terminals (WLL), Wireless Local Loop
Interfaces to the PSTN, IEEE 802.16 Standards.
Wireless Local Area Networks: Introduction, Benefits of Wireless LANs, Wireless LAN
Applications, Wireless LAN Concerns, Scope of the Chapter, Wireless LAN Topologies,
Wireless LAN Requirements, The Physical Layer, The Infrared Physical Layer, Microwave-
based Physical Layer Alternatives, The Medium Access Control (MAC) Layer The HIPERLAN 1
MAC Sub layer, The IEEE 802.11 MAC Sub layer, Latest Developments, 802.11a, 802.11b,
802.11g, Other Ongoing Activities within Working Group 802.11.
UNIT III:
Personal Area Networks (PANs): Introduction to PAN Technology and Applications, Historical
Overview, PAN Concerns, PAN Applications, Commercial Alternatives: Bluetooth, The
Bluetooth Specification, The Bluetooth Radio Channel, Piconets and Scatternets, Inquiry, Paging
and Link Establishment, Packet Format, Link Types, Power Management, Security, Commercial
Alternatives: HomeRF, HomeRF Network Topology. The HomeRF Physical Layer, The
HomeRF MAC Layer. Security Issues in Wireless Systems: The Need for Wireless Network
Security, Attacks on Wireless Networks, Security Services, Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP)
Protocol , Mobile IP, Weaknesses in the WEP Scheme, Virtual Private Network (VPN), Point-to-
Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), Layer-2 Transport Protocol (L2TP), Internet Protocol Security
(IPSec).
UNIT IV
cdmaOne (IS-95):cdmaOne Protocol Architecture, Network Architecture-Radio Transmission,
Channels, Network Operations,GSM:Network Architecture, Speech Coding, Radio Transmission
Characteristics, Channels, Network Operations,GSM Authentication and Security. Data
Operations:CDPD, HCSD, GPRS, D-AMPS, cdmaTwo (IS-95b), TCP/IP on Wireless-Mobile
IP, WAP. Third Generation (3G) Cellular Systems :Introduction, 3G Concerns , 3G Spectrum
Allocation, Spectrum Requirements, Enabling Technologies, Third Generation Service Classes
and Applications.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Wireless Networks by Georgios I. Papadimitriou, Andreas S. Pomportsis, P.

Nicopolitidis, Mohammed S. Obaidat, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. W. Stallings, Wireless Communications and Networks: PHI/Pearson Education, 2003.

2. Wireless Communication Principles and Practice by Theodore S Rappaport, PHI, Second
Edition.
IT 7005A
INDUSTRY NEED BASED ELECTIVE

Outcomes: Understand the current needs of the industry
ability to engage in life-long learning
ability to use techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
Analyze and solve the problems of the society
The syllabus will be decided in consultation with industry and BoS members based on the
proposals
IT 7005B
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Pre-requisites: Data Structures, Probability & Statistics, Object Oriented

Analysis & Design
Course Upon completion of this course the student will familiar with
Outcomes: Various Ideas in AI.
Various Types of Expert systems.
Issues of the Knowledge Representation.
Knowledge in writing Prolog programs.
UNIT I:
Introduction: AI problems, foundation of AI and history of AI intelligent agents: Agents and
Environments, the concept of rationality, the nature of environments, structure of agents, problem
solving agents, problem formulation.
Searching: Searching for solutions, uniformed search strategies Breadth first search, depth first
search, Depth limited search, Iterative deepening depth first search bi-direction search -
comparison. Search with partial information (Heuristic search) Greedy best first search, A*
search, Memory bounded heuristic search, Heuristic functions.
UNIT II:
Local search Algorithms, Hill climbing, simulated, annealing search, local beam search, genetical
algorithms.
Constrain satisfaction problems : Backtracking search for CSPs local search for constraint
satisfaction problems.
Game Playing: Adversial search, Games, minimax, algorithm, optimal decisions in multiplayer
games, Alpha-Beta pruning, Evaluation functions, cutting of search.
UNIT III:
Knowledge Representation & Reasons logical Agents, Knowledge Based Agents, the Wumpus
world, logic, propositional logic, Resolution patterns in propos ional logic, Resolution, Forward
& Backward. Chaining.
First order logic. Inference in first order logic, propositional Vs. first order inference, unification
& lifts forward chaining, Backward chaining, Resolution.
UNIT IV
Planning: Classical planning problem, Language of planning problems, Expressiveness and
extension, planning with state space search, Forward states spare search, Backward states space
search, Heuristics for stats space search. Planning search, planning with state space search, partial
order planning Graphs.
Learning: Forms of learning, Induction learning, Learning Decision Tree, Statistical learning
methods, learning with complex data, learning with Hidden variables The EM Algorithm,
Instance Based learning, Neural Networks.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Russel and Norvig, Artificial Intelligence- A Modern Approach., Prentice Hall of
India/Pearson Education, 2003.
.
Reference Books:
1. P. H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence, 2 ed.: Pearson Education/Prentice Hall of India.,

1984.
2. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 2 ed.: Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 1994
3. Giarratano, Expert Systems :Principles and Programming: Cengage Publications
Web Resources:
1. A. Basu and S. Sarkar.( 22 January). Lecture Series on Artificial Intelligence Available:

2. P. P. Dasgupta. (22 January). Lecture Series on Artificial Intelligence. Available:
http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv067&cat=Computers
IT 7005C
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Pre-requisites: Software Engineering, Operations Research
Course Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with
Outcomes:
Develop software and propose personal and team models for software
process.
Deploy the software in the user community performing anaylsis, design,
implementation and test.
Requirement engineering tasks to establish a solid foundation for design
& construction.
Design a model of software with customer requirements correctly.
Learns the Architecture highlight that provides a mechanism for
considering the benefits of alternative system structures.
Derive a set of tests that have the highest likelihood for uncovering errors
in software
Apply software metric efficiently
UNIT I:
Software Project Management Renaissance: Conventional Software Management, Evolution
of Software Economics, Improving Software Economics, The old way and the new way.
Managing Software Projects: Project Management and the CMM, Project Management and
CMMI, Project Management Process Framework.
UNIT II:
Project Planning: Software Life Cycle Models, Project Organizations and Responsibilities,
Artifacts of the Project Management Process, Cost and Scheduling estimation, Establishing
Project Environment, Risk Management, Quality Assurance and Configuration Management.
UNIT III:
Project Tracking and Control: Defect Tracking, Issue Tracking, Status Reports, Milestone
Analysis, Defect Analysis and Prevention Methods, Process monitoring and audit, Reviews,
Inspections and Walkthroughs, Seven Core Metrics, Management indicators, Quality Indicators.
UNIT IV
Project Closure: Project Closure Analysis, Role of Closure Analysis in a project, Performing
Closure Analysis, Closure Future Software Project Management Practices, Modern Project
Profiles, Next-Generation software Economics, Modern Process Transitions.
System Test Process:Test specifications, Black box and white box testing, Test scripts, Unit and
integration testing, Acceptance test specifications, Test tools, Final Phases & Other Issues Project
Recovery: Documentation, Cutover/Migration, Post Project Reviews , Closing.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. W. Royce, Software Project Management: Pearson Education, 1998.
Reference Books:
1. Watts and Humphrey, An Introduction to the Team Software Process,, 5 ed.: Pearson
Education, Addison-Wesley, 2000.
2. Watts and Humphrey. (1995, A Discipline for Software Engineering.
7005D
GRID COMPUTING

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will familiar with
Understand the progress of computational models from cluster to
grid computing
Understand and Apply 2-tier arc language constructs using
computational model
Understand and Analyze task parallelism with data parallelism
Design and Analyze Distributed Pipe (DP) basing on location
independent inter task communication
Remember and Understand parallel programming
Design and Analyze grid computing model
Understand the design issues parallel computing on mobile
clusters
Understand and Apply distributed algorithm, simulated annealing
algorithm for job scheduling
UNIT I:
Introduction: Cluster to grid computing:-Cluster computing models, Grid models, Mobile grid
models, Applications. Parset: System independent parallel programming on distributed
systems:Motivation and introduction, Semantics of the parset construct, Expressing parallelism
through parsets, Implementing parsets on a loosely coupled distributed system. Anonymous
remote computing model:-Introduction, Issues in parallel computing on interconnected
workstations, Existing distributed programming approaches, The arc model of computation, The
two-tired arc language constructs, Implementation.
UNIT II:
Integrating task parallelism with data parallelism:-Introduction and motivation, A model for
integrating task parallelism into data parallel programming platforms, Integration of the model
into ARC, Design and implementation applications, performance analysis, guidelines for
composing user programs, related work.
Anonymous remote computing and communication model:-Introduction, Location-
independent inter task communication with DP, DP model of iterative grid computations, Design
and implementation of distributed pipes, Case study, and Performance analysis. Parallel
programming model on CORBA:-Introduction, Existing works, notion of concurrency, system
support implementation performance, stability of CORBA: introspection.
UNIT III:
Sneha-samuham: grid computing model:-Introduction, Sneha-samuham: a parallel computing
model over grids, Design and implementation of the model, Performance studies, Related work.
Introducing mobility into anonymous remote computing and communication model:
Introduction, issues in mobile clusters and parallel computing on mobile clusters, moset
overview, moset computation model, implementation, performance.
UNIT IV
Distributed simulating annealing algorithms for job shop scheduling:-Introduction, overview,
distributed algorithms for job shop scheduling, implementation, results and observation. Parallel
Simulated Annealing algorithms:-Introduction, Simulated annealing (SA) Technique,
Clustering algorithm for simulated annealing (SA), Combination of genetic algorithm and
simulated annealing (SA) algorithm.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. D.Janakiram, GRID COMPUTING-A Research Monograph: TMH, 2005..
Reference Books:
1. Grid Computing: A Practical Guide to technology and Applications: Ahmar

Abbas,publishers:Charles River media, 2004.
2. J. Joseph and C. Fellenstein, Grid Computing: Pearson Education, 2009.
IT 7005E
NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will familiar with
Understand the basic principles and architectures for management
of networks and networked services
Learn SNMP architecture and platform for network management
Profound understanding of profile-based management
Basic knowledge of ATM Systems and Autonomic
Communication
To be able to configure and use SNMP-based tools for network
management
To build skills in working with the applications of network
management systems
UNIT I:
Basic Foundations, Standards and Models: Network management standards, Network
management model, information model, communication model, Functional model.
SNMPv1 Network Management: Organization & Information model, The SNMP model, The
Organization model, system overview, the Information model. Communications and Functional
models; The SNMP communication model, Functional model.
UNIT II:
SNMP management SNMPv2: Major changes in SNMPv2, SNMPv2 structure of management
information, The SNMPv2 management information Base, SNMPv2 protocol, compatibility with
SNMPv1. SNMPv3: SNMPv3 documentation and Architecure. RMON: RMON SMI and MIB,
RMON1, RMON2, ATM Remote monitoring.
UNIT III:
BROADBAND NETWORK MANAGEMENTATM Networks: Broadband networks and
services, ATM Technology, ATM network management.
Broadband Access control and technologies, HFC technology, Data over cable Reference
architecture, HFC management, DSL technology
UNIT IV
Management Tools, systems and Applications: Network management Tools and systems,
Network Statistics measurement systems. Network management Applications, Configurations
management, fault management, performance management, Event correlation techniques,
security management, Accounting management, Report management, Policy-Based management,
Service level management.

CICSO networking, Management building blocks, Management Communication Pattern and
Protocols, Service level metrics
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. M. Subramanian, Network management : Principles and Practices Addison Wesley

Longman.
Reference Books:
1. A. Clem, Network management fundamentals, 1 ed.: CICSOP PRESS., 2006.

2. H T Kung, Traffic management for high speed networks ,Fourth Lecture Series.: National
Academy press, Washington D.C 1997.
Web References:
1. P. T. Anderson. (2008, 20 January). Network management University of Washington

Online Course. Available: http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2829/CSEP-561-
Network-Systems#
IT 7006A

Learning Upon completion of the course the students will be familiar with :
Engage in life-long learning
Use techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
proposals
IT 7006B
REAL TIME SYSTEMS

Objectives: Describe the characteristics and architectural design of real-time systems.

Analyse and apply a variety of static and dynamic scheduling mechanisms
suitable for soft and hard real-time systems.
Design, construct and analyse a small, concurrent, reactive, real-time
system.
Describe the design and implementation of systems that support real-time
applications
Course Upon completion of this course the student will be familiar with :
Outcomes: Concepts of real-time systems and recognize the characteristics of a real-
time system.
Basics of designing and/or choosing hardware and software for simple
and advanced real-time systems.
Current practical issues in real-time systems.
Techniques and results for theoretical analysis of real-time scheduling
algorithms.
Architectural design of a real-time system.
Software engineering principles for real-time system development.
Pre-requisites: Operating Systems

UNIT I:
Typical Real-Time systems: Digital control, High-Level controls, Signal Processing, Other real
time applications. Hard versus soft Real-Time systems:Jobs and Processors, Hard Real-Time
systems, Soft Real-Time systems. A reference model of Real-Time Systems:Processors and
Resources, Temporal parameters of real-time workload, Periodic task model, Functional
parameters, Scheduling Hierarchy.
UNIT II:
Commonly used approaches to Real-Time scheduling: Clock-Driven approach, Weighted
Round-robin approach, Priority Driven approach, Dynamic vs Static systems , Off-line vs. On-
line scheduling.
Clock-Driven scheduling:General structure of cyclic schedules, Scheduling sporadic jobs,
Algorithm for constructing static schedules, Pros and Cons of Clock-driven scheduling.
UNIT III:
Priority-Driven scheduling of Periodic tasks: Static Assumption, Fixed-Priority versus
Dynamic-Priority algorithms, Optimality of the RM and DM algorithms, A schedulability test for
Fixed-Priority tasks with short response times and arbitrary response times, sufficient
schedulability conditions for the RM and DM algorithms.
Scheduling Periodic and sporadic jobs in Priority-Driven systems: Deferrable Servers,
Sporadic Servers, Constant Utilization, Total Bandwidth and weighted Fair-Queuing Servers,
Scheduling of sporadic Jobs.
UNIT IV
Resources and Resources Access Control: Assumptions on Resources and their usage,
Nonpreemptive critical sections, Basic priority-Inheritance protocol, Basic Priority-Ceiling
Protocol, Preemption-Ceiling Protocol. Scheduling Flexible computations and tasks with
temporal distance Constraints:Flexible Applications, Tasks with Temporal Distance
Constraints.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. J. W.S.Liu, Real-Time Systems, 3 ed.: Pearson Education, 2002.
Reference Book:
1. C.M.Krishna and G.Shin. (1997, Real-Time Systems
Web Sources:
1. R. Bettati. 22 January). Lecture Series on RTS. Available:

http://faculty.cs.tamu.edu/bettati/Courses/663/Video/presentation.html
2. .M. Wickert. 24 January). Lecture Series on RTS. Available:
http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2637/Real-Time-DSP#
IT 7006C
DESIGN PATTERNS

Outcomes: Ability to apply design patterns in the recurring design problems
Obtains Knowledge in UML and Object oriented Principles.
Analyze software problems by applying design patterns
Identify common communication patterns between the objects.
Understand how to speed up the Development Process.
UNIT I
Introduction: What Is a Design Pattern?, Design Patterns in Smalltalk MVC, Describing Design
Patterns, The Catalog of Design Patterns, Organizing the Catalog, How Design Patterns Solve
Design Problems, How to Select a Design Pattern, How to Use a Design Pattern. Creational
Patterns: Abstract Factory, Builder, Factory Method, Prototype, Singleton, Discussion of
Creational Patterns.
UNIT II
Structural Patterns : Adapter, Bridge, Composite, Decorator, Faade, Flyweight, Proxy Patterns
UNIT III
Behavioral Patterns -I : Chain of Responsibility , Command, Interpreter, Iterator, Mediator
Patterns
UNIT IV
Behavioral Patterns-II: Memento, Observer, State, Strategy, Template Method ,Visitor,
Discussion of Behavioral Patterns.

A Case Study: Designing a Document Editor : Design Problems, Document Structure,
Formatting, Embellishing the User Interface, Supporting Multiple Look-and-Feel Standards,
Supporting Multiple Window Systems, User Operations Spelling Checking and Hyphenation
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. E. Gamma, et al., Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software, 2

ed., 1994.
Reference Books:
1. A. Shalloway, Design Patterns Expalined: Pearson Education, 2002.

2. B. Hughes and M. CotterelI, Software Project Management, 5 ed.: Tata McGraw-Hill,
1968.
3. M. Grand and Wiley, Paterns in JAVA vol. 1: Dream Tech.
IT 7006D
INTRODUCTION TO MAIN-FRAME SYSTEMS

Pre-requisites: Operating Systems
Outcomes: Understands the main frame structure and various types of computers
Understands the Evolution of Mainframes
Learn Batch processing, online processing with Main frame operating
system
Learn Memory management techniques with mainframes.
Understands Z-operating system and Multiple Virtual system(MVS)
Understands Cobol statements , File systems and coding sheet
Understand Main frame application development
UNIT I
Evolution of Mainframe hardware. Overview of Computer Architecture -Classification of
Computers - micro, mini, mainframes and super computer - Mainframe computer - key features -
benefits - Evolution of Mainframes - Different hardware systems.
UNIT II
Mainframes OS and Terminology
Operating systems on mainframes, Batch processing vs. online processing mainframe operating
system. - evolution - concepts of Address space, Buffer management - Virtual storage - paging -
swapping - Dataset management in mainframes.
UNIT III
Z/OS and its features
Z-operating system (Z/OS) - Virtual storage - Paging process - storage Managers - Program
execution modes - Address space - Multiple virtual system(MVS), MVS address space, Z/OS
address space - Dataset - sequential and partial dataset - Direct access storage device(DASD) -
Access methods - Record formats - Introduction to virtual storage access methods(VSAM) -
Catalog VTOC.
UNIT IV
Introduction History, evolution and Features, COBOL program Structure, steps in executing
COBOL Language Fundamentals Divisions, sections, paragraphs, sections, sentences and
statements, character set, literals, words, figurative constants, rules for forming user defined
words, COBOL coding sheet. Mainframe Application Development guidelines
COBOL coding standards, relation between a COBOL file handling program and JCL, Different
types of ABEND codes, COBOL-DB2 program pre-compilation, DBRM (Database Request
Module), Application plan/packages, program execution methods (EDIT JCL, foreground and
background modes).
Learning Resources
Text Books:
1. D. Lowe and M. Murach, MVS JCL, 2 ed.: Douglowe.

2. G. D. Brown, JCL Programming Bible (with z/OS), 5 ed.: Wiley India Dream Tech,
2001.
Reference Books:
1. COBOL - Language Reference, 3 ed.: IBM Redbook.
2. COBOL - Programming Guide, 3 ed.: IBM Redbook.
Web-Sources:
1. T. Bergin. 20 January). Lecture Series on Main Frame PPTs. Available:

http://www.computinghistorymuseum.org/teaching/lectures/pptlectures/9-
MainframeComputers.ppt.
2. A. Hatfield-Mihelic. 20 January). Lecture Series on Main Frame PPTs Available:
http://www.fspgroup.ca/docs/FSP20021108_01.ppt
3. P. A. Basu and P. S. Sarkar. 22 December). Lecture Series on Main Frame NPTEL.
Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1080.
4. Prof.p.dasgipta. 20 December). Lecture Series on Main Frame Available:
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1041.
IT 7006E
VIRTUAL REALITY

Pre-requisites: Computer Organization
Outcomes:
Understand the early commercial VR technology
Understand the classic components of VR system and their Input devices
Designing the Interfaces, Three-dimensional position trackers.
Understand the Output Devices and Various Modeling Techniques
Understand the Methodology & Terminology of VR health and safety issues
Understanding the Computer Architectures of VR
Applying Traditional and Emerging Virtual Reality Applications
Understand the Virtual Reality Programming.
UNIT I:
Introduction: The three Is of Virtual Reality, early commercial VR technology and the five
classic components of a VR system. Input Devices: Trackers, Navigation, and Gesture Interfaces:
Three-dimensional position trackers, Navigation and Manipulation interfaces, Gesture interfaces.
UNIT II:
Output Devices: Graphics Displays, Sound Displays & Hap tic feedback.
Modeling:Geometric modeling, kinematics modeling, physical modeling, behavior modeling,
model management.
UNIT III:
Human Factors:Methodology and terminology, user performance studies, VR health and safety
issues. Computing Architectures for VR:The Rendering Pipeline, PC Graphics Architecture,
Workstation-Based Architectures, Distributed VR Architectures.
UNIT IV
Traditional & Emerging VR Applications: Medical applications of VR, Military VR
applications, VR Applications in manufacturing, Applications of VR in Robotics.
VR Programming:Toolkits and Scene Graphs, WorldToolKit, Java3D, General Haptics Open

Software Toolkit, PeopleShop.
Contents Beyond the Syllabus

Object oriented nature of VRML programming - Prototypes, nodes, fields. Structure of a VR
Object. Creating Prototypes and Objects. Interface declaration semantics. Definition semantics.
Rules for mapping. Scoping rules. External prototype semantics. Static and dynamic instantiation.
Examples.
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. G. C. B. P. Coiffet, Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition ed.: John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.,2003.
2. A. Davison, Killer Game Programming in Java: Oreilly-SPD, 2005.
References Books:
1. A. Davison, Killer Game Programming in Java: Oreilly-SPD, 2005.
2. E. M. K. Bill Fleming, 3D Modeling and surfacing.
3. E. David H.Eberly, 3D Game Engine Design, edition 2 ed.
4. S. Diehl, Distributed Virtual Worlds : Foundations and Implementation
Web Resources:
1. P. Slavk. Jan 26th). Video lecture on Virtual reality for VE. Available:
http://videolectures.net/ess07_slavik_vrv/
2. P. Young. Jan 26th). 3D Graphics and Virtual Reality. Available:
http://vrg.dur.ac.uk/misc/PeterYoung/cg-notes/default.htm
IT 7051
DATA MINING LAB

Outcomes:
different methods of preprocessing data.
Understands the main concepts of data mining.
Applying data mining on various applications.
List of Programs
Week 1:
Introduction to the WEKA/any other Data Mining Tool
Week 2:
Applying Preprocessing concepts - Removal specified attribute, discrimination of a
continuous valued attribute, standardization and normalization of data.
Week 3:
Selecting the features subset using different attribute selection measures
Week 4:
Finding Association Rules using Apriori principle for given dataset
Week 5:
For a given dataset, list all candidate item sets by candidate generation method.
Week 6:
Find the frequent, maximal, and closed itemsets in a given transaction data.
Week 7:
Find all frequent itemsets using the FP-growth algorithm
Week 8:
Implementation of Decision Tree based classification model.
Week 9:
Classify the given dataset records with Nave Bayes classification model
Week 10:
Implementation of Multilayer Feed forward Network classification model
Week 11:
Implementation of k-means clustering technique to classify the given dataset
Week 12:
Hierarchical based clustering technique to classify the given dataset
Week 13:
DBScan clustering technique to classify the given dataset
Learning Resources:
Text Book :
1. J. Han and M. Kamber, Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, 2 ed.: Elseiver
publishers.
Reference Book :
1. A. K. PUJARI, Data Mining Techniques: University Press
Web References:
1. Weka is a set of software for machine learning and data mining developed. Weka is
open source software issued under the GNU General Public
License.http://www.cs.waikato.ac.nz/ml/weka/
IT 7052
WIRELESS NETWORKING LAB

Outcomes: Applications for various mobile technologies.
Applications for Bluetooth and Wi-Fi Technologies.
Week 1:
Write a J2ME Program to develop an MIDLET Application

Write a J2ME Program to Create a Form in an MIDLET Application
Week 2:
Write a J2ME Program to create Soft Keys in the Form

Write a J2ME Program to create Menu items on the GUI Application
Week 3:
Write a J2ME Program to Create an Mobile Information Device Profile (MIDP)

Application
Write a J2ME Program to Send an SMS Using Networking Applications.
Week 4:
Write a J2ME Program to send an E-mail using Networking Applications.
Week 5:
Write a J2ME Program to Create an Mobile Media API Application
Week 6:
Write a J2ME Program to Create an Wireless Messaging API.

Week 7:
Write a J2ME Application to Create Bluetooth Wireless Technology Application Using

JAVA APIs
Week 8:
Write a J2ME Program to Create Web Services APIs
Week 9:
Write a J2ME Program to Create Mobile 3D Graphics.
Week 10:
Write a J2ME Program to Create an Animation MIDLET.

Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. J. Schiller, Mobile Communications, Second ed.: PHI/Pearson Education.
IT 7053
MINI PROJECT

Practical : 2 hrs / week Credits: 1
Outcomes:
Awareness of design methodologies & its implementation
Advanced programming techniques
10.2.4 of VR10.
IT 8001
SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES

Pre-requisites: Software Engineering
Outcomes:
Identify the reasons for bugs and analyse the principles in software testing
to prevent and remove bugs.
Implement various test processes for quality improvement
Apply the software testing techniques in commercial environments
Provides practical knowledge of a variety of ways to test software and an
understanding of some of the trade-offs between testing techniques.
Familiar with the industry-standard testing tools such as JUnit, Win-
runner, and IBM Rational Functional Tester
UNIT I:
Introduction: Purpose of testing, Dichotomies, model for testing, consequences of bugs,
taxonomy of bugs.
Flow graphs and Path testing: Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path
predicates and achievable paths, path sensitizing, path instrumentation, application of
path testing.
UNIT II:
Transaction Flow Testing: Transaction flows, transaction flow testing techniques. Dataflow
testing: Basics of dataflow testing, strategies in dataflow testing, application of dataflow testing.
UNIT III:
Domain Testing: domains and paths, Nice & ugly domains, domain testing, domains and
interfaces testing, domain and interface testing, domains and testability Paths, Path products
and Regular expressions: Path products & path expression, reduction procedure, applications,
regular expressions & flow anomaly detection.
UNIT IV
Logic Based Testing: Overview, decision tables, path expressions, kv charts, specifications.
State, State Graphs and Transition testing: State graphs, good and bad state graphs, state
testing, Testability tips.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. B. Beizer, Software Testing Techniques, second edition ed.: International Thomson
Computer Press.
Reference Books:
1. Perry, Effective Methods of Software Testing, John Wiley.
2. Dr.K.V.K.K.Prasad, Software Testing Tools: Dreamtech.
3. E. Kit, Software Testing in the Real World: Pearson.
4. Software Testing Techniques: SPD(Oreille).
Web Resources
1. jan 25). Testing video NPTEL. Available: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?courseId=1076

2. Jan 25). software testing MIT. Available: http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-
engineering-and-computer-science/6-912-introduction-to-copyright-law-january-iap-
2006/video-lectures/lecture-4-software-licensing/
IT 8002A
INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS

Pre-requisites: Data Mining
Course Upon completion of this course students will be familiar with

Outcomes: Understands the overview of Information Retrieval Systems
Learn and implements the process of indexing and Information
Extraction
Learn the stemming algorithms and implement with various data
structures
Understands the concepts of term clustering and Information
Visualization
Learns various text search algorithms.
UNIT I:
Introduction: Definition, Objectives, Functional Overview, Relationship to DBMS, Digital
libraries and Data Warehouses.
Information Retrieval System Capabilities: Search, Browse, Miscellaneous.
UNIT II:
Cataloging and Indexing: Objectives, Indexing Process, Automatic Indexing,
Information Extraction.
Data Structures: Introduction, Stemming Algorithms, Inverted file structures, N-gram data
structure, PAT data structure, Signature file structure, Hypertext data structure.
UNIT III:
Automatic Indexing: Classes of automatic indexing, Statistical indexing, Natural language,
Concept indexing, Hypertext linkages.
Document and Term Clustering: Introduction, Thesaurus generation, Item clustering, Hierarchy
of clusters.
UNIT IV
User Search Techniques: Search statements and binding, Similarity measures and
ranking, Relevance feedback, Selective dissemination of information search, weighted
searches of Boolean systems, Searching the Internet and hypertext.
Information Visualization: Introduction, Cognition and perception, Information
visualization technologies.
Text Search Algorithms: Introduction, Software text search algorithms, Hardware text search
systems.
Information System Evaluation: Introduction, Measures used in system evaluation,
Measurement example TREC results.
Content beyond syllabus:
Text categorization algorithms

Information extraction and integration
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. M. T. M. Gerald J Kowalski, Information Storage and Retrieval Systems: Springer

International Edition,2005.
Reference Books:
1. W. B. Frakes, Ricardo Baeza-Yates, Information Retrieval Data Structures and

Algorithms: Prentice Hall PTR, 2000.
2. R. Baeza-Yates, Modern Information Retrival: Pearson Education, 2000.
3. R. Korfhage, Information Storage & Retrieval: John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
IT 8002B
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Pre-requisites: Computer Organization
Outcomes:
Principles of parallel processing.
Issues in high performance processor design.
Advanced processors, cache and memory technology and data dependencies.
Parallel program development and Environments.
Theory of parallelism, various hardware technologies, software for parallel
programming.
Pipelining techniques, parallel and scalable architectures
UNIT I:
Introduction to Parallel Processing:Trends towards parallel processing, Parallelism in uni-
processer systems, Parallel computer structures, Architectural classification schemes, Parallel
processing applications, memory hierarchy in parallel processing systems, addressing schemes.
Principlesof Pipelining And Vector Processing:Pipelining, principles of linear pipelining,
classification of pipeline processors, general principles and Reservation tables, interleaved
memory organization, Instruction & arithmetic pipelines, Principles of designing pipeline
processors, Vector processing Requirements.
UNIT II:
SIMD array processors, organization, masking and routing mechanisms, inter PE
communications, SIMD interconnection networks, single stage and multi stage networks, mesh
connected Iliac networks, parallel shifter, shuffle exchange and omega networks, parallel
algorithms for array processors, matrix multiplication, parallel sorting, fast Fourier transform
computation, associative array processor.
UNIT III:
Multiprocessor architecture:Loosely coupled and tightly coupled multiprocessor systems,
processor characteristics, interconnection networks, crossbar switch and multi port memories,
multi stage networks, banyan and delta networks parallel memory organization, multiprocessing
operating systems, classification and requirements, software requirements for MPS, language
features to exploit parallelism, multi processor scheduling strategies, parallel algorithms.
UNIT IV
Data flow computers: Control flow versus data flow, data flow computer architectures, data flow
graphs, data flow languages, Dennis and Irvine machines, dataflow design alternatives,
dependence driven and multi level event driven approaches, VLSI computing structures, systolic
array architecture, VLSI matrix arithmetic processor.

Symmetric and distributed shared memory architectures Performance issues Synchronization
Models of memory consistency Multithreading.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. B. F. A. Hwang K, Computer Architecture and parallel processing Tata McGraw-Hill-

1990.
Reference Books:
1. Sima, Advanced Computer Architecture: A Design Space Approach Pearsoneducation-

2009.
2. K. A. Parthasarthy, Advanced Computer Architecture 2ed.: Vijay Nicole.
IT8002C
BIOINFORMATICS

Pre-requisites: Probability & Statistics
Outcomes:
Understand the fundamental principles of bioinformatics: biological
sciences and information technology
Understand the principles of nucleotide and protein sequence searching
Overview of various types of DNA Structures
Familiar with pair wise alignment techniques
Knowledge of analysis packages with DNA
UNIT I:
Introduction and DNA Sequence analysis: Introduction to Bioinformatics: History of
bioinformatics. Role of bioinformatics in biological sciences, Scope of bioinformatics, The
Central dogma, DNA and Protein,Genetic code, Sequencing,Biological
sequence/structure,GenomeProjects,Pattern
recognitionanprediction,Foldingproblem,SequenceAnalysis,Homologyand Analogy.
UNIT II:
Data Bases in Bioinformatics:
Protein Information Resources: Biological databases, Primary sequence databases, Protein
Sequence databases, Secondary databases, Protein pattern databasesand Structure classification
databases.
Genome Information Resources: DNA sequence databases, specialized genomic resources
UNIT III:
Alignment Techniques:
Pairwise alignment techniques: Database searching, Alphabets and complexity, Algorithm and
programs, Comparing two sequences, sub-sequences, Identity and similarity, The Dotplot, Local
and global similarity, different alignment techniques, Dynamic Programming, Pairwise database
searching.
Multiple sequence alignment: Definition and Goal, The consensus, computational complexity,
Manual methods, Simultaneousmethods,Progressive methods, Databases of Multiple alignments
and searching.
UNIT IV
Database Searching and Analysis Packages
Secondary database searching: Importance and need of secondary database searches, secondary
database structure and building a sequence search protocol
Analysis Packages: Analysis package structure, commercial databases, commercial software,
comprehensive packages, packages specializing in DNA analysis, Intranet Packages, Internet
Packages.

Sequence alignment
Patterns and sequence function relationships
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. S. P. T. K Attwood & D J Parry-Smith, Introduction to Bioinformatics: Pearson
Education Publications
2. DanE Krane, Michael L Raymer, Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics. Wright State
University: Benjamin Cummings.
Reference Books:
1. C. N. Jean-Michel Claveriw, Bioinformatics- A Beginners Guide: WILEY DreamTech -

2003.
2. S. M. D. Leon, Sequence Analysis in A Nutshell, 1 ed.: OREILLY -2003.
Web Resources:
1. M. M.-. Berkely 24/01/2011). Bioinfomatics. Available:

http://academicearth.org/lectures/bioinformatics
IT 8002D
E-COMMERCE

Pre-requisites: Computer Network
Outcomes:
the capabilities and quality characteristics required for E-Commerce
the various security issues to web-commerce
the process and architecture of SEPP
the business requirements
the facilities of EDI over the Internet
various application tools of web based EP and also antivirus programs
UNIT I:
Electronic Commerce Environment and Opportunities:Background, The Electronic
Commerce Environment, Electronic Marketplace Technologies. Modes of Electronic
Commerce: Electronic Data Interchange, Migration to Open EDI, Electronic Commerce with
www/Internet, Commerce Net Advocacy, web Commerce Going Forward. Approaches to Safe
Electronic Commerce: Secure Transport Protocols, Secure Transactions, Secure Electronic
Payment Protocol (SEPP), Secure Electronic Transaction (SET), Certificates for authentication
Security on web Servers and Enterprise Networks.
UNIT II:
Electronic Cash and Electronic Payment Schemes: Internet Monetary Payment & Security
Requirements. Payment and Purchase Order Process, On-line Electronic cash.Internet/Intranet
Security Issues and Solutions: The need for Computer Security, Specific Intruder Approaches,
Security Strategies, Security Tools, Encryption, Enterprise Networking and Access to the
Internet, Antivirus Programs, Security Teams.
UNIT III:
Master Card/Visa Secure Electronic Transaction: Introduction, Business Requirements,
Concepts, payment Processing. E-Mail and Secure E-mail Technologies for Electronic
Commerce: Introduction, The Means of Distribution, A model for Message Handling, E-mail
working, Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions, Message Object Security Services,
Comparisons of Security Methods, MIME and Related Facilities for EDI over the Internet.
UNIT IV
Internet Resources for Commerce: Introduction, Technologies for web Servers, Internet Tools
Relevant to Commerce, Internet Applications for Commerce, Internet Charges, Internet Access
and Architecture, Searching the Internet. Advertising on Internet: Issues and Technologies.
Introduction, Advertising on the Web, Marketing creating web site, Electronic Publishing Issues,
Approaches and Technologies: EP and web based EP.

Definition and capabilities limitation of agents security web based marketing
search engines and
Directory registration online advertisements Portables and info mechanics website

design issues.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. E. M. Daniel Minoli, Web Commerce Technology Handbook: TATA McGraw-Hill-1999.
Reference Books:
1. A. B. W. Ravi Kalakotar, Frontiers of Electronic Commerce: Pearson Education - 1996.

2. A. S. G. a. A. Kahate, Web Technologies TCP/IP to Internet Application Architectures
2003Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. P.Schneider, Electronic Commerce ., 8 ed.: Cengage Learning Technologies
IT 8002E

ability to engage in life-long learning
ability to use techniques, skills, and modernengineering tools
proposals
IT 8003A
SOFT COMPUTING

Pre-requisites: Artificial Intelligence
Course Upon completion of this course the students will be able to understand:
Outcomes: Understand basic concepts and limitations of soft computing
Understand basics of Neural networks
To apply soft computing techniques in solving practical problems
Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks.
Analyze recent advances in soft computing and put them in context
UNIT I
Introduction: What is a Neural Net, |How are Neural Networks used. Simple Neural Networks
for Pattern Classification: General Discussion: Architecture, Biases and Thresholds, Linear
separability, Data Representation, Hebb Net: Algorithm, Application, Perceptron: Architecture,
Algorithm, Application, Perceptron Learning Rule Convergence Theorem. Adaline: Architecture,
Algorithm, Applications, Derivations, Madaline.
UNIT II
Discrete Hopfield Net, Hamming Net, Kohonen Self-Organizing Maps: Architecture, Algorithm
Learning Vector Quantization: Architecture, Algorithm, Application, Variations,
UNIT III
Adaptive Resonance Theory: Introduction: Motivation, basic architecture, basic operation.
ART1: Architecture, Algorithm, Application, Analysis ART2: Architecture, Algorithm,
Application, Analysis.
UNIT IV
Standard Back Propagation Neural Net: Architecture, Algorithm, Applications, Fixed Weight
Nets for Constrained Optimization:Gaussian Machine, Cauchy MachineBoltzmann Machine
with Learning, Simple Recurrent Net.
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Fundamentals of Neural Networks Laurence Fausett, Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
1. Neural Networks James A.Freeman/ David A.Skapura,Pearson Education.

2. Neural Networks Simon Haykin 2nd edition, Pearson Education.
Web Resources
1. (P Somnath Sengupta 20 January). Lecture Series on Neural Networks NPTEL. Available:

IT 8003B
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND ITS APPLICATION

Pre-requisites: Data Mining
Outcomes:
Understand the concepts and components of Business Intelligence
(BI)
Design metrics to evaluate business operations
Obtain hands-on experience with business intelligence tools
Plan the implementation of a BI system
Effectively apply data mining techniques in a variety of business
applications
UNIT I:
Introduction to Business Intelligence:
Introduction to OLTP and OLAP, BI Definitions & Concepts, Business Applications of BI, BI
Framework, Role of Data Warehousing in BI, BI Infrastructure Components BI Process, BI
Technology, BI Roles & Responsibilities
UNIT II:
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading), Concepts of data integration
need and advantages of using data integration, introduction to common data integration
approaches, introduction to ETL using SSIS, Introduction to data quality, data profiling concepts
and applications.
UNIT III:
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling:
Introduction to data and dimension modeling, multidimensional data model, ER Modeling vs.
multi dimensional modeling, concepts of dimensions, facts, cubes, attribute, hierarchies, star and
snowflake schema, introduction to business metrics and KPIs, creating cubes using SSAS
UNIT IV
Basics of Enterprise Reporting
Introduction to enterprise reporting, concepts of dashboards, balanced scorecards, introduction to
SSRS Architecture, enterprise reporting using SSRS.

BI application areas, specification of these areas, BI in the company management, effects of BI
applications
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. D. Loshin, Business Intelligence: Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. M. Biere, Business intelligence for the enterprise, 2 ed.: IBM Press, 2003.
2. C. Howson, Successful Business Intelligence: Secrets to making Killer BI Applications, 1
ed.: McGraw-Hill 2007.
3. L. Langit, Foundations of SQL Server 2005, 1 ed., 2007.
Web Resources:
1. Angela Shen-Hsieh. 20 January). Available:

http://www.techrepublic.com/videos/whiteboard/next-generation-of-business-
intelligence/218297
2. John O'Brien. 20 January). Web Course CTO of Dataupia. Available:
http://www.techrepublic.com/videos/whiteboard/greening-the-data-
center/177737?tag=mantle_skin;content
IT 8003C
PRINCIPLES OF TCP/IP


Outcomes:
Understand the concepts and applications of TCP/IP suite
Provide knowledge about routing protocols
Familiar with the configuration of hosts and troubleshoot with TCP/IP
Understand the next generation protocol IPv6
Awareness in the concepts of Internet security and Firewall design
process
UNIT I:
Introduction and Overview: The Motivation for Internetworking, The TCP/IP Internet, Internet
Services History And Scope Of The Internet. The Socket Interface Introduction Adding
Network I/O to UNIX, Socket Programming. Review Of Underlying Network
Technologies, Network Hardware Addresses, Ethernet Technology, Switched Ethernet
Asynchronous Transfer Mode
UNIT II:
Protocol Layering:The Need for Multiple Protocols, TCP/IP 5-Layer Reference Model, Layering
in a TCP/IP Internet Environment, Two Important Boundaries In The TCP/IP Model, The Basic
Idea Behind Multiplexing and demultiplexing
UNIT III:
Routing Between Peers (BGP): Autonomous System Concept, Exterior Gateway Protocols and
Reachability. BGP Routing algorithm, Routing within an Autonomous System (RIP, OSPF),
Internet Multicasting - IGMP, Multicast Routing Protocols, IP Switching and MPLS
UNIT IV
Mobile IP: Mobility, Routing, and Addressing, Overview Of Mobile IP Operation, Foreign
Agent Discovery, Agent Registration, Communication With A Foreign Agent Datagram
Transmission And Reception. Bootstrap and Auto configuration (DHCP), Network Management
(SNMP), Internet Security And Firewall Design (IPsec, SSL), A Next Generation IP (IPv6)
Address Resolution protocols,IP Protocol
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Douglas and Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP Principles, Protocols, and

Architecture, 4 ed. vol. 1: PHI, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Behrouz and Forouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 2 ed.: Tata McGraw Hill publications,
2005.
2. Gary, et al., TCP/IP Illustrated vol. 2: Pearson Education, 2002.
Web Resources:
1. P. I. Sengupta and 20 January). Principles of TCP/IP NPTEL. Available:

http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2308/Internet-Technology/5#
2. S. Bowne and TCP/IP Concepts Review Course City College of San Francisco.
Available: http://www.securitytube.net/TCP-IP-Concepts-Review-Lecture-by-Sam-
Bowne-video.aspx
IT 8003D
MIDDLEWARE TECHNOLOGIES

Outcomes:
Understand the benefits and architecture of Client Server Technology
Familiar with concepts of middle ware technologies like CORBA, RMI
and .Net technologies and mapping the CORBA with existing
programming languages like Java.
Able to write programs using c#
Understand the integration of component based architectures with
Enterprise applications
UNIT I:
Introduction to Client Server Computing: Evolution of corporate computing models from
centralized to distributed computing, client server models. Benefits of client server computing,
pitfalls of client server programming.
Introduction to Middleware Technologies:CORBA with Java: Review of Java concept like
RMI, RMI API, JDBC. Client/Server CORBA-style, The object web: CORBA with Java.
UNIT II:
Introducing C# and the .NET Platform; Understanding .NET Assemblies; Object Oriented
Programming with C#; Callback Interfaces, Delegates, and Events.
Building c# applications: Type Reflection, Late Binding, and Attribute-Based Programming;
Object Serialization and the .NET Remoting Layer; Data Access with ADO.NET; XML Web
Services.
UNIT III:
Core CORBA / Java: Two types of Client/ Server invocations-static, dynamic. The static
CORBA, first CORBA program, ORBlets with Applets, Dynamic CORBA-The portable count,
the dynamic count, multicount.
Existential CORBA: CORBA initialization protocol, CORBA activation services, CORBAIDL
mapping CORBA java- to- IDL mapping, The introspective CORBA/Java object.
UNIT IV
Java Bean Component Model: Events, properties, persistency, Introspection of beans, CORBA
Beans. EJBs and CORBA: Object transaction monitors CORBA OTMs, EJB and CORBA
OTMs, EJB container frame work, Session and Entity Beans, The EJB client/server development
Process The EJB container protocol, support for transaction EJB packaging EJB design
Guidelines.

COM and .NET, Web Services Technologies
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. R. Orfali and D. Harkey, Client/Server programming with Java and CORBA, 2 ed.: John
Wiley &Sons ,SPD.
2. G.Brose, et al., Java programming with CORBA, 3 ed.: Wiley-dreamtech, India John
wiley and sons.
Reference Books:
1. M. L. L. ,Distributed Computing, Principles and applications: Pearson Education.

2. R. O. D. Harkey and J. Edwards, Client/Server Survival Guide, 3 ed.: John Wiley &
Sons.
Web Resources
1. Prof. I. Sengupta. 20 January). Lecture Series on Internet Technologies Department of

Computer Science Engineering, IIT Kharagpur. Available:
http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2308/Internet-Technology/9#
2. Dave Goddeau. 22 January). Lecture Series on java ArsDigita University. Available:
http://csvls.blogspot.com/2010/06/download-java-video-lectures.html
IT 8003E
PATTERN RECOGNITION

Pre-requisites: Probability & Statistics
Outcomes:
the underlying principles of pattern recognition and on the methods used
to develop and deploy applications in the real world.
the pattern recognition application development process, which includes
problem identification, concept development, algorithm selection, system
integration, and test and validation.
the basic concepts and methods for the recognition of patterns in data.
working knowledge of the pattern recognition application development
process.
UNIT I:
Introduction: Machine perception, pattern recognition systems, the design cycle, learning and
adaptation.
Bayesian Decision Theory: Introduction, continuous features two categories classifications,
minimum error-rate classification- zeroone loss function, classifiers, discriminant functions, and
decision surfaces.
UNIT II:
Normal density: Univariate and multivariate density, discriminant functions for the normal
density different cases, Bayes decision theory discrete features, compound Bayesian decision
theory and context.
Maximum likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation: Introduction, maximum likelihood
estimation, Bayesian estimation, Bayesian parameter estimationGaussian case.
UNIT III:
Problems of dimensionality: Accuracy, Dimension and Training Sample size, Computational
Complexity, Overfitting
Component analyses and discriminants: Principal component analysis, Fisher Linear
Discriminant, Multiple Discriminant Analysis, Nonlinear component analysis; Low dimensional
representations and multi dimensional scaling.
UNIT IV
Hidden Markov Models: First- Order Markov Models, First- Order Hidden Markov Models,
Hidden Markov Model computation, Evaluation, Decoding, Learning
Un-supervised learning and clustering: Introduction, mixture densities and identifiability,
maximum likelihood estimates, application to normal mixtures, K-means clustering. Date
description and clustering similarity measures, criteria function for clustering.
Contents beyond syallabus

Discrete Hidden Morkov Models, Continuous hidden Markov models
Learning Resources:
Text Book:
1. Richard, et al., Pattern classifications,, 2 ed.: Stroke. Wiley student edition
Reference Books:
1. Earl Gose and Richard John baugh, Pattern Recognition and Image Analysis: PHI,
2004.
2. B. H. Lawerence Rabiner, Fundamentals of speech Recognition,: Prentice
Hall,United States ed edition, 1993.
Web Resources:
1. P. S. N. Srihari and Web course Department of Computer Science & Engineering,

University of buffalo. Available: http://www.cedar.buffalo.edu/~srihari/CSE555/
2. P. U. Park. 20 January). Web course Computer Science and Engineering Michigan State
University Available: http://www.cse.msu.edu/~cse802/#Schedule
IT 8051
SOFTWARE TESTING TOOLS LAB

.
.
Course Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with:
Outcomes: Writing test plans for different application programs
Test different applications manually and by automation using different
test tools
LIST OF PROGRAMS
Week 1
Implement Unit Testing for the following scenarios:
Exercise all logical decisions on their true and false sides
Exercise all loops at their boundaries and with in their operational bounds
Exercise internal data structure to ensure their validity
Exercise internal program structure to ensure performance
Week 2
Test using Top-down integration testing and bottom-up integration testing.

Week 3
Implement System Testing for the following scenarios:

a) Functional specification based testing
b) User Interface testing
Week 4
Using WinRunner test for the following scenarios:

a) GUI Checkpoint
b) Bitmap checkpoint
c) Database Checkpoint
d) Text checkpoint
Week 5
Use Load Runner for the following functional testing scenarios:

a) Performance testing
c) configuration testing
Week 6
Use Silk Tester for the following functional testing scenarios:
a) Load testing
b) Usability Testing
c) Storage testing
Week 7
Use Check Tester for the following functional testing scenarios:

a) Recovery testing
b) Load/Stress Testing
c) Procedure testing
Week 8
Use CASE Tool for the following functional testing scenarios:

Week 9
Use HP Win Runner for the following functional testing scenarios:

Week 10
Use WET Web Tester for the following functional testing scenarios:
b) Procedure testing
c) Configuration testing
Week 11
Use CF-Test for the following functional testing scenarios:

Week 12
Use Load Runner for the following testing scenarios:

a) Recovery testing
b) Installation Testing
c) Security testing
Learning Resources:
Text Books:
1. Prasad K.V.V.K, Software Testing Tools: Dreamtech, 2004.

2. E. Dustin, et al., Automated software testing: Addison-Wesley, 1999.
3. KanglinLi and MengqiWu, Effective software test automation: Wiley, 2004.
..IT 8052
MAJOR PROJECT

Practical : 9*hrs / week Credits: 12
Outcomes:
Awareness of design methodologies & its implementation
Advanced programming techniques
*
Student should work another 12 hours per week
10.2.5 of VR10.
APPENDIX VIII
Faculty Publication Details
CAY : 2010-11
Name of the Title of the paper Journal Publication Details

Faculty
N I N I DOI/ISSN/Publisher Month/Year
J J C C
Dr.A.Koteswara Extraction of Visual and Acoustic Springer berlin / DOI : 10.1007/978-3-642-15503-1_8 Jan 2010
Rao Features of the Driver for
Monitoring Driver Ergonomics
"Edge detection using CNN for the DOI : 10.1007/978-3-642-20320-6_70 Oct 2010
localization of non-standard
license plate, published in Springer
http://www.springerlink.com/content/h1367370q127g2x0/
series Advances in Intelligent and
Soft Computing, Volume 95/2011,
685-695
Dr.C.Narasimham Hierarchical Sequence Clustering IJCSES/ISSN -0973-4406 July 2010
Algorithm for Data Mining
A perspective approach on ICCCI / IEEE sponsored Dec 2010

Virtualized Cloud Security for
Mobiles (Hand held Devices)
G.Jaya Lakshmi E-Relations: Influence of Social IJCSA / ISSN 2250 3765 Feb 2011
Networking Sites on Young Adult
and Women Users A Statically
Report
B.L.N.Phaneendra A robust color lane marking IJACSA/ISSN:2156-5570 May 2011
kumar detection approach for Indian
scenario http://thesai.org/Downloads/Volume2No5/Paper%2012-
A%20robust%20multi%20color%20lane%20marking%20detection%20approach%20for%20Indian%20scenario.pdf
V.Radhesyam A robust color lane marking IJACSA/ISSN:2156-5570 May 2011

detection approach for Indian
scenario http://thesai.org/Downloads/Volume2No5/Paper%2012-
A%20robust%20multi%20color%20lane%20marking%20detection%20approach%20for%20Indian%20scenario.pdf
V.Sreenivas A cloud model to implement SaaS AMR / DOI : 10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMR.341- May 2011
342.499http://www.scientific.net/AMR.341-342.499
S.SriHarsha A cloud model to implement SaaS AMR / DOI : 10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMR.341- May 2011
342.499http://www.scientific.net/AMR.341-342.499
J.Ravi Classification in Multiple IJATIT/ ISSN 0974 9578 April 2011
Heterogeneous Database
Relations: A Tuple Id Predication
Approach
CAY : 2011-12
Name of the Title of the paper Journal Publication Details

Faculty
J J C C
Dr.A.Koteswara Edge detection using CNN for the Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume Oct 2011
Rao localization of non-standard 95/2011, 685-695, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-20320-6_70 2011
license plate
Driver emotion detection from ISAST/ ISSN: 1798-2448 July 2011

the acoustic Features of the
driver http://users.jyu.fi/~timoh/ISAST_CIS2.pdf
Dr.C.Narasimham Intrusion prevention for virtual IJCST Vol. 2, ISSN : 0976-8491 Dec 2011
Data Centers (A Framework for
Encryption and Decryption) http://www.ijcst.com/vol24/1/mahram.pdf
A Tool to Find and Allocate IJCSE, http://bit.kuas.edu.tw/~ijcses/current.htm Jan 2011

Economically Suitable Resources
in Clusters
M.Suneetha Extraction Based Automatic Text Springer series / DOI : 10.1007/978-3-642-27443-5_48 Jan 2012
Summarization System with
HMM Tagger
A Novel Automatic Text IEEEXplore Digital Library/DOI : 10.1109/indcon.2011.6139386 Dec 2011

Summarization system with
Feature Terms Identification
S.Suhasini A case based study on decision International journal of computer science and applications (IJCSA), vol. June 2011
tree induction with AVL tree," 1, p. 6
A Novel Approach to Detect International journal of computational Intelligence and Information Sept 2011
Anomalies with Unsupervised security (IJCIIS), vol.2,no9 p.14-24, ISSN 1837-7823
Learning
K.Sita Kumari A Query based Text DOI : 10.5120/3915-5513 Oct 2011

Categorization using K-Nearest
Neighbor Approach,
A case based study on decision International journal of computer science and applications (IJCSA), vol. June 2011
tree induction with AVL tree," 1, p. 6
G.Jayalakshmi E-Relations: Influence of Social IJCSA Feb 2011

Networking Sites on Young Adult
and Women Users A Statically
Report
B.L.N.Phaneendra Edge detection using CNN for the Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume Oct 2011
kumar localization of non-standard 95/2011, 685-695, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-20320-6_70 2011
license plate
Comprehensive Study on Image ISSN 2231-1270 Volume 3, Number 2 , pp. 107-113 June 2011
Transformation Basing on
Mathematical Morphology
Journal of Computer Science and
Applications.
S.Kranthi Automatic Number Plate IJICT, vol. 2, p. 15, ISSN:0976-4860 July 2011
Recognition
K.Pranathi Automatic Number Plate IJICT, vol. 2, p. 15, ISSN:0976-4860 July 2011
Recognition
V.Radhesyam Edge detection using CNN for the Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume Oct 2011
localization of non-standard 95/2011, 685-695, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-20320-6_70 2011
license plate
N.Praveena Modelling and performance International Journal of Advances in Computer Networks and Security, July 2011
analysis of iBurst, HiperMAN and p77-83,2011
GSM
P.Madhavilata IRIS Recognition and IJCSET 2011(refer ISSN/DOI) July 2011

Identification system
International Journal of
Computer Science & Engineering
Technology
A.Srisaila Automatic Number Plate IJICT, vol. 2, p. 15, ISSN:0976-4860 July 2011
Recognition
M.Varun Skew correction and localization IJCST, vol-2. , p.1-9,ISSN 0976 8491 Sept 2011
of number plate using Hough
rectangular transform
J.Ravi IRIS Recognition and IJCSET 2011 July 2011

Technology
T.L.Surekha Comprehensive Study on Image ISSN 2231-1270 Volume 3, Number 2 , pp. 107-113 June 2011
Applications.
Y.Sangeetha IRIS Recognition and IJCSET 2011 July 2011
Technology
D.Madhavi Comprehensive Study on Image ISSN 2231-1270 Volume 3, Number 2 , pp. 107-113 June 2011
Applications.
Ch.Srividya Comprehensive Study on Image ISSN 2231-1270 Volume 3, Number 2 , pp. 107-113 June 2011
Applications.
K.Madhavi Location Based Spatial Queries CSI June 2011

(LBSQs)
M.Ramesh A Learning and matching of International Journal of Digital image processing (IJDIP), vol. 3, p. 9, ISSN June 2011
dynamic and robust visual 0974 9586
tracking recognition CiiT
CAY : 2012-13
Name of the Faculty Title of the paper Journal Publication Details
J J C C
Dr.A.Koteswara Rao Knowledge Based Agent for Springer series Advanced Intelligent Computing Theories and Dec 2012
Intelligent Traffic Light Control Applications, Volume 6839/2012, 491-501, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-
25944-9_64
Dr.G.Ramakoteswara Detecting and Preventing International Journal of Computer Science & Communication Vol 3, No. 1 June 2012
Rao Assaults on Network & Impact Factor :0.47
Transport Layers for Linux ISSN : 0973-7391
Systems
Safety practices to avoid DoS Cloud and Big Data Analytics Conference Proceeding by Feb 2013
attacks Linux Server PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, in association with EMC
Academic Alliance and ICT Academy of Tamilnadu(ICTACT)
M.Suneetha An Extensive Empirical Study ACM Digital Library, DOI :10.1145/2393216.2393317 October
of Feature terms Selection for 2012
Text Summarization and
Categorization
A Feature Terms based DOI : 10.5120/7494-0541 June 2012

Method for Improving Text
Summarization with
Supervised POS Tagging
K.Sita kumari Assessing Pareto Software IJCSI/ DOI : 10.2307/2986296 Feb 2013
Reliability Using SPC
Assessing Pareto Type II IJCA/ DOI : 10.5120/10060-4652 Jan 2013
Software Reliability Using SPC
S.Suhasini An approach to identify IEEE Explore Jan 2013

anomaly in a network
G.Jayalakshmi Classification of Vertebral Nov 2012

Column using Nave Bayes
Technique IJCA/ DOI : 10.5120/9298-3514
Potential Role Of Social ISSN : 2278-0181 Jan 2013

Networks In Healthcare
Information Exchange
B.L.N.Phaneendra Real Time Human Gender Dec 2012

kumar Detection Based on Facial
Springer series / DOI : 10.1007/978-3-642-31686-9_42
Features and Connected
Component Analysis
Simple and Effective Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume Oct 2012
Techniques for Skew 132/2012, 353-361, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-27443-5_40
Correction, Slant Correction
and Core-Region Detection for
Cursive Word Recognition
V.Radhesyam Simple and Effective Springer series Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing, Volume Oct 2012
Techniques for Skew 132/2012, 353-361, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-642-27443-5_40
Correction, Slant Correction
and Core-Region Detection for
Cursive Word Recognition
M.Ashok kumar IJCA/ DOI :10.5120/8066-1458 Aug 2012
Handshaking Mechanism in E-
Business Applications
Y.Sangeetha SPC for Software Reliability IJCA/ ISSN : 0975 8887 Dec 2012
using Inflection
S-Shaped Model
Detection of Reliable Software IJCA/ ISSN : 0975 8887 Jan 2013
using S-Shaped Model
T.L.Surekha A Nave Approach for Jan 2013

Managing Virtualized
Resources and Optimistic cost International Journal of Information & Computation Technology.
ISSN 0974-2239 Volume 2, Number 3 (2012),
http://www. ripublication.com
Y.Sandeep Detecting Misbehavior nodes IEEE Explore July 2012

and trust levels in manets
Ch.Srividya A Nave Approach for International Journal of Information & Computation Technology. Jan 2013
Resources and Optimistic cost ISSN 0974-2239 Volume 2, Number 3 (2012),
D.Madhavi Handshaking Mechanism in E- IJCA/ DOI :10.5120/8066-1458 Aug 2012

Business Applications
K.Madhavi A Nave Approach for International Journal of Information & Computation Technology. Jan 2013
Resources and Optimistic cost ISSN 0974-2239 Volume 2, Number 3 (2012),
http://www. ripublication.com
Y.Bhanusree
M.Varun Detecting Misbehavior nodes IEEE Explore July 2012

and trust levels in manets
An approach to identify IEEE Explore Digital Library Jan 2013

anomaly in a network
S.Sunitha Dec 2012
A Novel Inter- Class Clustering IJARCSEE/ISSN : 2277-9043

Method for Image
Reconstruction

VELAGAPUDIRAMAKRISHNA
SIDDHARTHAENGINEERINGCOLLEGE
(AUTONOMOUS)
VIJAYAWADA520007

RECOMMENDEDCOMPOSITIONOFTHEGOVERNINGBODYANDITS
FUNCTIONINANAUTONOMOUSCOLLEGE
A. Constitution of Governing Body of Private Management

Autonomous College
Number Category Nature
5 Members Management Trust or management as per the

constitution or byelaws, with the
chairman or president / director as the
chairperson.
2 Members Teachers of the Nominated by the Principal based on

College seniority.
1 Member Educationist or Nominated by the Management

Industrialist
1 Member UGC Nominee Nominated by the UGC
1 Member State Academician not below the rank of

Government professor or state government official
Nominee of Directorate of Higher Education /
State Council of Higher Education.
1 Member University Nominated by the University

Nominee
1 Member Principal of the Ex - Officio.

College
Term: Two years, except for the UGC nominee whose term will be a full
six years, Meeting: At least twice a year.
Functions: Subject to the existing provision in the bye laws of

respective college and rules laid down by the state government, the
governing body of the college shall have powers to:
-Fix the fees and other charges payable by the students of the
college on the recommendations of the Finance Committee.
- Institute scholarships, fellowships, studentships, medals, prizes

and certificates on the recommendations of the Academic Council.
-Approve institution of new programmes of study leading to

degrees and / or diplomas.
-perform such other functions and institute committees, as may

be necessary and deemed fit for the proper development, and
fulfill the objectives for which the college has been declared as
autonomous.

Minutes of the meeting of the Governing Body of Velagapudi Ramakrishna

Siddhartha Engineering College, Autonomous, Vijayawada held at 10.30 am on 15-
11-2011 at Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College, Vijayawada
520 007.
Sri S.V. Vishnu Vardhana Rao, Chairman of the Governing Body & President,
Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education chaired the meeting and initiated
the Proceedings of the meeting with a warm welcome to all the members present.
Sri M. Rajaiah, Vice President, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education
Sri N.Venkateswarlu, Secretary, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education
Sri S. Ramakrishna, Joint Secretary, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education
Sri P.Lakshmana Rao, Treasurer, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education
Dr. G.Savaraiah, UGC Nominee, Professor of Economics, Sri Venkateswara University,

Tirupathi
Dr. J V R Murthy, JNTUK Nominee, Prof. of CSE, JNTUK, Kakinada
Sri M. Seshagiri Rao, State Government Nominee, Principal, Government Polytechnic,

Vijayawada
Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal, Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering College,

Vijayawada
Dr. G. Sambasiva Rao, Vice-Principal, Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering

College, Vijayawada, and
Dr. V. Srinivasa Rao, Prof & HOD-CSE, Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering
College, Vijayawada
attended the meeting as members of the Governing Body.
Sri Y. Chakradhara Rao, Administrative Officer, Siddhartha Academy of General

& Technical Education attended the meeting as special invitee.
Sri D. Madhusudhana Rao could not attend the meeting due to pre occupation.
The Governing Body unanimously passed the following resolutions.

Resolutions passed:
1. The Governing Body resolved to ratify the Minutes of the previous meeting
held on 07-08-2010 (presented in the Report I page nos. 1 to 4).
2. Dr. K. Mohana Rao informed the Governing Body that the college proposes
to submit an application to All India Council for Technical Education for the
following new programmes to be introduced and to increase in in-take in the
following programmes from the academic year 2012-2013.
Adding new courses in existing programmes
Existing Proposed
Programme Course
Intake intake
B.Tech Mechatronics - 60
VLSI Design & Embedded
M.Tech - 18
Systems
Increase in intake
Proposed
Existing Total
Programme Course increase
Intake Intake
in intake
Electronics and
B.Tech 180 60 240
Communication Engineering
M.Tech
Structural Engineering 10 8 18
Dr. J V R Murthy advised the college to interact with the industry pertaining to
Mechatronics applications to ensure better employability of the prospective
industry. Sri N. Venkateswarlu and Sri P. Lakshmana Rao responded positively.
The Governing Body resolved and approved to submit an application to All India
Council for Technical Education for introduction of new courses and increase in
intake as stated above from the academic year 2012-2013.
3. It is resolved to submit a proposal for Accreditation to National Board of
Accreditation for the seven B.Tech UG programmes offered in the college
and to submit a proposal to National Assessment and Accreditation Council
for Assessment & Accreditation of the college.
4. The Governing Body resolved to ratify the following new course started from
the academic year 2011-2012
Intake Intake
Program Course Specialization
2010-2011 2011-2012
M.Tech Information Technology Computer Science ---- 36
& Technology
and increase in intake
Proposed
Existing Total
Programme Course increase in
Intake Intake
intake
B.Tech Civil Engineering 120 60 180
B.Tech Computer Science &
120 60 180
Engineering
B.Tech Electronics & Communication
120 60 180
Engineering
Computer Science &
M.Tech 18 18 36
Engineering
sanctioned by All India Council for Technical Education from the academic year
2011-2012.
5. The Governing Body resolved to approve 1077 admissions made against

approved intake of 1078 during the year 2010-2011 in various disciplines.
6. It is resolved to approve the appointments, promotions and resignations of

the faculty and staff between 21-07-2010 and 10-10-2011 (presented in the
report - I page nos. 10 to 17).
Dr. G. Savaraiah explained the need for specialist faculty in all academic
spheres. The office bearers of the academy present in the meeting and the
Principal explained the measures taken by the college to recruit qualified and
competent faculty.
7. Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal explained Research & Development activities

of the faculty and Research & Development projects obtained during the year
2010-2011. It is resolved to approve all the developmental activities of the
college for the year 2010-2011 (presented in the Report I in page nos. 18 to
34).
8. The Governing Body resolved to approve the statement of accounts for the
year 2010-2011 (presented in the Report I in page nos. 35 to 41). Sri M.
Seshagiri Rao enquired about the fee reimbursement to the college by the
Government. The Principal explained about the position to the house.
9. It is resolved to approve the budgetary proposals for the year 2011-2012

(presented in the Report I in page nos. 42 to 46).
10. Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal presented a report of activities of the year
2010-2011 [such as Accreditation, Affiliation and Recognitions, Change of
affiliation, details of workshops, seminars organized, students activities,
details of placement, festivals celebrated, industrial visits, NSS & NCC,
literary and cultural club, details of co-curricular and extracurricular activities
of the students, details of games and sports activities] before the Governing
Body (presented in the Report I in page nos. 47 to 111). The external
members appreciated the efforts of the Management for the sustained efforts
made for the development of the college.
11. It is resolved to ratify all the steps under taken during 2010-2011 for up
gradation of Library.
12. Principal of the college presented the results of 2010-2011 for B.Tech,
M.Tech, MCA & MBA programmes before the Governing Body (presented in
the report I in page nos. 113 to 123).
13.(a) Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal informed the Governing Body about Technical
Education Quality Improvement Programme Phase II and its activities
and he informed the Governing Body that our college secured 6th rank at
National level and 1st rank at State level among Private Engineering colleges
for its IDP. Accordingly Velagapudi Ramakrishna Siddhartha Engineering
College signed Memorandum of Undertaking (MoU) with Andhra Pradesh
State Government on 19-09-2011 to participate in Sub Component 1.2 of
TEQIP II. Principal submitted the proposed project implementation plan for
first 18 months of the project period before the Governing Body for approval.
(b) The project implementation plan time frame, and approximate cost involved
under TEQIP II, Sub - Component 1.2 in next 18 months starting from 1st
December, 2011 are presented in the Report II in page nos. 07 to 17. The
salient features of the plan of action for the first 18 months are given below:
A. Improvement in teaching, training and learning facilities:
B. Providing Teaching and Research Assistantships for significantly

increasing enrolment in existing and new Masters and Doctoral
programmes in Engineering disciplines:
C. Enhancement of R&D and Institutional Consultancy activities:
D. Faculty and Staff development for improved competence based on

Training Needs Analysis (TNA):
E. Enhanced interaction with Industry

F. Institutional Management Capacity enhancement
G. Implementation of Institutional reforms:
H. Academic support for weak students:
I. Incremental Operating Cost:
J. TA, DA, Out station allowances:
The Governing Body unanimously approved the activities planned for

implementation of TEQIP II, Sub Component 1.2 with time frame and
approximate cost involved in the project in first 18 months of project period.
(c) It is resolved to approve the Statutory and Non Statutory committees / bodies
and their functions which are functioning in the college to look after the
processing of Academic autonomy conferred on the college by the University
Grants Commission and for constitution of the following additional committees for
smooth & orderly implementation of TEQIP Phase II, Sub Component 1.2.
1) Central Purchase committee

2) Building and works committee
3) Anti sexual harassment committee
4) Infrastructure Management committee
and also it is resolved to approve the expansion and scope of the following
committees by renaming the existing ones. They are
1. Planning and Evaluation committee is renamed as College Development

Planning and Evaluation committee
2. Academic audit committee is renamed as Academic audit and quality
assurance committee
3. Student welfare committee is renamed as Student affairs and welfare

committee
4. Results committee as Academic results Review and monitoring

committee
The details of committees and their scope & function are presented in the Report
II in page nos. 18 to 91.
Principal informed the Governing Body, that the following four funds need to be
established by the college as per the guidelines of the project implementation
plan of TEQIP II, Sub Component 1.2.
Corpus Fund
Faculty Development Fund
Equipment Replacement Fund
Maintenance Fund
and these funds should not be used during the project period as the funds for
various activities are available under the project.
Governing Body unanimously approved the establishment of four funds

for implementation of TEQIP II, Sub Component 1.2.
(d) It is resolved to open a Savings Bank a/c at Syndicate Bank, VRSEC campus to
operate TEQIP II, Sub Component 1.2 funds and it shall be operated jointly
by the Head of the Institution (Principal) and the Project Co-ordinator.
14. The Governing Body resolved to approve the minutes of the meetings held
between 21-07-2010 and 31-10-2011 of Statutory and Non Statutory
Committees concerned with college academic autonomy and Rates of
Remuneration for examination work, payment of examination fee details as
approved by Finance Committee (presented in the Repot III in page nos. 01 to
151).
15. (a) Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal explained the need for change in the nomenclature
of the designation of the faculty of the college in view of the change of college
affiliation from Acharya Nagarjuna University to Jawaharlal Nehru Technological
University, Kakinada, as per its nomenclature with effect from 2010-2011 and
also according to the norms of All India Council for Technical Education. The
change of nomenclature of the designation of the faculty is given below.
Nomenclature
Present Change as
Lecturer Assistant Professor
Assistant Professor Associate Professor
Professor Same as Professor

(AUTONOMOUS)
VIJAYAWADA520007

RECOMMENDEDCOMPOSITIONOFTHEACADEMICCOUNCILANDITSFUNCTIONINAN
AUTONOMOUSCOLLEGE
I. Composition:
1. The Principal (Chairman)
2. All the heads of department in the College.
3. Four teachers of the College representing different categories of

teaching staff by rotation on the basis of seniority of service in the
College.
4. Not less than four experts from outside the college representing
such areas as Industry, Commerce, Law, Education, Medicine,
Engineering, etc.., to be nominated by the Governing Body.
5. Three Nominees of the University. 6. A faculty member nominated

by the principal (member secretary).
II. Terms of Members:
The term of the nominated members shall be two years.
III. Meetings:
The principal shall convene a meeting of the Academic Council at

least once a year.
IV. Functions:
Without prejudice to the generality of functions mentioned, the

Academic Council will have powers to:
(a) Scrutinize and approve the proposals with or without modification

of the Boards of Studies with regard to courses of study, academic
regulations, curricula, syllabi and modifications thereof,
instructional and evaluation arrangements, methods, procedures
relevant thereto etc., provided that where the Academic Council
differs on any proposal, it will have the right to return the matter
for reconsideration to the Board of Studies concerned or reject it,
after giving reasons to do so.
(b) Make regulations regarding the admission of students to different

programmes of study in the college.
(c) Make regulations for sports, extra-curricular activities, and proper

maintenance and functioning of the play grounds and hostels.
(d) Recommend to the Governing Body proposals for institution of

new programmes of study.
(e) Recommend to the Governing Body institution of scholarships,

studentships, fellowships, prizes and medals, and to frame
regulations for the award of the same.
(f) Advice the Governing Body on suggestions(s) pertaining to

academic affairs make by it.
(g) Perform such other functions as may be assigned by the

Governing Body.

(AUTONOMOUS)
VIJAYAWADA520007

RECOMMENDEDCOMPOSITIONOFTHEBOARDOFSTUDIESANDITSFUNCTIONINAN
AUTONOMOUSCOLLEGE
I. Composition:
1. Head of the Department concerned (Chairman)
2. The entire faculty of each specialization.
3. Two experts in the subject from outside the college to be

nominated by the Academic Council.
4. One Expert to be nominated by the vice-chancellor from a panel of

six recommended by the college principal.
5. One representative from industry / corporate sector / allied area

relating to placement.
6. One postgraduate meritorious alumnus to be nominated by the

principal. The chairman, Board of Studies, may with the approval
of the principal of the college, co-opt.
(a) Experts from outside the college whenever special courses of

studies are to be formulated.
(b) Other members of Staff of the same faculty.
II. Term:
The term of the nominated members shall be two years.

III. Meeting:
The principal of the college shall draw the schedule for meeting of the
Board of Studies for different department. The meeting may be
scheduled as and when necessary, but at least once a year.
IV. Functions:
The Board of Studies of a department in the college shall:
(a) Prepare syllabi for various courses keeping in view the objectives
of the college, interest of the stakeholders and national
requirement for consideration and approval of the Academic
Council.
(b) Suggest methodologies for innovative teaching and evolution
techniques:
(c) Suggest panel of names to the Academic Council for appointment

of examiners and
(d) Coordinate research, teaching, extension and other academic

activities in the department / college.

(AUTONOMOUS)
VIJAYAWADA520007

RECOMMENDEDCOMPOSITIONOFTHEFINANCECOMMITTEEANDITSFUNCTIONINAN
AUTONOMOUSCOLLEGE
I. Composition:
1. The Principal (Chairman)
2. One person to be nominated by the Governing Body of the college
for a period of two years.
3. One senior most teacher of the college to be nominated in
rotation by the principal for two years. The Finance Committee
will be an advisory body to the Governing Body, and will meet at
least twice a year to consider;
(a) Budget estimates relating to the grant received /receivable
from UGC, and income from fees, etc. collected for the
activities to undertake the scheme of autonomy; and
(b) Audited accounts for the above.
Minutes of the Meeting of the 4thFinance Committee of Velagapudi Ramakrishna

Siddhartha Engineering College (Autonomous) held at 9.30 AM on 03-09-2011.
Dr. K. Mohana Rao, Principal of the College and Chairman, Finance Committee chaired
the meeting and extended a warm welcome to the Members and special invitees
present.
Sri N.Venkateswarlu, Secretary, Siddhartha Academy of General & Technical Education,
Dr. N.R. Krishna Murthy, Professor, Civil Engineering Department are present as
Members of Finance Committee.
Sri M.Rajaiah, Vice-President, Siddhartha Academy and Convener of the college
Sri P. Lakshmana Rao, Treasurer, Siddhartha Academy,
Dr. G. Sambasiva Rao, Vice Principal,
Dr. N.Vijaya Sai, Controller of Examinations have attended the meeting as special
invitees.
The Finance Committee unanimously passed the following resolutions.
Resolutions:
1. It is resolved to ratify the Minutes of the previous meeting held on 08-11-

2010.
2. It is resolved to approve the proposed income and expenditure of
Autonomous wing for the year 2011-2012 (presented in the report in page
no.7).
3. It is resolved to approve the procurement of BSNL land line phone

connection for Autonomous Wing.
4. It is resolved to approve the following rates of revaluation fee for semester

end examinations of M.Tech, MBA & MCA programmes with effect from
2010-2011 academic year.
Programme Revaluation fee
for one subject
M.Tech Rs. 1,000/-
MBA Rs. 750/-
MCA Rs. 750/-
5. It is resolved to approve for purchase of computer server with an

approximate cost of Rs.3,50,000/- for Autonomous Wing.
6. It is resolved to approve for appointment of one more Assistant Controller of

Examinations to look after PG examinations with an honorarium of Rs.3000/-
per month with effect from October, 2011.
7. It is resolved to approve for purchase of water cooler, two file cabinets and
two file racks with an approximate cost of Rs.50,000/- for Autonomous Wing.
8. It is resolved to approve to pay remuneration of Rs.5000/- to staff members

of P B Siddhartha Arts & Science College, Autonomous Wing who have
worked for preparation of university record and consolidated marks lists and
related software for B.Tech 2006 10 batch.
9. The committee felt that the part refund of revaluation fee for those students
who got benefit of more than 10% of semester end examination marks
should be continued.
10. It is resolved to approve to increase the following rates of remuneration to

Non-Teaching Staff for practical examinations with effect from October /
November, 2011 semester end examinations.
Present rates of Approved rates

Sl.No. Item remuneration of remuneration
(per candidate) (per candidate)
Lab Technician / Programmer /

1 Rs.4/- Rs.5/-
Jr. Programmer
2 Clerk Rs.2/- Rs.3/-

3 Attender / Peon Rs.1/- Rs.2/-
11. It is resolved to approve the following rates of fee for issue of triplicate marks
memo for all programmes.
Fee for triplicate marks memo - Rs.500/- per each memo
No further issue of marks memo after triplicate. However, with the

permission of Chief Controller of examinations on genuine grounds, it is
allowed to issue another marks memo with a fee of Rs.1000/-.
12. It is resolved to approve the following rates of examination fee for M.Tech,
MBA & MCA programmes with effect from 2010-2011 academic year.
M.Tech MBA MCA

th rd th th
4 Sem 3 sem 4 sem 6 sem
per candidate
Examination Fee for
Rs.2500/- Rs.1750/- Rs.1750/- Rs.1750/-
Project Work
13. It is resolved to approve the following rates of remuneration to examiners for

project work of M.Tech, MBA & MCA programmes with effect from 2011-
2012 academic year.
M.Tech MBA MCA
th rd th th
4 Sem 3 sem 4 sem 6 sem
per candidate
External Rs.250/- Rs.100/- Rs.100/- Rs.100/-
Internal Examiner HOD Rs.250/- Rs.100/- - Rs.100/-
Guide Rs.500/- Rs.200/- - Rs.200/-
14. Dr. K.Mohana Rao, Principal explained the progress of renovation of

Administrative Block. He informed the Committee that Autonomous Section
of our college has already shifted to second floor and first floor work is in
progress and it will be completed with in two months.
15. It is resolved to approve the following sitting charges for the external
members of Governing Body, Academic Council and Boards of Studies
besides TA, DA and Accommodation.
External Members Sitting Charges

Governing Body Rs.5000/-
Academic Council Rs.5000/-
Boards of Studies Rs.3000/-

NBAvijiyawada PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

NBAvijiyawada PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Self Assessment Report (SAR)

For Accreditation of Undergraduate

APPENDIX I ............................................................................................................................... 261

VELAGAPUDI RAMAKRISHNA SIDDHARTHA ENGGINEERING COLLEGE

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY KAKINADA

Name : Dr. G. Sambasiva Rao

1.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society

(Instruction: Ownership status of the institute has to be listed here.)

1.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:

To nurture excellence in various fields of engineering by imparting timeless core values to

Figure I.1:Organisational chart showing the hierarchy of academics &

1.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants-in-aid / not-for-profit /

1.8. Nature of the trust/society:

Also list other institutions/colleges run by the trust/society

S.No Name Year of Establishment

1.9. External sources of funds:

Students Fee 2145.93 2026.83 1699.68

(Instruction: If any scholarship or financial assistance is provided to the students

(a).SC/ST/BC/EBC Scholarships from A.P.State Government:

Number of Assistance 2442 Amount Rs. 188.90 lakhs in 2012-13(upto 7/3/13)

As per AP state Government norms Parental Income must be below

(b).Scholarships from Society & Alumni:

Number of Assistance 96 Amount Rs. 12.70 Lakhs in 2012-13

Number of Assistance 3 Amount Rs.0.34 lakhs in 2012-13

All India entrance / state-level entrance / university entrance / 12th

(Instruction: The basis/criterion for student intake has to be listed here.)

*APSCHE Andhra Pradesh State Council for Higher Education.

1.13. Total number of engineering students:

Total No. of Boys UG 2569 2404 2273 2144

Table I.5: Engineering Students

Total number of other students, if any

1.14. Total number of employees

CAY CAYm1 CAYm2

TOTAL 368 420 376 402 330 350

B. Contract Staff : NIL

Items CAY CAYm1 CAYm2

Table I.8: Contract Staff

2.3. History of the department including ate of introduction and number of

Programme of Study Description

Program CAY CAYm1 CAYm2

Academic Year Maximum No of staff Minimum No of

Total 39,35,000 17,36,855 20,10,000 16,19,894 14,26,000 11,69,198

Table II.5: Department Budget details

Dr. Koteswara Rao Anne

3.5. Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations

3.6. Total number of students in the program : 421

Items Budgeted Actual Budgeted Actual Budgeted Actual

Table III.2 Program Budget Details

Institute Mission in pursuance of its vision is:

The mission of the IT department is:

The Mission and Vision are published at

What our graduates could do best

Program Educational Objectives of the UG Information Technology are:

PEO 1. Excel in professional career and/or higher education by acquiring knowledge in

1.2.3. List Stakeholders of the Program (1)

Most prominent role in the program.

Involve a vital role in working of the program.

Represents the major end users of our graduates.

Expects their wards in good professional career and higher education.

1.2.4. State the process for establishing PEOs (5)

The Program Educational Objectives are established through a consultation process

Figure 1.2 illustrates the process for establishing PEOs.

Figure 1.2: Process for establishing PEOs

[(Placement record(15%)Satisfactory(5)+ (Performance in the program(7%) Moderate (3)) +